Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2008
Registration No. 333-          
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
 
 
         
Minnesota
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  41-1698056
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
651 Campus Drive
St. Paul, Minnesota 55112-3495
(651) 259-1600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
David L. Martin
President, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
651 Campus Drive
St. Paul, Minnesota 55112-3495
(651) 259-1600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
Robert K. Ranum, Esq.
Alexander Rosenstein, Esq.
Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
200 South Sixth Street, Suite 4000
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(612) 492-7000
  Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 752-2000
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                     
      Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Aggregate
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Offering Price (1)(2)     Fee
Common stock, no par value per share
    $ 86,250,000       $ 3,390  
                     
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine .
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued January 22, 2008
 
           Shares
 
 
(COMPANY LOGO)
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. is offering           shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share.
 
We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CSII.”
 
 
 
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.
 
 
 
 
                 
    Per Share     Total  
 
Initial public offering price
  $                $             
Underwriting discounts
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. 
  $       $  
 
We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional          shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on          , 2008.
 
 
 
 
Morgan Stanley Citi
 
 
 
 
William Blair & Company
 
          , 2008


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    7  
    24  
    25  
    25  
    26  
    28  
    30  
    32  
    43  
    61  
    67  
    80  
    83  
    86  
    90  
    92  
    95  
    99  
    99  
    99  
    F-1  
  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
  Amended and Restated Bylaws
  Investor's Rights Agreement
  Amendment No. 1 to Investor's Rights Agreement
  Amendment No. 2 to Investor's Rights Agreement
  Amendment No. 3 to Investor's Rights Agreement
  2007 Equity Incentive Plan
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
  Form of Performance Share Award
  Form of Performance Unit Award
  Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement
  2003 Stock Option Plan
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
  1991 Stock Option Plan
  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
  Employment Agreeement
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
  Amendment to Employment Agreement
  Form of Standard Employment Agreement
  Lease, Dated September 26, 2005
  First Amendment to the Lease
  Second Amendment to the Lease
  Third Amendment to the Lease
  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLC
 
 
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you information different from or in addition to that contained in this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date on the cover page of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
Until          , 2008 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.


Table of Contents

Market and Industry Data
 
Information and management estimates contained in this prospectus concerning the medical device industry, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, are based on publicly available information, such as clinical studies, academic research reports and other research reports, as well as information from industry reports provided by third-party sources, such as Millennium Research Group. The management estimates are also derived from our internal research, using assumptions made by us that we believe to be reasonable and our knowledge of the industry and markets in which we operate and expect to compete. Other than Millennium Research Group, none of the sources cited in this prospectus has consented to the inclusion of any data from its reports, nor have we sought their consent. Our internal research has not been verified by any independent source, and we have not independently verified any third-party information. In addition, while we believe the market position, market opportunity and market share information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. Such data involves risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors.”


ii


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained in more detail later in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all the information you should consider. You should carefully read the entire prospectus including “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 and the financial statements and related notes before making an investment decision. References in this prospectus to “CSI,” “our company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries, except where the context makes clear that the reference is only to Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. itself and not its subsidiaries.
 
Our Business
 
We are a medical device company focused on developing and commercializing interventional treatment systems for vascular disease. Our initial product, the Diamondback 360° Orbital Atherectomy System, is a minimally invasive catheter system for the treatment of peripheral arterial disease, or PAD. PAD is a common circulatory problem in which plaque deposits build up on the walls of vessels, reducing blood flow. The plaque deposits range from soft to calcified, with calcified plaque being difficult to treat with traditional interventional procedures. The Diamondback 360° is capable of treating a broad range of plaque types, including calcified vessel lesions, and addresses many of the limitations associated with existing treatment alternatives.
 
The Diamondback 360° removes both soft and calcified plaque in plaque-lined vessels through the orbital rotation of a diamond grit coated offset crown that is attached to a flexible drive shaft. Physicians position the crown at the site of an arterial plaque lesion and remove the plaque by causing the crown to orbit against it, creating a smooth lumen, or channel, in the vessel. The Diamondback 360° is designed to differentiate between plaque and compliant arterial tissue, a concept that we refer to as “differential sanding.” The particles of plaque resulting from differential sanding are generally smaller than red blood cells and are carried away by the blood stream. As the physician increases the rotational speed of the drive shaft, the crown rotates faster and centrifugal force causes the crown to orbit, creating a lumen with a diameter that is approximately twice the diameter of the device. By giving physicians the ability to create different lumen diameters by changing rotational speed, the Diamondback 360° can reduce the need to use multiple catheters of different sizes to treat a single lesion.
 
We have conducted three clinical trials involving 207 patients to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the Diamondback 360° in treating PAD. In particular, our pivotal OASIS clinical trial was a prospective 20-center study that involved 124 patients with 201 lesions. In August 2007, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted us 510(k) clearance for use of the Diamondback 360° as a therapy in patients with PAD. We were the first, and so far the only, company to conduct a prospective multi-center clinical trial with a prior investigational device exemption in support of a 510(k) clearance for an atherectomy device. We commenced a limited commercial introduction of the Diamondback 360° in the United States in September 2007. Through December 31, 2007, we shipped more than 1,700 single-use catheters to 57 hospitals and have generated revenues of approximately $4.6 million. We believe that the Diamondback 360° provides a platform that can be leveraged across multiple market segments. In the future, we expect to launch additional products to treat lesions in larger vessels, provided that we obtain appropriate 510(k) clearance from the FDA. We also plan to seek premarket approval from the FDA to use the Diamondback 360° to treat patients with coronary artery disease.
 
Our Market
 
The American Medical Association reports that PAD affects approximately eight to 12 million people in the United States. According to 2007 statistics from the American Heart Association, PAD becomes more common with age and affects approximately 12% to 20% of the U.S. population over 65 years old. An aging population, coupled with an increasing incidence of PAD risk factors, such as diabetes and obesity, is likely to increase the prevalence of PAD. In many older PAD patients, particularly those with diabetes, PAD is characterized by hard, calcified plaque deposits that have not been successfully treated with existing non-invasive treatment techniques. PAD may involve arteries either above or below the knee. Arteries above the knee are generally long, straight and relatively wide, while arteries below the knee are shorter and branch into arteries that are progressively smaller in diameter.


1


Table of Contents

Despite the severity of PAD, it remains relatively underdiagnosed. According to an article published in Podiatry Today in 2006, only approximately 2.5 million of the eight to 12 million people in the United States with PAD are diagnosed. Although we believe the rate of diagnosis of PAD is increasing, underdiagnosis continues due to patients failing to display symptoms or physicians misinterpreting symptoms as normal aging. Recent emphasis on PAD education from medical associations, insurance companies and other groups, coupled with publications in medical journals, is increasing physician and patient awareness of PAD risk factors, symptoms and treatment options. The PARTNERS study, published in the Journal of the American Medical Association in 2001, advocated increased PAD screening by primary care physicians.
 
Physicians treat a significant portion of the 2.5 million people in the United States who are diagnosed with PAD using medical management, which includes lifestyle changes, such as diet and exercise, and drug treatment. For instance, within a reference group of over 1,000 patients from the PARTNERS study, 54% of the patients with a prior diagnosis of PAD were receiving antiplatelet medication treatment. While medications, diet and exercise may improve blood flow, they do not treat the underlying obstruction in the artery and many patients have difficulty maintaining lifestyle changes. Additionally, many prescribed medications are contraindicated for patients with heart disease, which often exists in PAD patients. As a result of these challenges, many medically managed patients develop more severe symptoms that require procedural intervention.
 
Traditional procedural intervention treatments for PAD include surgical procedures, angioplasty, stenting and atherectomy. Surgical procedures, such as bypass or amputation, are widely utilized, but may have procedure-related complications that range in severity and include mortality risk. Angioplasty and stenting procedures may result in complications such as damage to a vessel when a balloon is expanded or potential for stent fracture. Current atherectomy procedures also have significant drawbacks, including:
 
  •  difficulty treating calcified lesions, diffuse disease and lesions below the knee;
 
  •  potential safety concerns relating to damage of the arterial wall;
 
  •  the inability to create lumens larger than the catheter itself in a single insertion;
 
  •  the creation of rough, uneven lumens with deep grooves;
 
  •  the potential requirement for greater physician skill, specialized technique or multiple operators to deliver the catheter and remove plaque;
 
  •  the potential requirement for reservoirs or aspiration to capture and remove plaque;
 
  •  the potential need for ancillary distal embolization protection devices to prevent large particles of dislodged plaque from causing distal embolisms or blockages downstream;
 
  •  the potential requirement for large, expensive capital equipment used in conjunction with the procedure; and
 
  •  the potential requirement for extensive use of fluoroscopy and increased emitted radiation exposure for physicians and patients during the procedure.
 
Our Solution
 
The Diamondback 360° represents a new approach to the treatment of PAD that provides physicians and patients with a procedure that addresses many of the limitations of traditional treatment alternatives. We believe that the Diamondback 360° offers substantial benefits to patients, physicians, hospitals and third-party payors, including:
 
  •  Strong Safety Profile.   The differential sanding of the device reduces the risk of arterial perforation and damage to the arterial wall. Moreover, the plaque particles sanded away by the device are so small that they reduce the risk of distal embolization and allow continuous blood flow during the entire procedure, which reduces the risk of complications such as excessive heat and tissue damage.
 
  •  Proven Efficacy.   The orbital motion of the device enables the continuous removal of plaque in both soft and calcified lesions, increasing blood flow through the resulting smooth lumen. The efficacy of the device was demonstrated in our pivotal OASIS trial.


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  Ease of Use.   Utilizing familiar techniques, a physician trained in endovascular surgery can complete the treatment with a single insertion while utilizing limited amounts of fluoroscopy during plaque removal.
 
  •  Cost and Time Efficient Procedure.   The Diamondback 360° can create various lumen sizes using a single sized crown, which limits hospital inventory costs and allows a physician to complete a procedure with a single insertion, potentially reducing procedural time. Use of the Diamondback 360° may also require less expensive capital equipment than other atherectomy procedures.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to be the leading provider of minimally invasive solutions for the treatment of vascular disease. The key elements of our strategy include:
 
  •  driving device adoption with key opinion leaders through our direct sales organization;
 
  •  collecting additional clinical evidence of the benefits of the Diamondback 360°;
 
  •  expanding our product portfolio within the peripheral market;
 
  •  increasing referrals to interventional cardiologists and radiologists through practice development programs or referral physician education;
 
  •  leveraging core technology into the coronary market; and
 
  •  pursuing strategic acquisitions and partnerships.
 
Patents and Intellectual Property
 
Since our inception, we have filed patent applications to protect what we believe to be the most important intellectual property that we have developed. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and other intellectual property laws, trade secrets, nondisclosure agreements and other measures to protect our proprietary rights. As of December 17, 2007, we held 16 issued U.S. patents and 26 issued non-U.S. patents covering aspects of our core technology.
 
Risks Associated with Our Business
 
Our business is subject to a number of risks discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these factors, as well as all of the other information set forth in this prospectus.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
Founded originally as Shturman Cardiology Systems, Inc. in 1989, we changed our name to Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. in 2003. Our principal executive office is located at 651 Campus Drive, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55112. Our telephone number is (651) 259-1600, and our website is www.csi360.com. The information contained in or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into, and should not be considered part of, this prospectus.
 
We have applied for federal registration of certain marks, including “Diamondback 360°” and “ViperWire.” All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


3


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING
 
Common stock offered by us           Shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering           Shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Risk Factors You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol “CSII”
 
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 15,952,945 shares outstanding as of December 17, 2007, and excludes:
 
  •  4,930,361 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $6.08 per share;
 
  •  1,035,413 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $5.50 per share; and
 
  •  1,865,745 additional shares of common stock reserved and available for future issuances under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  the conversion of all our outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the closing of this offering into 9,088,136 shares of common stock and the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock upon the closing of this offering into warrants to purchase 662,439 shares of common stock and no exercise of such warrants; and
 
  •  no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.


4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. We have derived the following summary of our consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, for interim financial statements. These interim financial statements reflect all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly our consolidated financial position and results of operations for the interim periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be experienced in the future and the results for the three months ended September 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. You should read the summary financial data set forth below in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Years Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007 (1)     2006 (1)     2007 (1)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $     $     $     $     $  
Cost of goods sold
                            539  
                                         
Gross (loss) profit
                            (539 )
                                         
Expenses:
                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    1,177       1,735       6,691       823       3,552  
Research and development
    2,371       3,168       8,446       749       3,328  
                                         
Total expenses
    3,548       4,903       15,137       1,572       6,880  
                                         
Loss from operations
    (3,548 )     (4,903 )     (15,137 )     (1,572 )     (7,419 )
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest expense
          (48 )     (1,340 )     (13 )     (300 )
Interest income
    37       56       881       256       278  
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    37       8       (459 )     243       (22 )
                                         
Net loss
    (3,511 )     (4,895 )     (15,596 )     (1,329 )     (7,441 )
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)
                (16,835 )     (3,878 )     (4,853 )
                                         
Net loss available to common shareholders
  $ (3,511 )   $ (4,895 )   $ (32,431 )   $ (5,207 )   $ (12,294 )
                                         
Loss per common share:
                                       
Basic and diluted (3)
  $ (0.61 )   $ (0.79 )   $ (5.22 )   $ (0.84 )   $ (1.95 )
                                         
Weighted average common shares used in computation:
                                       
Basic and diluted (3)
    5,779,942       6,183,715       6,214,820       6,199,204       6,291,512  
                                         
 
(footnotes appear on following page)


5


Table of Contents

 
(1) Operating expenses in the year ended June 30, 2007 and the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 include stock based compensation expense as a result of the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment on July 1, 2006, as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Three Months Ended
 
    June 30,     September 30,  
    2007     2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Selling, general and administrative
  $       327     $         9     $       277  
Research and development
    63       2       73  
 
(2) See Notes 1 and 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for discussion of the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock.
(3) See Note 11 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per common share and basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares used in pro forma per common share calculations.
 
                         
    As of September 30, 2007  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma (1)     as Adjusted (2)  
          (in thousands)        
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,265     $ 3,265     $             
Short-term investments
    18,499       18,499          
Working capital (3)
    21,695       21,695          
Total current assets
    25,973       25,973          
Total assets
    27,316       27,316          
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
    3,394                
Total liabilities
    7,760       4,366          
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    63,637                
Total shareholders’ (deficiency) equity
    (44,081 )     42,900          
 
 
(1) On a pro forma basis to reflect the adoption of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, the issuance of 2,162,150 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock on December 17, 2007, and the conversion of all our outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and the conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants.
(2) On a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total shareholders’ (deficiency) equity by $      million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.
(3) Working capital is calculated as total current assets less total current liabilities as of the balance sheet indicated.


6


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our company.
 
Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations
 
We have a history of net losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.
 
We are not profitable and have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since our formation in 1989. In particular, we had net losses of $3.5 million in fiscal 2005, $4.9 million in fiscal 2006 and $15.6 million in fiscal 2007, and $7.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2007. As of September 30, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $72.0 million. We only commenced limited commercial sales of the Diamondback 360° Orbital Atherectomy System in September 2007, and our short commercialization experience makes it difficult for us to predict future performance. We also expect to incur significant additional expenses for sales and marketing and manufacturing as we continue to commercialize the Diamondback 360° and additional expenses as we seek to develop and commercialize future versions of the Diamondback 360° and other products. Additionally, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase as our business grows and we incur the legal and regulatory costs associated with being a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future.
 
We have a very limited history selling the Diamondback 360°, which is currently our only product, and our inability to market this product successfully would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
 
The Diamondback 360° is our only product, and we are wholly dependent on it. The Diamondback 360° received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in the United States for use as a therapy in patients with PAD in August 2007, and we initiated a limited commercial introduction of the Diamondback 360° in the United States in September 2007, and we therefore have very limited experience in the commercial manufacture and marketing of this product. Our ability to generate revenue will depend upon our ability to successfully commercialize the Diamondback 360° and to develop, manufacture and receive required regulatory clearances and approvals and patient reimbursement for treatment with future versions of the Diamondback 360°. As we seek to commercialize the Diamondback 360°, we will need to expand our sales force significantly to reach our target market. Developing a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay or limit the success of any product launch. Thus, we may not be able to expand our sales and marketing capabilities on a timely basis or at all. If we are unable to adequately increase these capabilities, we will need to contract with third parties to market and sell the Diamondback 360° and any other products that we may develop. To the extent that we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution services on our behalf, our product revenues could be lower than if we marketed and sold our products on a direct basis. Furthermore, any revenues resulting from co-promotion or other marketing and sales arrangements with other companies will depend on the skills and efforts of others, and we do not know whether these efforts will be successful. Some of these companies may have current products or products under development that compete with ours, and they may have an incentive not to devote sufficient efforts to marketing our products. If we fail to successfully develop, commercialize and market the Diamondback 360° or any future versions of this product that we develop, our business will be materially adversely affected.


7


Table of Contents

The Diamondback 360° and future products may never achieve market acceptance.
 
The Diamondback 360° and future products we may develop may never gain market acceptance among physicians, patients and the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of any of our products will depend on a number of factors, including:
 
  •  the actual and perceived effectiveness and reliability of our products;
 
  •  the prevalence and severity of any adverse patient events involving our products, including infection, perforation or dissection of the artery wall, internal bleeding, limb loss and death;
 
  •  the results of any long-term clinical trials relating to use of our products;
 
  •  the availability, relative cost and perceived advantages and disadvantages of alternative technologies or treatment methods for conditions treated by our systems;
 
  •  the degree to which treatments using our products are approved for reimbursement by public and private insurers;
 
  •  the strength of our marketing and distribution infrastructure; and
 
  •  the level of education and awareness among physicians and hospitals concerning our products.
 
Failure of the Diamondback 360° to significantly penetrate current or new markets would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If longer-term or more extensive clinical trials performed by us or others indicate that procedures using the Diamondback 360° or any future products are not safe, effective and long lasting, physicians may choose not to use our products. Furthermore, unsatisfactory patient outcomes or injuries could cause negative publicity for our products. Physicians may be slow to adopt our products if they perceive liability risks arising from the use of these products. It is also possible that as our products become more widely used, latent defects could be identified, creating negative publicity and liability problems for us, thereby adversely affecting demand for our products. If the Diamondback 360° and our future products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, patients and the medical community, our overall business and profitability would be harmed.
 
Our future growth depends on physician adoption of the Diamondback 360°, which requires physicians to change their screening and referral practices.
 
We believe that we must educate physicians to change their screening and referral practices. For example, although there is a significant correlation between PAD and coronary artery disease, many physicians do not routinely screen for PAD while screening for coronary artery disease. We target our sales efforts to interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists because they are often the primary care physicians diagnosing and treating both coronary artery disease and PAD. However, the initial point of contact for many patients may be general practitioners, podiatrists, nephrologists and endocrinologists, each of whom commonly treats patients experiencing complications resulting from PAD. If we do not educate referring physicians about PAD in general and the existence of the Diamondback 360° in particular, they may not refer patients to interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons or interventional radiologists for the procedure using the Diamondback 360°, and those patients may instead be surgically treated or treated with an alternative interventional procedure. If we are not successful in educating physicians about screening for PAD or referral opportunities, our ability to increase our revenue may be impaired.
 
Our customers may not be able to achieve adequate reimbursement for using the Diamondback 360°, which could affect the acceptance of our product and cause our business to suffer.
 
The availability of insurance coverage and reimbursement for newly approved medical devices and procedures is uncertain. The commercial success of our products is substantially dependent on whether third-party insurance coverage and reimbursement for the use of such products and related services are available. We expect the Diamondback 360° to generally be purchased by hospitals and other providers who will then seek reimbursement from various public and private third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private insurers, for the services


8


Table of Contents

provided to patients. We can give no assurance that these third-party payors will provide adequate reimbursement for use of the Diamondback 360° to permit hospitals and doctors to consider the product cost-effective for patients requiring PAD treatment. In addition, the overall amount of reimbursement available for PAD treatment could decrease in the future. Failure by hospitals and other users of our product to obtain sufficient reimbursement could cause our business to suffer.
 
Medicare, Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement, and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for use of the Diamondback 360°. In order to position the Diamondback 360° for acceptance by third-party payors, we may have to agree to lower prices than we might otherwise charge. The continuing efforts of governmental and commercial third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare may limit our revenue.
 
We expect that there will continue to be federal and state proposals for governmental controls over healthcare in the United States. Governmental and private sector payors have instituted initiatives to limit the growth of healthcare costs using, for example, price regulation or controls and competitive pricing programs. Some third-party payors also require demonstrated superiority, on the basis of randomized clinical trials, or pre-approval of coverage, for new or innovative devices or procedures before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use such devices or procedures. Also, the trend toward managed healthcare in the United States and proposed legislation intended to reduce the cost of government insurance programs could significantly influence the purchase of healthcare services and products and may result in necessary price reductions for our products or the exclusion of our products from reimbursement programs. It is uncertain whether the Diamondback 360° or any future products we may develop will be viewed as sufficiently cost-effective to warrant adequate coverage and reimbursement levels.
 
If third-party coverage and reimbursement for the Diamondback 360° is limited or not available, the acceptance of the Diamondback 360° and, consequently, our business will be substantially harmed.
 
We have limited data and experience regarding the safety and efficacy of the Diamondback 360°. Any long-term data that is generated may not be positive or consistent with our limited short-term data, which would affect the rate at which this product is adopted.
 
Our success depends on the acceptance of the Diamondback 360° by the medical community as safe and effective. Because our technology is relatively new in the treatment of PAD, we have performed clinical trials only with limited patient populations. The long-term effects of using the Diamondback 360° in a large number of patients are not known and the results of short-term clinical use of the Diamondback 360° do not necessarily predict long-term clinical benefit or reveal long-term adverse effects. For example, we do not have sufficient experience with the Diamondback 360° to evaluate its relative effectiveness in different plaque morphologies, including hard, calcified lesions and soft, non-calcified lesions. If the results obtained from any future clinical trials or clinical or commercial experience indicate that the Diamondback 360° is not as safe or effective as other treatment options or as current short-term data would suggest, adoption of this product may suffer and our business would be harmed. Even if we believe that the data collected from clinical trials or clinical experience indicate positive results, each physician’s actual experience with our device will vary. Clinical trials conducted with the Diamondback 360° have involved procedures performed by physicians who are very technically proficient. Consequently, both short and long-term results reported in these studies may be significantly more favorable than typical results achieved by physicians, which could negatively impact rates of adoption of the Diamondback 360°.
 
We will face significant competition and may be unable to sell the Diamondback 360° at profitable levels.
 
We compete against very large and well-known stent and balloon angioplasty device manufacturers, including Abbott Laboratories, Boston Scientific, Cook, Johnson & Johnson and Medtronic. We may have difficulty competing effectively with these competitors because of their well-established positions in the marketplace, significant financial and human capital resources, established reputations and worldwide distribution channels. We also compete against smaller manufacturers including, among others, ev3 and Spectranetics, as well as other manufacturers that may enter the market due to the increasing demand for treatment of vascular disease. Several


9


Table of Contents

other companies provide products used by surgeons in peripheral bypass procedures. Other competitors include pharmaceutical companies that manufacture drugs for the treatment of mild to moderate PAD and companies that provide products used by surgeons in peripheral bypass procedures.
 
Our competitors may:
 
  •  develop and patent processes or products earlier than us;
 
  •  obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for competing medical device products more rapidly than us;
 
  •  market their products more effectively than us; or
 
  •  develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or non-competitive.
 
We have encountered and expect to continue to encounter potential customers who, due to existing relationships with our competitors, are committed to or prefer the products offered by these competitors. If we are unable to compete successfully, our revenue will suffer. Increased competition might lead to price reductions and other concessions that might adversely affect our operating results. Competitive pressures may decrease the demand for our products and could adversely affect our financial results.
 
Our ability to compete depends on our ability to innovate successfully. If our competitors demonstrate the increased safety or efficacy of their products as compared to ours, our revenue may decline.
 
The market for medical devices is highly competitive, dynamic and marked by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. Our ability to compete depends on our ability to innovate successfully, and there are few barriers that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. Demand for the Diamondback 360° could be diminished by equivalent or superior products and technologies offered by competitors. Our competitors may produce more advanced products than ours or demonstrate superior safety and efficacy of their products. If we are unable to innovate successfully, the Diamondback 360° could become obsolete and our revenue would decline as our customers purchase our competitors’ products.
 
We have limited commercial manufacturing experience and could experience difficulty in producing the Diamondback 360° or will need to depend on third parties to manufacture the product.
 
We have limited experience in commercially manufacturing the Diamondback 360° and have no experience manufacturing this product in the volume that we anticipate will be required if we achieve planned levels of commercial sales. As a result, we may not be able to develop and implement efficient, low-cost manufacturing capabilities and processes that will enable us to manufacture the Diamondback 360° or future products in significant volumes, while meeting the legal, regulatory, quality, price, durability, engineering, design and production standards required to market our products successfully. If we fail to develop and implement these manufacturing capabilities and processes, we may be unable to profitably commercialize the Diamondback 360° and any future products we may develop because the per unit cost of our products is highly dependent upon production volumes and the level of automation in our manufacturing processes. There are technical challenges to increasing manufacturing capacity, including equipment design and automation capabilities, material procurement, problems with production yields and quality control and assurance. Increasing our manufacturing capacity will require us to invest substantial additional funds and to hire and retain additional management and technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing experience. We may not successfully complete any required increase in manufacturing capacity in a timely manner or at all. If we are unable to manufacture a sufficient supply of our products, maintain control over expenses or otherwise adapt to anticipated growth, or if we underestimate growth, we may not have the capability to satisfy market demand and our business will suffer.
 
Since we have little actual commercial experience with the Diamondback 360°, the forecasts of demand we use to determine order quantities and lead times for components purchased from outside suppliers may be incorrect. Lead times for components may vary significantly depending on the type of component, the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the


10


Table of Contents

components and subassemblies. Failure to obtain required components or subassemblies when needed and at a reasonable cost would adversely affect our business.
 
In addition, we may in the future need to depend upon third parties to manufacture the Diamondback 360° and future products. We also cannot assure you that any third-party contract manufacturers will have the ability to produce the quantities of our products needed for development or commercial sales or will be willing to do so at prices that allow the products to compete successfully in the market. In addition, we can give no assurance that even if we do contract with third-party manufacturers for production that these manufacturers will not experience manufacturing difficulties or experience quality or regulatory issues. Any difficulties in locating and hiring third-party manufacturers, or in the ability of third-party manufacturers to supply quantities of our products at the times and in the quantities we need, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We depend upon third-party suppliers, including single source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply problems and price fluctuations.
 
We rely on third-party suppliers to provide certain components of our products. We rely on single source suppliers for the following components of the Diamondback 360°: diamond grit coated crowns, ABS molded products, components within the brake assembly and the turbine assembly, and the air-and-saline cable assembly. We purchase components from these suppliers on a purchase order basis and carry only very limited levels of inventory for these components. If we underestimate our requirements, we may not have an adequate supply, which could interrupt manufacturing of our products and result in delays in shipments and loss of revenue. We depend on these suppliers to provide us with materials in a timely manner that meet our quality, quantity and cost requirements. Our suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including unanticipated demand from larger customers, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction, quality or yield problems, and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our demand. Our reliance on these outside suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:
 
  •  interruption of supply resulting from modifications to, or discontinuation of, a supplier’s operations;
 
  •  delays in product shipments resulting from defects, reliability issues or changes in components from suppliers;
 
  •  price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;
 
  •  our suppliers may make errors in manufacturing components, which could negatively affect the efficacy or safety of our products or cause delays in shipment of our products;
 
  •  our suppliers may discontinue production of components, which could significantly delay our production and sales and impair operating margins;
 
  •  we may not be able to obtain adequate supplies in a timely manner or on commercially acceptable terms;
 
  •  we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our sole-source supplies;
 
  •  switching components may require product redesign and new regulatory submissions, either of which could significantly delay production and sales;
 
  •  we may experience production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers and corresponding regulatory qualifications;
 
  •  our suppliers manufacture products for a range of customers, and fluctuations in demand for the products these suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability to deliver components to us in a timely manner; and
 
  •  our suppliers may encounter financial hardships unrelated to our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements.
 
Other than existing, unfulfilled purchase orders, our suppliers have no contractual obligations to supply us with, and we are not contractually obligated to purchase from them, any of our supplies. Any supply interruption


11


Table of Contents

from our suppliers or failure to obtain additional suppliers for any of the components used in our products would limit our ability to manufacture our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have no reason to believe that any of our current suppliers could not be replaced if they were unable to deliver components to us in a timely manner or at an acceptable price and level of quality. However, if we lost one of these suppliers and were unable to obtain an alternate source on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, our production schedules could be delayed, our margins could be negatively impacted, and we could fail to meet our customers’ demand. Our customers rely upon our ability to meet committed delivery dates and any disruption in the supply of key components would adversely affect our ability to meet these dates and could result in legal action by our customers, cause us to lose customers or harm our ability to attract new customers, any of which could decrease our revenue and negatively impact our growth. In addition, to the extent that our suppliers use technology or manufacturing processes that are proprietary, we may be unable to obtain comparable materials or components from alternative sources.
 
Manufacturing operations are often faced with a supplier’s decision to discontinue manufacturing a component, which may force us to make last time purchases, qualify a substitute part, or make a design change which may divert engineering time away from the development of new products.
 
We will need to increase the size of our organization and we may experience difficulties managing growth. If we are unable to manage the anticipated growth of our business, our future revenue and operating results may be adversely affected.
 
The growth we may experience in the future will provide challenges to our organization, requiring us to rapidly expand our sales and marketing personnel and manufacturing operations. Our sales and marketing force has increased from six employees on January 1, 2007 to 29 employees on December 17, 2007, and we expect to continue to grow our sales and marketing force. We also expect to significantly expand our manufacturing operations to meet anticipated growth in demand for our products. Rapid expansion in personnel means that less experienced people may be producing and selling our product, which could result in unanticipated costs and disruptions to our operations. If we cannot scale and manage our business appropriately, our anticipated growth may be impaired and our financial results will suffer.
 
We anticipate future losses and may require additional financing, and our failure to obtain additional financing when needed could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.
 
We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we may require financing in addition to the proceeds of this offering in order to satisfy our capital requirements. In particular, we may require additional capital in order to continue to conduct the research and development and obtain regulatory clearances and approvals necessary to bring any future products to market and to establish effective marketing and sales capabilities for existing and future products. We believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our operating plan may change, and we may need additional funds sooner than anticipated to meet our operational needs and capital requirements for product development, clinical trials and commercialization. Additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available on a timely basis, we may terminate or delay the development of one or more of our products, or delay establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities necessary to commercialize our products.
 
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
 
  •  the costs of expanding our sales and marketing infrastructure and our manufacturing operations;
 
  •  the degree of success we experience in commercializing the Diamondback 360°;
 
  •  the number and types of future products we develop and commercialize;
 
  •  the costs, timing and outcomes of regulatory reviews associated with our future product candidates;


12


Table of Contents

 
  •  the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications and maintaining, enforcing and defending intellectual property-related claims; and
 
  •  the extent and scope of our general and administrative expenses.
 
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our shareholders or restrict our operations.
 
To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a shareholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our product development and commercialization goals and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We do not currently intend to market the Diamondback 360° internationally, which will limit our potential revenue from this product.
 
As a part of our product development and regulatory strategy, we do not currently intend to market the Diamondback 360° internationally in order to focus our resources and efforts on the U.S. market. Our failure to market this product outside of the United States will limit our ability to reach all of our potential markets and will limit our potential sources of revenue. In addition, our competitors will have an opportunity to further penetrate and achieve market share abroad until such time, if ever, that we market the Diamondback 360° or other products internationally.
 
We are dependent on our senior management team and scientific personnel, and our business could be harmed if we are unable to attract and retain personnel necessary for our success.
 
We are highly dependent on our senior management, especially David L. Martin, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our senior management and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, including scientists, clinicians, engineers and other highly skilled personnel and to integrate current and additional personnel in all departments. Competition for senior management personnel, as well as scientists, clinical and regulatory specialists, engineers and sales personnel, is intense and we may not be able to retain our personnel. The loss of members of our senior management, scientists, clinical and regulatory specialists, engineers and sales personnel could prevent us from achieving our objectives of continuing to grow our company. The loss of a member of our senior management or our professional staff would require the remaining senior executive officers to divert immediate and substantial attention to seeking a replacement. In particular, we expect to substantially increase the size of our sales force, which will require management’s attention. In that regard, ev3 Inc., ev3 Endovascular, Inc., and FoxHollow Technologies, Inc. have brought an action against us that, if successful, could limit our ability to retain the services of certain sales personnel that were formerly employed by those companies and make it more difficult to recruit and hire such sales and other personnel in the future. We do not carry key person life insurance on any of our employees, other than Michael J. Kallok, our Chief Scientific Officer and former Chief Executive Officer.
 
We have a new management team and may experience instability in the short term as a result.
 
Since July 2006, we have added five new executives to our management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, who joined us in February 2007. These new executives lack long-term experience with us. In addition, effective January 14, 2008, our Chief Financial Officer was promoted into the position of Chief Administrative Officer and our Chief Executive Officer was appointed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer on an interim basis while we search for a new Chief Financial Officer. We may experience instability in the short term as our new executives become integrated into our company. Competition for qualified employees is intense and a delay in our finding of a new Chief Financial Officer or the loss of service of any other executive officers or certain key employees could delay or curtail our research, development, commercialization and financial objectives.


13


Table of Contents

Becoming a public company will cause us to incur increased costs and demands on our management.
 
As a public reporting company, we will need to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and by the Nasdaq Global Market, including expanded disclosures, accelerated reporting requirements, more complex accounting rules and internal control requirements. These obligations will require significant additional expenditures, place additional demands on our management and divert management’s time and attention away from our core business. These additional obligations will also require us to hire additional personnel. For example, we are evaluating our internal controls systems in order to allow us to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal controls, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. Our management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements that will be applicable to us as a public company. If we fail to staff our accounting and finance function adequately or maintain internal controls adequate to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or in a timely manner and our business and stock price may suffer. The costs of being a public company, as well as diversion of management’s time and attention, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Additionally, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.
 
We may be subject to damages or other remedies as a result of the ev3 litigation.
 
On December 28, 2007, ev3 Inc., ev3 Endovascular, Inc., and FoxHollow Technologies, Inc. filed a complaint against us and certain of our employees alleging, among other things, misappropriation and use of their confidential information by us and certain of our employees who were formerly employees of FoxHollow. The complaint also alleges that these employees violated their employment agreements with FoxHollow requiring them to refrain from soliciting FoxHollow employees. This litigation is in an early stage and there can be no assurance as to its outcome. If we are not successful in defending it, we could be required to pay substantial damages and be subject to equitable relief that could include a requirement that we terminate the employment of certain employees, including certain key sales personnel who were formerly employed by FoxHollow. In any event, the defense of this litigation, regardless of the outcome, could result in substantial legal costs and diversion of our management’s time and efforts from the operation of our business. If the plaintiffs in this litigation are successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.
 
Risks Related to Government Regulation
 
Our ability to market the Diamondback 360° in the United States is limited to use as a therapy in patients with PAD, and if we want to expand our marketing claims, we will need to file for additional FDA clearances or approvals and conduct further clinical trials, which would be expensive and time-consuming and may not be successful.
 
The Diamondback 360° received FDA 510(k) clearance in the United States for use as a therapy in patients with PAD. This general clearance restricts our ability to market or advertise the Diamondback 360° beyond this use and could affect our growth. While off-label uses of medical devices are common and the FDA does not regulate physicians’ choice of treatments, the FDA does restrict a manufacturer’s communications regarding such off-label use. We will not actively promote or advertise the Diamondback 360° for off-label uses. In addition, we cannot make comparative claims regarding the use of the Diamondback 360° against any alternative treatments without conducting head-to-head comparative clinical trials, which would be expensive and time consuming. We do not have any current plans to conduct clinical trials in the near future to evaluate the Diamondback 360° against any


14


Table of Contents

alternative method of treatment. If our promotional activities fail to comply with the FDA’s regulations or guidelines, we may be subject to FDA warnings or enforcement action.
 
If we determine to market the Diamondback 360° in the United States for other uses, for instance, use in the coronary arteries, we will need to conduct further clinical trials and obtain premarket approval from the FDA. Clinical trials are complex, expensive, time consuming, uncertain and subject to substantial and unanticipated delays. Before we may begin clinical trials, we must submit and obtain approval for an investigational device exemption, or IDE, that describes, among other things, the manufacture of, and controls for, the device and a complete investigational plan. Clinical trials generally involve a substantial number of patients in a multi-year study. We may encounter problems with our clinical trials, and any of those problems could cause us or the FDA to suspend those trials, or delay the analysis of the data derived from them.
 
A number of events or factors, including any of the following, could delay the completion of our clinical trials in the future and negatively impact our ability to obtain FDA clearance or approval for, and to introduce, a particular future product:
 
  •  failure to obtain approval from the FDA or any foreign regulatory authority to commence an investigational study;
 
  •  conditions imposed on us by the FDA or any foreign regulatory authority regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;
 
  •  delays in obtaining or maintaining required approvals from institutional review boards or other reviewing entities at clinical sites selected for participation in our clinical trials;
 
  •  insufficient supply of our future product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials;
 
  •  difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;
 
  •  negative or inconclusive results from clinical trials, results that are inconsistent with earlier results, or the likelihood that the part of the human anatomy involved is more prone to serious adverse events, necessitating additional clinical trials;
 
  •  serious or unexpected side effects experienced by patients who use our future product candidates; or
 
  •  failure by any of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or meet other contractual obligations in a timely manner.
 
Our clinical trials may not begin as planned, may need to be redesigned, and may not be completed on schedule, if at all. Delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our future product candidates, which could cause our stock price to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. In addition, if one or more of our clinical trials are delayed, competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our future product candidates could be significantly reduced.
 
Even if we believe that a clinical trial demonstrates promising safety and efficacy data, such results may not be sufficient to obtain FDA clearance or approval. Without conducting and successfully completing further clinical trials, our ability to market the Diamondback 360° will be limited and our revenue expectations may not be realized.
 
We may become subject to regulatory actions in the event we are found to promote the Diamondback 360° for unapproved uses.
 
If the FDA determines that our promotional materials, training or other activities constitute promotion of our product for an unapproved use, it could request that we cease use of or modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled or warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider promotional, training or other materials to constitute promotion of our product for an unapproved or uncleared use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.


15


Table of Contents

The Diamondback 360° may in the future be subject to product recalls that could harm our reputation.
 
The FDA and similar governmental authorities in other countries have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material regulatory deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. A government mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors or design or labeling defects. We have not had any instances requiring consideration of a recall, although as we continue to grow and develop our products, including the Diamondback 360°, we may see instances of field performance requiring a recall. Any recalls of our product would divert managerial and financial resources, harm our reputation with customers and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems, our products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.
 
The Diamondback 360° and related manufacturing processes, clinical data, adverse events, recalls or corrections and promotional activities, are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. In particular, we and our component suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, and other regulations, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of any product for which we obtain marketing clearance or approval. The FDA enforces the QSR through announced and unannounced inspections. We and certain of our third-party manufacturers have not yet been inspected by the FDA. Failure by us or one of our component suppliers to comply with the QSR requirements or other statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, or failure to adequately respond to any observations, could result in, among other things:
 
  •  warning letters or untitled letters from the FDA;
 
  •  fines, injunctions and civil penalties;
 
  •  product recall or seizure;
 
  •  unanticipated expenditures;
 
  •  delays in clearing or approving or refusal to clear or approve products;
 
  •  withdrawal or suspension of approval or clearance by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;
 
  •  orders for physician notification or device repair, replacement or refund;
 
  •  operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production or clinical trials; and
 
  •  criminal prosecution.
 
If any of these actions were to occur, it would harm our reputation and cause our product sales to suffer.
 
Furthermore, any modification to a device that has received FDA clearance or approval that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new clearance or approval from the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with any determination by us that new clearance or approval is not required, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval. In addition, we could be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
 
Regulatory clearance or approval of a product may also require costly post-marketing testing or surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements such as the QSR, may result in restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of the products from the market, voluntary or mandatory recalls, fines, suspension of regulatory approvals, product seizures, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.


16


Table of Contents

The use, misuse or off-label use of the Diamondback 360° may increase the risk of injury, which could result in product liability claims and damage to our business.
 
The use, misuse or off-label use of the Diamondback 360° may result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business. The Diamondback 360° is not FDA-cleared or approved for treatment of the carotid arteries, the coronary arteries, within bypass grafts or stents, of thrombus or where the lesion cannot be crossed with a guidewire or a significant dissection is present at the lesion site. We cannot prevent a physician from using the Diamondback 360° for off-label applications. The application of the Diamondback 360° to coronary or carotid arteries, as opposed to peripheral arteries, is more likely to result in complications that have serious consequences, including heart attacks or strokes which could result, in certain circumstances, in death.
 
We will face risks related to product liability claims, which could exceed the limits of available insurance coverage.
 
If the Diamondback 360° is defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contains defective components or is misused, we may become subject to costly litigation by our customers or their patients. The medical device industry is subject to substantial litigation, and we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our product results or is alleged to have resulted in adverse effects to a patient. In most jurisdictions, producers of medical products are strictly liable for personal injuries caused by medical devices. We may be subject in the future to claims for personal injuries arising out of the use of our products. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and result in sizable damage awards against us. A product liability claim against us, even if ultimately unsuccessful, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and reputation. While we have product liability insurance coverage for our products and intend to maintain such insurance coverage in the future, there can be no assurance that we will be adequately protected from the claims that will be brought against us.
 
Compliance with environmental laws and regulations could be expensive. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations could subject us to significant liability.
 
Our operations are subject to regulatory requirements relating to the environment, waste management and health and safety matters, including measures relating to the release, use, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances. Although we are currently classified as a Very Small Quantity Hazardous Waste Generator within Ramsey County, Minnesota, we cannot ensure that we will maintain our licensed status as such, nor can we ensure that we will not incur material costs or liability in connection with our operations, or that our past or future operations will not result in claims or injury by employees or the public. Environmental laws and regulations could also become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations.
 
We and our distributors must comply with various federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws, any breach of which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our relationships with physicians, hospitals and the marketers of our products are subject to scrutiny under various federal anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and similar laws, often referred to collectively as healthcare fraud and abuse laws. Healthcare fraud and abuse laws are complex, and even minor, inadvertent violations can give rise to claims that the relevant law has been violated. If our operations are found to be in violation of these laws, we, as well as our employees, may be subject to penalties, including monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, Veterans Administration health programs, workers’ compensation programs and TRICARE (the healthcare system administered by or on behalf of the U.S. Department of Defense for uniformed services beneficiaries, including active duty and their dependents, retirees and their dependents), and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions. Individual employees may need to defend such suits on behalf of us or themselves, which could lead to significant disruption in our present and future operations. Certain states in which we intend to market our products have similar fraud and abuse laws, imposing substantial penalties for violations. Any government investigation or a


17


Table of Contents

finding of a violation of these laws would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Anti-kickback laws and regulations prohibit any knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for the referral of an individual or the ordering or recommending of the use of a product or service for which payment may be made by Medicare, Medicaid or other government-sponsored healthcare programs. In addition, the cost of non-compliance with these laws could be substantial, since we could be subject to monetary fines and civil or criminal penalties, and we could also be excluded from federally funded healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, for non-compliance.
 
We have entered into consulting agreements with physicians, including some who may make referrals to us or order our product. In addition, some of these physicians own our stock, which they purchased in arm’s-length transactions on terms identical to those offered to non-physicians, or received stock options from us as consideration for consulting services performed by them. While these transactions were structured with the intention of complying with all applicable laws, including the federal ban on physician self-referrals, commonly known as the “Stark Law,” state anti-referral laws and other applicable anti-kickback laws, it is possible that regulatory or enforcement agencies or courts may in the future view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured or for which we would be subject to other significant civil or criminal penalties, or prohibit us from accepting referrals from these physicians. Because our strategy relies on the involvement of physicians who consult with us on the design of our product, we could be materially impacted if regulatory or enforcement agencies or courts interpret our financial relationships with our physician advisors who refer or order our product to be in violation of applicable laws and determine that we would be unable to achieve compliance with such applicable laws. This could harm our reputation and the reputations of our clinical advisors.
 
The scope and enforcement of all of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. There can be no assurance that federal or state regulatory or enforcement authorities will not investigate or challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any investigation or challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any state or federal regulatory or enforcement review of us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time consuming. Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether these changes are retroactive or will have effect on a going-forward basis only.
 
Risks Relating to Intellectual Property
 
Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property could allow our competitors and others to produce products based on our technology, which could substantially impair our ability to compete.
 
Our success and ability to compete depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as trade secrets and nondisclosure agreements, to protect our intellectual property. As of December 17, 2007, we had a portfolio of 16 issued U.S. patents and 26 issued non-U.S. patents covering aspects of our core technology, which expire between 2017 and 2021. However, our issued patents and related intellectual property may not be adequate to protect us or permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its scope, validity or enforceability. The scope, validity or enforceability of our issued patents can be challenged in litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to numerous important aspects of our products under development that are not currently protected by any of our issued patents. We cannot assure you that any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents to us. The USPTO may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications. Even if any patents are issued as a result of pending patent applications, they may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. Proceedings before the USPTO could result in adverse decisions as to the priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of claims in issued patents. Further, if any patents we obtain or license are deemed invalid and unenforceable, or have their scope narrowed, it could impact our ability to commercialize or license our technology.
 
Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. For instance, the U.S. Supreme Court has recently modified


18


Table of Contents

some tests used by the USPTO in granting patents during the past 20 years, which may decrease the likelihood that we will be able to obtain patents and increase the likelihood of challenge of any patents we obtain or license. In addition, the USPTO has adopted new rules of practice (the application of which has been enjoined as a result of litigation) that limit the number of claims that may be filed in a patent application and the number of continuation or continuation-in-part applications that can be filed may result in patent applicants being unable to secure all of the rights that they would otherwise have been entitled to in the absence of the new rules and, therefore, may negatively effect our ability to obtain comprehensive patent coverage. The laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, if at all.
 
To protect our proprietary rights, we may, in the future, need to assert claims of infringement against third parties to protect our intellectual property. The outcome of litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets or trademarks is highly unpredictable, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, reputation and results of operations regardless of the final outcome of such litigation. In the event of an adverse judgment, a court could hold that some or all of our asserted intellectual property rights are not infringed, invalid or unenforceable, and could order us to pay third-party attorney fees. Despite our efforts to safeguard our unpatented and unregistered intellectual property rights, we may not be successful in doing so or the steps taken by us in this regard may not be adequate to detect or deter misappropriation of our technology or to prevent an unauthorized third party from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our products, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to litigate, enforce or defend our intellectual property rights. Additionally, third parties may be able to design around our patents.
 
We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. In this regard, we seek to protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property by requiring our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements on commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from bringing the proprietary rights of third parties to us. We also require confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We cannot provide any assurance that employees and third parties will abide by the confidentiality or assignment terms of these agreements, or that we will be effective securing necessary assignments from these third parties. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties might copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Finally, others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, and this would prevent us from asserting any such trade secret rights against these parties.
 
We are currently involved in disputes with our founder, Dr. Leonid Shturman, and a company owned by Dr. Shturman regarding the ownership of certain counterbalance technology not used in the Diamondback 360°, for which Dr. Shturman and his company have attempted to seek patent protection in the United Kingdom and from the World Intellectual Property Organization. Our disputes with Dr. Shturman may result in a finding that we do not own the counterbalance technology that is the subject of these disputes, and we may be unable to use this technology in future products without incurring obligations to pay royalties, or at all. Moreover, the Shturman patent applications could prevent us from obtaining our own patents on similar technology. Additionally, Dr. Shturman has raised counterclaims with regard to two shaft winding machines that we imported from Russia. Dr. Shturman is seeking monetary damages for our use of the machines and the intellectual property they embody. It is possible that we may incur substantial costs as a result of this litigation. The technology that is the subject of these disputes is not used in the Diamondback 360° and the shaft winding machines represent obsolete technology that we will likely never use.
 
Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property could allow our competitors and others to produce products based on our technology, which could substantially impair our ability to compete.


19


Table of Contents

Claims of infringement or misappropriation of the intellectual property rights of others could prohibit us from commercializing products, require us to obtain licenses from third parties or require us to develop non-infringing alternatives, and subject us to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief.
 
The medical technology industry is characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings over patent and other intellectual property rights. The likelihood that patent infringement or misappropriation claims may be brought against us increases as we achieve more visibility in the marketplace and introduce products to market. All issued patents are entitled to a presumption of validity under the laws of the United States. Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we have not infringed the intellectual property rights of such third parties or others. Our competitors may assert that our products are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. We are aware of numerous patents issued to third parties that relate to the manufacture and use of medical devices for interventional cardiology. The owners of each of these patents could assert that the manufacture, use or sale of our products infringes one or more claims of their patents. Because patent applications may take years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that we infringe. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to ours, we may have to participate in an interference proceeding declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention in the United States. The costs of these proceedings can be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be unsuccessful if unbeknownst to us, the other party had independently arrived at the same or similar invention prior to our own invention, resulting in a loss of our U.S. patent position with respect to such inventions. There could also be existing patents of which we are unaware that one or more aspects of our technology may inadvertently infringe. In some cases, litigation may be threatened or brought by a patent-holding company or other adverse patent owner who has no relevant product revenues and against whom our patents may provide little or no deterrence.
 
Any infringement or misappropriation claim could cause us to incur significant costs, place significant strain on our financial resources, divert management’s attention from our business and harm our reputation. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations. Although patent and intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. If the relevant patents were upheld in litigation as valid and enforceable and we were found to infringe, we could be prohibited from commercializing any infringing products unless we could obtain licenses to use the technology covered by the patent or are able to design around the patent. We may be unable to obtain a license on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and we may not be able to redesign any infringing products to avoid infringement. Further, any redesign may not receive FDA clearance or approval or may not receive such clearance or approval in a timely manner. Any such license could impair operating margins on future product revenue. A court could also order us to pay compensatory damages for such infringement, and potentially treble damages, plus prejudgment interest and third-party attorney fees. These damages could be substantial and could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results. A court also could enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us and our customers from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing infringing products, or could enter an order mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities. Depending on the nature of the relief ordered by the court, we could become liable for additional damages to third parties. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business.
 
Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
 
Because there has not been a public market for our common stock and our stock price may be volatile, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
 
Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock publicly. We cannot predict the extent to which an active trading market for our common stock will develop or whether the market price of our common stock will be volatile following this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling


20


Table of Contents

any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined by negotiations between representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering. In addition, the stock markets have been extremely volatile. The risks related to our company discussed above, as well as decreases in market valuations of similar companies, could cause the market price of our common stock to decrease significantly from the price you pay in this offering.
 
In addition, the volatility of medical technology company stocks often does not correlate to the operating performance of the companies represented by such stocks. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:
 
  •  our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;
 
  •  changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or future applications;
 
  •  our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products, product enhancements, significant contracts, number of hospitals and physicians using our products, acquisitions or strategic investments;
 
  •  announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of vascular disease;
 
  •  delays or other problems with the manufacturing of the Diamondback 360°;
 
  •  volume and timing of orders for the Diamondback 360° and any future products, if and when commercialized;
 
  •  changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the United States and other countries;
 
  •  quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;
 
  •  changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our common stock;
 
  •  failure to meet estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our stock;
 
  •  changes in healthcare policy;
 
  •  product liability claims or other litigation involving us;
 
  •  product recalls;
 
  •  accusations that we have violated a law or regulation;
 
  •  sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant shareholders;
 
  •  disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
 
  •  changes in accounting principles; and
 
  •  general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.
 
In addition, securities class action litigation often has been initiated when a company’s stock price has fallen below the company’s initial public offering price soon after the offering closes or following a period of volatility in the market price of the company’s securities. If class action litigation is initiated against us, we would incur substantial costs and our management’s attention would be diverted from our operations. All of these factors could cause the market price of our stock to decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.


21


Table of Contents

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable research or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
 
As a public company, investors may look to reports of equity research analysts for additional information regarding our industry and operations. Therefore, the trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. If equity research analysts do provide research coverage of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline if one or more of these analysts downgrade our common stock or if they issue other unfavorable commentary about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
 
Future sales of our common stock by our existing shareholders could cause our stock price to decline.
 
If our shareholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our shareholders might sell shares of our common stock could also depress the market price of our common stock. Substantially all of our shareholders prior to this offering are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer their shares of our common stock. In addition, upon the closing of this offering we intend to file registration statements with the SEC covering any shares of our common stock acquired upon option exercises prior to the closing of this offering and all of the shares subject to options outstanding, but not exercised, as of the closing of this offering. The market price of shares of our common stock may decrease significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing shareholders lapse and our shareholders, warrant holders and option holders are able to sell shares of our common stock into the market. A decline in the price of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities, and may cause you to lose part or all of your investment in our common stock.
 
We have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of this offering and may apply the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree.
 
Our net proceeds from this offering will be used, as determined by management in its sole discretion, for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the proceeds for the potential acquisition of businesses, technologies and products, although we have no current understandings, commitments or agreements to do so. Our management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of these net proceeds, and, accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to our use of these net proceeds, with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we used the net proceeds from this offering appropriately. We may place the net proceeds in investments that do not produce income or that lose value, which may cause our stock price to decline.
 
Our directors and executive officers will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including changes of control.
 
We anticipate that our executive officers and directors and entities affiliated with them will, in the aggregate, beneficially own     % of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. Our executive officers, directors and affiliated entities, if acting together, would be able to control or influence significantly all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other significant corporate transactions. These shareholders may have interests that differ from yours, and they may vote in a way with which you disagree and that may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership of our common stock may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company, and may affect the market price of our common stock. This concentration of ownership of our common stock may also have the effect of


22


Table of Contents

influencing the completion of a change in control that may not necessarily be in the best interests of all of our shareholders.
 
Certain provisions of Minnesota law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws may make a takeover of our company more difficult, depriving shareholders of opportunities to sell shares at above-market prices.
 
Certain provisions of Minnesota law and our bylaws may have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors. Section 302A.671 of the Minnesota Statutes, with certain exceptions, requires approval of any acquisition of the beneficial ownership of 20% or more of our voting stock then outstanding by a majority vote of our shareholders prior to its consummation. In general, shares acquired in the absence of such approval are denied voting rights and are redeemable by us at their then fair market value within 30 days after the acquiring person failed to give a timely information statement to us or the date our shareholders voted not to grant voting rights to the acquiring person’s shares. Section 302A.673 of the Minnesota Statutes generally prohibits any business combination by us with an interested shareholder, which includes any shareholder that purchases 10% or more of our voting shares, within four years following such interested shareholder’s share acquisition date, unless the business combination or share acquisition is approved by a committee of one or more disinterested members of our board of directors before the interested shareholder’s share acquisition date. In addition, our bylaws provide for an advance notice procedure for nomination of candidates to our board of directors that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Consequently, holders of our common stock may lose opportunities to sell their stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these statutory protective measures. Please see “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Provisions” for a more detailed description of these provisions.
 
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering.
 
If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $      in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the price of the shares being sold in this offering when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. In addition, if outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience additional dilution. Please see “Dilution” for a more detailed description of how dilution will affect you.
 
We do not intend to declare dividends on our stock after this offering.
 
We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Therefore, you should not expect to receive dividends from shares of our common stock.


23


Table of Contents

 
INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our results or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are only predictions and are not guarantees of performance. These statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions, which in turn are based on their interpretation of currently available information.
 
These important factors that may cause actual results to differ from our forward-looking statements include those that we discuss under the heading “Risk Factors.” You should read these risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. You should read this prospectus completely. Other than as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even though our situation may change in the future.
 
This prospectus also contains industry and market data obtained through surveys and studies conducted by third parties and industry publications. Industry publications and reports cited in this prospectus generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. Although we believe that the publications and reports are reliable, we have not independently verified the data.


24


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $      million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the proceeds for the potential acquisition of businesses, technologies and products complementary to our existing operations, although we have no current understandings, commitments or agreements to do so.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.
 
Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in U.S. government securities and other short- and intermediate-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. Following the completion of this offering, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business and do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, outstanding indebtedness and plans for expansion and restrictions imposed by lenders, if any.


25


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2007 on:
 
  •  an actual basis;
 
  •  a pro forma basis to reflect the adoption of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, the issuance of 2,162,150 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock on December 17, 2007, the conversion of all our outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, and the conversion of all Series A warrants into common stock warrants; and
 
  •  a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
You should read this capitalization table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of September 30, 2007  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     as Adjusted (1)  
    (in thousands, except
 
    share and per share data)  
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
  $ 3,394     $                $             
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value; 5,400,000 shares authorized, 4,728,547 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    43,503                  
Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value; 2,188,425 shares authorized, 2,188,425 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    20,134                  
Shareholders’ (deficiency) equity:
                       
Common stock, no par value per share, 25,000,000 common shares and 2,811,575 undesignated shares authorized, 6,294,121 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 70,000,000 common shares and 5,000,000 undesignated shares authorized, 15,373,243 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 70,000,000 common shares and 5,000,000 undesignated shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted;
    26,564       88,463          
Common stock warrants
    1,366       3,133          
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (1 )     (1 )        
Accumulated deficit
    (72,010 )     (48,695 )        
                         
Total shareholders’ (deficiency) equity
    (44,081 )     42,900          
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 22,950     $ 42,900     $  
                         
 
 
(1) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would result in an approximately $      million increase or decrease in each of pro forma as adjusted additional paid-in capital, pro forma as adjusted total shareholders’ equity and pro forma as adjusted total capitalization, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us.


26


Table of Contents

 
The outstanding shares set forth in the table above excludes, as of September 30, 2007:
 
  •  4,599,361 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2007 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.95 per share;
 
  •  1,068,277 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $5.47 per share;
 
  •  242,583 additional shares of common stock reserved and available for future issuances under our 2003 Stock Option Plan; and
 
  •  3,000,000 additional shares of common stock reserved and available for future issuances under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Shares available for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan do not include shares that may become available for issuance pursuant to provisions in this plan that provide for the automatic annual increase in the number of shares reserved thereunder and the re-issuance of shares that are cancelled or forfeited in accordance with such plans. See “Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans — 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.”


27


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.
 
Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007 was $(44.7) million, or $(7.10) per share of common stock, not taking into account the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock. Net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less our total liabilities (including our preferred stock) divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Prior to this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of September 30, 2007 was approximately $42.3 million, or approximately $2.75 per share, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2007, after giving effect to the issuance of the Series B convertible preferred stock and the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
 
After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and applying the net proceeds from such sale, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our common stock, as of September 30, 2007, would have been approximately $      million, or $      per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing shareholders of $      per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $      per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $          
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2007
  $  (7.10 )        
Increase per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock
    9.85          
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2007
    2.75          
                 
Increase per share attributable to new investors
               
                 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2007
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
          $        
                 
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $      million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $      per share and the dilution in the net tangible book value to investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2007, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and by new investors, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
 
                                         
                            Weighted
 
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     per Share  
 
Existing shareholders
                  %   $                          %   $               
New investors
                                       
Total
            100 %             100 %        
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by


28


Table of Contents

approximately $      million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
Sales of common stock in the offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing shareholders to          , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to          , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after the offering.
 
In the preceding tables, the shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007 exclude:
 
  •  4,599,361 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2007 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.95 per share;
 
  •  1,068,277 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $5.47 per share;
 
  •  242,583 additional shares of common stock reserved and available for future issuances under our 2003 Stock Option Plan; and
 
  •  3,000,000 additional shares of common stock reserved and available for future issuances under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Shares available for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan do not include shares that may become available for issuance pursuant to provisions in this plan that provide for the automatic annual increase in the number of shares reserved thereunder and the re-issuance of shares that are cancelled or forfeited in accordance with such plan.
 
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full:
 
  •  the number of shares of our common stock held by existing shareholders would decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering;
 
  •  the number of shares of our common stock held by new investors would increase to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and
 
  •  our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2007 would have been $      million, or $      per share of common stock, representing an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $      per share of common stock to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.
 
Because we expect the exercise prices of the outstanding options and warrants to be below the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will suffer additional dilution when and if these options and warrants are exercised. If the options exercisable for 4,599,361 shares and warrants exercisable for 1,068,277 shares of common stock were exercised prior to this offering, but assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, our existing shareholders would, after this offering, own approximately     % of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock while contributing     % of the total consideration for all shares, and our new investors would own approximately     % of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock while contributing     % of the total consideration for all shares.


29


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table presents our selected historical consolidated financial data. We derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and 2007 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2003, 2004, and 2005 from our audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared this unaudited information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such period. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, and the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial statements. These interim financial statements reflect all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly our consolidated financial position and results of operations for the interim periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the three months ended September 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
                                                         
    Years Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007 (1)     2006 (1)     2007 (1)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Consolidated Statements of
Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
Cost of goods sold
                                        539  
                                                         
Gross (loss) profit
                                        (539 )
                                                         
Expenses (1) :
                                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    829       984       1,177       1,735       6,691       823       3,552  
Research and development
    681       3,246       2,371       3,168       8,446       749       3,328  
                                                         
Total expenses
    1,510       4,230       3,548       4,903       15,137       1,572       6,880  
                                                         
Loss from operations
    (1,510 )     (4,230 )     (3,548 )     (4,903 )     (15,137 )     (1,572 )     (7,419 )
Other income (expense):
                                                       
Interest expense
    (275 )                 (48 )     (1,340 )     (13 )     (300 )
Interest income
    10       18       37       56       881       256       278  
                                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (265 )     18       37       8       (459 )     243       (22 )
                                                         
Net loss
    (1,775 )     (4,212 )     (3,511 )     (4,895 )     (15,596 )     (1,329 )     (7,441 )
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)
                            (16,835 )     (3,878 )     (4,853 )
                                                         
Net loss available to common shareholders
  $ (1,775 )   $ (4,212 )   $ (3,511 )   $ (4,895 )   $ (32,431 )   $ (5,207 )   $ (12,294 )
                                                         
Loss per common share:
                                                       
Basic and diluted (3)
  $ (0.44 )   $ (0.78 )   $ (0.61 )   $ (0.79 )   $ (5.22 )   $ (0.84 )   $ (1.95 )
                                                         
Weighted average common shares used in computation:
                                                       
Basic and diluted (3)
    4,001,111       5,375,795       5,779,942       6,183,715       6,214,820       6,199,204       6,291,512  
                                                         
 
(footnotes appear on following page)


30


Table of Contents

 
(1) Operating expenses in the year ended June 30, 2007 and three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 include stock-based compensation expense as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment on July 1, 2006, as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Three Months Ended
 
    June 30,
    September 30,  
    2007     2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Selling, general and administrative
  $       327     $         9     $       277  
Research and development
    63       2       73  
 
(2) See Notes 1 and 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock.
(3) See Note 11 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per common share and basic and diluted weighted-average number of shares used in pro forma per common share calculations.
 
                                                 
                                  As of
 
    As of June 30,     September 30,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,851     $ 3,144     $ 1,780     $ 1,554     $ 7,908     $ 3,265  
Short-term investments
                            11,615       18,499  
Working capital (1)
    3,415       2,868       1,349       (1,240 )     18,171       21,695  
Total current assets
    3,871       3,166       2,116       2,424       20,828       25,973  
Total assets
    4,550       4,031       2,874       3,296       22,025       27,316  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
                            3,094       3,394  
Total liabilities
    456       298       767       3,723       5,830       7,760  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
                            48,498       63,637  
Total shareholders’ (deficiency) equity
    4,094       3,733       2,107       (427 )     (32,303 )     (44,081 )
 
 
(1) Working capital is calculated as total current assets less total current liabilities as of the balance sheet date indicated.


31


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations, based on current expectations and related to future events and our future financial performance, that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of many important factors, including the factors we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a medical device company focused on developing and commercializing interventional treatment systems for vascular disease. Our initial product, the Diamondback 360° Orbital Atherectomy System, is a minimally invasive catheter system for the treatment of peripheral arterial disease, or PAD.
 
We were formed in 1989 as Shturman Cardiology Systems, Inc. and incorporated in Minnesota. From 1989 to 1997, we engaged in research and development on several different product concepts that were later abandoned. Since 1997, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to the development of the Diamondback 360°. In 2003, we changed our name to Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
From 2003 to 2005, we conducted numerous bench and animal tests in preparation for application submissions to the FDA. We initially focused our testing on providing a solution for coronary in-stent restenosis but later changed the focus to PAD. In 2006, we obtained an investigational device exemption from the FDA to conduct our pivotal OASIS clinical trial, which was completed in January 2007. The OASIS clinical trial was a prospective 20-center study that involved 124 patients with 201 lesions.
 
In August 2007, the FDA granted us 510(k) clearance for the use of the Diamondback 360° as a therapy in patients with PAD. We commenced a limited commercial introduction of the Diamondback 360° in the United States in September 2007. Through December 31, 2007, we shipped more than 1,700 single-use catheters to 57 hospitals and generated revenues of approximately $4.6 million.
 
We intend to market the Diamondback 360° in the United States through a direct sales force and will commence a full commercial launch in early 2008. We plan to expend significant capital to increase the size of our sales and marketing efforts to expand our customer base as we begin full commercialization of the Diamondback 360°. We intend to manufacture the Diamondback 360° internally at our facilities.
 
As of September 30, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of $72.0 million. We expect our losses to continue and to increase as we continue our commercialization activities and develop additional product enhancements and make further regulatory submissions. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the private placement of equity securities.
 
During the remainder of fiscal year 2008, we will continue to expand our sales and marketing efforts, conduct research and development of product improvements and increase our manufacturing capacity to support anticipated future growth. We believe the net proceeds of this offering, together with existing cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, will be sufficient to fund our ongoing capital needs for at least the next twelve months.
 
Financial Overview
 
Revenues.   We expect to derive substantially all of our revenues for the foreseeable future from the sale of the Diamondback 360°. The system consists of a disposable, single-use, low-profile catheter that travels over our proprietary ViperWire guidewire and an external control unit that powers the system. Initial hospital orders include ten single-use catheters and guidewires, along with a control unit. Reorders for single-use catheters and guidewires should occur as hospitals utilize the single-use catheters.
 
As of September 30, 2007, we had not recorded any revenues from the sale of the single-use catheters and guidewires. We have applied Emerging Issues Task Force Bulletin (EITF) No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, the primary impact of which was to treat the Diamondback 360° as a single unit of


32


Table of Contents

accounting. As such, all revenues are deferred until completion of all contractual obligations in the sales contract. Initial shipments to customers included a loaner control unit until the new control unit was available. Accordingly, we had deferred revenue of $1.4 million as of September 30, 2007. Shipments of the new control units began in the quarter ended December 31, 2007, at which time deferred revenue was recognized.
 
Cost of Goods Sold.   We assemble the single-use catheter with components purchased from third-party suppliers, as well as with components manufactured in-house. The control unit and guidewires are purchased from third-party suppliers. Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of direct labor, manufacturing overhead, purchased raw materials and manufactured components. We anticipate that gross margin percentages on single-use catheters will be higher than those achieved on the control unit and guidewires.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation for executive, sales, marketing, finance, information technology, human resources and administrative personnel, including stock-based compensation. Other significant expenses include travel and marketing costs, professional fees, and patent prosecution expenses.
 
Research and Development.   Research and development expenses include costs associated with the design, development, testing, enhancement and regulatory approval of our products. Research and development expenses include employee compensation including stock-based compensation, supplies and materials, consulting expenses, travel and facilities overhead. We also incur significant expenses to operate our clinical trials, including trial design, third-party fees, clinical site reimbursement, data management and travel expenses. All research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.
 
Interest Income.   Interest income is attributed to interest earned on deposits in investments that consist of money market funds, U.S. government securities and commercial paper.
 
Interest Expense.   Interest expense resulted from the change in value of convertible preferred stock warrants and the issuance of convertible promissory notes in 2006. Convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as a liability under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity and are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date with any change in value recognized as a component of interest expense. Upon completion of this offering the convertible preferred stock warrants will convert into common stock warrants, thereby eliminating the preferred stock warrant liability.
 
Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.   Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock reflects the change in the current estimated fair market value of the preferred stock on a quarterly basis, as determined by management and the board of directors. Accretion is recorded as an increase to redeemable convertible preferred stock in the consolidated balance sheet and an increase to the loss attributable to common shareholders in the consolidated statement of operations. The redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock automatically upon the completion of this offering. As such, the preferred shareholders will forfeit their liquidation preferences and we will no longer record accretion.
 
Carryforwards.   We have established valuation allowances to fully offset our deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty about our ability to generate the future taxable income necessary to realize these deferred assets, particularly in light of our historical losses. The future use of net operating loss carryforwards is dependent on our attaining profitable operations and will be limited in any one year under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 due to significant ownership changes (as defined in Section 382) resulting from our equity financings. As June 30, 2007, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax reporting purposes of approximately $40.8 million, which will expire at various dates through fiscal 2027.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
 
Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect amounts reported in those statements. Our estimates, assumptions and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, excess and obsolete inventory, stock-based


33


Table of Contents

compensation, preferred stock and preferred stock warrants are updated as appropriate, which, in most cases, is at least quarterly. We use authoritative pronouncements, our technical accounting knowledge, cumulative business experience, judgment and other factors in the selection and application of our accounting policies. While we believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments that we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements are appropriate, these estimates, assumptions and judgments are subject to factors and uncertainties regarding their outcome. Therefore, actual results may materially differ from these estimates.
 
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require us to make subjective or complex judgments or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the accounting estimate is made, and (2) different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, would have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. We believe that the following are our critical accounting policies and estimates:
 
Revenue Recognition.   We derive our revenue through the sale of the Diamondback 360°, which includes single-use catheters, control units and guidewires used in the atherectomy procedure. The single-use catheters rely upon the use of the control units, thus our sales involve bundled transactions with multiple elements.
 
We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition and EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables . Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) shipment has occurred or delivery has occurred if the terms specify that title and risk of loss pass when products reach their destination; (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. However, when the arrangement with the customer imposes additional performance requirements, and we are unable to treat the additional performance requirements as a separate unit of accounting, then revenue is recognized when all such requirements have been satisfied. Payment terms are generally set at 30 days.
 
Excess and Obsolete Inventory.   We have inventories that are principally comprised of capitalized direct labor and manufacturing overhead, raw materials and components, and finished goods. Due to the technological nature of our products, there is a risk of obsolescence to changes in our technology and the market, which is impacted by exogenous technological developments and events. Accordingly, we write down our inventories as we become aware of any situation where the carrying amount exceeds the estimated realizable value based on assumptions about future demands and market conditions. The evaluation includes analyses of inventory levels, expected product lives, product at risk of expiration, sales levels by product and projections of future sales demand.
 
Stock-Based Compensation.   Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , as interpreted by SAB No. 107, using the prospective application method, to account for stock-based compensation expense associated with the issuance of stock options to employees and directors on or after July 1, 2006. The unvested compensation costs at July 1, 2006, which relate to grants of options that occurred prior to the date of adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), will continue to be accounted for under Accounting Principles Board (APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . SFAS No. 123(R) requires us to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments computed at the date of grant. The fair value of all employee and director stock options is expensed in the consolidated statements of operations over the related vesting period of the options. We calculated the fair value on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.
 
To determine the inputs for the Black-Scholes option pricing model, we are required to develop several assumptions, which are highly subjective. These assumptions include:
 
  •  our common stock’s volatility;
 
  •  the length of our options’ lives, which is based on future exercises and cancellations;
 
  •  the number of shares of common stock pursuant to which options which will ultimately be forfeited;
 
  •  the risk-free rate of return; and
 
  •  future dividends.


34


Table of Contents

 
We use comparable public company data to determine volatility, as our common stock has not yet been publicly traded. We use a weighted average calculation to estimate the time our options will be outstanding as prescribed by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment . We estimate the number of options that are expected to be forfeited based on our historical experience. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the estimated life of the option. We use our judgment and expectations in setting future dividend rates, which is currently expected to be zero.
 
The absence of an active market for our common stock also requires our management and board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock for purposes of granting options and for determining stock-based compensation expense. In response to these requirements, our management and board of directors estimate the fair market value of common stock at each date at which options are granted, based on factors such as the price of the most recent preferred stock sales to investors taking into consideration the preferences held by the preferred stock class in favor of shares of common stock, the valuations of comparable companies, the status of our development and sales efforts, our cash and working capital amounts, revenue growth, the preferences held by the preferred stock classes in favor of shares of common stock, and additional objective and subjective factors relating to our business.
 
The following table sets forth the exercise prices of options granted during fiscal year 2007 and the quarter ended September 30, 2007, and the fair market value of our common stock, as determined by our management and board of directors, on the dates of the option grants:
 
                         
                Fair Market Value Per Share
 
                Assigned by Management and
 
Date of Option Grant   Number of Shares     Exercise Price     Board of Directors  
 
July 1, 2006
    132,000     $ 5.71     $ 2.43  
July 17, 2006
    230,000       5.71       2.43  
August 15, 2006
    239,500       5.71       2.43  
October 3, 2006
    375,000       5.71       2.58  
December 19, 2006
    446,100       5.71       2.79  
February 14, 2007
    48,000       5.71       3.58  
February 15, 2007
    540,000       5.71       3.58  
April 18, 2007
    299,250       5.71       4.63  
June 12, 2007
    315,000       5.11       5.95  
August 7, 2007
    402,500       5.11       5.95  
 
Preferred Stock.   Effective in fiscal 2007, with the sale of our Series A and A-1 convertible preferred stock, we began recording the current estimated fair value of our convertible preferred stock on a quarterly basis based on the fair market value of that stock as determined by our management and board of directors. In accordance with Accounting Series Release No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of “Redeemable Preferred Stocks” and EITF Abstracts, Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities , we record changes in the current fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ (deficiency) equity and comprehensive (loss) income and consolidated statements of operations as accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock.


35


Table of Contents

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, our management and board of directors established what they believe to be the fair value of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series A-1 convertible preferred stock. This determination was based on concurrent significant stock transactions with third parties and a variety of factors, including our business milestones achieved and future financial projections, our position in the industry relative to our competitors, external factors impacting the value of our stock in the marketplace, the stock volatility of comparable companies in our industry, general economic trends and the application of various valuation methodologies. The following table shows the fair market value of one share of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series A-1 convertible preferred stock during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 and the quarter ended September 30, 2007:
 
                 
    Series A
    Series A-1
 
Date   Convertible Preferred Stock     Convertible Preferred Stock  
 
September 30, 2006
  $ 5.71     $  
December 31, 2006
    6.64        
March 31, 2007
    7.57        
June 30, 2007
    8.50       8.50  
September 30, 2007
    9.20       9.20  
 
Preferred Stock Warrants.   Freestanding warrants and other similar instruments related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity , and its related interpretations. Under SFAS No. 150, the freestanding warrant that is related to our redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified as a liability on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007. The warrant is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of interest expense. Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrant or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering with gross cash proceeds to us of at least $40.0 million, at which time all preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified to equity.


36


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations expressed as dollar amounts (in thousands), and, for certain line items, the changes between the specified periods expressed as percent increases or decreases:
 
                                                                         
    Years Ended June 30,     Years Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
                Percent
                Percent
 
    2005     2006     Change     2006     2007     Change     2006     2007     Change  
 
Revenues
  $     $             $     $             $     $          
Cost of goods sold
                                                  539          
                                                                         
Gross (loss) profit
                                                  (539 )        
                                                                         
Expenses:
                                                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    1,177       1,735           47.4 %     1,735       6,691           285.6 %     823       3,552           331.6 %
Research and development
    2,371       3,168       33.6       3,168       8,446       166.6       749       3,328       344.3  
                                                                         
Total expenses
    3,548       4,903       38.2       4,903       15,137       208.7       1,572       6,880       337.7  
                                                                         
Loss from operations
    (3,548 )     (4,903 )     38.2       (4,903 )     (15,137 )     208.7       (1,572 )     (7,419 )     371.9  
Other income (expense):
                                                                       
Interest expense
          (48 )     0       (48 )     (1,340 )     2,691.7       (13 )     (300 )     2,207.7  
Interest income
    37       56       51.4       56       881       1,473.2       256       278       8.6  
                                                                         
Total other income (expense)
    37       8       78.3       8       (459 )     5,837.5       243       (22 )     1,090.5  
                                                                         
Net loss
    (3,511 )     (4,895 )     39.4       (4,895 )     (15,596 )     218.6       (1,329 )     (7,441 )     459.9  
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
                              (16,835 )             (3,878 )     (4,853 )        
                                                                         
Net loss available to common shareholders
  $ (3,511 )   $ (4,895 )     39.4 %   $ (4,895 )   $ (32,431 )     562.5 %   $ (5,207 )   $ (12,294 )     136.1 %
                                                                         
 
Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007
 
Revenues.   In August 2007, the FDA granted us 510(k) clearance for the use of the Diamondback 360° as a therapy in patients with PAD. We commenced a limited commercial introduction of the Diamondback 360° in the United States in September 2007, and as of September 30, 2007, we had not recorded any revenues from the sale of the control units, single-use catheters and guidewires. We have applied EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , the primary impact of which was to treat original shipments of the Diamondback 360° as a single unit of accounting. As such, all revenues are deferred until completion of all contractual obligations in the sales contract. Initial shipments to customers included a loaner control unit until the new control unit was available. Accordingly, we had deferred revenue of $1.4 million as of September 30, 2007. Shipments of the new control units began in the quarter ended December 31, 2007, at which time deferred revenue was recognized.
 
Cost of Goods Sold.   For the quarter ended September 30, 2007, cost of goods sold was $539,000. This amount represents the cost of goods sold for single-use catheters and guidewires shipped subsequent to obtaining FDA clearance for the Diamondback 360° in August 2007.


37


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $2.7 million, from $823,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 to $3.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The primary reasons for the increase included the addition of three officers to our executive management team, contributing $300,000, the building of our sales and marketing team, contributing $1.9 million, and significant consulting and professional services, contributing $200,000. In addition, stock based compensation increased from $9,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 to $277,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2007. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase significantly due to the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing organization to commercialize our products.
 
Research and Development Expenses.   Our research and development expenses increased by $2.6 million, from $749,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 to $3.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. Research and development spending increased as we increased the size of this department to improve our product, such as the development of a new control unit, shaft designs and crown designs. In addition, stock based compensation increased from $2,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 to $73,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2007. We expect our research and development expenses to increase as we attempt to expand our product portfolio within the peripheral market and leverage our core technology into the coronary market.
 
Interest Income.   Interest income increased by $22,000, from $256,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 to $278,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was primarily due to higher average cash and cash equivalents and short-term investment balances. Average cash and cash equivalent and short-term investment balances were $20.7 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Interest Expense.   Interest expense increased by $287,000, from $13,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 to $300,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was due to the change in the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants.
 
Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.   Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock was $3.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006, as compared to $4.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock reflects the change in estimated fair value of preferred stock at the balance sheet dates.
 
Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2006 with Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2007
 
Revenues.   We did not generate any revenues during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 or 2007.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $5.0 million, from $1.7 million in fiscal 2006 to $6.7 million in fiscal 2007. The primary reasons for the increase included the addition of four officers to our executive management team, contributing $1.1 million, the development of our sales and marketing team, contributing $2.6 million, and consulting services, contributing $300,000. We recorded stock based compensation of $327,000 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, while none was recorded in 2006. The balance of the increase was spread among our general and administrative accounts and reflected the overall growth in the business.
 
Research and Development Expenses.   Our research and development expenses increased by $5.2 million, from $3.2 million in fiscal 2006 to $8.4 million in fiscal 2007. Both clinical and regulatory spending increased substantially as we completed European and U.S. clinical trials and submitted our 510(k) clearance application to the FDA. In addition, we incurred significant research and development costs for projects expected to improve our product, such as the development of a new control unit and shaft designs. We recorded stock based compensation of $63,000 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Interest Income.   Interest income increased by $825,000, from $56,000 in fiscal 2006 to $881,000 in fiscal 2007. The increase was due to higher average cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances. Average cash, cash equivalent and short-term investment balances were $1.6 million and $18.5 million during fiscal 2006 and 2007, respectively.


38


Table of Contents

Interest Expense.   Interest expense increased by $1.3 million, from $48,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 to $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. The increase was due to the change in the estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants.
 
Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.   Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock was $16.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock reflects the change in estimated fair value of preferred stock at the balance sheet dates.
 
Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2005 with the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2006
 
Revenues.   We did not generate any revenues during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005 or 2006.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $.5 million, from $1.2 million in fiscal 2005 to $1.7 million in fiscal 2006. This increase was primarily due to initial sales and marketing costs and increased rent for office and production facilities.
 
Research and Development Expenses.   Our research and development expenses increased by $.8 million, from $2.4 million in fiscal 2005 to $3.2 million in fiscal 2006. The majority of the research and development increase was due to additional personnel and related costs, along with a significant increase in clinical costs related to our PAD I, PAD II and OASIS trials.
 
Interest Income.   Interest income increased by $19,000, from $37,000 in fiscal 2005 to $56,000 in fiscal 2006. The increase was due to higher returns on average cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances. Average cash, cash equivalent and short-term investment balances were $2.2 million and $1.6 million in fiscal 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Interest Expense.   Interest expense increased by $48,000, from $0 in fiscal 2005 to $48,000 in fiscal 2006. The increase was due to convertible promissory notes that we issued in 2006.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We have incurred losses since our inception in February 1989, and as of September 30, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of $72.0 million. We have funded our operations primarily from the issuance of common and preferred stock and convertible promissory notes. During fiscal 2006, we issued $3.1 million in convertible promissory notes. In fiscal 2007, these notes were converted to preferred stock as part of our Series A preferred stock financing. As of September 30, 2007, we had received proceeds of $42.4 million related to our Series A and Series A-1 preferred stock financings. On December 17, 2007, we completed the sale of $20.0 million of Series B convertible preferred stock.
 
The reported changes in cash and cash equivalents for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 are summarized below.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents.   Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $9.9 million, from $13.2 million at September 30, 2006 to $3.3 million at September 30, 2007. Cash and cash equivalents increased by $6.3 million, from $1.6 million at June 30, 2006 to $7.9 million at June 30, 2007.
 
Short-Term Investments.   Short-term investments increased by $11.5 million, from $7.0 million at September 30, 2006 to $18.5 million at September 30, 2007. Short-term investments increased by $11.6 million, from $0 at June 30, 2006 to $11.6 million at June 30, 2007.
 
Operating Activities.   Net cash used in operating activities was $3.3 million, $5.0 million and $12.3 million in fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $1.5 million and $8.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Investing Activities.   Net cash used in investing activities was $5,000, $228,000 and $11.9 million in fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $7.0 million in each of the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007. For the three months ended September 30, 2006, we purchased short-term investments in the amount of $7.0 million. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, we purchased and sold short-term investments in the amount of $12.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively. In fiscal 2007, we purchased and sold short-term


39


Table of Contents

investments in the amount of $23.2 million and $11.8 million, respectively. The balance of cash used in investing activities primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment. Purchases of property and equipment used cash of $7,000, $235,000 and $465,000 in fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $49,000 and $207,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Financing Activities.   Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.9 million, $5.0 million and $30.5 million in fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $20.1 million and $10.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Cash provided by financing activities during these periods included:
 
  •  net proceeds from the sale of common stock of $2.3 million in each of fiscal 2005 and 2006;
 
  •  issuance of a note payable to a shareholder of $350,000 in fiscal 2005;
 
  •  proceeds from the issuance of convertible promissory notes of $3.1 million in fiscal 2006;
 
  •  proceeds from the issuance of Series A and Series A-1 convertible preferred stock of $30.3 million in fiscal 2007 and $20.1 million and $10.3 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively; and
 
  •  issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants of $1.8 million in fiscal 2007.
 
Cash used in financing activities in these periods included:
 
  •  repurchase of common stock of $700,000 in fiscal 2005;
 
  •  repayment of a note payable to a shareholder of $350,000 in fiscal 2006; and
 
  •  payment of Series A offering costs of $1.8 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our sales growth, market acceptance of our existing and future products, the amount and timing of our research and development expenditures, the timing of our introduction of new products, the expansion of our sales and marketing efforts and working capital needs. We expect our long-term liquidity needs to consist primarily of working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, combined with our existing capital resources, will be sufficient to meet our capital and operating needs for at least the next 12 months, and that the proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our capital and operating needs for at least 12 months from the consummation of the offering. To the extent that funds generated by this offering, together with existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. Although we are currently not a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses, services or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we are unable to obtain additional financing or successfully market our products on a timely basis, we would have to slow our product development, sales, and marketing efforts and may be unable to continue our operations.
 
Contractual Cash Obligations.   Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of June 30, 2007 are summarized below:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
Contractual Obligations   Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
    (in thousands)  
 
Operating leases (1)
  $ 1,722     $ 346     $ 733     $ 643     $ 0  
Purchase commitments (2)
    2,122       2,122                    
                                         
Total
  $ 3,844     $ 2,468     $ 733     $ 643     $ 0  
                                         
 
 
(1) The amounts reflected in the table above for operating leases represent future minimum payments under a non-cancellable operating lease for our office and production facility.
(2) This amount reflects open purchase orders.


40


Table of Contents

 
Related Party Transactions
 
For a description of our related party transactions, see the discussion under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Since inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet activities as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting treatment (recognition and measurement) for an income tax position taken in a tax return and recognized in a company’s financial statement. The new standard also contains guidance on “de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.” The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
 
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. Previously, we had accounted for tax contingencies in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies . As required by FIN 48, which clarifies SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, we applied FIN 48 to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. We did not record any adjustment to the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits or accumulated deficit for the cumulative effect of the adoption of FIN 48.
 
In addition, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of July 1, 2007 was zero. There have been no material changes in unrecognized tax benefits since July 1, 2007, and we do not anticipate a significant change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. We did not have an accrual for the payment of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as of July 1, 2007.
 
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This standard clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. Additionally, it establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop these assumptions. This standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact of this statement but believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will not have a material impact on our financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . This standard provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted for an entity that has also elected to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 157. We are currently evaluating the impact of this statement but believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will not have a material impact on our financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 . The revised


41


Table of Contents

standards continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting. SFAS No. 141(R) will significantly change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods, including the accounting for contingent consideration. SFAS No. 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with SFAS No. 141(R) to be applied prospectively while SFAS No. 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of SFAS No. 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. We are currently evaluating the impact of these statements but believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 will not have a material impact on our financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
Inflation
 
We do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our business and operating results during the periods presented.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk or availability. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of marketable securities, including commercial paper, money market fund and U.S. government securities. Our cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2007 included liquid money market accounts. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we believe that there is no material exposure to interest rate risk.


42


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Business Overview
 
We are a medical device company focused on developing and commercializing interventional treatment systems for vascular disease. Our initial product, the Diamondback 360° Orbital Atherectomy System, is a minimally invasive catheter system for the treatment of peripheral arterial disease, or PAD. According to the American Medical Association, PAD affects approximately eight to 12 million people in the United States. PAD is caused by the accumulation of plaque in peripheral arteries, most commonly occurring in the pelvis and legs. However, as reported in an article published in Podiatry Today in 2006, only approximately 2.5 million of those eight to 12 million people are treated. PAD is a progressive disease, and if left untreated can lead to limb amputation or death. In August 2007, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted us 510(k) clearance for use of the Diamondback 360° as a therapy in patients with PAD. We commenced a limited commercial introduction of the Diamondback 360° in the United States in September 2007. Through December 31, 2007, we shipped more than 1,700 single-use catheters to 57 hospitals and have generated revenues of approximately $4.6 million.
 
The Diamondback 360°’s single-use catheter incorporates a flexible drive shaft with an offset crown coated with diamond grit. Physicians position the crown with the aid of fluoroscopy at the site of an arterial plaque lesion and remove the plaque by causing the crown to orbit against it, creating a smooth lumen, or channel, in the vessel. The Diamondback 360° is designed to differentiate between plaque and compliant arterial tissue, a concept that we refer to as “differential sanding.” The particles of plaque resulting from differential sanding are generally smaller than red blood cells and are carried away by the blood stream. The small size of the particles avoids the need for plaque collection reservoirs and the delay involved in removing the collection reservoir when it fills up during the procedure. Physicians are able to keep the Diamondback 360° in the artery until the desired vessels have been treated, potentially reducing the overall procedure time. As the physician increases the rotational speed of the drive shaft, the crown not only rotates faster but also, due to centrifugal force, begins to orbit with an increasing circumference. The Diamondback 360° can create a lumen that is approximately 100% larger than the actual diameter of the device, for a device-to-lumen ratio of 1.0 to 2.0. By giving physicians the ability to create different lumen diameters with a change in rotational speed, the Diamondback 360° can reduce the need to use multiple catheters of different sizes to treat a single lesion.
 
We have conducted three clinical trials involving 207 patients to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the Diamondback 360° in treating PAD. In particular, our pivotal OASIS clinical trial was a prospective 20-center study that involved 124 patients with 201 lesions and met or outperformed FDA targets. We were the first, and so far the only, company to conduct a prospective multi-center clinical trial with a prior investigational device exemption, or IDE, in support of a 510(k) clearance for an atherectomy device. We believe that the Diamondback 360° provides a platform that can be leveraged across multiple market segments. In the future, we expect to launch additional products to treat lesions in larger vessels, provided that we obtain appropriate 510(k) clearance from the FDA. We also plan to seek premarket approval (PMA) from the FDA to use the Diamondback 360° to treat patients with coronary artery disease.
 
Market Overview
 
Peripheral Artery Disease
 
PAD is a circulatory problem in which plaque deposits build up on the walls of arteries, reducing blood flow to the limbs. The most common early symptoms of PAD are pain, cramping or tiredness in the leg or hip muscles while walking. Symptoms may progress to include numbness, tingling or weakness in the leg and, in severe cases, burning or aching pain in the leg, foot or toes while resting. As PAD progresses, additional signs and symptoms occur, including cooling or color changes in the skin of the legs or feet, and sores on the legs or feet that do not heal. If untreated, PAD may lead to critical limb ischemia, a condition in which the amount of oxygenated blood being delivered to the limb is insufficient to keep the tissue alive. Critical limb ischemia often leads to large non-healing ulcers, infections, gangrene and, eventually, limb amputation or death.
 
The American Medical Association reports that PAD affects approximately eight to 12 million people in the United States. According to 2007 statistics from the American Heart Association, PAD becomes more common


43


Table of Contents

with age and affects approximately 12% to 20% of the population over 65 years old. An aging population, coupled with increasing incidence of diabetes and obesity, is likely to increase the prevalence of PAD. In many older PAD patients, particularly those with diabetes, PAD is characterized by hard, calcified plaque deposits that have not been successfully treated with existing non-invasive treatment techniques. PAD may involve arteries either above or below the knee. Arteries above the knee are generally long, straight and relatively wide, while arteries below the knee are shorter and branch into arteries that are progressively smaller in diameter.
 
Despite the severity of PAD, it remains relatively underdiagnosed. According to an article published in Podiatry Today in 2006, only approximately 2.5 million of the eight to 12 million people in the United States with PAD are diagnosed. Although we believe the rate of diagnosis of PAD is increasing, underdiagnosis continues due to patients failing to display symptoms or physicians misinterpreting symptoms as normal aging. Recent emphasis on PAD education from medical associations, insurance companies and other groups, coupled with publications in medical journals, is increasing physician and patient awareness of PAD risk factors, symptoms and treatment options. The PARTNERS study, published in the Journal of the American Medical Association in 2001, advocated increased PAD screening by primary care physicians.
 
Physicians treat a significant portion of the 2.5 million people in the United States who are diagnosed with PAD using medical management, which includes lifestyle changes, such as diet and exercise and drug treatment. For instance, within a reference group of over 1,000 patients from the PARTNERS study, 54% of the patients with a prior diagnosis of PAD were receiving antiplatelet medication treatment. While medications, diet and exercise may improve blood flow, they do not treat the underlying obstruction and many patients have difficulty maintaining lifestyle changes. Additionally, many prescribed medications are contraindicated for patients with heart disease, which often exists in PAD patients. As a result of these challenges, many medically managed patients develop more severe symptoms that require procedural intervention.
 
Conventional Interventional Treatments for PAD and Their Limitations
 
According to the Millennium Research Group, in 2006 there were approximately 1.3 million procedural interventions for the treatment of PAD in the United States, including 227,400 surgical bypass procedures, and 1,080,000 endovascular-based interventions, such as angioplasty and stenting.
 
  •  Surgical Procedures.   Bypass surgery and amputation are the most common surgical interventions that are used to treat PAD. In bypass surgery, the surgeon reroutes blood around a lesion using a vessel from another part of the body or a tube made of synthetic fabric. Bypass surgery has a high risk of procedure-related complications from blood loss, post-procedural infection or reaction to general anesthesia. Due to these complications, patients may have to remain hospitalized for several days and are exposed to mortality risk. According to clinical research published by EuroIntervention in 2005, bypass surgery has a five year survival rate of 60%. Amputation of all or a portion of a limb may be necessary as critical limb ischemia progresses to an advanced state, which results in approximately 160,000 to 180,000 amputations per year in the United States, according to an article published in Podiatry Today in July 2007.
 
  •  Catheter-Based Interventions.   Minimally invasive catheter-based interventions include angioplasty, stenting and atherectomy procedures. Angioplasty involves inserting a catheter with a balloon tip into the site of arterial blockage and then inflating the balloon to compress plaque and expand the artery wall. Stenting involves implanting and expanding a cylindrical metal tube into the diseased artery to hold the arterial wall open. Both angioplasty and stenting can improve blood flow in plaque-lined arteries by opening lumens and are relatively fast and inexpensive compared to surgical procedures. However, these techniques are not as effective in long or calcified lesions or in lesions located below the knee, nor do they remove any plaque from the artery. Moreover, most stents are not FDA-approved for use in arteries in the lower extremities. Additional concerns include the potential to damage the artery when the balloon is expanded in angioplasty and the potential for stent fracture during normal leg movement. Both angioplasty and stenting have also been associated with high rates of restenosis, or re-narrowing of the arteries, in the months following the procedure.
 
A third category of catheter-based interventions is atherectomy, which involves removing plaque from the arterial wall by using cutting technologies or energy sources, such as lasers, or by sanding with a diamond grit


44


Table of Contents

coated crown. Current atherectomy techniques include cutting atherectomy, laser atherectomy and rotational atherectomy. Cutting atherectomy devices are guided into an artery along a catheter to the target lesion, where the device is manipulated to remove plaque in a back and forth motion. However, there is a risk that when plaque is cut away from a vessel wall, the removed plaque will flow into other parts of the body, where it will block the blood flow by obstructing the lumen, known as embolization. Laser atherectomy devices remove plaque through vaporization. Rotational atherectomy devices remove plaque by abrading the lesion with a spinning, abrasive burr. Current catheter-based treatments also require the extensive use of fluoroscopy, which is an imaging technique to capture real-time images of an artery, but results in potentially harmful radiological exposure for the physician and patient.
 
Current atherectomy technologies have significant drawbacks, including one or more of the following:
 
  •  potential safety concerns, as these methods of plaque removal do not always discriminate between compliant arterial tissue and plaque, thus potentially damaging the arterial wall;
 
  •  difficulty treating calcified lesions, diffuse disease and lesions located below the knee;
 
  •  an inability to create lumens larger than the catheter itself in a single insertion (resulting in device-to-lumen ratios of 1.00 to 1.00 or worse), necessitating the use of multiple catheters, which increases the time, complexity and expense of the procedure;
 
  •  the creation of rough, uneven lumens with deep grooves, which may impact blood flow dynamics following the procedure;
 
  •  the potential requirement for greater physician skill, specialized technique or multiple operators to deliver the catheter and remove plaque;
 
  •  the potential requirement for reservoirs or aspiration to capture and remove plaque, which often necessitates larger catheters and adds time, complexity and expense to the procedure;
 
  •  the potential need for ancillary distal embolization protection devices to prevent large particles of dislodged plaque from causing distal embolisms or blockages downstream;
 
  •  the potential requirement for large, expensive capital equipment used in conjunction with the procedure; and
 
  •  the potential requirement for extensive use of fluoroscopy and increased emitted radiation exposure for physicians and patients during the procedure.
 
We believe that there is a significant market opportunity for a technology that opens lumens, similar to the lumen sizes achieved with angioplasty and stenting, in a simple, fast, cost-effective procedure that avoids the risks and potential restenosis associated with those procedures and addresses the historical limitations of atherectomy technologies.
 
Our Solution
 
The Diamondback 360° represents a new approach to the treatment of PAD that provides physicians and patients with a procedure that addresses many of the limitations of traditional treatment alternatives. The Diamondback 360°’s single-use catheter incorporates a flexible drive shaft with an offset crown coated with diamond grit. Physicians position the crown at the site of an arterial plaque lesion and remove the plaque by causing the crown to orbit against it, creating a smooth lumen, or channel, in the vessel. The Diamondback 360° is designed to differentiate between plaque and compliant arterial tissue, a concept that we refer to as “differential sanding.” The particles of plaque resulting from differential sanding are generally smaller than red blood cells and are carried away by the blood stream. As the physician increases the rotational speed of the drive shaft, the crown not only rotates faster but also, due to centrifugal force, begins to orbit with an increasing circumference. The Diamondback 360° can create a lumen that is approximately 100% larger than the actual diameter of the device, for a device-to-lumen ratio of 1.0 to 2.0. By giving physicians the ability to create different lumen diameters with a change in rotational speed, the Diamondback 360° can reduce the need to use multiple catheters of different sizes to treat a single lesion, thus reducing hospital inventory costs and procedure times.


45


Table of Contents

We believe that the Diamondback 360° offers the following key benefits:
 
Strong Safety Profile
 
  •  Differential Sanding Reduces Risk of Adverse Events.   The Diamondback 360° is designed to differentiate between plaque and compliant arterial tissue. The diamond grit coated offset crown engages and removes plaque from the artery wall with minimal likelihood of penetrating or damaging the fragile, internal elastic lamina layer of the arterial wall because compliant tissue flexes away from the crown. Furthermore, the Diamondback 360° rarely penetrates even the middle inside layer of the artery and the two elastic layers that border it. The Diamondback 360°’s perforation rates were 1.6% during our pivotal OASIS trial. Analysis by an independent pathology laboratory of more than 436 consecutive cross sections of porcine arteries treated with the Diamondback 360° revealed there was minimal to no damage, on average, to the medial layer, which is typically associated with restenosis. In addition, the safety profile of the Diamondback 360° was found to be non-inferior to that of angioplasty, which is often considered the safest of interventional methods. This was demonstrated in our OASIS trial, which had a 4.8% rate of device-related serious adverse events, or SAEs, versus an FDA target rate of 8%.
 
  •  Reduces the Risk of Distal Embolization.   The Diamondback 360° sands plaque away from artery walls in a manner that produces particles of such a small size — generally smaller than red blood cells — that they are carried away by the blood stream. The small size of the particles avoids the need for plaque collection reservoirs on the catheter and reduces the need for ancillary distal protection devices, commonly used with directional cutting atherectomy, and also significantly reduces the risk that larger pieces of removed plaque will block blood flow downstream.
 
  •  Allows Continuous Blood Flow During Procedure.   The Diamondback 360° allows for continuous blood flow during the procedure, except when used in chronic total occlusions. Other atherectomy devices may restrict blood flow due to the size of the catheter required or the use of distal protection devices, which could result in complications such as excessive heat and tissue damage.
 
Proven Efficacy
 
  •  Efficacy Demonstrated in a 124-Patient Clinical Trial.   Our pivotal OASIS clinical trial was a prospective 20-center study that involved 124 patients with 201 lesions and performance targets established cooperatively with the FDA before the trial began. Despite 55% of the lesions consisting of calcified plaque and 48% of the lesions having a length greater than three centimeters, the performance of the device in the OASIS trial met or outperformed the FDA’s efficacy targets.
 
  •  Treats Difficult and Calcified Lesions.   The Diamondback 360° enables physicians to remove plaque from long, calcified or bifurcated lesions in peripheral arteries both above and below the knee. Existing PAD devices have demonstrated limited effectiveness in treating calcified lesions.
 
  •  Orbital Motion Improves Device-to-Lumen Ratio.   The orbiting action of the Diamondback 360° can create a lumen of approximately 2.0 times the diameter of the crown. The variable device-to-lumen ratio allows the continuous removal of plaque as the opening of the lumen increases during the operation of the device.
 
  •  Differential Sanding Creates Smooth Lumens.   The differential sanding of the Diamondback 360° creates a smooth surface inside the lumen. This feature reduces the need to introduce a balloon after treatment to improve the surface of the artery, which is commonly done after cutting atherectomy. We believe that the smooth lumen created by the Diamondback 360° increases the velocity of blood flow and decreases the resistance to blood flow which may decrease potential for restenosis, or renarrowing of the arteries.
 
Ease of Use
 
  •  Utilizes Familiar Techniques.   Physicians using the Diamondback 360° employ techniques similar to those used in angioplasty, which are familiar to interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists who are trained in endovascular techniques. The Diamondback 360°’s simple user interface


46


Table of Contents

  requires minimal additional training and technique. The system’s ability to differentiate between diseased and compliant tissue reduces the risk of complications associated with user error and potentially broadens the user population beyond those currently using atherectomy devices.
 
  •  Single Insertion to Complete Treatment.   The Diamondback 360°’s orbital technology and differential sanding process in most cases allows for a single insertion to treat lesions. Because the particles of plaque sanded away are of such small sizes, the Diamondback 360° does not require a collection reservoir that needs to be repeatedly emptied or cleaned during the procedure. Rather, the Diamondback 360° allows for multiple passes of the device over the lesion until plaque is removed and a smooth lumen is created.
 
  •  Limited Use of Fluoroscopy.   The relative simplicity of our process and predictable crown location allows physicians to significantly reduce fluoroscopy use, thus limiting radiation exposure.
 
Cost and Time Efficient Procedure
 
  •  Single Crown Can Create Various Lumen Sizes Limiting Hospital Inventory Costs.   The Diamondback 360°’s orbital mechanism of action allows a single-sized device to create various diameter lumens inside the artery. Adjusting the rotational speed of the crown changes the orbit to create the desired lumen diameter, thereby potentially avoiding the need to use multiple catheters of different sizes. The Diamondback 360° can create a lumen that is 100% larger than the actual diameter of the device, for a device-to-lumen ratio of approximately 1.0 to 2.0.
 
  •  Less Expensive Capital Equipment.   The control unit used in conjunction with the Diamondback 360° has a current retail list price of $20,000, significantly less than the cost of capital equipment used with laser atherectomy, which may cost from $125,000 to more than $150,000.
 
  •  Single Insertion Reduces Procedural Time.   Since the physician does not need to insert and remove multiple catheters or clean a plaque collection reservoir to complete the procedure, there is a potential for decreased procedure time.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to be the leading provider of minimally invasive solutions for the treatment of vascular disease. The key elements of our strategy include:
 
  •  Drive Adoption with Key Opinion Leaders Through Direct Sales Organization.   We expect to continue to drive adoption of the Diamondback 360° through our direct sales force, which targets interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists. Initially, we plan to focus primarily on key opinion leaders who are early adopters of new technology and can assist in peer-to-peer selling. We commenced a limited commercial introduction in September 2007 and as of December 17, 2007 had 18 direct sales representatives. We anticipate broadening our commercialization efforts and adding additional sales representatives in 2008. As a key element of our strategy, we focus on educating and training physicians on the Diamondback 360° through seminars where industry leaders discuss case studies and treatment techniques using the Diamondback 360°.
 
  •  Collect Additional Clinical Evidence on Benefits of the Diamondback 360°.   We are focused on using clinical evidence to demonstrate the advantages of our system and drive physician acceptance. We have conducted three clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the Diamondback 360° in treating PAD, involving 207 patients, including our pivotal OASIS trial.
 
  •  Expand Product Portfolio within Peripheral Market.   We are currently developing a new product generation to further reduce treatment times and allow treatment of larger vessels.
 
  •  Leverage Technology Platform into Coronary Market.   We have initiated preclinical studies investigating the use of the Diamondback 360° in the treatment of coronary artery disease. We believe that the key product attributes of the Diamondback 360° will also provide substantial benefits in treating the coronary arteries, subject to FDA approval.


47


Table of Contents

 
  •  Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Partnerships.   In addition to adding to our product portfolio through internal development efforts, we intend to explore the acquisition of other product lines, technologies or companies that may leverage our sales force or complement our strategic objectives. We may also evaluate distribution agreements, licensing transactions and other strategic partnerships.
 
Our Product
 
Components of the Diamondback 360°
 
The Diamondback 360° consists of a single-use, low-profile catheter that travels over our proprietary ViperWire guidewire. The system is used in conjunction with an external control unit.
 
Catheter.   The catheter consists of:
 
  •  a control handle, which allows precise movement of the crown and predictable crown location;
 
  •  a flexible drive shaft with a diamond grit coated offset crown, which tracks and orbits over the guidewire; and
 
  •  a sheath, which covers the drive shaft and permits delivery of saline or medications to the treatment area.
 
The crown is available in multiple sizes, including 1.25, 1.50, 1.75, 2.00 and 2.25 mm diameters. The catheter is available in two lengths, 95 cm and 135 cm, to address procedural approach and target lesion location.
 
ViperWire Guidewire.   The ViperWire, which is located within the catheter, maintains device position in the vessel and is the rail on which the catheter operates. The ViperWire is available in three levels of firmness.
 
Control Unit.   The control unit incorporates a touch-screen interface on an easily maneuverable, lightweight pole. Using an external air supply, the control unit regulates air pressure to drive the turbine located in the catheter handle to speeds ranging up to 200,000 revolutions per minute. Saline, delivered by a pumping mechanism on the control unit, bathes the device shaft and crown. The constant flow of saline reduces the risk of heat generation.
 
The following diagram depicts the components of the Diamondback 360°:
 
GRAPHICS
 
Technology Overview
 
The two technologies used in the Diamondback 360° are orbital atherectomy and differential sanding.
 
Orbital Atherectomy.   The system operates on the principles of centrifugal force. As the speed of the crown’s rotation increases, it creates centrifugal force, which increases the crown’s orbit and presses the diamond grit coated


48


Table of Contents

offset crown against the lesion or plaque, removing a small amount of plaque with each orbit. The characteristics of the orbit and the resulting lumen size can be adjusted by modifying three variables:
 
  •  Speed.   An increase in speed creates a larger lumen. Our current system allows the user to choose between three rotational speeds. The fastest speed can result in a device-to-lumen ratio of 1.0 to 2.0, for a lumen that is approximately 100% larger than the actual diameter of the device.
 
  •  Crown Characteristics.   The crown can be designed with various weights (as determined by different materials and density) and coated with diamond grit of various width, height and configurations. Our current system offers the choice between a hollow, lightweight crown and a solid, heavier crown, which could potentially increase the device-to-lumen ratio.
 
  •  Drive Shaft Characteristics.   The drive shaft can be designed with various shapes and degrees of rigidity. We are developing a drive shaft that we call the “Sidewinder,” which is a heat-set, pre-bent shaft. When the guidewire is inserted into the Sidewinder, the shaft is straightened, allowing for deliverability to the lesion. However, the propensity of the Sidewinder’s pre-bent shaft to return to its bent shape creates a larger diameter orbit, which will potentially allow for the creation of a larger lumen. We are also developing a version of our shaft that has a diamond grit coated tip for ease of penetrating a chronic total occlusion.
 
We view the Diamondback 360° as a platform that can be used to develop additional products by adjusting one or more of the speed, crown and shaft variables.
 
Differential Sanding.   The Diamondback 360°’s design allows the device to differentiate between compliant and diseased arterial tissue. Compliant tissue flexes away from the crown and is not affected by the sanding of the diamond grit. Diseased tissue, particularly heavily calcified lesions, provides resistance and allows the orbiting crown to sand the plaque. The sanded plaque is broken down into particles generally smaller than circulating red blood cells that are washed away downstream with the patient’s natural blood flow. Of 36 consecutive experiments that we performed in carbon blocks, animal and cadaver models:
 
  •  93.1% of particles were smaller than a red blood cell, with a 99% confidence interval; and
 
  •  99.3% of particles were smaller than the lumen of the capillaries (which provide the connection between the arterial and venous system), with a 99% confidence interval.
 
The small particle size minimizes the risk of vascular bed overload, or a saturation of the peripheral vessels with large particles, which may cause slow or reduced blood flow to the foot. We believe that the small size of the particle also allows it to be managed by the body’s natural cleansing of the blood, whereby various types of white blood cells eliminate worn-out cells and other debris in the bloodstream.
 
Applications
 
The Diamondback 360° can be delivered to the lesion by a single physician, and on average required three minutes to treat a lesion in our OASIS trial.
 
Below-the-Knee Peripheral Artery Disease.   Arteries below the knee have small diameters and may be diffusely diseased, calcified or both, limiting the effectiveness of traditional atherectomy devices. The Diamondback 360° is effective in both diffuse and calcified vessels as demonstrated in the OASIS trial, where 94.5% of lesions treated were below the knee.
 
Above-the-Knee Peripheral Artery Disease.   Plaque in arteries above the knee may also be diffuse and calcific; however, these arteries are longer, straighter and wider than below-the-knee vessels. While effective in difficult-to-treat below-the-knee vessels, and indicated for vessels up to four millimeters in diameter, our product is also being used to treat lesions above the knee, in particular, calcified lesions. We intend to seek expanded labeling from the FDA for treatment of vessels larger than four millimeters in diameter.
 
Coronary Artery Disease.   Given the many similarities between peripheral and coronary artery disease, we have developed and are completing pre-clinical testing of a modified version of the Diamondback 360° to treat coronary arteries. A coronary application would require us to conduct a clinical trial and receive PMA from the


49


Table of Contents

FDA. We participated in a pre-IDE meeting with the FDA and expect to submit our IDE application following completion of our pre-clinical testing.
 
Clinical Trials and Studies for our Products
 
We have conducted three clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the Diamondback 360° in treating PAD, enrolling a total of 207 patients in our PAD I and PAD II pilot trials and our pivotal OASIS trial.
 
The common metrics used to evaluate the efficacy of atherectomy devices for PAD include:
 
     
Metric   Description
 
Absolute Plaque Reduction
  Absolute plaque reduction is the difference between the pre-treatment percent stenosis, or the narrowing of the vessel, and the post-treatment percent stenosis as measured angiographically.
Target Lesion Revascularization
  Target lesion revascularization rate, or TLR rate, is the percentage of patients at follow-up who have another peripheral intervention precipitated by their worsening symptoms, such as an angioplasty, stenting or surgery to reopen the treated lesion site.
Ankle Brachial Index
  The Ankle Brachial Index, or ABI, is a measurement that is useful to evaluate the adequacy of circulation in the legs and improvement or worsening of leg circulation over time. The ABI is a ratio between the blood pressure in a patient’s ankle and a patient’s arm, with a ratio above 0.9 being normal.
 
The common metrics used to evaluate the safety of atherectomy devices for PAD include:
 
     
Metric   Description
 
Serious Adverse Events
  Serious adverse events, or SAEs, include any experience that is fatal or life-threatening, is permanently disabling, requires or prolongs hospitalization, or requires intervention to prevent permanent impairment or damage. SAEs may or may not be related to the device.
Perforations
  Perforations occur when the artery is punctured during atherectomy treatment. Perforations may be nonserious or an SAE depending on the treatment required to repair the perforation.
 
Inclusion criteria for trials often limit size of lesion and severity of disease, as measured by the Rutherford Class, which utilizes a scale of I to VI, with I being mild and VI being most severe, and the Ankle Brachial Index.
 
PAD I Feasibility Trial
 
Our first trial was a two-site, 17-patient feasibility clinical trial in Europe, which we refer to as PAD I, that began in March 2005. Patients enrolled in the trial had lesions that were less than 10 cm in length in arteries between 1.5 mm and 6.0 mm in diameter, with Rutherford Class scores of IV or lower. Patients were evaluated at the time of the procedure and at 30 days following treatment. The purpose of PAD I was to obtain the first human clinical experience and evaluate the safety of the Diamondback 360°. This was determined by estimating the cumulative incidence of patients experiencing one or more SAEs within 30 days post-treatment.
 
The results of PAD I were presented at the Transcatheter Therapeutics conference, or TCT, in 2005 and published in American Journal of Cardiology. Results confirmed that the Diamondback 360° and orbital atherectomy were safe and established that the Diamondback 360° could be used to treat vessels in the range


50


Table of Contents

of 1.5 mm to 4.0 mm, which are found primarily below the knee. Also, PAD I showed that effective debulking, or removal of plaque, could be accomplished and the resulting device-to-lumen ratio was approximately 1.0 to 2.0. The SAE rate in PAD I was 6% (one of 17 patients).
 
PAD II Feasibility Trial
 
After being granted the CE Mark in May 2005, we began a 66-patient European clinical trial at seven sites, which we refer to as PAD II, in August 2005. All patients had stenosis in vessels below the femoral artery of between 1.5 mm and 4.0 mm in diameter, with at least 50% blockage. The primary objectives of this study were to evaluate the acute (30 days or less) risk of experiencing an SAE post procedure and provide evidence of device effectiveness. Effectiveness was confirmed angiographically and based on the percentage of absolute plaque reduction.
 
The PAD II results demonstrated safe and effective debulking in vessels with diameters ranging from 1.5 mm to 4.0 mm with a mean absolute plaque reduction of 55%. The SAE rate in PAD II was 9% (six of 66 patients), which did not differ significantly from existing non-invasive treatment options.
 
OASIS Pivotal Trial
 
We received an IDE to begin our pivotal United States trial, OASIS, in September 2005. OASIS was a 124-patient, 20-center, prospective trial that began enrollment in January 2006.
 
Patients included in the trial had:
 
  •  an ABI of less than 0.9;
 
  •  a Rutherford Class score of V or lower; and
 
  •  treated arteries of between 1.5 mm and 4.0 mm or less in diameter via angiogram measurement, with a well-defined lesion of at least 50% diameter stenosis and lesions of no greater than 10.0 cm in length.
 
The primary efficacy study endpoint was absolute plaque reduction of the target lesions from baseline to immediately post procedure. The primary safety endpoint was the cumulative incidence of SAEs at 30 days.
 
In the OASIS trial, 94.5% of lesions treated were below the knee, an area where lesions have traditionally gone untreated until they require bypass surgery or amputation. Of the lesions treated in OASIS, 55% were comprised of calcified plaque which presents a challenge to proper expansion and apposition of balloons and stents, and 48% were diffuse, or greater then 3 cm in length, which typically requires multiple balloon expansions or stent placements. Competing atherectomy devices are often ineffective with these difficult to treat lesions.
 
The average time of treatment in the OASIS trial was three minutes per lesion, which compares favorably to the treatment time required by other atherectomy devices. We believe physicians using other atherectomy devices require approximately ten to 20 minutes of treatment time to achieve desired results, although treatment times may vary depending upon the nature of the procedure, the condition of the patient and other factors. The following table is a summary of the OASIS trial results:
 
         
Item   FDA Target   OASIS Result
 
Absolute Plaque Reduction
  55%   59.4%
SAEs at 30 days
  8% mean, with an upper bound of 16%   4.8% mean, device-related 9.7% mean, overall
TLR
  20% or less   2.4%
Perforations
  N/A   1 serious perforation
ABI at baseline
  N/A   0.68 ± 0.2*
ABI at 30 days
  N/A   0.9 ± 0.18*
ABI at 6 months
  N/A   0.83 ± 0.23*
 
 
* Mean ± Standard Deviation


51


Table of Contents

 
We submitted our OASIS data and received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for use of the Diamondback 360° with a hollow crown as a therapy for patients with PAD in August 2007. The FDA’s labeling requirements reflected the inclusion criteria for the OASIS trial listed above. We received 510(k) clearances in October 2007 for the control unit used with the Diamondback 360° and in November 2007 for the Diamondback 360° with a solid crown. In May 2005, we received the CE mark, allowing for the commercial use of the Diamondback 360° within the European Union; however, our current plans are to focus sales in the United States.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We market and sell the Diamondback 360° through a direct sales force in the United States. As of December 17, 2007, we had a 24-person direct sales force, including 18 district sales managers, four regional sales managers, a national training manager, and a director of customer support, all of whom report to our Vice President of Sales. Upon receiving 510(k) clearance from the FDA on August 30, 2007, we began limited commercialization of the Diamondback 360° in September 2007.
 
While we sell directly to hospitals, we have targeted our initial sales and marketing efforts to thought-leading interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists with experience using similar catheter-based procedures, such as angioplasty and cutting or laser atherectomy. Physician referral programs and peer-to-peer education are other key elements of our sales strategy. Patient referrals come from general practitioners, podiatrists, nephrologists and endocrinologists.
 
We target our marketing efforts to practitioners through physician education, medical conferences, seminars, peer reviewed journals and marketing materials. Our sales and marketing program focuses on:
 
  •  educating physicians regarding the proper use and application of the Diamondback 360°;
 
  •  developing relationships with key opinion leaders; and
 
  •  facilitating regional referral marketing programs.
 
We are not marketing our products internationally and we do not expect to do so in the near future; however, we will continue to evaluate international opportunities.
 
Research and Development
 
As of December 17, 2007, we had 21 employees in our research and development department, comprised primarily of scientists, engineers and physicians, all of whom report to our Executive Vice President. Our research and development efforts are focused in the development of products to penetrate our three key target markets: below-the-knee, above-the knee and coronary vessels. Research and development expenses for fiscal 2005, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007 were $2.4 million, $3.2 million and $8.4 million, respectively, and for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 were $749,000 and $3.3 million, respectively.
 
Manufacturing
 
We use internally-manufactured and externally-sourced components to manufacture the Diamondback 360°. Most of the externally-sourced components are available from multiple suppliers; however, a few key components, including the diamond grit coated crown, are single sourced. We assemble the shaft, crown and handle components on-site, and test, pack, seal and label the finished assembly before sending the packaged product to a contract sterilization facility. The sterilization facility sends samples to an independent laboratory to test for sterility. Upon return from the sterilizer, product is held in inventory prior to shipping to our customers.
 
The current floor plan at our manufacturing facility allows for finished goods of approximately 8,000 units of the Diamondback 360° and for approximately 50 control units. The manufacturing areas, including the shaft manufacturing and the controlled-environment assembly areas, are equipped to accommodate approximately 30,000 units per shift annually.
 
We are registered with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer. We have opted to maintain quality assurance and quality management certifications to enable us to market our products in the member states of the European


52


Table of Contents

Union, the European Free Trade Association and countries that have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements with the European Union. We are ISO 13485:2003 certified, and our renewal is due by December 2009. During our time of commercialization, we have not had any instances requiring consideration of a recall.
 
Third-Party Reimbursement and Pricing
 
Third-party payors, including private insurers, and government insurance programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, pay for a significant portion of patient care provided in the United States. The single largest payor in the United States is the Medicare program, a federal governmental health insurance program administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS. Medicare covers certain medical care expenses for eligible elderly and disabled individuals, including a large percentage of the population with PAD who could be treated with the Diamondback 360°. In addition, private insurers often follow the coverage and reimbursement policies of Medicare. Consequently, Medicare’s coverage and reimbursement policies are important to our operations.
 
CMS has established Medicare reimbursement codes describing atherectomy products and procedures using atherectomy products, and many private insurers follow these policies. We believe that physicians and hospitals that treat PAD with the Diamondback 360° will generally be eligible to receive reimbursement from Medicare and private insurers for the cost of the single-use catheter and the physician’s services.
 
The continued availability of insurance coverage and reimbursement for newly approved medical devices is uncertain. The commercial success of our products in both domestic and international markets will be dependent on whether third-party coverage and reimbursement is available for patients that use our products and our monitoring services. Medicare, Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new medical devices, and, as a result, they may not continue to provide adequate payment for our products. To position our device for acceptance by third-party payors, we may have to agree to a lower net sales price than we might otherwise charge. The continuing efforts of governmental and commercial third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare may limit our revenue.
 
In some foreign markets, pricing and profitability of medical devices are subject to government control. In the United States, we expect that there will continue to be federal and state proposals for similar controls. Also, the trends toward managed healthcare in the United States and proposed legislation intended to reduce the cost of government insurance programs could significantly influence the purchase of healthcare services and products and may result in lower prices for our products or the exclusion of our products from reimbursement programs.
 
Competition
 
The medical device industry is highly competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other activities of industry participants. The Diamondback 360° competes with a variety of other products or devices for the treatment of vascular disease, including stents, balloon angioplasty catheters and atherectomy catheters, as well as products used in vascular surgery. Large competitors in the stent and balloon angioplasty market segments include Abbott Laboratories, Boston Scientific, Cook, Johnson & Johnson and Medtronic. We also compete against smaller manufacturers including, among others, ev3 and Spectranetics, as well as other manufacturers that may enter the market due to the increasing demand for treatment of vascular disease. Several other companies provide products used by surgeons in peripheral bypass procedures. Other competitors include pharmaceutical companies that manufacture drugs for the treatment of mild to moderate PAD and companies that provide products used by surgeons in peripheral bypass procedures.
 
Because of the size of the peripheral and coronary market opportunities, competitors and potential competitors have historically dedicated significant resources to aggressively promote their products. We believe that the Diamondback 360° competes primarily on the basis of:
 
  •  safety and efficacy;
 
  •  predictable clinical performance;
 
  •  ease of use;


53


Table of Contents

 
  •  price;
 
  •  physician relationships;
 
  •  customer service and support; and
 
  •  adequate third-party reimbursement.
 
Patents and Intellectual Property
 
We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and other intellectual property laws, trade secrets, nondisclosure agreements and other measures to protect our proprietary rights. As of December 17, 2007, we held 20 issued U.S. patents and have 14 U.S. patent applications pending, as well as 26 issued foreign patents and 17 foreign patent applications, each of which corresponds to aspects of our U.S. patents and applications. Our issued U.S. patents expire between 2010 and 2021, and our most important patent, U.S. Patent No. 6,494,890, is due to expire in 2017. Our issued patents and patent applications relate primarily to the design and operation of certain interventional atherectomy devices, including the Diamondback 360°. These patents and applications include claims covering key aspects of certain rotational atherectomy devices including the design, manufacture and therapeutic use of certain atherectomy abrasive heads, drive shafts, control systems, handles and couplings. As we continue to research and develop our atherectomy technology, we intend to file additional U.S. and foreign patent applications related to the design, manufacture and therapeutic uses of atherectomy devices. In addition, we hold two registered U.S. trademarks and have five U.S. trademark applications pending.
 
We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property by requiring our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements on commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from bringing the proprietary rights of third parties to us. We also require confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials.
 
Government Regulation of Medical Devices
 
Governmental authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local levels and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of medical devices such as the Diamondback 360°. Failure to obtain approval to market our products under development and to meet the ongoing requirements of these regulatory authorities could prevent us from marketing and continuing to market our products.
 
United States
 
The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and the FDA’s implementing regulations govern medical device design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, premarket clearance or approval, registration and listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, export and import, and post-market surveillance. Medical devices and their manufacturers are also subject to inspection by the FDA. The FDCA, supplemented by other federal and state laws, also provides civil and criminal penalties for violations of its provisions. We manufacture and market medical devices that are regulated by the FDA, comparable state agencies and regulatory bodies in other countries.
 
Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require marketing authorization from the FDA prior to distribution. The two primary types of FDA marketing authorization are premarket notification (also called 510(k) clearance) and premarket approval (also called PMA approval). The type of marketing authorization applicable to a device — 510(k) clearance or PMA approval — is generally linked to classification of the device. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes (Class I, II or III) based on the degree of risk FDA determines to be associated with a device and the extent of control deemed necessary to ensure the device’s safety and effectiveness. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose lower risk are placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are deemed to pose the least risk and are subject only to general controls applicable to all devices, such as requirements for device labeling, premarket notification,


54


Table of Contents

and adherence to the FDA’s current good manufacturing practice requirements, as reflected in its Quality System Regulation, or QSR. Class II devices are intermediate risk devices that are subject to general controls and may also be subject to special controls such as performance standards, product-specific guidance documents, special labeling requirements, patient registries or postmarket surveillance. Class III devices are those for which insufficient information exists to assure safety and effectiveness solely through general or special controls, and include life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, and devices not “substantially equivalent” to a device that is already legally marketed.
 
Most Class I devices and some Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the 510(k) clearance requirement and can be marketed without prior authorization from FDA. Class I and Class II devices that have not been so exempted are eligible for marketing through the 510(k) clearance pathway. By contrast, devices placed in Class III generally require PMA approval prior to commercial marketing. The PMA approval process is generally more stringent, time-consuming and expensive than the 510(k) clearance process.
 
510(k) Clearance.   To obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device, an applicant must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device legally marketed in the United States. A device is substantially equivalent if, with respect to the predicate device, it has the same intended use and has either (i) the same technological characteristics or (ii) different technological characteristics and the information submitted demonstrates that the device is as safe and effective as a legally marketed device and does not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness. A showing of substantial equivalence sometimes, but not always, requires clinical data. Generally, the 510(k) clearance process can exceed 90 days and may extend to a year or more.
 
After a device has received 510(k) clearance for a specific intended use, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, such as a significant change in the design, materials, method of manufacture or intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval (if the device as modified is not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device). The determination as to whether new authorization is needed is initially left to the manufacturer; however, the FDA may review this determination to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. The manufacturer may also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
 
We received 510(k) clearance for use of the Diamondback 360° as a therapy in patients with PAD in the United States on August 22, 2007. We received additional 510(k) clearances for the control unit used with the Diamondback 360° on October 25, 2007 and for the solid crown version of the Diamondback 360° on November 9, 2007.
 
Premarket Approval.   A PMA application requires the payment of significant user fees and must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and efficacy of the device. A PMA application must also include a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling. After a PMA application is submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulations, or QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.
 
FDA review of a PMA application is required by statute to take no longer than 180 days, although the process typically takes significantly longer, and may require several years to complete. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:
 
  •  the systems may not be safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction;
 
  •  the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;


55


Table of Contents

 
  •  the manufacturing process or facilities used may not meet applicable requirements; and
 
  •  changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.
 
If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of the device for certain indications. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA may also determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and then the data submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Even if a PMA application is approved, the FDA may approve the device with an indication that is narrower or more limited than originally sought. The agency can also impose restrictions on the sale, distribution or use of the device as a condition of approval, or impose post approval requirements such as continuing evaluation and periodic reporting on the safety, efficacy and reliability of the device for its intended use.
 
New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA approval supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.
 
We plan to seek PMA to use the Diamondback 360° as a therapy in treating patients with coronary artery disease.
 
Clinical Trials.   Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k) clearance. These trials generally require submission of an application for an IDE to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites.
 
FDA approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward but does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria. With certain exceptions, changes made to an investigational plan after an IDE is approved must be submitted in an IDE supplement and approved by FDA (and by governing institutional review boards when appropriate) prior to implementation.
 
All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with regulations and requirements collectively known as good clinical practice. Good clinical practices include the FDA’s IDE regulations, which describe the conduct of clinical trials with medical devices, including the recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of sponsors and investigators, and labeling of investigation devices. They also prohibit promotion, test marketing or commercialization of an investigational device and any representation that such a device is safe or effective for the purposes being investigated. Good clinical practices also include the FDA’s regulations for institutional review board approval and for protection of human subjects (such as informed consent), as well as disclosure of financial interests by clinical investigators.
 
Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any clinical


56


Table of Contents

trials may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application or clearance of a premarket notification for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial (or a change to a previously approved protocol or trial that requires approval), or place a clinical trial on hold;
 
  •  patients do not enroll in clinical trials or follow up at the rate expected;
 
  •  patients do not comply with trial protocols or experience greater than expected adverse side effects;
 
  •  institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol or changes to the trial protocol;
 
  •  third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, investigator agreements, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;
 
  •  third-party organizations do not perform data collection and analysis in a timely or accurate manner;
 
  •  regulatory inspections of the clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require corrective action or suspension or termination of the clinical trials;
 
  •  changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;
 
  •  the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and
 
  •  the FDA concludes that the trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.
 
Continuing Regulation.   After a device is approved and placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:
 
  •  establishment registration and device listing upon the commencement of manufacturing;
 
  •  the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedure during medical device design and manufacturing processes;
 
  •  labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling and promotional activities;
 
  •  medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if malfunctions were to recur; and
 
  •  corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA caused by the device that may present a risk to health.
 
In addition, the FDA may require a company to conduct postmarket surveillance studies or order it to establish and maintain a system for tracking its products through the chain of distribution to the patient level.
 
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including those applicable to the conduct of clinical trials, can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may lead to any of the following sanctions:
 
  •  warning letters or untitled letters;
 
  •  fines, injunctions and civil penalties;
 
  •  product recall or seizure;
 
  •  unanticipated expenditures;
 
  •  delays in clearing or approving or refusal to clear or approve products;
 
  •  withdrawal or suspension of FDA approval;


57


Table of Contents

 
  •  orders for physician notification or device repair, replacement or refund;
 
  •  operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production or clinical trials; and
 
  •  criminal prosecution.
 
We and our contract manufacturers, specification developers and suppliers are also required to manufacture our products in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of marketed devices, and includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components, production and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing and record keeping. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of subcontractors. If the FDA believes that we or any of our contract manufacturers or regulated suppliers is not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down our manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to clear or approve new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future violations or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees. Any such action by the FDA would have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Fraud and Abuse
 
Our operations will be directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various state and federal fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the FDCA, federal Anti-Kickback Statute and False Claims Act. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs. In addition, these laws require us to screen individuals and other companies, suppliers and vendors in order to ensure that they are not “debarred” by the federal government and therefore prohibited from doing business in the healthcare industry.
 
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the statute has been violated. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Many states have also adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
 
The federal False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly filing or causing to be filed a false claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from, the federal government. Various states have also enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act.
 
In addition to the laws described above, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.
 
Voluntary industry codes, federal guidance documents and a variety of state laws address the tracking and reporting of marketing practices relative to gifts given and other expenditures made to doctors and other healthcare professionals. In addition to impacting our marketing and educational programs, internal business processes will be affected by the numerous legal requirements and regulatory guidance at the state, federal and industry levels.
 
International Regulation
 
International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval and the requirements may differ. For example, the primary regulatory


58


Table of Contents

environment in Europe with respect to medical devices is that of the European Union, which includes most of the major countries in Europe. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout European Union, although actual implementation of the these directives may vary on a country-by-country basis. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of submission of a design dossier, self-assessment by the manufacturer, a third-party assessment and, review of the design dossier by a “Notified Body.” This third-party assessment generally consists of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and manufacturing site, as well as review of the technical documentation used to support application of the CE mark to one’s product and possibly specific testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a Notified Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union. We obtained CE marking approval for sale of the Diamondback 360° in May 2005.
 
Employees
 
As of December 17, 2007, we had 91 employees, including 22 employees in manufacturing, 24 employees in sales, five employees in marketing, three employees in clinicals, eight employees in general and administrative, 21 employees in research and development, and eight employees in management. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or parties to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe that our employee relations are good.
 
Facilities
 
Our principal executive offices are located in a 47,000 square foot facility located in St. Paul, Minnesota. We have leased this facility through November 2012 with an option to renew through November 2017. This facility accommodates our research and development, sales, marketing, manufacturing, finance and administrative activities. We believe that our current premises are adequate for our current and anticipated future needs through the next 12 months.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
Shturman Legal Proceedings
 
We are party to two legal proceedings relating to a dispute with Dr. Leonid Shturman, our founder, and Shturman Medical Systems, Inc., or SMS, a company owned by Dr. Shturman. The proceedings relate to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 30, 1998 between us and SMS, and Dr. Shturman’s employment agreement with us, dated January 7, 2000. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, SMS purchased all the stock of our former Russian subsidiary, ZAO Shturman Cardiology Systems, Russia. In exchange, SMS agreed to transfer to us all present and future intellectual property and know-how associated with atherectomy products and associated accessory products that were developed by SMS and the Russian subsidiary. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Dr. Shturman was required to assign to us certain inventions made by him. On or about November 2006, we discovered that Dr. Shturman had sought patent protection in the United Kingdom and with the World Intellectual Property Organization as the sole inventor for technology relating to the use of counterbalance weights with rotational atherectomy devices, or the counterbalance technology, which we believe should have been assigned to us under the Stock Purchase Agreement and the employment agreement.
 
On August 16, 2007, we served and filed a Demand for Arbitration against SMS alleging that Dr. Shturman’s filing for patent protection of the counterbalance technology and failure to assign these applications violated the assignment provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement. On September 28, 2007, SMS filed a Statement of Answer and Motion to Dismiss alleging that the Stock Purchase Agreement had expired, thus ending Dr. Shturman’s obligation to assign atherectomy technology. This arbitration is venued in Minnesota with the American Arbitration Association. In this proceeding, we are seeking a declaration that the counterbalance technology must be assigned to us and a declaration that we are the rightful owner of the counterbalance technology.


59


Table of Contents

Also on August 16, 2007, we filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court in Minnesota against Dr. Shturman for a breach of his employment agreement. Specifically, under the employment agreement, Dr. Shturman was obligated to assign any inventions for the diagnosis or treatment of coronary or periphery vessels that were disclosed to patent attorneys or otherwise documented by Dr. Shturman during the employment term. We allege that Dr. Shturman researched and recorded the counterbalance technology during the term of his employment agreement and we are seeking judgment against Dr. Shturman for breach of the employment agreement and a declaratory judgment that we are the rightful owner of the counterbalance technology. On October 31, 2007, Dr. Shturman filed an answer and counterclaim against us and other co-defendants asserting conversion, theft and unjust enrichment for the alleged illegal removal and transport to the United States of two drive shaft winding devices purportedly developed by Shturman Cardiology Systems, Russia, as well as raising certain affirmative defenses. We believe that Dr. Shturman’s counterclaims and affirmative defenses are without merit.
 
ev3 Legal Proceedings
 
On December 28, 2007, ev3 Inc., ev3 Endovascular, Inc. and FoxHollow Technologies, Inc., together referred to as the Plaintiffs, filed a complaint in the Ramsey County District Court for the State of Minnesota against us and Sean Collins and Aaron Lew, who are former employees of FoxHollow currently employed by us, as well as against additional former employees of FoxHollow currently employed by us. The complaint asserts that Messrs. Lew and Collins, among other things, violated provisions in their employment agreements with FoxHollow relating to confidentiality and nonsolicitation of employees. The complaint further alleges that we, Collins and Lew misappropriated trade secrets of the Plaintiffs, unfairly competed with the Plaintiffs and tortiously interfered with FoxHollow’s employment relationships. The Plaintiffs also claim that all defendants conspired to improperly solicit employees of FoxHollow or ev3 and to misappropriate trade secrets or confidential information of FoxHollow or ev3. The Plaintiffs are seeking injunctions to prevent Messrs. Collins and Lew and the additional employees from violating the terms of their agreements with FoxHollow, preventing all defendants from using Plaintiffs’ confidential information or trade secrets, preventing us from employing Messrs. Collins and Lew and the additional employees for a period of one year, preventing all defendants from contacting certain of Plaintiffs’ customers for one year, and preventing us from hiring any of Plaintiffs’ current employees for a period of one year. Plaintiffs also seek monetary damages of at least $50,000 and payment of their attorneys’ fees. We believe that Plaintiffs’ claims against us in this lawsuit are without merit, and we are defending this litigation vigorously. However, if we are not successful in defending these claims, we could be required to pay substantial damages and be subject to equitable relief that could include a requirement that we terminate the employment of certain employees, including certain key sales personnel who were formerly employed by FoxHollow. In any event, the defense of this litigation, regardless of the outcome, could result in substantial legal costs and diversion of our management’s time and efforts from the operation of our business. If the Plaintiffs are successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.
 
Also on December 28, 2007, the Plaintiffs made two motions to the court. The first motion was for an ex parte order requiring preservation of documents, which the court granted on December 28, 2007. The second motion was for a broad temporary restraining order, which the court denied in its order dated January 10, 2008. However, the court ordered that any of our current employees who were both formerly employed with any of the Plaintiffs and who signed a FoxHollow employment agreement must not disclose any of the Plaintiffs’ trade secrets and are barred from disclosing the identity of FoxHollow “Key Opinion Leaders” or “Thought Leaders” and from using this information to aid us. The court further ordered that any of these persons must not maintain, use or disclose any information about the FoxHollow Key Opinion Leaders or Thought Leaders that was received while they were employed with FoxHollow. The court also ordered that if any employee of ours who was formerly employed by FoxHollow or ev3 contacts any physician who is a FoxHollow Key Opinion Leader or Thought Leader, he must be able to trace, document and account, with specificity, how he was able to identify such prospects through information, records or documents obtained outside his employment with Plaintiffs. The court further directed that any of our employees who were formerly employed by FoxHollow or ev3 and who left that employment less than a year ago must not be involved in soliciting or recruiting any current employee of the Plaintiffs to leave that employment or to accept employment with us.


60


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The name, age and position of each of our directors and executive officers as of January 14, 2008 are as follows:
 
             
Name  
Age
  Position
 
Glen D. Nelson, M.D. (3)
    70     Chairman
David L. Martin
    43     President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, and Director
James E. Flaherty
    54     Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. 
    59     Chief Scientific Officer, Director
John Borrell
    40     Vice President of Sales
Brian Doughty
    44     Vice President of Marketing
Robert J. Thatcher
    53     Executive Vice President
Paul Tyska
    50     Vice President of Business Development
Paul Koehn
    45     Vice President of Manufacturing
Brent G. Blackey (1)
    49     Director
John H. Friedman (2)
    54     Director
Geoffrey O. Hartzler, M.D. (1)(3)
    61     Director
Roger J. Howe, Ph.D. (2)
    64     Director
Gary M. Petrucci (2)
    66     Director
Christy Wyskiel (1)
    36     Director
 
 
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
 
David L. Martin, President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Director.   Mr. Martin has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since February 2007, our Interim Chief Financial Officer since January 14, 2008, and a director since August 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Martin was Chief Operating Officer of FoxHollow Technologies, Inc. from January 2004 to February 2006, Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing of FoxHollow Technologies, Inc. from January 2003 to January 2004, Vice President of Global Sales and International Operations at CardioVention Inc. from October 2001 to May 2002, Vice President of Global Sales for RITA Medical Systems, Inc. from March 2000 to October 2001 and Director of U.S. Sales, Cardiac Surgery for Guidant Corporation from September 1999 to March 2000. Mr. Martin has also held sales and sales management positions for The Procter & Gamble Company and Boston Scientific Corporation. Mr. Martin currently serves as a director of AccessClosure, Inc. and Apieron Inc., two privately-held medical device companies.
 
James E. Flaherty, Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary.   Mr. Flaherty has been our Chief Administrative Officer since January 14, 2008. Mr. Flaherty was our Chief Financial Officer from March 2003 to January 14, 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Flaherty served as financial consultant from 2001 to 2003 and Chief Financial Officer of Zomax Incorporated from 1997 to 2001. Mr. Flaherty served as Chief Financial Officer of Racotek, Inc. from 1990 to 1996, of Time Management Corporation from 1986 to 1990, and of Nugget Oil Corp. from 1980 to 1985. Mr. Flaherty was an accountant at Coopers & Lybrand from 1975 to 1980. On June 9, 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission filed a civil injunctive action charging Zomax Incorporated with violations of federal securities law by filing a materially misstated Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2000. The SEC further charged that in a conference call with analysts, certain of Zomax’s executive officers, including Mr. Flaherty, misrepresented or omitted to state material facts regarding Zomax’s prospects of meeting quarterly revenue and


61


Table of Contents

earnings targets, in violation of federal securities law. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s charges, Mr. Flaherty consented to the entry of a court order enjoining him from any violation of certain provisions of federal securities law. In addition, Mr. Flaherty agreed to disgorge $16,770 plus prejudgment interest and pay a $75,000 civil penalty.
 
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer and Director.   Dr. Kallok has been our Chief Scientific Officer since February 2007 and a director since December 2002. Dr. Kallok was our Chief Executive Officer from December 2002 to February 2007. Dr. Kallok previously held positions at Medtronic Inc., Angeion Corporation, Myocor, Inc. and Boston Scientific Corporation. Dr. Kallok is also founder and president of his own consulting business, Medical Device Consulting, Inc.
 
John Borrell, Vice President of Sales.   Mr. Borrell joined us in July 2006 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing. When Mr. Doughty was named Vice President of Marketing in August 2007, Mr. Borrell became our Vice President of Sales. Previously, he was employed as Director of Sales of FoxHollow Technologies, Inc. from October 2003 to April 2006. Mr. Borrell has more than 15 years of sales and sales management experience and has held various positions with Novoste Corporation (now NOVT Corporation), Medtronic Vascular, Inc., Heartport, Inc. and Johnson & Johnson.
 
Brian Doughty, Vice President of Marketing.   Mr. Doughty joined us in December 2006 as Director of Marketing and was named Vice President of Marketing in August 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Doughty was Director of Marketing at EKOS Corporation from February 2005 to December 2006, National Sales Initiatives Manager of FoxHollow Technologies, Inc. from September 2004 to February 2005, National Sales Operations Director at Medtronic from August 2000 to September 2004, and Sales Team Leader for Johnson and Johnson from December 1998 to August 2000. Mr. Doughty has also held sales and sales management positions for Ameritech Information Systems.
 
Robert J. Thatcher, Executive Vice President.   Mr. Thatcher joined us as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing in October 2005 and became our Vice President of Operations in September 2006. Mr. Thatcher became our Executive Vice President in August 2007. Previously, Mr. Thatcher was Senior Vice President of TriVirix Inc. from October 2003 to October 2005. Mr. Thatcher has more than 29 years of medical device experience in both large and start-up companies. Mr. Thatcher has held various sales management, marketing management and general management positions at Medtronic, Inc., Schneider USA, Inc. (a former division of Pfizer Inc.), Boston Scientific Corporation and several startup companies.
 
Paul Tyska, Vice President of Business Development.   Mr. Tyska joined us in August 2006 as Vice President of Business Development. Previously, Mr. Tyska was employed at FoxHollow Technologies, Inc. since July 2003 where he most recently served as National Sales Director from February 2006 to August 2006. Mr. Tyska has held various positions with Guidant Corporation, CardioThoracic Systems, Inc., W. L. Gore & Associates and ATI Medical Inc.
 
Paul Koehn, Vice President of Manufacturing.   Mr. Koehn joined us in March 2007 as Director of Manufacturing and was promoted to Vice President of Manufacturing in October 2007. Previously, Mr. Koehn was Vice President of Operations for Sewall Gear Manufacturing from 2000 to September 2007 and before joining Sewall Gear, Mr. Koehn held various quality and manufacturing management roles with Dana Corporation.
 
Glen D. Nelson, M.D.   Dr. Nelson has been a member of our board of directors since 2003 and our Chairman since August 2007. Dr. Nelson was a member of the board of directors of Medtronic, Inc. from 1980 until 2002. Dr. Nelson joined Medtronic as Executive Vice President in 1986, and he was elected Vice Chairman in 1988, a position held until his retirement in 2002. Before joining Medtronic, Dr. Nelson practiced surgery from 1969 to 1986. Dr. Nelson was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of American MedCenters, Inc. from 1984 to 1986. Dr. Nelson also was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Park Nicollet Medical Center, a large multi-specialty group practice in Minneapolis, from 1975 to 1986. Dr. Nelson is on the board of directors of DexCom, Inc. and The Travelers Companies, Inc., both publicly-held companies, and also serves as a director for ten private companies.
 
Brent G. Blackey.   Mr. Blackey has been a member of our board of directors since 2007. Since 2004, Mr. Blackey has served as the President and Chief Operating Officer for Holiday Companies. Between 2002 and 2004 Mr. Blackey was a Senior Partner at the accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP. Prior to 2002, Mr. Blackey


62


Table of Contents

served most recently as a Senior Partner at the accounting firm of Arthur Anderson LLP. Mr. Blackey serves on the board of directors of Datalink Corporation, and also serves on the Board of Overseers for the University of Minnesota, Carlson School of Management.
 
John H. Friedman.   Mr. Friedman has been a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Friedman is the Managing Partner of the Easton Capital Investment Group, a private equity firm. Prior to founding Easton Capital, Mr. Friedman was the founder and Managing General Partner of Security Pacific Capital Investors, a $200-million private equity fund geared towards expansion financings and recapitalizations, from 1989 to 1992. Prior to joining Security Pacific, Mr. Friedman was a Managing Director and Partner at E.M. Warburg, Pincus & Co., Inc. from 1981 to 1989. Mr. Friedman has also served as a Managing Director of Atrium Capital Corp., an investment firm. Mr. Friedman currently serves on the board of directors of Renovis, Inc., a publicly-held company, and on the boards of directors of Trellis Bioscience, Inc., Xoft, Inc., Sanarus Inc., Genetix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and PlaySpan Inc., all of which are privately-held companies. Mr. Friedman is also Co-Chairman of the Cold Spring Harbor President’s Council.
 
Geoffrey O. Hartzler, M.D.   Dr. Hartzler has been a member of our board of directors since 2002. Dr. Hartzler commenced practice as a cardiologist in 1974, serving from 1980 to 1995 as a Consulting Cardiologist with the Mid America Heart Institute of St. Luke’s Hospital in Kansas City, Missouri. Dr. Hartzler has co-founded three medical product companies including Ventritex Inc. Most recently he served as Chairman of the Board of IntraLuminal Therapeutics, Inc. from 1997 to 2004 and Vice Chairman from 2004 to 2006. Dr. Hartzler has also served as a consultant or director to over a dozen business entities, some of which are medical device companies.
 
Roger J. Howe, Ph.D.   Dr. Howe has been a member of our board of directors since 2002. Over the past 22 years, Dr. Howe has founded four successful start-up ventures in the technology, information systems and medical products business sectors. Most recently, Dr. Howe served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Financial Officer of Reliant Technologies, Inc., a medical laser company, from 2001 to 2005. From 1996 to 2001, Dr. Howe served as Chief Executive Officer of Metrix Communications, Inc., a business-to-business software development company that he founded.
 
Gary M. Petrucci.   Mr. Petrucci has been a member of our board of directors since 1992. Since August 2006, Mr. Petrucci has been Senior Vice President — Investments at UBS Financial Services, Inc. Previously, Mr. Petrucci was an Investment Executive with Piper Jaffray & Co. from 1968 until Piper Jaffray’s retail brokerage unit was sold to UBS Financial Services in August 2006. Mr. Petrucci served on the board of directors of Piper Jaffray & Co. from 1981 to 1995. Mr. Petrucci achieved the Fred Sirianni Award 14 times since the award began 25 years ago honoring the top producing Investment Executive at Piper Jaffray. In January 2005, this award was renamed in his honor. Mr. Petrucci received the 2002 Outstanding Alumni award from St. Cloud State University. Mr. Petrucci is serving as a member on the boards of directors of America’s Back & Neck Clinic, Inc., National Urology Board, Stemedica Cell Technologies, Inc. and the University of Minnesota Landscape Arboretum.
 
Christy Wyskiel.   Ms. Wyskiel has been a member of our board of directors since 2006. Since 2004, Ms. Wyskiel has served as a Managing Director in the healthcare group of Maverick Capital, Ltd., where she has worked since 2002. Maverick Capital, Ltd. currently manages more than $11 billion in assets. Prior to joining Maverick, Ms. Wyskiel served as an Equity Analyst at T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. where she focused on the medical device industry. Ms. Wyskiel also served as a Healthcare Associate and Analyst in the investment banking department of Cowen and Company, LLC. Ms. Wyskiel plans to resign from the board immediately prior to this offering.
 
Board Composition
 
Our bylaws provide that the board of directors shall consist of one or more members, and the shareholders shall determine the number of directors at each regular meeting. Each director serves for a term that expires at the next regular meeting of the shareholders and until his successor is elected and qualified.
 
Our board of directors has determined that seven of our nine directors are independent directors, as defined under the applicable regulations of the SEC and under the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. The independent directors are Messrs. Nelson, Blackey, Friedman, Hartzler, Howe and Petrucci and Ms. Wyskiel.


63


Table of Contents

Currently, each of our directors serves on our board of directors pursuant to a stockholders agreement and provisions of our articles of incorporation relating to our preferred stock. The provisions of the stockholders agreement and our articles of incorporation relating to the nomination and election of directors will terminate upon the closing of this offering, but members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to these agreements will continue to serve as directors until their resignation or until their successors are duly elected by our shareholders.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors has designated an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, from time to time, the board of directors may designate special committees when necessary to address specific issues.
 
Audit Committee
 
The audit committee of our board of directors is a standing committee of, and operates under a written charter adopted by, our board of directors. Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Blackey and Hartzler and Ms. Wyskiel. Each member of our audit committee satisfies the Nasdaq independence standards and the independence standards of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act. Ms. Wyskiel plans to resign from the audit committee and our board of directors immediately prior to this offering, and the board plans to seek a replacement for Ms. Wyskiel. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee possesses the financial qualifications required of audit committee members set forth in the rules and regulations of Nasdaq and under the Securities Exchange Act. Our board of directors also determined that Mr. Blackey is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. In making this determination our board of directors considered Mr. Blackey’s previous employment experience, including his experience as an audit partner at Ernst & Young LLP and Arthur Andersen LLP, and his experience as the Chief Operating Officer of Holiday Companies.
 
The functions of our audit committee include, among other things:
 
  •  reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;
 
  •  evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  •  reviewing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements;
 
  •  reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;
 
  •  reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm and management the performance of our internal audit function, financial reporting process, systems of internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure of controls and procedures; and
 
  •  establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm and other key committee advisors have regular contact with our audit committee. Following each committee meeting, the audit committee reports to the full board of directors.
 
Compensation Committee
 
The compensation committee of our board of directors is a standing committee of, and operates under a written charter adopted by, our board of directors. Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Howe, Petrucci and Friedman. Mr. Friedman serves as the chair of this committee. The function of the compensation committee is described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Role of Compensation Committee.”


64


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
 
The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors is a standing committee of, and operates under a written charter adopted by, our board of directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee currently consists of Messrs. Nelson and Hartzler, who serve as the co-chairs of this committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:
 
  •  identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;
 
  •  recommending director nominees for each annual meeting of shareholders and director nominees to fill any vacancies that may occur between meetings of the shareholders; and
 
  •  reviewing and updating our corporate governance standards and performing those functions specified therein and in the committee charter.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. We have had a compensation committee for one year. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers.
 
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
 
The board of directors has approved a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to all of our employees, directors and officers, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct addresses such topics as protection and proper use of our assets, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, accuracy and preservation of records, accounting and financial reporting, conflicts of interest and insider trading. We plan to make our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct available on our website at www.csi360.com prior to the completion of this offering.
 
Director Compensation
 
The non-employee members of our board of directors are reimbursed for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board or committee meetings. Upon initial election to the board of directors, each non-employee director has been granted an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock. In subsequent years, each non-employee director has received an annual stock option grant to purchase a quantity of our common stock that is determined by our board of directors on an annual basis. For fiscal year 2008, each of our non-employee directors was granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock. The board has, in the past, granted additional options to our board chairman and each of our committee chairs for services in those capacities.
 
The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of each non-employee director during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
         
Name   Option Awards (1)(2)  
 
Brent G. Blackey (3)
  $  
John H. Friedman (4)
    5,611  
Geoffrey O. Hartzler, M.D. (5)
    16,540  
Roger J. Howe, Ph.D. (5)
    16,540  
Glen D. Nelson, M.D. (5)
    21,148  
Gary M. Petrucci (5)
    24,810  
Christy Wyskiel (4)
    5,611  
 
(footnotes on next page)


65


Table of Contents

 
(1) The value of options in this table includes (a) the dollar amount we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) for stock options granted in fiscal year 2007 and (b) the dollar amount that we would have recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in fiscal 2007 under the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 for awards of stock options granted prior to fiscal 2007. For a discussion of valuation assumptions and additional SFAS No. 123(R) disclosures, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements regarding stock compensation at page F-16 of this prospectus. The value of options in this table includes the compensation cost for fiscal year 2007 of option awards granted in and prior to fiscal year 2007.
(2) Our stock option agreements provide that in the event of a change of control, the vesting of all options will accelerate and the options will be immediately exercisable as of the effective date of the change of control. “Change of control” is defined as the sale by the company of substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business, or in the event of a merger, exchange or liquidation of the company.
(3) Mr. Blackey was elected to our board of directors on October 9, 2007.
(4) In connection with their initial election to the board of directors, Mr. Friedman and Ms. Wyskiel were each granted a five-year option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock at $5.71 per share on August 15, 2006, such option to vest one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The options held by Mr. Friedman are held for the benefit of Easton Capital Partners, LP. The options held by Ms. Wyskiel are held for the benefit of Maverick Fund II, Ltd., Maverick Fund, L.D.C. and Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
(5) As compensation for their continued board service, on December 19, 2006 each of Messrs. Hartzler, Howe, Nelson and Petrucci were granted options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at $5.71 per share. Mr. Petrucci was granted an option to purchase an additional 10,000 shares in connection with his service as chairman of the board.


66


Table of Contents

 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
In the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we describe the material elements of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the other three most highly compensated executive officers as determined in accordance with SEC rules, who are collectively referred to as the “named executive officers.” This discussion focuses primarily on the fiscal 2007 information contained in the tables and related footnotes and narrative discussion but also describes compensation actions taken during other periods to the extent it enhances the understanding of our executive compensation disclosure for 2007.
 
Compensation Objectives and Philosophy
 
The primary objectives of our compensation programs are to:
 
  •  attract and retain talented and dedicated executives to manage and lead our company;
 
  •  align the interests of our executives and shareholders by implementing cash incentive and equity programs designed to reward the achievement of corporate and individual objectives that promote growth in our business; and
 
  •  motivate individuals to work as a team for the success of the company by fairly recognizing the contributions of each individual, including their experience, abilities and performance, to our collective success.
 
To achieve these objectives, our compensation committee recommends executive compensation packages to our board of directors that are generally based on a mix of salary, cash incentive payments and equity awards. Our compensation committee has not adopted any formal guidelines for allocating total compensation between equity and cash compensation, but attempts to recommend equity and cash amounts that are competitive with the amounts paid by other growth stage medical device companies. We believe that performance and equity-based compensation are important components of the total executive compensation package for maximizing shareholder value while, at the same time, attracting, motivating and retaining high-quality executives.
 
Setting Executive Compensation
 
The compensation committee makes recommendations regarding the elements of executive compensation and determines the level of each element, the mix among the elements and total compensation based upon the objectives and philosophies set forth above, and by considering a number of factors, including:
 
  •  each executive’s position within the company and the level of responsibility;
 
  •  the skills and experience required by an executive’s position;
 
  •  the executive’s individual experience and qualifications;
 
  •  the competitive environment for comparable executive talent having similar experience, skills and responsibilities;
 
  •  company performance compared to specific objectives;
 
  •  the executive’s current and historical compensation levels;
 
  •  the executive’s length of service to our company;
 
  •  compensation equity and consistency across all executive positions; and
 
  •  the executive’s existing holdings and rights to acquire equity.
 
As a means of assessing the competitive market for executive talent, we have consulted with Lyons, Benenson & Company, a third-party compensation consulting firm, on competitive compensation for companies of comparable size and stage of development. Although the compensation committee seeks to recommend executive compensation at levels it believes to be competitive, this is only one factor in the committee’s overall compensation recommendations and is not used as a stand-alone benchmarking tool. We will continue to seek information and guidance from a compensation consultant from time to time in the future.


67


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Components for 2007
 
The principal elements of our executive compensation program for 2007 were:
 
  •  base salary;
 
  •  annual and quarterly cash incentive compensation;
 
  •  equity-based compensation, in the form of stock options; and
 
  •  employment benefits and limited perquisites.
 
In allocating compensation across these elements, the compensation committee does not follow any strict policy or guidelines. However, consistent with the general compensation objectives and philosophies outlined above, the compensation committee seeks to place a meaningful percentage of an executive’s compensation at risk based on creating long-term shareholder value. The 2007 compensation for three of our named executive officers was determined in the context of negotiating the terms under which they would join us as new employees. John Borrell joined us as Vice President of Sales and Marketing in July 2006, Paul Tyska joined us as Vice President of Business Development in August 2006, and David Martin joined us as Chief Executive Officer in February 2007.
 
Base Salary
 
Base salary is an important element of our executive compensation program as it provides executives with a fixed, regular, non-contingent earnings stream to support annual living and other expenses. As a component of total compensation, we generally set base salaries at levels believed to attract and retain an experienced management team that will successfully grow our business and create shareholder value. We also utilize base salaries to reward individual performance and contributions to our overall business objectives, but seek to do so in a manner that does not detract from the executives’ incentive to realize additional compensation through our performance-based compensation programs and stock options.
 
Our employment agreement with David Martin provides that his annual base salary for calendar 2007 shall be $370,000 and that his base salary for subsequent years shall be determined by the board of directors. We offered this amount as part of a package of compensation for Mr. Martin sufficient to induce him to join us. The compensation package for Mr. Martin is designed to provide annual cash compensation, including both base salary and potential cash incentive earnings, sufficient to meet his current needs, although less than the annual cash compensation Mr. Martin received at his previous employer and, we believe, less than Mr. Martin likely could have obtained with other, more established employers. The equity portion of Mr. Martin’s compensation package, as described below, was designed to provide sufficient potential growth in value to induce Mr. Martin to join us despite the lower cash compensation.
 
We paid each of John Borrell and Paul Tyska at an annual base salary rate of $200,000 during fiscal 2007. The base salaries for each of Mr. Borrell and Mr. Tyska were negotiated as part of a compensation packages offered to induce them to join us. Mr. Borrell joined us in July 2006 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Mr. Tyska joined as Vice President of Business Development in August 2006. In each case the base salary was set at an amount that we believed to be generally consistent with the base salaries paid by other growth stage medical device companies for similar positions, but substantially less than the total cash compensation each of Mr. Borrell and Mr. Tyska received with their previous employers and, we believe, less than each of Mr. Borrell and Mr. Tyska likely could have obtained with other, more established employers. In order to induce Mr. Borrell and Mr. Tyska to accept positions with us despite lower base salaries, we agreed that each would also have the opportunity to earn performance-based incentive compensation, as described below, as well as equity awards. We believed that it was appropriate to make a significant portion of Mr. Borrell’s cash compensation (a higher percentage than most other executives) subject to the achievement of performance objectives because of the particularly important role the Vice President of Sales and Marketing would play in the commercial introduction of our first product.


68


Table of Contents

Each of Michael J. Kallok, James E. Flaherty and Robert Thatcher have served as officers from the dates listed below. Their fiscal 2006 and 2007 base salary rates and the percentage changes from 2006 to 2007 are set forth below.
 
                           
    Annual Base Salary Rates  
Name   Start Date   Fiscal 2006   Fiscal 2007   % Change  
 
James E. Flaherty
    3/11/03   $ 148,315   $ 185,000     25 %
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. 
    12/1/02     210,000     250,000     19  
Robert J. Thatcher
    10/17/05     175,000     185,573     6  
 
The increased base salaries for Messrs. Flaherty, Kallok and Thatcher in fiscal 2007 were intended to reflect cost of living adjustments as well as individual performance in the prior year.
 
Our compensation committee will review our Chief Executive Officer’s salary annually at the end of each calendar year. The committee may recommend adjustments to the Chief Executive Officer’s base salary based upon the committee’s review of his current base salary, incentive cash compensation and equity-based compensation, as well as his performance and comparative market data.
 
Our compensation committee reviews other executives’ salaries throughout the year, with input from the Chief Executive Officer. The committee may recommend adjustments to each other named executive officer’s base salary based upon the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendation and the reviewed executive’s responsibilities, experience and performance, as well as comparative market data.
 
In utilizing comparative data, the compensation committee seeks to recommend salaries for each executive at a level that is appropriate after giving consideration to experience for the relevant position and the executive’s performance. We review performance for both our company (based upon achievement of strategic initiatives) and each individual executive. Based upon these factors, the committee may recommend adjustments to base salaries to better align individual compensation with comparative market compensation, to provide merit-based increases based upon individual or company achievement, or to account for changes in roles and responsibilities.
 
Annual /Quarterly Cash Incentive Compensation
 
Before Mr. Martin joined us as Chief Executive Officer we generally paid annual bonus compensation to our executive officers based on the executive’s performance during the year, the position and level of responsibility of the executive and the performance of our company, with particular focus on the executive’s contribution to that performance. Payments were made based on the evaluation by our board and compensation committee of a broad range of information relating to these factors rather than the achievement of specific goals. Shortly after Mr. Martin joined us in February 2007 and upon his recommendation, the compensation committee established a bonus program designed to reward named executive officers with quarterly payments for achieving specific individual goals related to financial growth, product development and commercialization and operational improvement.
 
Under the terms of the bonus program, the compensation committee sets an annual target bonus amount for each officer expressed as a percentage of that officer’s base salary. The percentage assigned to each officer is dependent in part on the position and responsibilities of the officer, and in the case of new hires in fiscal 2007, consistent with prior commitments made to such new hires. For each officer other than the Chief Executive Officer, the compensation committee has delegated to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to set individual quarterly objectives which must be achieved to earn the bonus. We believe that quarterly objectives provide an incentive to maintain the rapid pace of growth of our business at its current stage. The objectives reflect specific tasks for which the individual executive is responsible that are consistent with our overall fiscal year operating plan established by our board of directors. Because the quarterly objectives were in place for only the second half of fiscal 2007, achievement of the objectives was considered along with the executive’s performance in the first half of the year in determining whether the bonus for fiscal 2007 was earned. During fiscal 2008, executives that have achieved their quarterly objectives have the ability to earn 25% of their annual target bonus at the end of each quarter.
 
Generally, the objectives require performance at levels intended to positively impact shareholder value and reflect moderately aggressive to aggressive goals that are attainable, but require strong performance. Our Chief


69


Table of Contents

Executive Officer and compensation committee retain the discretion to increase or decrease a named executive officer’s quarterly or annual bonus payout to recognize either inferior or superior individual performance in cases where this performance is not fully represented by the achievement or non-achievement of the pre-established objectives. For example, our compensation committee reserves the right to award an officer 100% of his or her annual target bonus even if that officer had not achieved any quarterly objectives.
 
The compensation committee evaluates whether the Chief Executive Officer has earned his annual target bonus amount only at the end of the calendar year based on our overall progress relative to our business plan. The committee did not establish specific objectives for Mr. Martin and will evaluate Mr. Martin’s entitlement to his bonus at the end of the calendar year.
 
The following sets forth for each of our named executive officers the target bonus as a percentage of base salary and total bonus payments for fiscal 2007:
 
                 
    Target Bonus as
    Total 2007
 
Name   % of Base Salary     Bonus Payments  
 
David L. Martin
    25 %   $ 0  
James E. Flaherty
    40       76,562  
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. 
    40       100,000  
John Borrell
    100       200,000  
Paul Tyska
    50       83,333  
Robert J. Thatcher
    40       86,695  
 
Stock Option Awards
 
Consistent with our compensation philosophies related to performance-based compensation, long-term shareholder value creation and alignment of executive interests with those of shareholders, we make periodic grants of long-term compensation in the form of stock options to our named executive officers, to our other executive officers and across our organization generally.
 
For our named executive officers, we believe that stock options offer the best incentives and tax attributes (by deferring taxes until the holder is ready to exercise and sell) necessary to motivate and retain them to enhance overall enterprise value. Stock options provide named executive officers with the opportunity to purchase our common stock at a price fixed on the grant date regardless of future market price. A stock option becomes valuable only if our common stock price increases above the option exercise price and the holder of the option remains employed during the period required for the option shares to vest. This provides an incentive for an option holder to remain employed by us. In addition, stock options link a significant portion of an employee’s compensation to shareholders’ interests by providing an incentive to achieve corporate goals and increase shareholder value.
 
In connection with the negotiations to hire Mr. Martin, our Chief Executive Officer, we agreed in principle that Mr. Martin would be granted options to purchase a number of shares which, when combined with shares subject to options that he had already received as a board member and consultant, would equal approximately 5.5% of our then outstanding common stock. Our compensation committee and board of directors believed, based on their collective experience with other medical device companies, that 5.5% was within the range of equity compensation amounts typically granted at the Chief Executive Officer level by companies of comparable size and stage of development.
 
They also believed that equity compensation at 5.5% was a key element necessary to make the entire compensation package offered to Mr. Martin sufficiently attractive to induce him to join our company.
 
For named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee consulted Lyons, Benenson & Company, a third-party compensation consulting firm, to determine competitive levels of stock option grants for officers in comparable positions with companies of comparable size and stage of development. Based on the guidance from Lyons and the experience of our compensation committee members, the compensation committee has identified target levels of option grants for each of our officers. Furthermore, the compensation committee considered each named executive officer’s role and responsibilities, ability to influence long term value creation, retention and incentive factors and current stock and option holdings at the time of grant, as well as


70


Table of Contents

individual performance, which is a significant factor in the committee’s decisions. We granted options in fiscal 2007 to each of our officers to bring the total number of shares subject to options held by each such officer, including shares subject to any previously granted options, closer to the levels identified by the compensation committee as appropriate for that position, while also taking into consideration performance of the officer and the limitations imposed by number of shares authorized for issuance under our 2003 Stock Option Plan.
 
From time to time we may make one-time grants to recognize promotion or consistent long-term contribution, or for specific incentive purposes. We also granted stock options to our named executive officers in connection with their initial employment.
 
Although we do not have any detailed stock retention or ownership guidelines, our board of directors and the compensation committee generally encourage our executives to have a financial stake in our company in order to align the interests of our shareholders and management, and view stock options as a means of furthering this goal. We will continue to evaluate whether to implement a stock ownership policy for our officers and directors.
 
Additional information regarding the stock option grants made to our named executive officers for fiscal 2007 is available in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2007 on page 74, and in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-end for Fiscal Year 2007 Table on page 76.
 
Limited Perquisites; Other Benefits
 
It is generally our policy not to extend significant perquisites to our executives beyond those that are available to our employees generally, such as 401(k) plan, health, dental and life insurance benefits. We have given car allowances to certain named executives and moving allowances for executives who have relocated.
 
Role of Our Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee was appointed by our board of directors, and consists entirely of directors who are “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) and “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Petrucci, Howe and Friedman. The functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:
 
  •  recommending the annual compensation packages, including base salaries, incentive compensation, deferred compensation and stock-based compensation, for our executive officers;
 
  •  recommending cash incentive compensation plans and deferred compensation plans for our executive officers, including corporate performance objectives;
 
  •  administering our stock incentive plans, and subject to board approval in the case of executive officers, approving grants of stock, stock options and other equity awards under such plans;
 
  •  reviewing and making recommendations regarding the terms of employment agreements for our executive officers;
 
  •  reviewing and discussing the compensation discussion and analysis with management; and
 
  •  following the completion of this offering, preparing the compensation committee report to be included in our annual proxy statement.
 
All compensation committee recommendations regarding compensation to be paid or awarded to our executive officers are subject to approval by a majority of the independent directors serving on our board of directors.
 
Our Chief Executive Officer may not be present during any board or compensation committee voting or deliberations with respect to his compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer may, however, be present during any other voting or deliberations regarding compensation of our other executive officers, but may not vote on such items of business. In 2007, our compensation committee met without the Chief Executive Officer present to review and determine the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, with input from him and our third-party compensation consultant on his annual salary and cash incentive compensation for the year. For all other executive officers in 2007, the compensation committee met with our Chief Executive Officer to consider and determine executive


71


Table of Contents

compensation, based on recommendations by our Chief Executive Officer and our third-party compensation consultant.
 
Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2007
 
The following table provides information regarding the compensation earned during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 by the two individuals who served as our Chief Executive Officer during fiscal 2007 (including David Martin, our current Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Kallok, our former Chief Executive Officer), our Chief Financial Officer and each of our other three most highly compensated executive officers. We refer to these persons as our “named executive officers” elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                                         
                            Non-Equity
             
                      Option
    Incentive Plan
    All Other
       
Name and
        Salary
    Bonus
    Awards (1)
    Compensation
    Compensation
    Total
 
Principal Position   Year     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
David L. Martin
    2007     $ 129,573     $ 0     $ 99,108     $ 0     $ 67,000     $ 295,681  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer (2)
                                                       
James E. Flaherty
    2007       166,658       39,562       26,179       37,000       0       269,399  
Chief Administrative Officer and former Chief Financial Officer (3)
                                                       
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. 
    2007       246,923       50,000       49,184       50,000       0       396,107  
Chief Scientific Officer and former Chief Executive Officer
                                                       
John Borrell
    2007       196,154       0       19,729       200,000       7,800       423,683  
Vice President of Sales (4)
                                                       
Paul Tyska
    2007       167,692       0       12,774       83,333       6,825       270,624  
Vice President Business Development (5)
                                                       
Robert J. Thatcher
    2007       180,287       49,581       48,269       37,114       0       315,251  
Executive Vice President
                                                       
 
 
(1) The value of options in this table includes (a) the dollar amount we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) for stock options granted in fiscal year 2007 and (b) the dollar amount that we would have recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in fiscal 2007 under the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 for awards of stock options granted prior to fiscal 2007. For a discussion of valuation assumptions and additional SFAS No. 123(R) disclosures, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements regarding stock compensation at page F-16 of this prospectus. The value of options in this table includes the compensation cost for fiscal year 2007 of option awards granted in and prior to fiscal year 2007.
(2) Mr. Martin commenced employment on February 15, 2007 with an annual base salary of $370,000. The amounts under “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Martin consist of a housing allowance of $6,000 per month, a car allowance of $900 per month and a moving allowance of $40,000.
(3) Effective January 14, 2008, Mr. Flaherty was promoted to serve as our Chief Administrative Officer. Mr. Martin was appointed our Interim Chief Financial Officer pending the appointment of a new Chief Financial Officer.
(4) Mr. Borrell commenced employment on July 1, 2006 with an annual base salary of $200,000 per year. The amounts under “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Borrell consist of a car allowance of $650 per month.
(5) Mr. Tyska commenced employment on August 23, 2006 with an annual base salary of $200,000 per year. The amounts under “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Tyska consist of a car allowance of $650 per month.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2007
 
All stock options granted to our named executive officers are incentive stock options, to the extent permissible under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The exercise price per share of each stock option granted to our named executive officers was equal to the fair market value of our common stock as determined in good faith by our board of directors on the date of the grant. The options listed in the table below were granted under our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. See “Employee Benefit Plans — Current Equity Plans — 2007 Equity Compensation Plan”


72


Table of Contents

and “Employee Benefit Plans — Prior Equity Plans — 2003 Stock Option Plan” for a complete description of terms of the options grants.
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. We omitted columns related to non-equity and equity incentive plan awards as none of our named executive officers earned any such awards during fiscal 2007.
 
                                         
                All Other
             
          Estimated Future
    Option
             
          Payouts Under
    Awards:
          Grant Date
 
          Non-Equity
    Number of
    Exercise or
    Fair Market
 
          Incentive Plan
    Securities
    Base Price
    Value of Stock
 
          Awards
    Underlying
    of Option
    and Option
 
Name   Grant Date     Target/Maximum     Options     Awards (1)     Awards (2)  
 
David L. Martin
    7/17/06     $ 92,500       180,000     $ 5.71     $ 437,400  
      8/15/06               60,000       5.71       145,800  
      2/15/07               540,000       5.71       1,933,200  
      6/12/07               140,000       5.11       833,000  
 
 
James E. Flaherty
    12/19/06       80,000       14,500       5.71       40,455  
      4/18/07               39,000       5.71       180,570  
 
 
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. 
    7/17/06       100,000       50,000       5.71       121,500  
      12/19/06               100,000       5.71       279,000  
 
 
John Borrell
    7/1/06       200,000       132,000       5.71       320,760  
      12/19/06               8,000       5.71       22,320  
      4/18/07               34,000       5.71       157,420  
 
 
Paul Tyska
    10/3/06       100,000       140,000       5.71       361,200  
 
 
Robert J. Thatcher
    12/19/06       80,000       12,000       5.71       33,480  
      4/18/07               46,000       5.71       212,980  
 
 
(1) See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements regarding stock compensation at page F-16 of this prospectus for a discussion of the methodology for determining the exercise price.
(2) Reflects the grant date fair market value of option awards granted in 2007, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements regarding stock compensation at page F-16 of this prospectus.


73


Table of Contents

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-end for Fiscal Year 2007
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of June 30, 2007.
 
                                         
    Option Awards  
          Number of
    Number of
             
          Securities
    Securities
             
          Underlying
    Underlying
             
          Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
    Option
 
          Options
    Options
    Exercise
    Expiration
 
Name   Grant Date     Exercisable     Unexercisable     Price (1)     Date  
 
David L. Martin (2)
    7/17/06       55,000       125,000     $ 5.71       7/16/11  
      8/15/06       0       60,000       5.71       8/14/11  
      2/15/07       60,000       480,000       5.71       2/14/12  
      6/12/07       0       140,000       5.11       6/11/17  
 
 
James E. Flaherty (3)
    2/17/04       20,000       0       6.00       2/16/09  
      11/16/04       5,000       2,500       6.00       11/15/09  
      7/01/05       8,333       16,667       8.00       6/30/10  
      11/08/05       4,000       8,000       8.00       11/7/10  
      12/19/06       0       14,500       5.71       12/18/16  
      4/18/07       0       39,000       5.71       4/17/17  
      3/11/03       40,000       0       5.00       3/10/08  
 
 
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. (3)
    6/21/04       25,000       0       6.00       2/16/09  
      11/16/04       13,334       6,666       6.00       11/15/09  
      11/08/05       16,667       33,333       8.00       11/07/10  
      7/17/06       0       50,000       5.71       7/16/11  
      12/19/06       0       100,000       5.71       12/18/16  
      12/18/02       260,000       0       1.00       12/17/07  
 
 
John Borrell (3)
    7/01/06       0       132,000       5.71       6/30/11  
      12/19/06       0       8,000       5.71       12/18/16  
      4/18/07       0       34,000       5.71       4/17/17  
 
 
Paul Tyska (3)
    10/03/06       0       140,000       5.71       10/02/11  
 
 
Robert J. Thatcher (3)
    10/17/05       33,333       66,667       8.00       10/16/10  
      12/19/06       0       12,000       5.71       12/18/16  
      4/18/07       0       46,000       5.71       4/17/17  
 
 
(1) See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements regarding stock compensation at page F-16 of this prospectus for a discussion of the methodology for determining the exercise price.
(2) The July 2006 options vest at the rate of 5,000 shares per month starting on August 17, 2006. The August 2006 and June 2007 options vest at the rate of one-third per year starting on the first anniversary of the grant date. The February 2007 options vest at the rate of 15,000 shares per month starting March 15, 2007.
(3) All option awards vest at the rate of one-third per year starting on the first anniversary of the grant date.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal Year 2007
 
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, there were no option exercises by our named executive officers and there was no stock vesting.


74


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
The majority of our stock option agreements provide that in the event of a change of control, the vesting of all options will accelerate and the options will be immediately exercisable as of the effective date of the change of control. “Change of control” is defined as the sale by the company of substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business, or in the event of a merger, exchange or liquidation of the company. We estimate the potential value of acceleration of options held by each of our named executive officers to be as follows:
 
         
Name   Value of Accelerated Options  
 
David L. Martin
  $ 305,000  
James E. Flaherty
    51,000  
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. 
    1,323,000  
John Borrell
    42,000  
Paul Tyska
    34,000  
Robert J. Thatcher
    14,000  
 
Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Martin, we will pay Mr. Martin an amount equal to 12 months of his then current base salary and 12 months of our share of health insurance costs if Mr. Martin is terminated by us without cause, or if Mr. Martin terminates his employment for good reason, as defined in the agreement. “Good reason” is generally defined as the assignment of job responsibilities to Mr. Martin that are not comparable in status or responsibility to those job responsibilities set forth in the agreement, a reduction in Mr. Martin’s base salary without his consent, or our failure to provide Mr. Martin the benefits promised under his employment agreement. As a condition to receiving his severance benefits, Mr. Martin is required to execute a release of claims agreement in favor of us.
 
Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Kallok, we will pay Mr. Kallok an amount equal to 12 months of his then current base salary, 12 months of our share of health insurance costs and the greater of his prior year bonus or current bonus, as adjusted per terms of the agreement if Mr. Kallok is terminated by us without cause, or if Mr. Kallok terminates his employment for good reason, as defined in the agreement. “Good reason” is generally defined as the assignment of job responsibilities to Mr. Kallok that are not comparable in status or responsibility to those job responsibilities set forth in the agreement, a reduction in Mr. Kallok’s base salary without his consent, or our failure to provide Mr. Kallok the benefits promised under his employment agreement. As a condition to receiving his severance benefits, Mr. Kallok is required to execute a release of claims agreement in favor of us.
 
The following table shows as of June 30, 2007 the potential payments upon termination by us without cause or by the employee for good reason for Messrs. Martin and Kallok:
 
                                 
    12 Months
    12 Months Health
             
Name   Base Salary     Insurance Costs     Bonus     Total  
 
David L. Martin
  $ 370,000     $ 15,000     $ N/A     $ 385,000  
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. 
    225,000       15,000       100,000       340,000  
 
Non-Competition Agreements
 
The employment agreements for David Martin, Michael Kallok, James Flaherty, Paul Koehn, Robert Thatcher and Brian Doughty contain non-competition provisions. The non-competition provisions prohibit these officers from providing services to any person or entity in connection with products that compete with those of the company. The geographic market covered by the agreements is that in which we compete at the time of the executive’s termination. The non-competition restrictions are in effect during the period that each of these officers is employed by us and continue for one year following the termination of their employment with us.


75


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans
 
Current Equity Plans
 
2007 Equity Incentive Plan.   Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan, in October 2007 and approved certain amendments to the 2007 Plan in November 2007, and our shareholders approved the 2007 Plan in December 2007. The 2007 Plan became effective on the date of board approval. Incentive stock options may be granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan until October 2017 and other awards may be granted under the plan until the 2007 Plan is discontinued or terminated by the administrator.
 
Equity Awards.   The 2007 Plan permits the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance share awards, performance unit awards and stock appreciation rights to employees, officers, consultants and directors.
 
Share Reserve.   The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued initially pursuant to stock awards under the 2007 Plan is 3,000,000 shares. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning on July 1, 2008, and ending on July 1, 2017, by the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 shares, (ii) 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock on such date or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the board of directors. As of December 17, 2007, we had 929,917 options outstanding under our 2007 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $7.78 per share and 204,338 shares of restricted stock outstanding subject to a risk of forfeiture.
 
Under the 2007 Plan, no person may be granted equity awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation covering more than 100,000 shares of our common stock during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards or restricted stock unit awards.
 
If any awards granted under the 2007 Plan expire or terminate prior to exercise or otherwise lapse, or if any awards are settled in cash, the shares subject to such portion of the award are available for subsequent grants of awards. Further, shares of stock used to pay the exercise price under any award or used to satisfy any tax withholding obligation attributable to any award, whether withheld by us or tendered by the participant, will continue to be reserved and available for awards granted under the 2007 Plan.
 
The total number of shares and the exercise price per share of common stock that may be issued pursuant to outstanding awards under the 2007 Plan are subject to adjustment by the board of directors upon the occurrence of stock dividends, stock splits or other recapitalizations, or because of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations or similar transactions in which we receive no consideration. The board of directors may also provide for the protection of plan participants in the event of a merger, liquidation, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off) or similar transaction.
 
Administration.   The 2007 Plan may be administered by the board of directors or a committee appointed by the board. Any committee appointed by the board to administer the 2007 Plan shall consist of at least two “non-employee” directors (as defined in Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The plan administrator has broad powers to administer and interpret the 2007 Plan, including the authority to (i) establish rules for the administration of the 2007 Plan, (ii) select the participants in the 2007 Plan, (iii) determine the types of awards to be granted and the number of shares covered by such awards, and (iv) set the terms and conditions of such awards. All determinations and interpretations of the plan administrator are binding on all interested parties.
 
Our board of directors may terminate or amend the 2007 Plan, except that the terms of award agreements then outstanding may not be adversely affected without the consent of the participant. The board of directors may not amend the 2007 Plan to materially increase the total number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan, materially increase the benefits accruing to any individual, decrease the price at which options may be granted, or materially modify the requirements for eligibility to participate in the 2007 Plan without the approval of our shareholders if such approval is required to comply with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, or other applicable laws or regulations.
 
Stock Options.   Options granted under the 2007 Plan may be either “incentive” stock options within the meaning of Code Section 422 or “nonqualified” stock options that do not qualify for special tax treatment under


76


Table of Contents

Code Section 422. No incentive stock option may be granted with a per share exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of the underlying common stock on the date the incentive stock option is granted. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, the per share exercise price for nonqualified stock options granted under the 2007 Plan also will not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the nonqualified stock option is granted.
 
The period during which an option may be exercised and whether the option will be exercisable immediately, in stages, or otherwise is set by the administrator. An incentive stock option generally may not be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant.
 
Participants generally must pay for shares upon exercise of options with cash, certified check or our common stock valued at the stock’s then fair market value. Each incentive option granted under the 2007 Plan is nontransferable during the lifetime of the participant. A nonqualified stock option may, if permitted by the plan administrator, be transferred to certain family members, family limited partnerships and family trusts.
 
The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify or impose additional restrictions on the term or exercisability of an option. The plan administrator may also determine the effect that a participant’s termination of employment with us or a subsidiary may have on the exercisability of such option. The grants of stock options under the 2007 Plan are subject to the plan administrator’s discretion.
 
Tax Limitations on Stock Options.   “Nonqualified” stock options granted under the 2007 Plan are not intended to and do not qualify for favorable tax treatment available to “incentive” stock options under Code Section 422. Generally, no income is taxable to the participant (and we are not entitled to any deduction) upon the grant of a nonqualified stock option. When a nonqualified stock option is exercised, the participant generally must recognize compensation taxable as ordinary income equal to the difference between the option price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise. We normally will receive a deduction equal to the amount of compensation the participant is required to recognize as ordinary income and must comply with applicable tax withholding requirements.
 
“Incentive” stock options granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan are intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment to the participant under Code Section 422. Under Code Section 422, a participant realizes no taxable income when the incentive stock option is granted. If the participant has been an employee of ours or any subsidiary at all times from the date of grant until three months before the date of exercise, the participant will realize no taxable income when the option is exercised. If the participant does not dispose of shares acquired upon exercise for a period of two years from the granting of the incentive stock option and one year after receipt of the shares, the participant may sell the shares and report any gain as capital gain. We will not be entitled to a tax deduction in connection with either the grant or exercise of an incentive stock option, but may be required to comply with applicable withholding requirements. If the participant should dispose of the shares prior to the expiration of the two-year or one-year periods described above, the participant will be deemed to have received compensation taxable as ordinary income in the year of the early sale in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the option price of the shares, or (ii) the difference between the sale price of the shares and the option price of shares. In the event of such an early sale, we will be entitled to a tax deduction equal to the amount recognized by the participant as ordinary income. The foregoing discussion ignores the impact of the alternative minimum tax, which may particularly be applicable to the year in which an incentive stock option is exercised.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights.   A stock appreciation right may be granted independent of or in tandem with a previously or contemporaneously granted stock option, as determined by the plan administrator. Generally, upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, the participant will receive cash, shares of common stock or some combination of cash and shares having a value equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of a specified number of shares of our common stock, over (ii) a specified exercise price. If the stock appreciation right is granted in tandem with a stock option, the exercise of the stock appreciation right will generally cancel a corresponding portion of the option, and, conversely, the exercise of the stock option will cancel a corresponding portion of the stock appreciation right. The plan administrator will determine the term of the stock appreciation right and how it will become exercisable. A stock appreciation right may not be transferred by a participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.


77


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.   The plan administrator is also authorized to grant awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Each restricted stock award granted under the 2007 Plan shall be for a number of shares as determined by the plan administrator, and the plan administrator, in its discretion, may also establish continued employment, achievement of performance criteria, vesting or other conditions that must be satisfied for the restrictions on the transferability of the shares and the risks of forfeiture to lapse. Each restricted stock unit represents the right to receive cash or shares of our common stock, or any combination thereof, at a future date, subject to continued employment, achievement of performance criteria, vesting or other conditions as determined by the plan administrator.
 
If a restricted stock award or restricted stock unit award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), the risks of forfeiture shall lapse based on the achievement of one or more performance objectives established in writing by the plan administrator in accordance with Code Section 162(m) and the applicable regulations. Such performance objectives shall consist of any one, or a combination of, (i) revenue, (ii) net income, (iii) earnings per share, (iv) return on equity, (v) return on assets, (vi) increase in revenue, (vii) increase in share price or earnings, (viii) return on investment, or (ix) increase in market share, in all cases including, if selected by the plan administrator, threshold, target and maximum levels.
 
Performance Share Awards and Performance Units Awards.   The plan administrator is also authorized to grant performance share and performance unit awards. Performance share awards generally provide the participant with the opportunity to receive shares of our common stock and performance units generally provide recipients with the opportunity to receive cash awards, but only if certain performance criteria are achieved over specified performance periods. A performance share award or performance unit award may not be transferred by a participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
 
Prior Equity Plans
 
2003 Stock Option Plan.   Our board of directors adopted our 2003 Stock Option Plan, or 2003 Plan, in May 2003, and the shareholders approved the 2003 Plan in November 2003, in order to provide for the granting of stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. The 2003 Plan permits the granting of incentive stock options meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, and also nonqualified options, which do not meet the requirements of Section 422. Three million eight hundred thousand (3,800,000) shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the 2003 Plan and approved by the board of directors in February 2005 and August 2006 and shareholders in March 2005 and October 2006.
 
The 2003 Plan is administered by the board of directors. The 2003 Plan gives broad powers to the board of directors to administer and interpret the Plan, including the authority to select the individuals to be granted options and to prescribe the particular form and conditions of each option granted. If the board of directors so directs, the 2003 Plan may be administered by a stock option committee of three or more persons who would be appointed and serve at the pleasure of the board.
 
Incentive stock options are permitted to be granted pursuant to the 2003 Plan through May 20, 2013, ten years from the date our board of directors adopted the 2003 Plan. Nonqualified stock options may be granted pursuant to the 2003 Plan until the 2003 Plan is terminated by the board of directors. In the event of a sale of substantially all of our assets or in the event of a merger, exchange, consolidation, or liquidation, the board of directors is authorized to terminate the 2003 Plan. As of December 17, 2007 there were 3,666,833 options outstanding under the 2003 Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $5.75 per share, and no further shares will be issued under the 2003 Plan.
 
1991 Stock Option Plan.   The 1991 Stock Option Plan, or 1991 Plan, was adopted by the board of directors in July 1991. Seven hundred fifty thousand (750,000) shares of common stock were originally reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the 1991 Plan. With the creation of the 2003 Plan, no additional options were granted under the 1991 Plan. As of December 17, 2007, there were options outstanding under the 1991 Plan to purchase an aggregate of 48,611 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $12.00 per share.


78


Table of Contents

Options Granted Outside Stock Option Plans
 
In addition to the options granted under the 2007, 2003 and 1991 Plans, the board of directors has granted options outside of those plans. As of December 17, 2007 there were 285,000 such options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $3.76 per share.
 
401(k) Plan
 
We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our executive officers are also eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. The plan provides that each participant may contribute any amount of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to the statutory limit, which is $15,500 for calendar year 2007. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2007 may be up to an additional $5,000 above the statutory limit. Under the 401(k) plan, each participant is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Participant contributions are held and invested by the plan’s trustee. The plan also permits us to make discretionary contributions and matching contributions, subject to established limits and a vesting schedule. In fiscal 2007, we made no contributions to the plan.


79


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 2004 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
 
Preferred Stock Issuances
 
Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
 
In December 2007 we issued an aggregate of 2,162,150 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $9.25, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $20 million. We believe that the conversion price of the Series B convertible preferred stock into common stock at $9.25 per share represented or exceeded the fair value of our common stock at issuance. The table below sets forth the number of Series B convertible preferred shares sold to our 5% holders, directors, officers and entities associated with them. The terms of these purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
 
                 
    Number of Shares of
       
    Series B
    Approximate
 
    Convertible
    Aggregate Purchase
 
Name   Preferred Stock     Price ($)  
 
Brent G. Blackey
    5,000     $ 46,250  
GDN Holdings, LLC (1)
    54,054       500,000  
Paul Koehn
    3,784       35,002  
Entities affiliated with Maverick Capital, Ltd. (2)(3)
    108,108       999,999  
 
 
(1) Glen Nelson, one of our directors, is the sole owner of GDN Holdings, LLC.
(2) Christy Wyskiel, one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Maverick Capital, Ltd.
(3) Consists of shares issued to Maverick Fund II, Ltd., Maverick Fund, L.D.C. and Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
 
Issuance of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock
 
From July through October 2007, we issued an aggregate of 2,188,425 shares of our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $8.50, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $18.6 million. The table below sets forth the number of Series A-1 convertible preferred shares sold to our 5% holders, directors, officers and entities associated with them. The terms of these purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
 
                 
    Number of Shares of
       
    Series A-1
    Approximate
 
    Convertible
    Aggregate Purchase
 
Name   Preferred Stock     Price ($)  
 
Brent G. Blackey
    5,900     $ 50,150  
John Borrell
    11,764       99,994  
GDN Holdings, LLC (1)
    41,913       356,261  
Entities affiliated with Maverick Capital, Ltd. (2)(3)
    235,394       2,000,850  
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P. (4)
    117,647       1,000,000  
Robert J. Thatcher
    12,000       102,000  
 
 
(1) Glen Nelson, one of our directors, is the sole owner of GDN Holdings, LLC.
(2) Christy Wyskiel, one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Maverick Capital, Ltd.
(3) Consists of shares issued to Maverick Fund II, Ltd., Maverick Fund, L.D.C. and Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
(4) Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P. is a 5% holder, as set forth in the section entitled “Principal Shareholders.”


80


Table of Contents

 
Issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
 
From July through October 2006, we issued an aggregate of 4,728,547 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 671,453 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at a price per unit of $5.71, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $27 million. The table below sets forth the number of Series A convertible preferred shares and Series A warrants sold to our 5% holders, directors, officers and entities associated with them. The terms of these purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
 
                         
          Number of Series
       
    Number of Shares of
    A Convertible
    Approximate
 
    Series A Convertible
    Preferred Stock
    Aggregate Purchase
 
Name   Preferred Stock     Warrant Shares     Price ($)  
 
Entities affiliated with Easton Capital Investment Group (1)(2)
    1,225,920       174,080     $ 7,000,000  
Entities affiliated with Maverick Capital, Ltd. (3)(4)
    1,751,313       248,686       9,999,997  
GDN Holdings LLC (5)
    131,349       18,652       750,003  
Gary M. Petrucci (6)
    36,124       5,130       206,268  
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P. (7)
    675,148       95,871       3,855,095  
 
 
(1) John Friedman, one of our directors, is the Managing Partner of the Easton Capital Investment Group. Mr. Friedman disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by entities affiliated with Easton Capital Investment Group.
(2) Consists of shares issued to Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P. and Easton Capital Partners, LP.
(3) Christy Wyskiel, one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Maverick Capital, Ltd.
(4) Consists of shares issued to Maverick Fund II, Ltd., Maverick Fund, L.D.C. and Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
(5) Glen Nelson, one of our directors, is the sole owner of GDN Holdings, LLC.
(6) Mr. Petrucci acquired Series A convertible preferred stock pursuant to the conversion of an 8% convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $200,000 that was issued to him in connection with our bridge financing that occurred from February 2006 through July 2006.
(7) Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P. is a 5% holder, as set forth in the section entitled “Principal Shareholders.”
 
Common Stock Issuances
 
2005 Private Placement
 
Between April 15, 2005 and August 25, 2005, we issued an aggregate of 452,500 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $8.00, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.6 million. GDN Holdings, LLC, an entity wholly-owned by Glen Nelson, one of our directors, purchased 12,500 shares of our common stock in the offering for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000. The terms of this purchase were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
 
2004 Private Placement
 
Between January 12, 2004 and March 2, 2005, we issued an aggregate of 600,504 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $6.00, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.6 million. GDN Holdings, LLC, an entity wholly-owned by Glen Nelson, one of our directors, purchased 16,667 shares of our common stock in the offering for an aggregate purchase price of $100,002. The terms of this purchase were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
 
Investors’ Rights Agreement
 
We are a party to an investors’ rights agreement, which provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”


81


Table of Contents

Stockholders Agreement
 
We are party to a stockholders agreement, which provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock have the right to elect up to two directors to our board of directors, to maintain a pro rata interest in our company through participation in offerings that occur before we become a public company, and to force other parties to the agreement to vote in favor of significant corporate transactions such as a consolidation, merger, sale of substantially all of the assets of our company or sale of more than 50% of our voting capital stock. In addition, the stockholders agreement places certain transfer restrictions upon the holders of our convertible preferred stock. The stockholders agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering.
 
Other Transactions
 
We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors. For a description of these options, see “Management — Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”
 
In fiscal year 2005, as compensation for their director services to us, we granted each of Gary Petrucci and Roger Howe warrants to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. These warrants expire in November 2009.
 
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
 
As provided by our audit committee charter, our audit committee must review and approve in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to our audit committee any such related party transaction prior to its completion.


82


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 17, 2007 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering for:
 
  •  each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  each of our directors; and
 
  •  all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
 
The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 15,952,945 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 17, 2007, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of December 17, 2007, and the issuance of           shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
 
Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before February 15, 2008, which is 60 days after December 17, 2007. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.


83


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., 651 Campus Drive, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55112-3495.
 
                         
    Number of
             
    Shares
             
    Beneficially
    Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned  
Beneficial Owner   Owned     Before Offering (1)     After Offering  
 
Named Executive Officers and Directors
                       
David L. Martin (2)
    296,000       1.9 %        
James E. Flaherty (3)
    102,499       *        
Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. (4)
    133,834       *        
John Borrell (5)
    81,431       *        
Brian Doughty (6)
    28,233       *        
Paul Tyska (7)
    56,666       *        
Paul Koehn (8)
    3,784       *        
Robert J. Thatcher (9)
    82,666       *        
John H. Friedman (10)
    50,000       *        
Geoffrey O. Hartzler, M.D. (11)
    325,663       2.0 %        
Roger J. Howe, Ph.D. (12)
    139,500       *        
Brent G. Blackey (13)
    10,900       *        
Glen D. Nelson, M.D. (14)
    532,135       3.3 %        
Gary M. Petrucci (15)
    548,329       3.4 %        
Christy Wyskiel (16)
    50,000       *        
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (14 individuals)
    2,441,640       15.3 %        
5% Shareholders
                       
Entities affiliated with Easton Capital Investment Group (17)
    1,450,000       9.1 %        
Entities affiliated with Maverick Capital, Ltd. (18)
    2,393,501       15.0 %        
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P. (19)
    888,666       5.6 %        
 
 
* Less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
(1) Based on 15,952,945 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 17, 2007, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, each person or entity listed has sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares listed.
(2) Consists of 76,000 shares of our common stock and options to acquire a total of 220,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Martin.
(3) Consists of 45,000 shares of our common stock and options to acquire a total of 56,999 shares and warrants to acquire a total of 500 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Flaherty.
(4) Consists of 5,000 shares of our common stock and options to acquire a total of 128,334 shares and warrants to acquire a total of 500 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Dr. Kallok.
(5) Consists of 34,764 shares of our common stock and options to acquire a total of 46,667 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Borrell.
(6) Consists of 4,900 shares of our common stock and options to acquire a total of 23,333 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Doughty.
(7) Consists of 10,000 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Tyska and options to acquire a total of 46,666 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Tyska.
(8) Consists of 3,784 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Koehn.
(9) Consists of 12,000 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Thatcher and options to acquire a total of 70,666 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Thatcher.
 
(footnotes on next page)


84


Table of Contents

(10) Consists of options to acquire a total of 50,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Friedman. These options are held for the benefit of entities affiliated with Easton Capital Investment Group.
(11) Consists of 177,063 shares of our common stock and options to acquire a total of 145,000 shares and warrants to acquire a total of 3,600 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Dr. Hartzler.
(12) Consists of 41,500 shares of our common stock and warrants to acquire a total of 13,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Sonora Web LLLP , of which Dr. Howe is the general partner, and options to acquire a total of 85,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Dr. Howe.
(13) Consists of 10,900 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Blackey.
(14) Consists of (i) 376,483 shares of our common stock and warrants to acquire a total of 20,652 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by GDN Holdings, LLC; and (ii) options to acquire a total of 135,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Dr. Nelson.
(15) Consists of (i) 50,000 shares held by Applecrest Partners LTD Partnership, of which Mr. Petrucci is the General Partner, and (ii) 351,949 shares of our common stock, options to acquire a total of 110,000 shares and warrants to acquire a total of 36,380 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Petrucci.
(16) Consists of options to acquire a total of 50,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Ms. Wyskiel. These options are held for the benefit of Maverick Fund II, Ltd., Maverick Fund, L.D.C. and Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
(17) Consists of 612,960 shares of our common stock held and 87,040 shares which may be purchased by Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P. upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants, 612,960 shares of our common stock held and 87,040 shares which may be purchased by Easton Capital Partners, LP upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants, and options to acquire a total of 50,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Mr. Friedman, one of our directors. Mr. Friedman disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by entities affiliated with Easton Capital Investment Group. The address for the entities affiliated with Easton Capital Investment Group is 767 Third Avenue, 7th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(18) Consists of 921,281 shares of our common stock held and 109,370 shares which may be purchased by Maverick Fund, L.D.C. upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants, 371,942 shares of our common stock held and 44,155 shares which may be purchased by Maverick Fund USA, Ltd. upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants, 801,592 shares of our common stock held and 95,161 shares which may be purchased by Maverick Fund II, Ltd. upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants, and options to acquire a total of 50,000 shares of our common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 17, 2007 held by Ms. Wyskiel, one of our directors. These options are held for the benefit of Maverick Fund II, Ltd., Maverick Fund, L.D.C. and Maverick Fund USA, Ltd. Maverick Capital, Ltd. is an investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and, as such, has beneficial ownership of the shares held by Maverick Fund II, Ltd., Maverick Fund, L.D.C. and Maverick Fund USA, Ltd. through the investment discretion it exercises over these accounts. Maverick Capital Management, LLC is the general partner of Maverick Capital, Ltd. Lee S. Ainslie III is the manager of Maverick Capital Management, LLC who possesses sole investment discretion pursuant to Maverick Capital Management, LLC’s regulations. The address for the entities affiliated with Maverick Capital, Ltd. is 300 Crescent Court, 18th Floor, Dallas, TX 75201.
(19) Consists of 792,795 shares of our common stock held and 95,871 shares which may be purchased by Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P. upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants. The address of Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P. is 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166.


85


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 70,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, 5,400,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, 2,188,425 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock and 2,162,162 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock.
 
The following summarizes important provisions of our capital stock and describes all material provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, as amended. This summary is qualified by our articles of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.
 
Common Stock
 
Outstanding Shares.   As of December 17, 2007, there were 15,952,945 shares of common stock outstanding held of record by 720 shareholders, assuming conversion of all shares of preferred stock into 9,088,136 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of common stock offered in this offering, there will be          shares of common stock outstanding.
 
Dividend Rights.   Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from out of legally available funds at the times and the amounts as our board of directors may from time to time determine.
 
Voting Rights.   Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders, including the election of directors. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.
 
No Preemptive or Similar Rights.   The common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption.
 
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions.   In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to shareholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Upon the closing of this offering, all previously outstanding shares of preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock.
 
Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the shareholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of the series then outstanding.
 
Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.


86


Table of Contents

Options
 
As of December 17, 2007, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 48,611 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $12.00 per share under our 1991 Stock Option Plan, outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 3,666,833 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.75 per share under our 2003 Stock Option Plan, outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 929,917 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.78 per share under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, and outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 285,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.76 per share issued outside of our equity incentive plans. All outstanding options provide for anti-dilution adjustments in the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other similar change in our corporate structure. We have reserved 1,865,745 shares for issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Warrants
 
As of December 17, 2007, we had outstanding warrants to purchase a total of:
 
  •  372,974 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.12 per share. These warrants are currently exercisable through July 2013.
 
  •  662,439 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.71 per share. These warrants are currently exercisable through March 2008. Upon the conversion of the preferred stock and the closing of this offering, the Series A warrants will automatically become exercisable for up to 662,439 shares of our common stock.
 
We issued the common stock warrants in connection with various private offerings of our securities and to certain of our directors and business advisors as compensation for their services. We issued the Series A warrants in connection with a private placement of our Series A convertible preferred stock in 2006. Each warrant has a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares of, respectively, common stock or Series A convertible preferred stock based on the fair market value of the stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The Series A warrants and a majority of the common stock warrants provide for anti-dilution adjustments in the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other similar change in our corporate structure.
 
Registration Rights
 
The holders of 9,088,136 shares of common stock, assuming the conversion of our preferred stock, have entered into an Investors’ Rights Agreement with us that provides certain registration rights to such holders and certain future transferees of their securities.
 
Demand Rights.   At any time after the earlier of July 19, 2010 or six months after our initial public offering, the holders of a majority of the preferred stock (including for this purpose all shares of common stock issued upon conversion of any preferred stock) including the preferred stock held by entities affiliated with Easton Capital Investment Group and Maverick Capital, Ltd., may demand that we file a registration statement on up to three occasions, covering all or a portion of the common stock underlying the preferred stock.
 
Piggyback Rights.   Holders of the preferred stock are also entitled to piggyback registration rights that entitle them to participate in any registration undertaken by us (except registrations for business combinations or employee benefit plans) subject to the right of an underwriter to cut back participation pro rata if the number of shares is deemed excessive. The piggyback registration rights are not applicable in the event of our initial public offering, and thus do not apply to this offering.
 
Shelf Registration Rights.   In addition, if we become a publicly traded company and have been filing reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission for at least 12 months, the holders of the preferred stock may demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3, provided that at least $1 million of stock is included in the registration.


87


Table of Contents

Potential Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Minnesota State Law and Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Minnesota State Law
 
Certain provisions of Minnesota law described below could have an anti-takeover effect. These provisions are intended to provide management flexibility, to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage an unsolicited takeover if our board of directors determines that such a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our shareholders. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging certain attempts to acquire us that could deprive our shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of our stock at higher values.
 
Section 302A.671 of the Minnesota Statutes applies, with certain exceptions, to any acquisitions of our stock (from a person other than us, and other than in connection with certain mergers and exchanges to which we are a party) resulting in the beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the voting stock then outstanding. Section 302A.671 requires approval of any such acquisition by a majority vote of our shareholders prior to its consummation. In general, shares acquired in the absence of such approval are denied voting rights and are redeemable by us at their then-fair market value within 30 days after the acquiring person has failed to give a timely information statement to us or the date the shareholders voted not to grant voting rights to the acquiring person’s shares.
 
Section 302A.673 of the Minnesota Statutes generally prohibits any business combination by us, or any of our subsidiaries, with an interested shareholder, which means any shareholder that purchases 10% or more of our voting shares, within four years following such interested shareholder’s share acquisition date, unless the business combination or share acquisition is approved by a committee of one or more disinterested members of our board of directors before the interested shareholder’s share acquisition date.
 
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a shareholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by shareholders. First, our board of directors can issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights or preferences, including the right to approve or not approve an acquisition or other change in control. Second, our amended and restated articles of incorporation do not provide for shareholder actions to be effected by written consent. Third, our bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of shareholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice in writing. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may delay or preclude shareholders from bringing matters before a meeting of shareholders or from making nominations for directors at a meeting of shareholders, which could delay or deter takeover attempts or changes in management. Fourth, our amended and restated articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting for our directors. The absence of cumulative voting may make it more difficult for shareholders owning less than a majority of our stock to elect any directors to our board.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Section 302A.521 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act requires that we indemnify our current and former officers, directors, employees and agents against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement which, in each case, were incurred in connection with actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is a party by reason of the fact that he or she was an officer, director, employee or agent of the corporation, if such person, (i) has not been indemnified by another organization or employee benefit plan for the same judgments, penalties, fines, including without limitation, excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan, settlements and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding with respect to the same acts or omissions, (ii) acted in good faith, (iii) received no improper personal benefit and statutory procedure has been followed in the case of any conflict of interest by a director, (iv) in the case of any criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful, and (v) in the case of acts or omissions occurring in the person’s performance in


88


Table of Contents

the official capacity of director or, for a person not a director, in the official capacity of officer, committee member, employee or agent, reasonably believed that the conduct was in the best interests of the corporation, or, in the case of performance by a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another organization or employee benefit plan, reasonably believed that the conduct was not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. Section 302A.521 requires us to advance, in certain circumstances and upon written request, reasonable expenses prior to final disposition. Section 302A.521 also permits us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our officers, directors, employees and agents against any liability which may be asserted against, or incurred by, such persons in their capacities as officers, directors, employees and agents of the corporation, whether or not we would have been required to indemnify the person against the liability under the provisions of such section.
 
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation limit personal liability for breach of the fiduciary duty of our directors to the fullest extent provided by the Minnesota Business Corporation Act. Our articles of incorporation eliminate the personal liability of directors for damages occasioned by breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability based on (i) the director’s duty of loyalty to us, (ii) acts or omissions not made in good faith, (iii) acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct, (iv) payments of improper dividends, (v) violations of state securities laws and (vi) acts occurring prior to the date such provision establishing limited personal liability was added to our articles. Any amendment to or repeal of such provision shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of ours for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that each director and officer, past or present, and each person who serves or may have served at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or employee benefit plan and their respective heirs, administrators and executors, will be indemnified by us to such extent as permitted by Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.521, as now enacted or hereafter amended.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Nasdaq Global Market Listing
 
We intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CSII.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is          .


89


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market prices of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
 
Upon completion of this offering, based on our outstanding shares as of          , 2008, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate of           shares of our common stock (           shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering (plus any shares sold as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless those shares are purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
The remaining           shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. Of these restricted securities,          shares will be subject to transfer restrictions for 180 days from the date of this prospectus pursuant to the lock-up agreements. Upon expiration of the 180-day transfer restriction period, as extended,          shares will be eligible for unlimited resale under Rule 144 and           shares will be eligible for resale under Rule 144, subject to volume limitations. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they have been registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock that are deemed restricted securities for at least one year would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
 
These sales may commence beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to continued availability of current public information about us. Such sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements.
 
A person who is not one of our affiliates and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an “affiliate,” is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
The SEC recently adopted amendments to Rule 144, which will become effective on February 15, 2008. Under these amendments, the holding period for a person who is not one of our affiliates and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale has been shortened from one year to six months, subject to the continued availability of current public information about us (which requirement is eliminated after a one-year holding period).
 
The amendments also permit resales by affiliates after a six month holding period, subject to compliance with the volume limitations described above, notice of sale, and the continued availability of current public information about us.
 
Rule 701
 
Rule 701 generally allows a shareholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or written agreement relating to compensation and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of


90


Table of Contents

our company to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits our affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, substantially all of the shares issued pursuant to Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described below under the heading “Underwriting” and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or waiver of those agreements.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
We, all of our officers, directors and substantially all of our shareholders and option holders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly any shares of our common stock or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock held prior to the offering during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days thereafter, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may in their sole discretion choose to release any or all of these shares from these restrictions prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. The lock-up restrictions will not apply to certain transfers not involving a disposition for value, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound by these lock-up restrictions and provided that such transfers are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise, during the lock-up period.
 
The 180-day restricted period described above will be extended if:
 
  •  during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or disclose material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
 
  •  prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period;
 
in which case the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, the disclosure of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.
 
Registration Rights
 
The holders of 9,088,136 shares of common stock, assuming the conversion of our preferred stock, have entered into an Investor’s Rights Agreement with us that provides certain registration rights to such holders and certain future transferees of their securities. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares held by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”
 
Equity Incentive Plans
 
We intend to file registration statements under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the effective date of this offering to register shares to be issued pursuant to our employee benefit plans. As a result, any options or rights exercised under our 2003 Stock Option Plan and 2007 Equity Incentive Plan or any other benefit plan after the effectiveness of the registration statements will also be freely tradable in the public market, subject to the lock-up agreements discussed above. However, such shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, if applicable.


91


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
This section summarizes certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations. The information provided below is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and final, temporary and proposed Regulations, administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change, possibly with retroactive effect, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently. Consequently, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of our common stock could differ from those described below. For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any holder that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state;
 
  •  a trust that is (i) subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of source.
 
If a partnership or other flow-through entity is the owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, partnerships and flow-through entities that hold our common stock and partners or owners of such partnerships or entities, as applicable, should consult their own tax advisors.
 
This summary does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” bank, insurance company or other financial institution, dealer or trader in securities, a person who holds our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, straddle or conversion transaction, or other person subject to special tax treatment). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. Finally, this summary does not describe the effects of any applicable foreign, state, or local laws.
 
INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.
 
Dividends
 
As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay dividends, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder in respect of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might apply at a reduced rate under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. A non-U.S. holder must demonstrate its entitlement to treaty benefits by certifying its nonresident status. A non-U.S. holder can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN or other applicable form to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a foreign partnership or other flow-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners’ or other owners’ documentation to us or our paying agent. Special rules, described below, apply if a dividend is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted


92


Table of Contents

by the non-U.S. holder. A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
 
Sale of Common Stock
 
Non-U.S. holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of our common stock. This general rule, however, is subject to several exceptions. For example, the gain would be subject to U.S. federal income tax if:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business or, if a treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the special rules described below apply;
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds our common stock as a capital asset and who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, or other disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or
 
  •  the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, or FIRPTA (described below), treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.
 
An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.
 
The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock if we are, or were at any time during the five years before the sale, exchange or disposition, a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC. In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised most of our assets. We believe that we are not a USRPHC, and do not anticipate becoming one in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as United States real property interests only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds or has held more than 5% of our common stock.
 
Dividends or Gain Effectively Connected With a U.S. Trade or Business
 
If any dividend on our common stock, or gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, then the dividend or gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates (including, for individuals, the rates applicable to capital gains). If the non-U.S. holder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty between the United States and the holder’s country of residence, any “effectively connected” dividend or gain would generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the holder in the United States. Payments of dividends that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will not be subject to the 30% withholding tax, provided that the holder certifies its qualification, on Form W-8ECI. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business would generally be subject to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is generally 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty might provide for a lower rate.
 
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
 
The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent. The U.S. federal estate tax liability of the estate of a nonresident alien may be affected by a tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence.


93


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
The Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by “backup withholding” rules. These rules require the payers to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to provide its taxpayer identification number to the payer, furnishes an incorrect identification number, or repeatedly fails to report interest or dividends on its returns. The withholding tax rate is currently 28%. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign.
 
Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on our common stock will generally not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of our common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its nonresident status and the payer does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption. A non-U.S. holder may comply with the certification procedures by providing a Form W-8BEN or other applicable form to us or our paying agent, as described under “Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders — Dividends.” We must report annually to the IRS any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides.
 
Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of our common stock under the backup withholding rules generally may be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.


94


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Morgan Stanley & Co.  Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and, together with William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as the managing underwriters of this offering. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares of common stock indicated in the table below:
 
         
Underwriter   Number of Shares  
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
              
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
       
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.
 
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions, and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      a share under the public offering price. No underwriter may allow, and no dealer may re-allow, any concession to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
 
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the          shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.
 
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of          additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $      , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $      and the total proceeds to us would be $     .
 
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option.
 
                 
    No Exercise     Full Exercise  
 
Per share paid by us
  $       $    
Total
               


95


Table of Contents

In addition, we estimate that the expenses of this offering other than underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be approximately $     .
 
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.
 
We, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding shareholders and holders of securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days thereafter:
 
  •  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;
 
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
 
The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:
 
  •  the sale by us of shares to the underwriters in connection with the offering;
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;
 
  •  the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that the plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period; or
 
  •  the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into shares of common stock as a bona fide gift, as a distribution to general or limited partners, shareholders, members or wholly-owned subsidiaries of our shareholders, or by will or intestate succession.
 
With respect to the last bullet, it shall be a condition to the transfer or distribution that the transferee execute a copy of the lock-up agreement, that no filing by any donee or transferee under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
 
  •  during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue a release regarding earnings or regarding material news or events relating to us; or
 
  •  prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period,
 
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may in their sole discretion choose to release any or all of these shares from these restrictions prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. The lock-up restrictions will not apply to certain transfers not involving a disposition for value, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound by these lock-up restrictions and provided that such transfers are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise, during the lock-up period.


96


Table of Contents

In order to facilitate this offering of common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for and purchase shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
 
The underwriters may in the future provide investment banking services to us for which they would receive customary compensation.
 
We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CSII.”
 
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not made and will not make an offer to the public of any shares of common stock in that Relevant Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer to the public of shares of common stock in that Relevant Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:
 
  •  to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  •  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
  •  in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.


97


Table of Contents

United Kingdom
 
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
Pricing of the Offering
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general; sales, earnings and other financial operating information in recent periods; and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios and market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. An active trading market for the shares may not develop, and it is possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the market above their initial offering price.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, and one or more of the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters that make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.


98


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Fredrikson & Byron, P.A., Minneapolis, Minnesota. Attorneys at Fredrikson & Byron hold an aggregate of 8,441 shares of our common stock. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this offering by Davis Polk & Wardwell, Menlo Park, California.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or such other document, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. On the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website at www.csi360.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
 
You can read the registration statement and our future filings with the SEC over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.


99


 

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
Index
 
         
    Page(s)
 
    F-2  
Financial Statements
       
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ (deficiency) equity and comprehensive (loss) income and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) at June 30, 2006 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation effective July 1, 2006.
 
/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 22, 2008


F-2


Table of Contents

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
                                 
                      Pro Forma
 
    June 30,     September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2007     2007  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited —
 
                      see note 1)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,554     $ 7,908     $ 3,265     $ 3,265  
Short-term investments
          11,615       18,499       18,499  
Accounts receivable, net
                1,395       1,395  
Inventories
    728       1,050       2,572       2,572  
Prepaid expenses
    142       255       242       242  
                                 
Total current assets
    2,424       20,828       25,973       25,973  
Property and equipment, net
    273       585       745       745  
Patents, net
    599       612       598       598  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 3,296     $ 22,025     $ 27,316     $ 27,316  
                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY
Current liabilities
                               
Accounts payable
  $ 200     $ 1,909     $ 1,479     $ 1,479  
Accrued expenses
    357       748       1,371       1,371  
Deferred revenue
                1,428       1,428  
Convertible promissory notes
    3,107                    
                                 
Total current liabilities
    3,664       2,657       4,278       4,278  
                                 
Long-term liabilities
                               
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
          3,094       3,394        
Deferred rent
    59       79       88       88  
                                 
Total long-term liabilities
    59       3,173       3,482       88  
                                 
Total liabilities
    3,723       5,830       7,760       4,366  
                                 
Commitments and contingencies
                               
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value; authorized 5,400,000 shares, issued and outstanding 4,728,547 at June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation value $29,034 and $29,586 at June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively
          40,193       43,503        
Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value; authorized 1,470,589 and 2,188,425 shares, issued and outstanding 977,046 and 2,188,425 at June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation value $8,305 and $18,730 at June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively
          8,305       20,134        
Shareholders’ (deficiency) equity
                               
Common stock, no par value; authorized 25,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 6,199,204, 6,267,454 and 6,294,121 at June 30, 2006 and 2007, and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively
    25,578       26,054       26,564       68,513  
Common stock warrants
    1,280       1,366       1,366       3,133  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
          (7 )     (1 )     (1 )
Accumulated deficit
    (27,285 )     (59,716 )     (72,010 )     (48,695 )
                                 
Total shareholders’ (deficiency) equity
    (427 )     (32,303 )     (44,081 )     22,950  
                                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ (deficiency) equity
  $ 3,296     $ 22,025     $ 27,316     $ 27,316  
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Revenues
  $     $     $     $     $  
Cost of goods sold
                            539  
                                         
Gross (loss) profit
                            (539 )
                                         
Expenses
                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    1,177       1,735       6,691       823       3,552  
Research and development
    2,371       3,168       8,446       749       3,328  
                                         
Total expenses
    3,548       4,903       15,137       1,572       6,880  
                                         
Loss from operations
    (3,548 )     (4,903 )     (15,137 )     (1,572 )     (7,419 )
Other income (expense)
                                       
Interest expense
          (48 )     (1,340 )     (13 )     (300 )
Interest income
    37       56       881       256       278  
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    37       8       (459 )     243       (22 )
                                         
Net loss
    (3,511 )     (4,895 )     (15,596 )     (1,329 )     (7,441 )
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
                (16,835 )     (3,878 )     (4,853 )
                                         
Net loss available to common shareholders
  $ (3,511 )   $ (4,895 )   $ (32,431 )   $ (5,207 )   $ (12,294 )
                                         
Loss per common share
                                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (.61 )   $ (.79 )   $ (5.22 )   $ (.84 )   $ (1.95 )
                                         
Weighted average common shares used in computation
                                       
Basic and diluted
    5,779,942       6,183,715       6,214,820       6,199,204       6,291,512  
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ (Deficiency) Equity and
Comprehensive (Loss) Income
(Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
                                                         
                            Accumulated
             
                            Other
             
                            Comprehensive
          Comprehensive
 
    Common Stock           Accumulated
    (Loss)
          (Loss)
 
    Shares     Amount     Warrants     Deficit     Income     Total     Income  
 
Balances at June 30, 2004
    5,679,180     $ 21,375     $ 1,236     $ (18,879 )   $      —     $ 3,732     $ (4,211 )
                                                         
Shares issued for cash, $6.00 per share
    155,967       936                               936          
Shares issued for cash, $8.00 per share, net of offering costs of $13
    166,542       1,319                               1,319          
Shares issued for services rendered, $5.45 per share
    6,640       36                               36          
Exercise of warrant
    3,250       3                               3          
Shares repurchased and retired by the Company at $7.00 per share
    (100,000 )     (700 )                             (700 )        
Stock options and warrants expensed for outside consulting services
            279       13                       292          
Net loss
                            (3,511 )             (3,511 )   $ (3,511 )
                                                         
Balances at June 30, 2005
    5,911,579       23,248       1,249       (22,390 )           2,107     $ (3,511 )
                                                         
Shares issued for cash, $8.00 per share, net of offering costs of $20
    287,625       2,281                               2,281          
Stock options and warrants expensed for outside consulting services
            49       31                       80          
Net loss
                            (4,895 )             (4,895 )   $ (4,895 )
                                                         
Balances at June 30, 2006
    6,199,204       25,578       1,280       (27,285 )           (427 )   $ (4,895 )
                                                         
Exercise of stock options and warrants at $1.00 per share
    68,250       86       (17 )                     69          
Value assigned to warrants issued in connection with Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock
                    103                       103          
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
                            (16,835 )             (16,835 )        
Stock-based compensation
            390                               390          
Unrealized loss on short-term investments
                                    (7 )     (7 )   $ (7 )
Net loss
                            (15,596 )             (15,596 )     (15,596 )
                                                         
Balances at June 30, 2007
    6,267,454       26,054       1,366       (59,716 )     (7 )     (32,303 )   $ (15,603 )
                                                         
Exercise of stock options at $6.00 per share
    26,667       160                               160          
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
                            (4,853 )             (4,853 )        
Stock-based compensation
            350                               350          
Unrealized gain on short-term investments
                                    6       6     $ 6  
Net loss
                            (7,441 )             (7,441 )     (7,441 )
                                                         
Balances at September 30, 2007 (unaudited)
    6,294,121     $ 26,564     $ 1,366     $ (72,010 )   $ (1 )   $ (44,081 )   $ (7,435 )
                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                                       
Net loss
  $ (3,511 )   $ (4,895 )   $ (15,596 )   $ (1,329 )   $ (7,441 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operations
                                       
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
    67       73       153       18       47  
Amortization of patents
    44       45       45       14       14  
Change in carrying value of the convertible preferred stock warrants
                1,327       (59 )     300  
Stock-based compensation
                390       11       350  
Expense for stock, options and warrants granted for outside consulting services
    327       80                    
Disposal of property and equipment
          (3 )                  
Amortization of discount on short-term investments
                (293 )     (34 )     (52 )
Changes in assets and liabilities
                                       
Accounts receivable
                            (1,395 )
Inventories
    (289 )     (438 )     (322 )     (116 )     (1,522 )
Prepaid expenses
    (24 )     (96 )     (113 )     26       13  
Accounts payable
    106       30       1,709       41       (430 )
Accrued expenses and deferred rent
    13       216       424       (52 )     632  
Deferred revenue
                            1,428  
                                         
Net cash used in operations
    (3,267 )     (4,988 )     (12,276 )     (1,480 )     (8,056 )
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                                       
Expenditures for property and equipment
    (7 )     (235 )     (465 )     (49 )     (207 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
    2       7                    
Purchases of short-term investments
                (23,169 )           (12,700 )
Sales of short-term investments
                11,840       (6,998 )     5,874  
Costs incurred in connection with patents
                (58 )            
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (5 )     (228 )     (11,852 )     (7,047 )     (7,033 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Net proceeds from the sale of common stock
    2,255       2,281                    
Proceeds from sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock
                30,294       20,116       10,296  
Payment of offering costs
                (1,776 )     (1,742 )     (10 )
Issuance of common stock warrants
                103       99        
Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants
                1,767       1,638        
Exercise of stock options and warrants
    3             69             160  
Proceeds from convertible promissory notes
          3,059       25       25        
Payable to shareholder, common stock repurchase
    350       (350 )                  
Repurchase of common stock
    (700 )                        
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    1,908       4,990       30,482       20,136       10,446  
                                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (1,364 )     (226 )     6,354       11,609       (4,643 )
Cash and cash equivalents
                                       
Beginning of period
    3,144       1,780       1,554       1,554       7,908  
                                         
End of period
  $ 1,780     $ 1,554     $ 7,908     $ 13,163     $ 3,265  
                                         
Noncash investing and financing activities
                                       
Conversion of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest into Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock
  $     $     $ (3,145 )   $ (3,145 )   $  
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
                16,835       3,878       4,853  
Net unrealized loss (income) on short-term investments
                (7 )     (4 )     6  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Company Description
 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on February 28, 1989, to develop, manufacture and market devices for the treatment of vascular diseases. The Company has completed a pivotal clinical trial in the United States to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the Company’s Diamondback 360 orbital atherectomy system in treating peripheral arterial disease. On August 30, 2007, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted the Company 510(k) clearance to market the Diamondback 360 for the treatment of peripheral arterial disease. The Company commenced a limited commercial introduction of the Diamondback 360 in the United States in September 2007.
 
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, the Company was considered a “development stage enterprise” as prescribed in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 7, Accounting and Reporting by Development Stage Enterprises . During that time, the Company’s major emphasis was on planning, research and development, recruitment and development of a management and technical staff, and raising capital. These development stage activities were completed during the first quarter of fiscal 2008. The Company’s management team, organizational structure and distribution channel are in place. The Company’s primary focus is on the sale and commercialization of its current product and it has sold product to end customers. As of September 30, 2007, the Company no longer considers itself a development stage enterprise.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred substantial losses since inception and anticipates that it will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future. As of June 30, 2007, the Company had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $19,523, working capital of $18,171 and an accumulated deficit of $59,716. Subsequently, the Company raised additional cash through the sale of 1,211,379 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for total proceeds of $10,296 and 2,162,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for total proceeds of $20,000 as further disclosed in Note 9. The Company’s continued existence is dependent upon its ability to obtain sufficient equity capital to finance the continued development of its products. Management believes the Company has sufficient capital to meet the Company’s working capital and capital expenditure needs through at least June 30, 2008. Thereafter, the Company may need to raise additional funds and the Company cannot be certain that it would be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ (deficiency) equity and comprehensive (loss) income, and cash flows include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned inactive Netherlands subsidiary, SCS B.V., after elimination of all significant intercompany transactions and accounts. SCS B.V. was formed for the purpose of conducting human trials and the development of production facilities. Operations of the subsidiary ceased in fiscal 2002; accordingly, there are no assets or liabilities included in the consolidated financial statements related to SCS B.V.
 
Interim Financial Statements
 
The Company has prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related unaudited financial information in the footnotes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial statements. These interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the


F-7


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
Company’s consolidated financial position, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the interim periods. These interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated annual financial statements and the notes thereto contained herein. The nature of the Company’s business is such that the results of any interim period may not be indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.
 
Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data (Unaudited)
 
The Board of Directors has authorized the Company to file a Registration Statement with the SEC permitting the Company to sell shares of common stock in an initial public offering (“IPO”). If the IPO is consummated as presently anticipated, each share of Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of common stock upon completion of the IPO and preferred stock warrants will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet reflects the subsequent conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock at a 1-for-1 conversion ratio and the conversion of the preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants thereby eliminating the preferred stock warrant liability as if such conversion occurred at September 30, 2007.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all money market funds and other investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.
 
Short-Term Investments
 
The Company classifies all short-term investments as “available-for-sale.” The Company places its investments primarily in commercial paper, U.S. government securities and auction rate securities. These investments, a portion of which have original maturities beyond one year, are classified as short-term based on their liquid nature. The securities which have stated maturities beyond one year have certain economic characteristics of short-term investments due to a rate-setting mechanism and the ability to sell them through a Dutch auction process that occurs at pre-determined intervals of less than one year.
 
The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale short-term investments are as follows:
 
                         
    June 30, 2007  
                Net
 
    Amortized
    Aggregate
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Fair Value     Losses  
 
Commercial paper
  $ 3,267     $ 3,264     $      (3 )
U.S. government securities
    3,655       3,651       (4 )
Auction rate securities
    4,700       4,700        
                         
Total short-term investments
  $ 11,622     $ 11,615     $ (7 )
                         
 
                         
    September 30, 2007  
                Net
 
    Amortized
    Aggregate
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Fair Value     Losses  
    (unaudited)  
 
Commercial paper
  $ 1,100     $ 1,099     $      (1 )
Auction rate securities
    17,400       17,400        
                         
Total short-term investments
  $ 18,500     $ 18,499     $ (1 )
                         


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method of valuation. The establishment of inventory allowances for excess and obsolete inventories is based on estimated exposure on specific inventory items.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of equipment is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three to seven years and amortization of leasehold improvements over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the lease term. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals and betterments which do not extend or improve the life of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. All other expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized. The assets and related depreciation accounts are adjusted for property retirements and disposals with the resulting gains or losses included in operations.
 
Operating Lease
 
The Company leases office space under an operating lease. The lease arrangement contains a rent escalation clause for which the lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the lease. Rent expense that is recognized but not yet paid is included in deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Patents
 
The capitalized costs incurred to obtain patents are amortized using the straight-line method over their remaining estimated lives, not exceeding 17 years. The recoverability of capitalized patent costs is dependent upon the Company’s ability to derive revenue-producing products from such patents or the ultimate sale or licensing of such patent rights. Patents that are abandoned are written off at the time of abandonment.
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company regularly evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets for events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable or that the remaining estimated useful life should be changed. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the anticipated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded, if any, is calculated by the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.
 
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
 
The Company derives its revenue through the sale of its Diamondback 360 system, which includes disposable catheters, control units and guide wires used in the atherectomy procedure. The single use catheters rely upon the use of the control units, thus the Company’s sales involve bundled transactions with multiple elements.
 
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, Revenue Recognition and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables . Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) shipment has occurred or delivery has occurred if the terms specify that title and risk of loss pass when products reach their destination; (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. However, when the arrangement with the customer imposes additional performance


F-9


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
requirements, and the Company is unable to treat the additional performance requirements as a separate unit of accounting, then revenue is recognized when all such requirements have been satisfied. Payment terms are generally set at 30 days.
 
As of September 30, 2007, the Company has not recorded any revenue from the shipment of the disposable catheters and guidewires. The Company has treated the Diamondback 360° as a single unit of accounting. Initial shipments to customers included a loaner control unit which the Company committed to replace when a new control unit was available. As a consequence of unfulfilled performance requirements associated with these shipments, the Company had deferred revenue of $1,428 as of September 30, 2007.
 
Costs related to products delivered are recognized in the period the products are shipped.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts based on enacted tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
 
Developing a provision for income taxes, including the effective tax rate and the analysis of potential tax exposure items, if any, requires significant judgment and expertise in federal and state income tax laws, regulations and strategies, including the determination of deferred tax assets. The Company’s judgment and tax strategies are subject to audit by various taxing authorities.
 
Research and Development Expenses
 
Research and development expenses include costs associated with the design, development, testing, enhancement and regulatory approval of the Company’s products. Research and development expenses include employee compensation, including stock-based compensation, supplies and materials, consulting expenses, travel and facilities overhead. The Company also incurs significant expenses to operate clinical trails, including trial design, third-party fees, clinical site reimbursement, data management and travel expenses. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
Financial statements that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and short-term investments balances primarily with two financial institutions. At times, these balances exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk in cash and cash equivalents.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their short maturities.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Effective July 1, 2006, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , as interpreted by SAB No. 107, using the prospective application method, to account for stock-based compensation expense associated with the issuance of stock options to employees and directors on or after July 1, 2006. The unvested compensation costs at July 1, 2006, which relate to grants of options that occurred prior to the date of adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), will continue to be accounted for under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . SFAS No. 123(R) requires the Company to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments computed at the date of grant. The fair value of all employee and director stock option awards is expensed in the consolidated statements of operations over the related vesting period of the options. The Company calculated the fair value on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes model.
 
For all options granted prior to July 1, 2006, in accordance with the provisions of APB No. 25, compensation costs for stock options granted to employees were measured at the excess, if any, of the value of the Company’s stock at the date of the grant over the amount an employee would have to pay to acquire the stock.
 
As a result of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on July 1, 2006, net loss for the year ended June 30, 2007 and for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited), was $390, $11 and $350, respectively, higher than if the Company had continued to account for stock-based compensation consistent with prior years. This expense is included in general and administrative and research and development expenses. Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements contains the significant assumptions used in determining the underlying fair value of options.
 
Preferred Stock
 
In fiscal 2007, with the sale of the Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company began recording the current estimated fair value of its redeemable convertible preferred stock based on the fair market value of that stock as determined by management and the Board of Directors. In accordance with Accounting Series Release No. 268, Presentation in Financial Statements of “Redeemable Preferred Stocks,” and EITF Abstracts, Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities , the Company records changes in the current fair value of its redeemable convertible preferred stock in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ (deficiency) equity and comprehensive (loss) income and consolidated statements of operations as accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock.
 
Preferred Stock Warrants
 
Freestanding warrants and other similar instruments related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity , and its related interpretations. Under SFAS No. 150, the freestanding warrant that is related to the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited). The warrant is subject to remeasurement at each


F-11


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of interest (expense) income. Fair value on the grant date is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and similar underlying assumptions consistent with the issuance of stock option awards. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidity event, including the completion of an initial public offering with gross cash proceeds to the Company of at least $40,000 (“Qualified IPO”), at which time all preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified to equity.
 
Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
Comprehensive (loss) income for the Company includes net (loss) income and unrealized (loss) gain on short-term investments that are charged or credited to comprehensive (loss) income. These amounts are presented in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ (deficiency) equity and comprehensive (loss) income.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting treatment (recognition and measurement) for an income tax position taken in a tax return and recognized in a company’s financial statement. The new standard also contains guidance on “de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.” The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. Previously, the Company had accounted for tax contingencies in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies . As required by FIN 48, which clarifies SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, the Company applied FIN 48 to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. The Company did not record any adjustment to the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits or accumulated deficit for the cumulative effect of the adoption of FIN 48.
 
In addition, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of July 1, 2007 was zero. There have been no material changes in unrecognized tax benefits since July 1, 2007, and the Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. The Company did not have an accrual for the payment of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as of July 1, 2007.
 
The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This standard clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. Additionally, it establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop these assumptions. This standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with the exception of the implementation of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinanical assets and liabilities which was deferred to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
evaluating the impact of this statement, but believes the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will not have a material impact on its financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . This standard provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted for an entity that has also elected to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 157. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this statement, but believes the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will not have a material impact on its financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 . The revised standards continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting. SFAS 141(R) will significantly change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods including the accounting for contingent consideration. SFAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. SFAS 141(R) and SFAS 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 with SFAS 141(R) to be applied prospectively while SFAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of SFAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of these statements, but believes the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 will not have a material impact on its financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
2.   Selected Consolidated Financial Statement Information
 
                         
    June 30,     September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2007  
                (unaudited)  
 
Inventories
                       
Raw materials
  $ 220     $ 513     $ 1,761  
Work in process
    65       134       304  
Finished goods
    443       403       507  
                         
    $ 728     $ 1,050     $ 2,572  
                         
 


F-13


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
                         
    June 30,     September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2007  
                (unaudited)  
 
Property and equipment
                       
Equipment
  $ 379     $ 804     $ 974  
Furniture
    53       85       97  
Leasehold improvements
    6       14       39  
                         
      438       903       1,110  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (165 )     (318 )     (365 )
                         
    $ 273     $ 585     $ 745  
                         
Patents
                       
Patents
  $ 932     $ 990     $ 990  
Less: Accumulated amortization
    (333 )     (378 )     (392 )
                         
    $ 599     $ 612     $ 598  
                         
 
As of September 30, 2007, future estimated amortization of patents and patent licenses will be (unaudited):
 
         
Nine months ending June 30, 2008
  $   31  
2009
    45  
2010
    45  
2011
    45  
2012
    45  
Thereafter
    387  
         
    $   598  
         
 
This future amortization expense is an estimate. Actual amounts may change these estimated amounts due to additional intangible asset acquisitions, potential impairment, accelerated amortization or other events.
 
                         
    June 30,     September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2007  
                (unaudited)  
 
Accrued expenses
                       
Salaries and related expenses
  $   309     $   748     $   703  
Commissions
                668  
Accrued interest
    48              
                         
    $   357     $   748     $   1,371  
                         
 
3.   Convertible Promissory Notes
 
At various dates in fiscal 2006 and 2007, the Company obtained $3,084 in financing from the issuance of convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”) that accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum. Under the terms of the

F-14


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
Notes, interest and principal were due on February 28, 2009, unless earlier prepaid or converted into Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. The interest and principal of the notes convert at the per share price of any future offerings. On July 19, 2006, all Notes and accrued interest were converted into the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note 9).
 
4.   Common Stock Warrants
 
In fiscal 2007, the Company issued warrants to purchase 131,349 shares of common stock at $5.71 per share to agents in connection with the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock offering. The warrants expire seven years after issuance and are exercisable immediately. The warrants were assigned a value of $99 for accounting purposes.
 
In fiscal 2005, 2006 and 2007, the Company issued warrants to purchase 3,500, 6,400 and 6,000, shares of common stock, respectively, to consultants resulting in expense for services of $13, $31 and $4, for each period. The warrants granted to consultants in 2006 and 2007 were 50% immediately exercisable and 50% exercisable one year from the date of issuance. In addition, during fiscal 2005, the Company issued warrants to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share to two directors for services provided. The following summarizes common stock warrant activity:
 
                 
          Price
 
    Warrants
    Range
 
    Outstanding     per Share  
 
Warrants outstanding at June 30, 2004
    219,675     $ 1.00-$5.00  
Warrants issued
    43,500     $ 6.00  
Warrants exercised
    (3,250 )   $ 1.00  
                 
Warrants outstanding at June 30, 2005
    259,925     $ 1.00-$6.00  
Warrants issued
    6,400     $ 8.00  
Warrants expired
    (3,600 )   $ 5.00  
                 
Warrants outstanding at June 30, 2006
    262,725     $ 1.00-$8.00  
Warrants issued
    137,349     $ 5.71  
Warrants exercised
    (3,250 )   $ 1.00  
                 
Warrants outstanding at June 30, 2007
    396,824     $ 1.00-$8.00  
                 
Warrants outstanding at September 30, 2007 (unaudited)
    396,824     $ 1.00-$8.00  
                 
 
Warrants have exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $8.00 and are immediately exercisable, unless noted above. There were no warrants issued or exercised for the three months ended September 30, 2007 (unaudited). The


F-15


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
following assumptions were utilized in determining the fair value of warrants issued under the Black-Scholes model:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007  
 
Weighted average fair value of warrants granted
  $      3.62     $      4.90     $ 0.69-$0.76  
Risk-free interest rates
    3.56 %     4.34 %     4.70%-5.02 %
Expected life
    5 years       5 years       5-7 years  
Expected volatility
    70.0 %     70.0 %     44.9%-45.1 %
Expected dividends
    None       None       None  
 
5.   Stock Options
 
The Company has a 1991 Stock Option Plan (the “1991 Plan”) and a 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Plan”) (collectively the “Plans”) under which options to purchase common stock of the Company have been awarded to employees, directors and consultants at exercise prices determined by the Board of Directors. The Plans permit the granting of incentive stock options and nonqualified options. A total of 750,000 shares were originally reserved for issuance under the 1991 Plan, but with the execution of the 2003 Plan no additional options were granted under it. A total of 3,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan. All options granted under the Plans become exercisable over periods established at the date of grant. The option exercise price is generally not less than the estimated fair market values of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s management and Board of Directors. In addition, the Company has granted nonqualified stock options to employees, directors and consultants outside of the Plans.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
Stock option activity is as follows:
 
                         
                Weighted
 
    Shares
    Number
    Average
 
    Available
    of
    Exercise
 
    for Grant (a)     Options (b)     Price  
 
Options outstanding at June 30, 2004
    127,751       1,470,360     $ 3.06  
Shares reserved
    1,000,000                
Options granted
    (181,500 )     181,500     $ 6.00  
Options forfeited or expired
    51,499       (100,999 )   $ 7.28  
                         
Options outstanding at June 30, 2005
    997,750       1,550,861     $ 3.12  
Options granted
    (484,500 )     484,500     $ 7.53  
Options forfeited or expired
    113,500       (213,500 )   $ 2.96  
                         
Options outstanding at June 30, 2006
    626,750       1,821,861     $ 3.91  
Shares reserved
    2,500,000                
Options granted
    (2,624,850 )     2,624,850     $ 5.64  
Options exercised
          (65,000 )   $ 1.00  
Options forfeited or expired
    79,850       (94,850 )   $ 1.04  
                         
Options outstanding at June 30, 2007
    581,750       4,286,861     $ 4.96  
Options granted
    (402,500 )     402,500     $ 5.11  
Options exercised
          (26,667 )   $ 6.00  
Options forfeited or expired
    63,333       (63,333 )   $ 5.68  
                         
Options outstanding at September 30, 2007 (unaudited)
    242,583       4,599,361     $ 4.95  
                         
 
 
(a)  Excludes the effect of options granted, exercised, forfeited or expired related to activity from the 1991 Plan and options granted outside the stock option plans described above.
(b)  Includes the effect of options granted, exercised, forfeited or expired from the 1991 Plan, 2003 Plan and options granted outside the stock option plans described above.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options granted during the year ended June 30, 2007 and for the three months ended September 30, 2007 (unaudited):
 
                         
    Number
          Estimated
 
    of Shares
          Fair Value
 
    Subject to
    Exercise
    of Common
 
Grant Date   Options     Price     Stock  
 
July 1, 2006
    132,000     $   5.71     $   2.43  
July 17, 2006
    230,000     $ 5.71     $ 2.43  
August 15, 2006
    239,500     $ 5.71     $ 2.43  
October 3, 2006
    375,000     $ 5.71     $ 2.58  
December 19, 2006
    446,100     $ 5.71     $ 2.79  
February 14, 2007
    48,000     $ 5.71     $ 3.58  
February 15, 2007
    540,000     $ 5.71     $ 3.58  
April 18, 2007
    299,250     $ 5.71     $ 4.63  
June 12, 2007
    315,000     $ 5.11     $ 5.95  
August 7, 2007
    402,500     $ 5.11     $ 5.95  
 
Options outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 2007, were as follows:
 
                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
          Remaining
                   
          Weighted
    Weighted
          Weighted
 
    Number of
    Average
    Average
    Number of
    Average
 
Range of
  Outstanding
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Exercisable
    Exercise
 
Exercise Prices   Shares     Life (Years)     Price     Shares     Price  
 
$  1.00
    845,000       0.48     $ 1.00       845,000     $ 1.00  
$  5.00
    174,000       1.05     $ 5.00       174,000     $ 5.00  
$  5.11
    315,000       9.96     $ 5.11           $ 5.11  
$  5.71
    2,366,750       6.03     $ 5.71       286,222     $ 5.71  
$  6.00
    230,500       2.17     $ 6.00       209,168     $ 6.00  
$  8.00
    307,000       3.33     $ 8.00       157,666     $ 8.00  
$12.00
    48,611       8.76     $ 12.00       48,611     $ 12.00  
                                         
      4,286,861       4.65     $ 4.96       1,720,667     $ 3.75  
                                         
 
Options issued to employees and directors that are vested or expected to vest at June 30, 2007, were as follows:
 
                                 
          Remaining
             
          Weighted
    Weighted
       
          Average
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Number of
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Intrinsic
 
   
Shares
    Life (Years)     Price     Value  
 
Options vested or expected to vest
    4,072,518       4.65     $ 4.96     $ 4,922  


F-18


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
Options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2007 (unaudited), were as follows:
 
                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
          Remaining
                   
          Weighted
    Weighted
          Weighted
 
    Number of
    Average
    Average
    Number of
    Average
 
Range of
  Outstanding
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Exercisable
    Exercise
 
Exercise Prices   Shares     Life (Years)     Price     Shares     Price  
 
$  1.00
    845,000       0.23     $ 1.00       845,000     $ 1.00  
$  5.00
    174,000       0.80     $ 5.00       174,000     $ 5.00  
$  5.11
    712,500       9.79     $ 5.11       10,000     $ 5.11  
$  5.71
    2,311,750       5.82     $ 5.71       490,554     $ 5.71  
$  6.00
    200,500       1.96     $ 6.00       185,334     $ 6.00  
$  8.00
    307,000       3.08     $ 8.00       161,999     $ 8.00  
$12.00
    48,611       8.51     $ 12.00       48,611     $ 12.00  
                                         
      4,599,361       4.90     $ 4.95       1,915,498     $ 3.95  
                                         
 
Options issued to employees and directors that are vested or expected to vest at September 30, 2007, were as follows:
 
                         
        Remaining
       
        Weighted
  Weighted
   
        Average
  Average
  Aggregate
    Number of
  Contractual
  Exercise
  Intrinsic
    Shares   Life (Years)   Price   Value
 
Options vested or expected to vest
    4,369,393     4.90   $ 4.95   $ 10,901
 
Effective July 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the prospective application method. Under this method, as of July 1, 2006, the Company has applied the provisions of this statement to new and modified awards. The adoption of this pronouncement had no effect on net loss in fiscal 2005 or 2006.
 
An additional requirement of SFAS No. 123(R) is that estimated pre-vesting forfeitures be considered in determining compensation expense. As previously permitted, the Company recorded forfeitures when they occurred for pro forma presentation purposes. As of July 1, 2006, the Company estimated its forfeiture rate at 5.0% per annum. As of June 30, 2007 and for the three months ended September 30, 2007 (unaudited), the total compensation cost for nonvested awards not yet recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was $2,367 and $3,149, respectively, net of the effect of estimated forfeitures. These amounts are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.72 and 2.62 years, respectively.
 
Options typically vest over three years. An employee’s unvested options are forfeited when employment is terminated; vested options must be exercised at termination to avoid forfeiture. The Company determines the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The estimated fair value of options, including the effect of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting periods.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
The following assumptions were used in determining the fair value of stock options granted under the Black-Scholes model:
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Weighted average fair value of options granted
  $      0.79     $      1.16     $      1.07     $      0.32     $      3.16  
Risk-free interest rates
    3.56%-3.64 %     3.71%-4.77 %     4.56%-5.18 %     5.02 %     4.63 %
Expected life
    4-6 years       4 years       3.5-6 years       3.5 years       6 years  
Expected volatility
    None       None       43.8%-45.1 %     44.9 %     43.2 %
Expected dividends
    None       None       None       None       None  
 
The risk-free interest rate for periods within the five and ten year contractual life of the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the grant date and the expected option life of 3.5 to 6 years. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the stock of companies within our peer group. Generally, the 3.5 to 6 year expected life of stock options granted to employees represents the weighted average of the result of the “simplified” method applied to “plain vanilla” options granted during the period, as provided within SAB No. 107.
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock award is the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the award. The aggregate intrinsic value for outstanding options at June 30, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), was $4,869, $1,301, $5,181 and $11,475, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for exercisable options at June 30, 2005, 2006, and 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), was $3,351, $1,301, $4,417 and $6,869, respectively. The total aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the three months ended September 30, 2007 (unaudited), was negligible. Shares supporting option exercises are sourced from new share issuances.
 
2007 Equity Incentive Plan
 
On December 6, 2007, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The 2007 Plan allows for the granting of up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock as approved by the Board of Directors in the form of nonqualified or incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance share awards, performance unit awards or stock appreciation right to officers, directors, consultants and employees of the Company. The 2007 Plan also includes a renewal provision whereby the number of shares shall automatically be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning July 1, 2008, and ending July 1, 2017, by the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 shares, (ii) 5% of the outstanding common shares on such date, or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the Board of Directors. The Company has granted stock options and restricted stock awards in the amount of 2,190,489 shares of common stock under the 2007 Plan.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
6.   Income Taxes
 
The components of the Company’s overall deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets
               
Stock-based compensation
  $     $ 76  
Accrued expenses
    68       54  
Inventories
    50       226  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    10,473       16,524  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    10,591       16,880  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Accrued rent
    (32 )     (24 )
Accelerated depreciation and amortization
    (1 )     (15 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (33 )     (39 )
                 
Valuation allowance
    (10,558 )     (16,841 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $  
                 
 
The Company has established valuation allowances to fully offset its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty about the Company’s ability to generate the future taxable income necessary to realize these deferred assets, particularly in light of the Company’s historical losses. The future use of net operating loss carryforwards is dependent on the Company attaining profitable operations, and will be limited in any one year under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”) due to significant ownership changes, as defined under the Code Section, as a result of the Company’s equity financings.
 
At June 30, 2007, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax reporting purposes of approximately $40,820 which will expire at various dates through fiscal 2027.
 
7.   Commitment and Contingencies
 
Operating Lease
 
The Company leases manufacturing and office space under a lease agreement which expires on November 30, 2012. Rental expenses were $78, $201 and $341 for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and


F-21


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
$80 and $132 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited), respectively. Future minimum lease payments under the agreement are as follows:
 
         
Nine months ended June 30, 2008
  $ 297  
2009
    451  
2010
    460  
2011
    470  
2012
    476  
Thereafter
    202  
         
    $ 2,356  
         
 
8.   Employee Benefits
 
The Company offers a 401(k) plan to its employees. Eligible employees may authorize up to $16 of their annual compensation as a contribution to the plan, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. The plan also allows eligible employees over 50 years old to contribute an additional $5 subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. All employees must be at least 21 years of age to participate in the plan. The Company did not provide any employer matching contributions for the periods ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 or for the three months ended September 30, 2007 (unaudited).
 
9.   Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants
 
During the period from July 2006 to October 2006, the Company completed the sale of 4,728,547 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value, at a purchase price of $5.71 per share for a total of $27,000. In addition, Series A convertible preferred stock warrants were issued to purchase 671,453 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with the sale of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Series A convertible preferred stock warrants have a purchase price of $5.71 per share with a five-year term and were assigned an initial value of $1,767 for accounting purposes using the Black-Scholes model. The change in value of the Series A convertible preferred stock warrants due to accretion as a result of remeasurement was $1,327, $(59) and $300 as of June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited), respectively, and is included in interest (expense) income on the consolidated statements of operations. The Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock offering included the conversion of $3,145 of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest previously sold by the Company at various dates in fiscal 2006 and 2007 (Note 3).
 
In connection with the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock offering, the Company incurred offering costs of $1,742 and issued warrants to purchase 131,349 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $5.71 with a term of seven years. The warrants were assigned a value of $99 for accounting purposes (Note 4).
 
As of June 30, 2007, the Company had sold 977,046 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value, at a purchase price of $8.50 per share for total proceeds of $8,271, net of offering costs of $34. During the period from July 2007 to September 2007, the Company sold an additional 1,211,379 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for total proceeds of $10,286, net of offering costs of $10.
 
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements as of June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited), the Company’s management and Board of Directors established what it believes to be a fair market value of the Company’s Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. This determination was based on concurrent significant stock transactions with third parties and a variety of factors,


F-22


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
including the Company’s business milestones achieved and future financial projections, the Company’s position in the industry relative to its competitors, external factors impacting the value of the Company in its marketplace, the stock volatility of comparable companies in its industry, general economic trends and the application of various valuation methodologies.
 
Changes in the current market value of the Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are recorded as accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock and as accumulated deficit in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ (deficiency) equity and in the consolidated statements of operations as accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock.
 
The rights, privileges and preferences of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:
 
Dividends
 
The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of 8% of the original purchase price. All dividends shall accrue, whether or not earned or declared, and whether or not the Company has legally available funds. All such dividends shall be cumulative and shall be payable only (i) when and as declared by the Board of Directors, (ii) upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company and (iii) upon redemption of the Preferred Stock by the Company. As of June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited), $2,034, $398 and $2,714, respectively, of dividends had accumulated but had not yet been declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, or paid by the Company as of such respective dates. The holders of the Preferred Stock have the right to participate in dividends with the common shareholders on an as converted basis.
 
Conversion
 
The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the right to convert, at their option, their shares into common stock on a share for share basis (subject to adjustments for events of dilution). Each preferred share shall be automatically converted into unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock without any Company action, thereby providing conversion of all preferred shares, upon the approval of a majority of the preferred shareholders or upon the completion of an underwritten public offering of the Company’s shares, pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of which the aggregate proceeds to the Company exceed $40,000, or a Qualified Public Offering. Upon conversion, each share of the preferred stock shall be converted into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment as defined in the preferred stock sale agreement), dividends will no longer accumulate, and previously accumulated, undeclared and unpaid dividends will not be payable by the Company.
 
In the event the holders of the Preferred Stock elect to convert their preferred shares into shares of common stock, and those holders request that the Company register those shares of common stock, the Company is obligated to use its best efforts to effect a registration of the Company’s common shares. In the event that the common shares are not registered, the Company is not subject to financial penalties.
 
Redemption
 
The Company shall not have the right to call or redeem at any time any shares of Preferred Stock. Holders of Preferred Stock shall have the right to require the Company to redeem in cash, 30% of the original amount on the fifth year anniversary of the Purchase Agreement, 30% after the sixth year and 40% after the seventh year. The price the Company shall pay for the redeemed shares shall be the greater of (i) the price per share paid for the Preferred


F-23


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
Stock, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends; or (ii) the fair market value of the Preferred Stock at the time of redemption as determined by a professional appraiser.
 
Liquidation
 
In the event of any liquidation or winding up of the Company, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) the price paid for the preferred shares, plus (ii) all dividends accrued and unpaid before any payments shall be made to holders of stock junior to the preferred stock. The remaining net assets of the Company, if any, would be distributed to the holders of preferred and common stock based on their ownership amounts assuming the conversion of the preferred stock. The amount is limited based on the overall return on investment earned by the preferred stock holders. At June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), the liquidation value of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock was $29,034 and $29,586, respectively, and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock were $8,305 and $18,730, respectively.
 
Voting Rights
 
The holders of Preferred Stock have the right to vote on all actions to be taken by the Company based on such number of votes per share as shall equal the number of shares of common stock into which each share of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock is then convertible. The holders of Preferred Stock also have the right to designate, and have designated, two individuals to the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
Registration Rights
 
Pursuant to the terms of an investor rights agreement dated July 19, 2006, entered into with certain holders of the preferred stock and the holder of a warrant to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock if, at any time after the earlier of four years after the date of the agreement or six months after the Company’s IPO, the Company receives a written request from the holders of a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding, the Company has agreed to file up to three registration statements on Form S-3.
 
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
On December 17, 2007, the Company completed the sale of 2,162,150 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $9.25 per share for total proceeds of $19,950, net of estimated offering costs of $50. The Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock have the same terms as the Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, except to the extent of differences in liquidation rights resulting from a different purchase price per share. The Company believes that the conversion price of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock at $9.25 per share represents or exceeds the fair value of the Company’s common stock at issuance.
 
10.   Legal Matters
 
The Company is, from time to time, subject to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. There were no matters, as of June 30, 2007 or September 30, 2007, that, in the opinion of management, might have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(Information presented as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006
and 2007, is unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 
11.   Earnings Per Share
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations:
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Numerator
                                       
Net loss available in basic calculation
  $ 3,511     $ 4,895     $ 15,596     $ 1,329     $ 7,441  
Plus: Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
                16,835       3,878       4,853 (a)
                                         
Loss available to common stock- holders plus assumed conversions
  $ 3,511     $ 4,895     $ 32,431     $ 5,207     $ 12,294  
                                         
Denominator
                                       
Weighted average common shares — basic
    5,779,942       6,183,715       6,214,820       6,199,204       6,291,512 (b)
Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants
                            (c)
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted
    5,779,942       6,183,715       6,214,820       6,199,204       6,291,512  
                                         
Loss per common share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.61 )   $ (0.79 )   $ (5.22 )   $ (0.84 )   $ (1.95 )
                                         
 
 
(a) The calculation for accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock marks the redeemable convertible preferred stock to fair value, which equals or exceeds the amount of any undeclared dividends on the redeemable convertible preferred stock.
(b) At June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, 259,925, 262,725 and 1,068,277 warrants, respectively, and at September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited), 1,015,790 and 1,068,277 warrants, respectively, were outstanding. The effect of the shares that would be issued upon exercise of these options has been excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share because those shares are anti-dilutive.
(c) At June 30, 2005, 2006, and 2007, 1,550,861, 1,821,861 and 4,286,861 stock options, respectively, and at September 30, 2006 and 2007 (unaudited), 2,411,361 and 4,599,361 stock options, respectively, were outstanding. The effect of the shares that would be issued upon exercise of these options has been excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share because those shares are anti-dilutive.
 
12.   Authorized Shares
 
On December 6, 2007, the shareholders of the Company approved the increase of authorized shares of common stock to 70,000,000 shares and undesignated shares of 5,000,000.


F-25


Table of Contents

           Shares
 
 
(COMPANY LOGO)
 
Common Stock
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
Morgan Stanley Citi
 
 
 
 
William Blair & Company
 
          , 2008


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance And Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
 
         
    Amount  
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 3,390  
FINRA filing fee
    9,125  
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
    100,000  
Blue sky fees and expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Printing expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
         
Total
    *  
         
 
 
To be filed by amendment
 
ITEM 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Section 302A.521, subd. 2, of the Minnesota Statutes requires that we indemnify a person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of the former or present official capacity of the person with respect to our company, against judgments, penalties, fines, including, without limitation, excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan, settlements and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding with respect to the same acts or omissions if such person (i) has not been indemnified by another organization or employee benefit plan for the same judgments, penalties or fines, (ii) acted in good faith, (iii) received no improper personal benefit, and statutory procedure has been followed in the case of any conflict of interest by a director, (iv) in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful, and (v) in the case of acts or omissions occurring in the person’s performance in the official capacity of director or, for a person not a director, in the official capacity of officer, board committee member or employee, reasonably believed that the conduct was in the best interests of our company, or, in the case of performance by one of our directors, officers or employees involving service as our director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another organization or employee benefit plan, reasonably believed that the conduct was not opposed to the best interests of our company. In addition, Section 302A.521, subd. 3, requires payment by us, upon written request, of reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of the proceeding in certain instances. A decision as to required indemnification is made by a disinterested majority of our board of directors present at a meeting at which a disinterested quorum is present, or by a designated committee of the board, by special legal counsel, by the shareholders or by a court.
 
Our bylaws provide that we shall indemnify each of our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permissible by Minnesota law, as detailed above. We also maintain a director and officer liability insurance policy to cover us, our directors and our officers against certain liabilities.
 
In addition, the Investor’s Rights Agreement we entered into with our preferred shareholders obligates us to indemnify such shareholders requesting or joining in a registration and each underwriter of the securities so registered, as well as each other person who controls such party, against any loss, claim, damage or liability arising


II-1


Table of Contents

out of or based on any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of any material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or other related document or any omission, or alleged omission, to state any material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements not misleading.
 
The form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), or otherwise.
 
ITEM 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
Option Grants and Option Exercises
 
Since December 1, 2004, we have granted options to purchase 4,866,850 shares of our common stock to our directors, officers and employees under our two incentive plans, at exercise prices ranging from $5.11 to $8.00 per share. During the same period, we issued and sold 459,167 unregistered shares of our common stock pursuant to option exercises at prices ranging from $1.00 to $6.00 per share. These grants and sales were made in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
On December 12, 2007, we granted 204,338 shares of restricted stock to our employees under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. These grants were made in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
 
Sales of Shares and Warrants
 
Since January 2, 2004 through the date hereof, we completed offerings of our common stock, Series A, Series A-1 and Series B convertible preferred stock, and warrants to purchase our Series A convertible preferred stock. Except where otherwise noted, none of the transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts, or commissions or any public offering. We believe that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, based on the limited number of offerees in any such offering, representations and warranties made by such offerees in the particular transactions, or the identity of such offerees as either accredited investors or our executive officers or directors.
 
  •  Between November 13, 2007 and December 17, 2007, we raised $20 million in gross proceeds and sold 2,162,150 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.25 per share to 89 accredited investors.
 
  •  Between May 16, 2007 and September 19, 2007, we raised $18.6 million in gross proceeds and sold 2,188,425 shares of our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.50 per share to 192 accredited investors.
 
  •  Between July 19, 2006 and October 3, 2006, we raised $27 million in gross proceeds and sold 4,728,547 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 671,453 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.71 per unit to 44 accredited investors. In connection with the Series A offering, we paid a sales agent fee of $1,525,653 plus expenses and issued warrants to purchase 131,349 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.71 per share.
 
  •  Between April 15, 2005 and August 25, 2005, we raised $3.6 million in gross proceeds and sold 452,500 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $8.00 per share to 27 accredited investors.
 
  •  Between January 2, 2004 and March 2, 2005, we raised $3.6 million in gross proceeds and sold 600,504 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $6.00 per share to 42 accredited investors.


II-2


Table of Contents

 
Warrant Exercises
 
Since December 1, 2004, we issued and sold 27,100 unregistered shares of our common stock and 15,014 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock pursuant to warrant exercises at prices ranging from $1.00 to $8.00 per share. These sales were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
Convertible Promissory Notes
 
Between February 10, 2006 and July 10, 2006, we borrowed $3,083,600 through the issuance of 8% convertible promissory notes to 40 accredited investors. These notes were converted into a combination of Series A convertible preferred stock and Series A warrants as part of the 2006 Series A transaction described above in the section “Sales of Shares and Warrants.” We believe that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, based on the limited number of offerees in any such offering, representations and warranties made by such offerees in the particular transactions, or the identity of such offerees as either accredited investors or our executive officers or directors.
 
ITEM 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(A)   EXHIBITS.
 
         
Exhibit No.   Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bylaws.
  4 .1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the registrant.
  4 .2   Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated July 19, 2006, by and among the shareholders party thereto and the registrant.
  4 .3   Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated October 3, 2006.
  4 .4   Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated September 19, 2007.
  4 .5   Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated December 17, 2007.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
  10 .1   2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .2   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .3   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .4   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .5   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .6   Form of Performance Share Award under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .7   Form of Performance Unit Award under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .8   Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .9   2003 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .10   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .11   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .12   1991 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .13   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement outside the 1991 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .14   Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2006, by and between the registrant and David L. Martin.**
  10 .15   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated May 31, 2003, by and between the registrant and Michael J. Kallok.**


II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.   Description
 
  10 .16   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2007, by and between the registrant and Michael J. Kallok.**
  10 .17   Form of Standard Employment Agreement.**
  10 .18   Lease, dated September 26, 2005, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  10 .19   First Amendment to the Lease, dated February 20, 2007, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  10 .20   Second Amendment to the Lease, dated March 9, 2007, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  10 .21   Third Amendment to the Lease, dated September 26, 2007, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23 .2*   Consent of Fredrikson & Byron, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page).
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
** Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
(B)   FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the financial statements or related notes.
 
ITEM 17.   Undertakings.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered, and the offering of these securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering.

II-4


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date that it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of a registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or a prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering, containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities, provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of St. Paul, State of Minnesota on this 22 nd day of January, 2008.
 
Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/   David L. Martin
David L. Martin
President, Chief Executive Officer and
  Interim Chief Financial Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints David L. Martin and James E. Flaherty, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement filed herewith and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments and any related registration statements thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462 and otherwise), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature   Title   Date
 
         
/s/   David L. Martin

David L. Martin
  President, Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer), Interim Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer) and Director   January 22, 2008
         
/s/   Glen D. Nelson, M.D.

Glen D. Nelson, M.D.
  Chairman of the Board and Director   January 22, 2008
         
/s/   Brent G. Blackey

Brent G. Blackey
  Director   January 22, 2008
         
/s/   John H. Friedman

John H. Friedman
  Director   January 22, 2008
         
/s/   Geoffrey O. Hartzler, M.D.

Geoffrey O. Hartzler, M.D.
  Director   January 22, 2008
         
/s/   Roger J. Howe, Ph.D.

Roger J. Howe, Ph.D.
  Director   January 22, 2008


Table of Contents

             
Signature   Title   Date
 
         
/s/   Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D.

Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D.
  Chief Scientific Officer and Director   January 22, 2008
         
/s/   Gary M. Petrucci

Gary M. Petrucci
  Director   January 22, 2008
         
/s/   Christy Wyskiel

Christy Wyskiel
  Director   January 22, 2008


Table of Contents

CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.   Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bylaws.
  4 .1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the registrant.
  4 .2   Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated July 19, 2006, by and among the shareholders party thereto and the registrant.
  4 .3   Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated October 3, 2006.
  4 .4   Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated September 19, 2007.
  4 .5   Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated December 17, 2007.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
  10 .1   2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .2   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .3   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .4   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .5   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .6   Form of Performance Share Award under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .7   Form of Performance Unit Award under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .8   Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.**
  10 .9   2003 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .10   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .11   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .12   1991 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .13   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement outside the 1991 Stock Option Plan.**
  10 .14   Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2006, by and between the registrant and David L. Martin.**
  10 .15   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated May 31, 2003, by and between the registrant and Michael J. Kallok.**
  10 .16   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2007, by and between the registrant and Michael J. Kallok.**
  10 .17   Form of Standard Employment Agreement.**
  10 .18   Lease, dated September 26, 2005, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  10 .19   First Amendment to the Lease, dated February 20, 2007, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  10 .20   Second Amendment to the Lease, dated March 9, 2007, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  10 .21   Third Amendment to the Lease, dated September 26, 2007, by and between the registrant and Industrial Equities Group LLC.
  23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23 .2*   Consent of Fredrikson & Byron, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page).
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
** Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

EXHIBIT 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
     The undersigned hereby certifies that the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. in the form attached hereto as Attachment A were duly adopted by the shareholders pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Chapter 302A.
     I swear that the foregoing is true and accurate and that I have the authority to sign this document on behalf of the corporation.
Dated: December 10, 2007
         
     
  /s/ James E. Flaherty    
  James E. Flaherty   
  Chief Financial Officer   
 

 


 

ATTACHMENT A
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
ARTICLE 1 — NAME
     1.1) The name of the corporation shall be Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
ARTICLE 2 — REGISTERED OFFICE
     2.1) The registered office of the corporation is located at 651 Campus Drive, St. Paul, Minnesota 55112.
ARTICLE 3 — CAPITAL STOCK
     3.1) Authorized Shares; Establishment of Classes and Series . The aggregate number of shares the corporation has authority to issue shall be 84,750,587 shares, which shall have a par value of $.01 per share solely for the purpose of a statute or regulation imposing a tax or fee based upon the capitalization of the corporation, and which shall consist of 70,000,000 common shares, 5,400,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Stock”), 2,188,425 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A- Stock”), and 2,162,162 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”), which shall have the rights and preferences as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, and 5,000,000 undesignated shares. The Board of Directors of the corporation is authorized to establish from the undesignated shares, by resolution adopted and filed in the manner provided by law, one or more classes or series of shares, to designate each such class or series (which may include but is not limited to designation as additional common shares), and to fix the relative rights and preferences of each such class or series.
     3.2) Issuance of Shares . The Board of Directors of the corporation is authorized from time to time to accept subscriptions for, issue, sell and deliver shares of any class or series of the corporation to such persons, at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine, establishing a price in money or other consideration, or a minimum price, or a general formula or method by which the price will be determined.
     3.3) Issuance of Rights to Purchase Shares . The Board of Directors is further authorized from time to time to grant and issue rights to subscribe for, purchase, exchange securities for, or convert securities into, shares of the corporation of any class or series, and to fix the terms, provisions and conditions of such rights, including the exchange or conversion basis or the price at which such shares may be purchased or subscribed for.

 


 

ARTICLE 4 — RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     4.1) No Preemptive Rights . No shares of any class or series of the corporation shall entitle the holders to any preemptive rights to subscribe for or purchase additional shares of that class or series or any other class or series of the corporation now or hereafter authorized or issued.
     4.2) No Cumulative Voting Rights . There shall be no cumulative voting by the shareholders of the corporation.
ARTICLE 5 — MERGER, EXCHANGE, SALE OF ASSETS AND DISSOLUTION
     5.1) Where approval of shareholders is required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote shall be required to authorize the corporation (i) to merge into or with one or more other corporations, (ii) to exchange its shares for shares of one or more other corporations, (iii) to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets, including its good will, or (iv) to commence voluntary dissolution.
ARTICLE 6 — AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
     6.1) After the issuance of shares by the corporation, any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation may be amended, altered, changed or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote or such greater percentage as may be otherwise prescribed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.
ARTICLE 7 — LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY
     7.1) To the fullest extent permitted by Chapter 302A, Minnesota Statutes, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

- 2 -


 

EXHIBIT A
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
TERMS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
     The Series A Stock, Series A-1 Stock, and Series B Stock, referred to collectively herein as the “Preferred Stock,” have the following rights and preferences.
     1.  Voting .
          1A. General . Except as may be otherwise provided in these terms of Preferred Stock or by law, the Preferred Stock shall vote together with all other classes and series of stock of the corporation as a single class on all actions to be taken by the shareholders of the corporation. Each share of Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to such number of votes per share on each such action as shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible. In the event each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into a number of shares of Common Stock including a fraction, each holder shall be entitled to vote the sum of fractions of a share to which the holder is entitled, rounded down to the nearest whole number.
          1B. Board Size. Subject to the provisions of Section 1C below, the Corporation shall not, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P. (“EHCP”) and Easton Capital Partners, LP (“ECP” and together with EHCP, “Easton”) and by Maverick Fund LDC, Maverick Fund USA, Ltd., and Maverick Fund II, Ltd. (collectively, “Maverick”) given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as one class, increase the maximum number of directors constituting the Board of Directors to a number in excess of nine (9).
          1C. Board Seats .
          (a) So long at least 20% of the shares of the Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding, the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the corporation (the “Preferred Stock Directors”), one of whom shall be designated by Easton (the “Easton Director”) and one of whom shall be designated by Maverick (the “Maverick Director”). At such time as the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding drops below 20%, but is not less than 10%, of the shares of Preferred Stock originally issued, the holders of the remaining outstanding Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the corporation. If and when the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding falls below 10% of the shares originally issued, the holders of the remaining outstanding Preferred Stock shall have no rights to elect a director voting separately as a class. At any meeting (or in a written consent in lieu thereof) held for the purpose of electing directors, the presence in person or by proxy (or the written consent) of the holders of at least a two-thirds interest of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall constitute a quorum of the Preferred Stock for the election of directors to be

 


 

elected solely by the holders of the Preferred Stock. A vacancy in any directorship elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be filled only by vote or written consent of the holders of the Preferred Stock, consenting or voting, as the case may be, separately as one class. The directors to be elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, shall serve for terms extending from the date of their election and qualification until the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified. Unless otherwise approved by the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as one class, the Board of Directors shall include the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and three (3) non-employee directors with relevant industry experience reasonably acceptable to the Preferred Stock Directors.
          (b) In addition to the rights specified in Section 1C(a) hereof, the holders of a majority in interest of the Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, voting separately as one class, shall have the exclusive and special right upon the occurrence of an Event of Noncompliance (as defined in Section 9(a) hereof), to elect the smallest number of directors which, when added to the directorships created in Subsection 1C(a) above, shall constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The special and exclusive right of the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation shall continue until 30 days have lapsed since the Event of Noncompliance which gave rise to such right has been cured by the corporation, subject to the revesting thereof upon the occurrence of each and every Event of Noncompliance subsequent thereto. With respect to the special and exclusive right of holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation, the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the corporation, shall, if necessary, be increased to provide a sufficient number of vacancies to permit the holders of Preferred Stock to perfect their rights hereunder. In any election of directors pursuant to this Subsection 1C(b), each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Preferred Stock held and no holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cumulate his votes by giving one candidate more than one vote per share. The special and exclusive voting right of the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, contained in this Subsection 1C(b) may be exercised either at a special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock called as provided below, or at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the corporation, or by written consent of such holders in lieu of a meeting. If at any time any directorship to be filled by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, pursuant to Subsection 1C(a) or (b) hereof has been vacant for a period of ten days, the Secretary of the corporation shall, upon the written request of the holders of record of shares representing at least 25% of the voting power of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, call a special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock for the purpose of electing a director or directors to fill such vacancy or vacancies. Such meeting shall be held at the earliest practicable date at such place as is specified in the Bylaws of the corporation. If such meeting shall not be called by the Secretary of the corporation within ten days after personal service of said written request on him, then the holders of record of shares representing at least 25% of the voting power of the Preferred Stock then outstanding may designate in writing one of their number to call such meeting at the expense of the corporation, and such meeting may be called by such persons so designated upon the notice required for annual meetings of shareholders and shall be held at such specified place.

- 2 -


 

Any holder of the Preferred Stock so designated shall have access to the stock books of the corporation for the purpose of calling a meeting of the shareholders pursuant to these provisions.
          At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors at which the holders of Preferred Stock shall have the special and exclusive right, voting separately as one class, to elect directors as provided in this Subsection 1C(b), the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares representing two-thirds of the voting power of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be required to constitute a quorum of the Preferred Stock for such election. At any such meeting or adjournment thereof, the absence of such a quorum of the Preferred Stock shall not prevent the election of directors other than the directors to be elected by holders of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, pursuant to this subsection (b), and the absence of a quorum for the election of such other directors shall not prevent the election of the directors to be elected by holders of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, pursuant to this subsection (b), and in the absence of either or both such quorums, the holders of record of shares representing a majority of the voting power present in person or by proxy of the class or classes of stock which lack a quorum shall have power to adjourn the meeting for the election of directors which they are entitled to elect from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting.
          A vacancy in the directorships to be elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as one class, pursuant to this subsection (b), may be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of (i) the holders of a two-thirds interest of the Preferred Stock, acting separately as one class, or (ii) the remaining directors elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock (or by directors so elected).
     2.  Dividends .
          2A. Dividends . Holders of the Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of any other stock of the corporation, shall be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of 8% (eight percent) of the original purchase price per share of Preferred Stock per annum (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). All dividends shall accrue, whether or not earned or declared, and whether or not the corporation has legally available funds. All such dividends shall be cumulative and shall be payable (i) when and as declared by the Board of Directors, (ii) upon liquidation or dissolution of the corporation and (iii) upon redemption of the Preferred Stock by the corporation. Prior to the declaration of dividends on any other class of stock of the corporation, all accrued, cumulative, unpaid dividends of the Preferred Stock must be paid. If at any time there is default by the corporation in the redemption of any Preferred Stock, the cumulative dividend rate applicable to all shares of Preferred Stock shall increase from 8% to 10% per annum.
          2B. So long as any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, no dividend, whether in cash or property, shall be paid or declared, nor shall any other distribution be made, on any Common Stock of the corporation, nor shall any shares of the Common Stock of the corporation be purchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired for value by the corporation until all dividends (set forth in Section 2A above) on the Preferred Stock have been paid. In the event that dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, an additional dividend shall be paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in an amount equal per share (on an as-if-converted

- 3 -


 

to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid for each share of Common Stock. The provisions of this Section 2B shall not, however, apply to (i) dividends payable in Common Stock, or (ii) any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the corporation that is approved by the corporation’s Board of Directors, including the Preferred Stock Directors.
     3.  Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding-up .
          3A. Liquidation . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation (a “Liquidation Event”), whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be paid an amount equal to (i) the price paid per share of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar corporate event affecting the Preferred Stock), plus (ii) all dividends accrued or declared thereon but unpaid before any payment shall be made to the holders of any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Preferred Stock. If upon any Liquidation Event, the assets to be distributed to the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit payment to such shareholders of the full preferential amounts aforesaid, then all of the assets of the corporation available for distribution to holders of the Preferred Stock shall be distributed to such holders of the Preferred Stock pro rata, so that each holder receives that portion of the assets available for distribution as the amount of the full liquidation preference to which such holder would otherwise be entitled bears to the amount of the full liquidation preference to which all holders of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled pursuant to this Section 3A.
          3B. Upon any Liquidation Event, immediately after the holders of Preferred Stock have been paid in full pursuant to Section 3A above, the remaining net assets of the corporation available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock in an amount per share as would have been payable had each share of Preferred Stock been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such Liquidation Event.
          3C. If in the event of a Liquidation Event, the return on investment (including paid or accrued dividends) available to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 3A and 3B above would otherwise exceed the applicable amounts set forth in Schedule A hereto, the amounts to be paid to holders of Preferred Stock shall be limited to the greater of (a) the amount per share that would have been payable had each share of Preferred Stock been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such Liquidation Event, or (b) the maximum amount permitted by Schedule A.
          3D. Written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, stating a payment date and the place where said payments shall be made, shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile to non-U.S. residents, not less than 20 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to the holders of record of Preferred Stock, such notice to be addressed to each such holder at its address as shown on the records of the corporation.
          3E. The (x) consolidation or merger of the corporation into or with any other entity or entities (except a consolidation or merger into a Subsidiary or merger in which the corporation is the surviving corporation and the holders of the corporation’s voting stock outstanding immediately prior to the transaction constitute the holders of a majority of the voting

- 4 -


 

stock outstanding immediately following the transaction), or (y) the sale, lease, transfer or exclusive license or other disposition by the corporation of all or substantially all its assets, in a single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the sale, exchange or transfer by the corporation’s shareholders, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power at elections of directors of the corporation shall be deemed to be a Liquidation Event within the meaning of the provisions of this Section 3 (subject to the provisions of this Section 3 and not the provisions of Section 4G hereof, unless Section 4G is elected in the following proviso), provided, however, that a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, shall have the right to elect the benefits of the provisions of Section 4G in lieu of receiving payment in liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to this Section 3.
          3F. Whenever the distribution provided for in this Section 3 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the corporation, including the approval at least one (1) of the Preferred Stock Directors.
          3G. The corporation shall not effect any transaction constituting a deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3E above unless (i) the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation provides that the consideration payable to the shareholders of the corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the corporation in accordance with Sections 3A and 3B above or (ii) the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, specifically consent in writing to the allocation of such consideration in a manner different from that provided in Sections 3A and 3B above.
          3H. In the event of a deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3E above in which consideration is paid to the corporation and not to the corporation’s shareholders, if the corporation does not effect a dissolution of the corporation under the Minnesota Law within 60 days after such deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 60 th day after the deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the holders of shares of Preferred Stock representing a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, so request in a written instrument delivered to the corporation not later than 120 days after such deemed Liquidation Event, the corporation shall use the consideration received by the corporation for such deemed Liquidation Event (net of any liabilities associated with the assets sold, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the corporation, including the approval of at least one (1) of the Preferred Stock Directors), to the extent legally available therefor (the “Net Proceeds”), to redeem, on the 135 th day after such deemed Liquidation Event (the “Liquidation Redemption Date”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the maximum amount payable to each holder of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 3A and 3B as of the date of the deemed Liquidation Event. If the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to so redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion (based on the aggregate amounts that would have been payable on redemption of the Preferred Stock) of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock out of the Net Proceeds. The provisions of Section 5B below shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the

- 5 -


 

context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3H. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Sections 3H, the corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.
     4.  Conversion of the Preferred Stock . The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights:
          4A. Right to Convert . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4 the holder of any share or shares of Preferred Stock shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Preferred Stock (except that upon any liquidation of the corporation the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on the business day fixed for payment of the amounts distributable on the Preferred Stock) into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is obtained according to the following formulas:
     (1) Series A Stock . By (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series A Stock so to be converted by $5.71 and (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $5.71 per share or in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to the further provisions of this Section 4, then by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series A Stock are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to as the “Series A Conversion Price”).
     (2) Series A-1 Stock . By (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series A-1 Stock so to be converted by $8.50 and (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $8.50 per share or in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to the further provisions of this Section 4, then by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series A-1 Stock are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to as the “Series A-1 Conversion Price”).
     (3) Series B Stock . By (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series B Stock so to be converted by $9.25 and (ii) dividing the result by the conversion price of $9.25 per share or in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to the further provisions of this Section 4, then by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series B Stock are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to as the “Series B Conversion Price”).
          Such rights of conversion shall be exercised by the holder thereof by giving written notice that the holder elects to convert a stated number of shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock and by surrender of a certificate or certificates for the shares so to be converted to the corporation at its principal office (or such other office or agency of the corporation as the corporation may designate by notice in writing to the holders of the Preferred Stock) at any time during its usual business hours on the date set forth in such notice, together with a statement of the name or names (with address) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issued. Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if a conversion of Preferred Stock is to be made in connection with any transaction affecting the corporation, the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock, may, at the election of the holder thereof, be conditioned upon

- 6 -


 

the consummation of such transaction, in which case such conversion shall not be deemed to be effective until such transaction has been consummated, subject in all events to the terms hereof applicable to such transaction.
          4B. Issuance of Certificates; Time Conversion Effected . Promptly after the receipt of the written notice referred to in Section 4A and surrender of the certificate or certificates for the share or shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, the corporation shall issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and delivered, to the holder, registered in such name or names as such holder may direct, a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Preferred Stock. To the extent permitted by law, such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected and the applicable conversion price (i.e., Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price) shall be determined as of the close of business on the date on which such written notice shall have been received by the corporation and the certificate or certificates for such share or shares shall have been surrendered as aforesaid, and at such time the rights of the holder of such share or shares of Preferred Stock shall cease, and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby.
          4C. Fractional Shares; Partial Conversion . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock and no payment or adjustment shall be made upon any such conversion with respect to any cash dividends previously payable on the Common Stock issued upon such conversion. In case the number of shares of Preferred Stock represented by the certificate or certificates surrendered pursuant to Section 4A exceeds the number of shares converted, the corporation shall, upon such conversion, execute and deliver to the holder, at the expense of the corporation, a new certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock represented by the certificate or certificates surrendered which are not to be converted. If any fractional share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of the first sentence of this Section 4C, be delivered upon such conversion, the corporation, in lieu of delivering such fractional share, shall pay to the holder surrendering the Preferred Stock for conversion an amount in cash equal to the current market price of such fractional share as determined by the Board of Directors of the corporation, including the approval of at least one (1) of the Preferred Stock Directors, and based upon the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock surrendered by any one holder.
          4D. Adjustment of Conversion Prices Upon Issuance of Common Stock .
     4D(1) Issue or Sale of Common Stock . Except as provided in Sections 4E and 4F, if and whenever the corporation shall issue or sell, or is, in accordance with Sections 4D(2) through 4D(7), deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than:
          (a) the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale (such number being appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section 4F), then, forthwith upon such issue or sale, the Series A Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the sum of

- 7 -


 

(a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (including, for this purpose, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) or sale multiplied by the then existing Series A Conversion Price and (b) the consideration, if any, received by the corporation upon such issue or sale, by (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale (including, for this purpose, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) and (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable in such issue or sale;
          (b) the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale (such number being appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section 4F), then, forthwith upon such issue or sale, the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (including, for this purpose, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) or sale multiplied by the then existing Series A-1 Conversion Price and (b) the consideration, if any, received by the corporation upon such issue or sale, by (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale (including, for this purpose, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) and (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable in such issue or sale; and
          (c) the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale (such number being appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section 4F), then, forthwith upon such issue or sale, the Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (including, for this purpose, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) or sale multiplied by the then existing Series B Conversion Price and (b) the consideration, if any, received by the corporation upon such issue or sale, by (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale (including, for this purpose, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) and (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable in such issue or sale.
          For purposes of this Section 4D, the following Sections 4D(2) to 4D(7) shall also be applicable:
     4D(2) Issuance of Rights or Options . In case at any time the corporation shall in any manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or options being called “Options” and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being called “Convertible Securities”) whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of such

- 8 -


 

Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options) shall be less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of granting of such Options or the issuance of such Convertible Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding and the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be adjusted. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4D(3), no adjustment of any conversion price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
     4D(3) Issuance of Convertible Securities . In case the corporation shall in any manner issue (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) or sell any Convertible Securities, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange (determined by dividing (i) the total amount received or receivable by the corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities) shall be less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding and the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be adjusted, provided that (a) except as otherwise provided in Section 4D(3), no adjustment of any conversion price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and (b) if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities for which adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price have been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Section 4D, no further adjustment of the Series A Conversion

- 9 -


 

Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.
     4D(4) Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate . Upon the happening of any of the following events, namely, if the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in Section 4D(2), the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in Sections 4D(2) or 4D(3), or the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in Sections 4D(2) or 4D(3) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock shall change at any time (including, but not limited to, changes under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect at the time of such event shall forthwith be readjusted (in each case by an amount equal to not less than one cent ($.01)) to the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold; and on the expiration of any such Option or the termination of any such right to convert or exchange such Convertible Securities, the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be increased to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.
     4D(5) Stock Dividends . In case the corporation shall declare a dividend or make any other distribution upon any stock of the corporation payable in Common Stock (except for the issue of stock dividends or distributions upon the outstanding Common Stock for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4F), Options or Convertible Securities, any Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been issued or sold without consideration.
     4D(6) Consideration for Stock . In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the corporation therefor, without deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the corporation in connection therewith. In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the corporation shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the corporation, including the approval of at least one (1) of the Preferred Stock Directors, without deduction of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the corporation in connection therewith. In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issue and sale of other securities of the corporation, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such

- 10 -


 

consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the corporation, including the approval of at least one (1) of the Preferred Stock Directors.
     4D(7) Record Date . In case the corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (i) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities or (ii) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.
     4D(8) Treasury Shares . The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the corporation, and the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section 4D.
          4E. Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price in the case of the issuance of (i) shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, and (ii) Reserved Employee Shares (as defined in Section 9C hereof).
          4F. Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock . In case the corporation shall at any time subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.
          4G. Reorganization or Reclassification . If any capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of the corporation’s assets or other similar transaction (any such transaction being referred to herein as an “Organic Change”) shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such Organic Change, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares of Preferred Stock shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of or in addition to, as the case may be, the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Preferred Stock such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon such conversion had such Organic Change not taken place, and in any case of a reorganization or reclassification only appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests

- 11 -


 

of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation provisions for adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights.
          4H. Notice of Adjustment . Upon any adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, then in each such case the corporation shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission to non-U.S. residents, addressed to each holder of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable, at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the corporation, which notice shall state the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, resulting from such adjustment, setting forth in reasonable detail the method upon which such calculation is based.
          4I. Other Notices . If at any time, the corporation shall plan:
     (1) the declaration of any dividend upon its Common Stock payable in cash or stock or any other distribution to the holders of its Common Stock;
     (2) for the offering of a subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Stock for any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;
     (3) any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the corporation, or a consolidation or merger of the corporation with or into, or a sale of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity or entities; or
     (4) a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the corporation;
          then, in any one or more of said cases, the corporation shall give, by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission to non-U.S. residents, addressed to each holder of any shares of Preferred Stock at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the corporation, (a) at least 20 days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of the corporation shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and (b) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least 20 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (a) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (b) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.

- 12 -


 

          4J. Stock to be Reserved . The corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of Preferred Stock as herein provided, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. The corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock which shall be so issued shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the corporation covenants that it will from time to time take all such action as may be requisite to assure that the par value per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series A-1 Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price in effect at the time. The corporation will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirement of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed.
          4K. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock . Shares of Preferred Stock which are converted into shares of Common Stock as provided herein shall not be reissued.
          4L. Issue Tax . The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the holders thereof for any issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of the Preferred Stock which is being converted.
          4M. Closing of Books . The corporation will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of any shares of Preferred Stock or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock, in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of such Preferred Stock except as may otherwise be required to comply with applicable securities laws.
          4N. Definition of Common Stock . As used in this Section 4, the term “Common Stock” shall mean and include the corporation’s authorized Common Stock as constituted on the date of filing of these terms of the Preferred Stock, and shall also include any capital stock of any class of the corporation thereafter authorized which shall neither be limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par value in respect of the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends nor entitled to a preference in the distribution of assets upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation; provided that the shares of Common Stock receivable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock shall include only shares designated as Common Stock of the corporation on the date of filing of this instrument, or in case of any reorganization or reclassification of the outstanding shares thereof, the stock, securities or assets provided for in Section 4G.
          4O. Mandatory Conversion . If at any time the corporation shall effect a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock that has been approved by the Preferred Stock Directors and in which the aggregate gross proceeds from such offering to the corporation shall be at least $40,000,000 (a “Qualified Public Offering”), then effective upon

- 13 -


 

the closing of the sale of such shares by the corporation pursuant to such public offering, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to shares of Common Stock. In addition, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to shares of Common Stock (a “Conversion”) if the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, and the two Preferred Stock Directors consent to a Conversion.
     5.  Redemption . The shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed as follows:
          5A. Optional Redemption . Except as provided in this Section 5, the corporation shall not have the right to call or redeem at any time all or any shares of Preferred Stock. Commencing on the 5th anniversary of the date of first issuance of the Preferred Stock (July 19, 2006) (the “Redemption Dates”), each holder of Preferred Stock shall have the right to require the corporation to redeem a certain portion of its shares as follows:
     
Anniversary of First   Optional
Issuance of   Redemption
Preferred Stock    
5th
  30% of the original amount of such holder’s shares
 
   
6th
  30% of the original amount of such holder’s shares
 
   
7th
  40% of the original amount of such holder’s shares
To the extent a holder of the Preferred Stock chooses not to exercise any portion of its redemption option, it may carry forward such redemption to subsequent anniversaries of the date of the applicable Purchase Agreement. The price the corporation shall pay for the redeemed shares shall be the greater of:
  (i)   the price per share paid for the Preferred Stock, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends; or
 
  (ii)   the fair market value of the Preferred Stock at the time of redemption. Such value shall be determined at the time of the redemption by a professional appraiser acceptable to both the corporation and the two (2) Preferred Stock Directors.
          5B. Redemption Mechanics . At least 20 but not more than 30 days prior to each Redemption Date, written notice (the “Redemption Notice”) shall be given by the corporation by mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission to non-U.S. residents, to each

- 14 -


 

holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the Redemption Notice is given) of shares of Preferred Stock notifying such holder of the redemption and specifying the Redemption Price, the Redemption Date and the place where said Redemption Price shall be payable. The Redemption Notice shall be addressed to each holder at his address as shown by the records of the corporation. The holder of the Preferred Stock will then notify the corporation, within ten (10) days of receipt of a Redemption Notice whether it wishes to have all or any of its shares redeemed. From and after the close of business on the Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in the payment of the Redemption Price all rights of holders of shares of Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price) shall cease with respect to the shares to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Preferred Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any funds legally available for redemption of such shares according to the respective amounts which would be payable with respect to the full number of shares owned by them if all such outstanding shares were redeemed in full. The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all rights and preferences provided herein; provided, however, that as discussed in Section 2B such unredeemed shares (otherwise scheduled to be redeemed on such Redemption Date) shall be entitled to receive interest accruing daily with respect to the applicable Redemption Price at the rate of 10% per annum. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the corporation are legally available for the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock such funds will be used, no later than the end of the next succeeding fiscal quarter, to redeem the balance of such shares, or such portion thereof for which funds are then legally available, on the basis set forth above.
          5C. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares to be Retired . Any shares of Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section 5 or otherwise acquired by the corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be canceled and shall not under any circumstances be reissued; and the corporation may from time to time take such appropriate corporate action as may be necessary to reduce accordingly the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock.
     6.  Protective Provisions .
          6A. Changes in Investor Rights . So long as at least 20% of the Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the consent of the holders of a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, shall be required for any action which creates a series of security senior or pari passu to the Preferred Stock.
          6B. Consent for Certain Company Activities . Consent of the holders of at least a majority of Preferred Stock, such majority to include the Preferred Stock held by Easton and Maverick, and one (1) Preferred Stock Director, shall be required for any of the following (i) merger, acquisition or sale of substantially all assets of the corporation, (ii) any change in size of the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) declaration or payment of any dividends, or the repurchase, redemption or retirement of capital stock (other than pursuant to employee agreements and any redemptions under Section 5A above), (iv) issuance or redemption of debt securities, (v) the reservation of additional shares under the corporation’s employee stock

- 15 -


 

incentive plans without the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, (vi) assignment of patents or other intellectual property of the corporation other than in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Board of Directors, (vii) an initial public offering that is not a Qualified Public Offering, (viii) any action which materially and adversely alters the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock, or (ix) any action which increases the authorized number of Preferred Stock.
     7.  Right of First Refusal . Prior to any Qualified Public Offering, if the corporation proposes to offer or sell any new securities, the corporation shall first offer such new securities to the Preferred Stock holders.
          7A. The corporation shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Preferred Stock holder, stating (i) its intention to offer new securities, (ii) the number of securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such securities.
          7B. By notification to the corporation within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice each holder of Preferred Stock may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire up to that portion of the new securities which equals the ratio, the numerator of which is the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon the Conversion of the Preferred Stock held by such Preferred holder and the denominator of which is all outstanding Common Stock of the corporation assuming Conversion of all Preferred Stock.
     8.  No Corporate Opportunity . The corporation acknowledges that certain holders of Preferred Stock are in the business of financing medical device and other life science companies, directly or through affiliated funds or through its or its affiliated funds’ portfolio companies and that the investment opportunities identified by, or brought to the attention of, such holders in the course of their business and without the involvement of the corporation shall not be considered to be corporate opportunities of the corporation.
     9.  Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          9A. The term “Event of Noncompliance” shall mean the violation or breach by the corporation of its obligation to make full payment on any Redemption Date with respect to a Redemption pursuant to Section 6 hereof, and the corporation fails to cure such violation or breach within ninety (90) days of the giving of notice in writing to any holder or holders of the Preferred Stock.
          9B. The term “Fair Market Value” shall mean an amount equal to the fair market value of a share of Preferred Stock (giving effect to the value of the rights and preferences of such shares as herein provided), determined as follows: the Board of Directors (including the Preferred Stock Directors) shall endeavor in good faith to agree to the fair market value of a share of Preferred Stock. If they are unable to do so within twenty (20) days after the occurrence of an event giving rise to a need to determine that fair market value, an investment banking firm chosen by the corporation and approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (which majority shall include at least one Preferred Stock Director) shall calculate

- 16 -


 

such value. In all events, the fees and expenses of any such investment banking firms shall be paid by the corporation.
          9C. The term “Reserved Employee Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock reserved by the corporation pursuant to its 2003 Stock Option Plan and 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, and any options or other rights to purchase such Common Stock, for (i) the sale of shares of Common Stock to employees, consultants or non-employee directors (other than representatives of the holders of Preferred Stock) of the corporation or (ii) the issuance and/or exercise of options to purchase Common Stock granted to employees, consultants or non-employee directors (other than representatives of the holders of Preferred Stock) of the corporation.
          9D. The term “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity of which the corporation and/or any of its other subsidiaries directly or indirectly owns at the time a majority of the outstanding shares of every class of equity security of such corporation, partnership, trust or other entity.
     10.  Common Stock . All preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the Common Stock are expressly made subject to those that may be fixed with respect to any shares of Preferred Stock.

- 17 -


 

Schedule A
Participating Cap Multiple Schedule (3)
                 
Years From Transaction Date   Days After 1.5 Years (1)   Cap Multiple (2)
0 — 1.5
    0       2.00  
2
    183       2.29  
2.5
    365       2.57  
3
    548       2.86  
3.5
    730       3.14  
4
    913       3.43  
4.5
    1095       3.71  
5*
    1278       4.00  
 
(1)   Assumes 365 days in a year.
 
(2)   Cap multiple equals maximum investment return multiple (including any paid or accrued dividends and original investment) on original investment amount.
 
(3)   Includes rounding.
Participation Cap Formula:
Minimum Cap Multiple + (Maximum Cap Multiple — Minimum Cap Multiple) * (Number of Days at Liquidation Event After 1.5 Years / Total Number of Days Between 1.5 Years and 5 Years)
Example:
Liquidity Event 3 Years After Transaction
     
Minimum Cap Multiple
  2
Maximum Cap Multiple
  4
Days After 1.5 Years (Liquidation Event)
  548
Days After 1.5 Years (5 Years)
  1278
 
   
Participation Cap Multiple
  2 + (4-2) * (548/1278) = 2.86

 

EXHIBIT 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
ARTICLE 1.
OFFICES
     1.1) Offices . The address of the registered office of the corporation shall be designated in the Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time. The principal executive office of the corporation shall be located at 651 Campus Drive, St. Paul, Minnesota 55112 or such other location, and the corporation may have offices at such other places within or without the State of Minnesota, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or the business of the corporation requires.
ARTICLE 2.
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     2.1) Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the shareholders of the corporation entitled to vote shall be held on an annual or other less frequent basis as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or by the chief executive officer; provided, that if a regular meeting has not been held during the immediately preceding 15 months, a shareholder or shareholders holding three percent or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote may demand a regular meeting of shareholders by written notice of demand given to the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the corporation. At each regular meeting, the shareholders, voting as provided in the Articles of Incorporation and these Bylaws, shall elect qualified successors for directors who serve for an indefinite term or for directors whose terms have expired or are due to expire within six months after the date of the meeting, and shall transact such other business as shall come before the meeting. No meeting shall be considered a regular meeting unless specifically designated as such in the notice of meeting or unless all the shareholders entitled to vote are present in person or by proxy and none of them objects to such designation.
     2.2) Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, two or more directors, or a shareholder or shareholders holding 10 percent or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote who shall demand such special meeting by giving written notice of demand to the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer specifying the purposes of the meeting.
     2.3) Meetings Held Upon Shareholder Demand . Within 30 days after receipt by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of a demand from any shareholder or shareholders entitled to call a regular or special meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors shall cause such meeting to be called and held on notice no later than 90 days after receipt of such demand. If the Board of Directors fails to cause such a meeting to be called and held, the shareholder or shareholders making the demand may call the meeting by giving notice as provided in Section 2.5 hereof at the expense of the corporation.

1


 

     2.4) Place of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation or at such other place, within or without the State of Minnesota, as is designated by the Board of Directors, or if not so designated then as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings, except that a regular meeting called by or at the demand of a shareholder shall be held in the county where the principal executive office of the corporation is located.
     2.5) Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise specified in Section 2.6 or required by law, a written notice setting out the place, date and hour of any regular or special meeting shall be given to each holder of shares entitled to vote not less than ten days nor more than 60 days prior to the date of the meeting; provided, that notice of a meeting at which there is to be considered a proposal (i) to dispose of all, or substantially all, of the property and assets of the corporation or (ii) to dissolve the corporation, shall be given to all shareholders of record, whether or not entitled to vote; and provided further, that notice of a meeting at which there is to be considered a proposal to adopt a plan of merger or exchange shall be given to all shareholders of record, whether or not entitled to vote, at least 14 days prior thereto. Notice of any special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting, and the business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice.
     2.6) Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting before, at or after the meeting, in writing, orally or by attendance. Attendance at a meeting by a shareholder is a waiver of notice of that meeting unless the shareholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or objects before a vote on an item of business because the item may not be lawfully considered at such meeting and does not participate in the consideration of the item at such meeting.
     2.7) Quorum and Adjourned Meeting . The holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting, represented either in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any regular or special meeting of shareholders. If a quorum is present when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the shareholders present may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of a number of shareholders originally present leaves less than the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum. In case a quorum is not present at any meeting, those present shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until the requisite number of shares entitled to vote shall be represented. At such adjourned meeting at which the required amount of shares entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
     2.8) Voting . At each meeting of the shareholders, every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy duly appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such shareholder. Each shareholder shall have one vote for each share having voting power standing in each shareholder’s name on the books of the corporation except as may be otherwise provided in the terms of the share. Upon the demand of any shareholder, the vote for directors or the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot. All elections shall be determined and all questions decided by a majority vote of the number of shares entitled to vote and represented at any meeting at which there is a quorum except in such cases as shall otherwise be required by statute or the Articles of Incorporation.

2


 

     2.9) Nomination of Director Candidates . Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.9 shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of shareholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures hereinafter set forth in this section.
(a) Timing of Notice . Nominations by shareholders shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice of nominations to be made at an annual meeting of shareholders must be delivered to the secretary of the corporation, or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the corporation, not less than 90 days before the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of shareholders. If, however, the date of the annual meeting of shareholders is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a shareholder shall be timely only if so delivered or so mailed and received not less than 90 days before such annual meeting or, if later, within 10 days after the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting. If a special meeting of shareholders of the corporation is called in accordance with Section 2.2 for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors or if a regular meeting other than an annual meeting is held, for a shareholder’s notice of nominations to be timely it must be delivered to the secretary of the corporation, or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the corporation, not less than 90 days before such special meeting or such regular meeting or, if later, within 10 days after the first public announcement of the date of such special meeting or such regular meeting. Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the adjournment of a regular or special meeting of shareholders shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.
(b) Content of Notice . A shareholder’s notice to the corporation of nominations for a regular or special meeting of shareholders shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (i) such person’s name, age, business address and residence address and principal occupation or employment, (ii) all other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or that is otherwise required, pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (iii) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (B) as to the shareholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of such shareholder, (ii) the class or series (if any) and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such shareholder, and (iii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the corporation the information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to a nominee.
(c) Consequences of Failure to Give Timely Notice . Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The officer of the corporation chairing the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and

3


 

declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Section and, if such officer should so determine, such officer shall so declare to the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(d) Public Announcement . For purposes of this Section and Section 2.10, “public announcement” means disclosure (i) when made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or comparable national news service, (ii) when filed in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or (iii) when mailed as the notice of the meeting pursuant to Section 2.5.
     2.10) Advance Notice of Shareholder Proposals . As provided in Section 2.2, the business conducted at any special meeting of shareholders of the corporation shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of the special meeting pursuant to Section 2.5. At any regular meeting of shareholders of the corporation, only such business (other than the nomination and election of directors, which shall be subject to Section 2.9) may be conducted as shall be appropriate for consideration at the meeting of shareholders and as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures hereinafter set forth in this Section.
(a) Timing of Notice . For such business to be properly brought before any regular meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice of any such business to be conducted at an annual meeting must be delivered to the secretary of the corporation, or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the corporation, not less than 90 days before the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of shareholders. If, however, the date of the annual meeting of shareholders is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a shareholder shall be timely only if so delivered or so mailed and received not less than 90 days before such annual meeting or, if later, within 10 days after the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice of any such business to be conducted at a regular meeting other than an annual meeting must be delivered to the secretary of the corporation, or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the corporation, not less than 90 days before such regular meeting or, if later, within 10 days after the first public announcement of the date of such regular meeting. Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the adjournment of a regular meeting of shareholders shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as required above.
(b) Content of Notice . A shareholder’s notice to the corporation shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the regular meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business, (iii) the class or series (if any) and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by the shareholder, (iv) any material interest of the shareholder in such business, and (v) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of shares entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make the proposal.

4


 

(c) Consequences of Failure to Give Timely Notice . Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than the nomination and election of directors) shall be conducted at any regular meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The officer of the corporation chairing the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures described in this Section and, if such officer should so determine, such officer shall so declare to the meeting, and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these Bylaws.
(d) Compliance with Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of Minnesota law and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section.
     2.11) Order of Business . The suggested order of business at any regular meeting and, to the extent appropriate, at all other meetings of the shareholders shall, unless modified by the presiding chairman, be:
  (a)   Call of roll
 
  (b)   Proof of due notice of meeting or waiver of notice
 
  (c)   Determination of existence of quorum
 
  (d)   Reading and disposal of any unapproved minutes
 
  (e)   Reports of officers and committees
 
  (f)   Election of directors
 
  (g)   Unfinished business
 
  (h)   New business
 
  (i)   Adjournment.
ARTICLE 3.
DIRECTORS
     3.1) General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors.
     3.2) Number, Term and Qualifications . The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members. At each regular meeting, the shareholders shall determine the number of directors; provided, that between regular meetings the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by the shareholders or increased by the Board of Directors. Each director shall serve for an indefinite term that expires at the next regular meeting of shareholders, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal as provided by statute.
     3.3) Vacancies . Vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board, though less than a quorum; provided, that newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors serving at the time of such

5


 

increase. Persons so elected shall be directors until their successors are elected by the shareholders, who may make such election at the next regular or special meeting of the shareholders.
     3.4) Quorum and Voting . A majority of the directors currently holding office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn a meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. If a quorum is present when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the directors present may continue to transact business until adjournment even though the withdrawal of a number of directors originally present leaves less than the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum. Except as otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors.
     3.5) Board Meetings; Place and Notice . Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held from time to time at any place within or without the State of Minnesota that the Board of Directors may designate. In the absence of designation by the Board of Directors, Board meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation, except as may be otherwise unanimously agreed orally, or in writing, or by attendance. Any director may call a Board meeting by giving two days’ notice to all directors of the date and time of the meeting. The notice need not state the purpose of the meeting, and may be given by mail, telephone, telegram, electronic transmission, or in person. If a meeting schedule is adopted by the Board, or if the date and time of a Board meeting has been announced at a previous meeting, no notice is required.
     3.6) Waiver of Notice . A director may waive notice of any meeting before, at or after the meeting, in writing, orally or by attendance. Attendance at a meeting by a director is a waiver of notice of that meeting unless the director objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not participate thereafter in the meeting.
     3.7) Participation By Remote Communication . A director may participate in a Board meeting by conference telephone, or, if authorized by the Board, by any other means of remote communication through which the director, other directors so participating, and all directors physically present at the meeting may participate with each other during the meeting. A director so participating is deemed present at the meeting.
     3.8) Absent Directors . A director may give advance written consent or opposition to a proposal to be acted on at a Board meeting. If the director is not present at the meeting, consent or opposition to a proposal does not constitute presence for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum, but consent or opposition shall be counted as a vote in favor of or against the proposal and shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting, if the proposal acted on at the meeting is substantially the same or has substantially the same effect as the proposal to which the director has consented or objected.
     3.9) Compensation . Directors who are not salaried officers of the corporation shall receive such fixed sum and expenses per meeting attended or such fixed annual sum or both as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving this corporation in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.

6


 

     3.10) Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution approved by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, establish committees having the authority of the Board in the management of the business of the corporation only to the extent provided in the resolution. Committees may include a special litigation committee consisting of one or more independent directors or other independent persons to consider legal rights or remedies of the corporation and whether those rights and remedies should be pursued. Each such committee shall consist of one or more natural persons (who need not be directors) appointed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, and shall, other than special litigation committees and (to the extent required by applicable law and regulations) audit committees, be subject at all times to the direction and control of the Board. A majority of the members of a committee present at a meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
     3.11) Order of Business . The suggested order of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors shall, to the extent appropriate and unless modified by the presiding chairman, be:
  (a)   Roll call
 
  (b)   Proof of due notice of meeting or waiver of notice, or unanimous presence and declaration by presiding chairman
 
  (c)   Determination of existence of quorum
 
  (d)   Reading and disposal of any unapproved minutes
 
  (e)   Reports of officers and committees
 
  (f)   Election of officers
 
  (g)   Unfinished business
 
  (h)   New business
 
  (i)   Adjournment.
ARTICLE 4.
OFFICERS
     4.1) Number and Designation . The corporation shall have one or more natural persons exercising the functions of the offices of chief executive officer and chief financial officer. The Board of Directors may elect or appoint such other officers or agents as it deems necessary for the operation and management of the corporation including, but not limited to, a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall have the powers, rights, duties and responsibilities set forth in these Bylaws unless otherwise determined by the Board. Any of the offices or functions of those offices may be held by the same person.
     4.2) Election, Term of Office and Qualification . At the first meeting of the Board following each election of directors, the Board shall elect officers, who shall hold office until the next election of officers or until their successors are elected or appointed and qualify; provided, however, that any officer may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors present (without prejudice, however, to any contract rights of such officer).
     4.3) Resignation . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. The resignation is effective when notice is given to the corporation, unless a later date

7


 

is specified in the notice, and acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     4.4) Vacancies in Office . If there be a vacancy in any office of the corporation, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, such vacancy may, or in the case of a vacancy in the office of chief executive officer or chief financial officer shall, be filled for the unexpired term by the Board of Directors.
     4.5) Chief Executive Officer . Unless provided otherwise by a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer (a) shall have general active management of the business of the corporation; (b) shall, when present and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors; (c) shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect; (d) shall sign and deliver in the name of the corporation any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments pertaining to the business of the corporation, except in cases in which the authority to sign and deliver is required by law to be exercised by another person or is expressly delegated by the Articles, these Bylaws or the Board to some other officer or agent of the corporation; (e) may maintain records of and certify proceedings of the Board and shareholders; and (f) shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the chief executive officer by the Board.
     4.6) Chief Financial Officer . Unless provided otherwise by a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the chief financial officer (a) shall keep accurate financial records for the corporation; (b) shall deposit all monies, drafts and checks in the name of and to the credit of the corporation in such banks and depositories as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time; (c) shall endorse for deposit all notes, checks and drafts received by the corporation as ordered by the Board, making proper vouchers therefor; (d) shall disburse corporate funds and issue checks and drafts in the name of the corporation, as ordered by the Board; (e) shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors, whenever requested, an account of all transactions undertaken as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation; and (f) shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer from time to time.
     4.7) Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and shall exercise general supervision and direction over the more significant matters of policy affecting the affairs of the corporation, including particularly its financial and fiscal affairs.
     4.8) President . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the President shall be the chief executive officer. If an officer other than the President is designated chief executive officer, the President shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to the President by the Board. If the office of Chairman of the Board is not filled, the President shall also perform the duties set forth in Section 4.7.
     4.9) Vice President . Each Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or prescribed by the Board of Directors. In the event of absence or disability of the President, the Board of Directors may designate a Vice President or Vice Presidents to succeed to the power and duties of the President.

8


 

     4.10) Secretary . The Secretary shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board, be secretary of and attend all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors, and may record the proceedings of such meetings in the minute book of the corporation and, whenever necessary, certify such proceedings. The Secretary shall give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer from time to time.
     4.11) Treasurer . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation. If an officer other than the Treasurer is designated chief financial officer, the Treasurer shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer from time to time.
     4.12) Delegation . Unless prohibited by a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, an officer elected or appointed by the Board may delegate in writing some or all of the duties and powers of such officer to other persons.
ARTICLE 5.
INDEMNIFICATION
     5.1) Indemnification . The corporation shall indemnify such persons, for such expenses and liabilities, in such manner, under such circumstances, and to such extent, as permitted by Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.521, as now enacted or hereafter amended and any successor statute and amendments thereto.
ARTICLE 6.
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
     6.1) Certificated or Uncertificated Stock . Shares of the corporation may be certificated, uncertificated, or a combination thereof. A certificate representing shares of the corporation shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may prescribe, certifying the number of shares of stock of the corporation owned by such shareholder. The certificates for such stock shall be numbered (separately for each class) in the order in which they are issued and shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board, be signed by the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, or any other officer of the corporation. A signature upon a certificate may be a facsimile. Certificates on which a facsimile signature of a former officer, transfer agent or registrar appears may be issued with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on the date of issue.
     6.2) Stock Record . As used in these Bylaws, the term “shareholder” shall mean the person, firm or corporation in whose name outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation are currently registered on the stock record books of the corporation. The corporation shall keep, at its principal executive office or at another place or places within the United States determined by the Board, a share register not more than one year old containing the names and addresses of the shareholders and the number and classes of shares held by each shareholder. The corporation shall also keep at its principal executive office or at another place or places within the United States determined by the Board, a record of the dates on which certificates representing shares or transaction statements representing shares were issued.

9


 

     6.3) Transfer of Shares . Transfer of shares on the books of the corporation may be authorized only by the registered holder of such shares (or the shareholder’s legal representative or duly authorized attorney in fact). In the case of shares represented by a certificate, transfer of such shares shall only occur upon surrender of the certificate duly endorsed, while transfer of uncertificated shares shall only occur upon a shareholder’s compliance with such procedures the corporation or its transfer agent may require. The shareholder in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the corporation; provided, that when any transfer of shares shall be made as collateral security and not absolutely, such fact, if known to the corporation or to the transfer agent, shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer; and provided, further, that the Board of Directors may establish a procedure whereby a shareholder may certify that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the account of one or more beneficial owners.
     6.4) Lost Certificate . Any shareholder claiming a certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact in such form as the Board of Directors may require, and shall, if the directors so require, give the corporation a bond of indemnity in form and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of at least double the value, as determined by the Board, of the stock represented by such certificate in order to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of such certificate, whereupon a new certificate may be issued in the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been destroyed or lost.
ARTICLE 7.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     7.1) Record Dates . In order to determine the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of a dividend or other distribution, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than 60 days preceding the date of such meeting or distribution. In the absence of action by the Board, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day preceding the day on which notice is given, and the record date for determining shareholders entitled to receive a distribution shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors authorizes such distribution.
     7.2) Distributions; Acquisitions of Shares . Subject to the provisions of law, the Board of Directors may authorize the acquisition of the corporation’s shares and may authorize distributions whenever and in such amounts as, in its opinion, the condition of the affairs of the corporation shall render it advisable.
     7.3) Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors.
     7.4) Seal . The corporation shall have such corporate seal or no corporate seal as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.
     7.5) Securities of Other Corporations .

10


 

(a) Voting Securities Held by the Corporation . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer shall have full power and authority on behalf of the corporation (i) to attend and to vote at any meeting of security holders of other companies in which the corporation may hold securities; (ii) to execute any proxy for such meeting on behalf of the corporation; and (iii) to execute a written action in lieu of a meeting of such other company on behalf of this corporation. At such meeting, by such proxy or by such writing in lieu of meeting, the chief executive officer shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities that the corporation might have possessed and exercised if it had been present. The Board of Directors may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.
(b) Purchase and Sale of Securities . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer shall have full power and authority on behalf of the corporation to purchase, sell, transfer or encumber securities of any other company owned by the corporation which represent not more than ten percent of the outstanding securities of such issue, and may execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to effectuate such purchase, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Board of Directors may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.
     7.6) Shareholder Agreements . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between these Bylaws, or any amendment thereto, and any shareholder control agreement as defined in Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.457, whenever adopted, such shareholder control agreement shall govern.
ARTICLE 8.
MEETINGS
     8.1) Telephone Meetings and Participation . A conference among directors by any means of communication through which the directors may simultaneously hear each other during the conference constitutes a Board meeting, if the same notice is given of the conference as would be required for a meeting, and if the number of directors participating in the conference would be sufficient to constitute a quorum at a meeting. Participation in a meeting by that means constitutes presence in person at the meeting. A director may participate in a Board meeting not heretofore described in this paragraph, by any means of communication through which the director, other directors so participating by similar means of communications, and all directors physically present at the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in a meeting by that means constitutes presence in person at the meeting. The provisions of this section shall apply to Committees and members of Committees to the same extent as they apply to the Board and directors.
     8.2) Authorization Without Meeting . Any action of the the Board of Directors or any committee of the corporation which may be taken at a meeting thereof, may be taken without a meeting if authorized by a writing signed by all of the directors (unless less than unanimous action is permitted by the Articles of Incorporation), or by all of the members of such committee, as the case may be.

11


 

ARTICLE 9.
AMENDMENTS OF BYLAWS
     9.1) Amendments . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, these Bylaws may be altered, amended, added to or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. Such authority in the Board of Directors is subject to the power of the shareholders to change or repeal such Bylaws, and the Board of Directors shall not make or alter any Bylaws fixing a quorum for meetings of shareholders, prescribing procedures for removing directors or filling vacancies on the Board, or fixing the number of directors or their classifications, qualifications or terms of office, but the Board may adopt or amend a Bylaw to increase the number of directors.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

12


 

     The undersigned, David L. Martin, Chief Executive Officer of Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., hereby certifies that the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws were duly adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation by its Board of Directors and shareholders as of December 6, 2007.
         
     
  /s/ David L. Martin    
  David L. Martin, Chief Executive Officer   
     
 
Attest:
     
/s/ James Flaherty
   
 
James Flaherty, Chief Financial Officer
   
 
   

13

 

EXHIBIT 4.2
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
INVESTOR’S RIGHTS AGREEMENT
July 19, 2006

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
1.
  Automatic and Demand Registration     3  
 
           
2.
  Piggyback Registration     4  
 
           
3.
  Registration on Form S-3     5  
 
           
4.
  Holdback Agreement     5  
 
           
5.
  Registration Procedures     6  
 
           
6.
  Expenses     10  
 
           
7.
  Indemnification and Contribution     10  
 
           
8.
  Changes in Capital Stock     12  
 
           
9.
  Rule 144 Reporting     13  
 
           
10.
  Representations and Warranties of the Company     13  
 
           
11.
  Successors and Assigns     13  
 
           
12.
  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights     14  
 
           
13.
  Information Rights     14  
 
           
14.
  Auditing Firm     14  
 
           
15.
  Special Actions     14  
 
           
16.
  Compensation Committee     15  
 
           
17.
  Enforcement     15  
 
           
18.
  Miscellaneous     16  

-i-


 

CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          THIS INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 19th day of July, 2006, by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an (“Investor”) and each of the stockholders listed on Schedule B hereto, each of whom is referred to herein as a (“Stockholder”).
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are each party to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”); and
          WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce the Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, to receive dividends, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement;
          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
          “ Agreement ” shall mean this Investors’ Rights Agreement and all schedules and exhibits, if any, attached to this agreement, in each case as they may be supplemented, amended, restated or replaced from time to time, and the expressions “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, “ hereto ”, “ hereunder ”, “ hereby ” and similar expressions refer to this agreement; and unless otherwise indicated, references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to the specified Sections, Schedules and Exhibits, if any, of this agreement.
          “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time.
          “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
          “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, no par value per share, of the Company, including the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
          “ Easton ” shall mean ECP and EHCP collectively.

 


 

          “ Easton Director ” shall mean the member of the Company’s board of directors that is designated by Easton pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement dated of even date herewith by and among certain holders of the Company’s Common Stock and the Investors.
          “ECP” shall mean Easton Capital Partners, LP.
          “ EHCP ” shall mean Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
          “ IPO ” shall mean the consummation of the first firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.
          “ Liquidation Event ” shall mean: (i) a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company in which the shareholders of the Company do not own a majority of the shares of the surviving entity, unless holders of at least two-thirds of the Series A Preferred Shares elect otherwise.
          “ Maverick ” shall mean Maverick Fund LDC, Maverick Fund USA, Ltd., and Maverick Fund II, Ltd., collectively.
          “ Maverick Director ” shall mean the member of the Company’s board of directors that is designated by Maverick pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement dated of even date herewith by and among certain holders of the Company’s Common Stock and the Investors.
          “ Party ” shall mean a party hereto from time to time.
          “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, unincorporated organization, trust, trustee, executor, administrator or other legal personal representative, regulatory body or agency, government or governmental agency, authority or other entity howsoever designated or constituted.
          “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean a fully underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its Common Stock in which the minimum gross proceeds to the Company equal or exceed $40 million, in which the price per share of such Common Stock equals or exceeds $17.13 per share (such price subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, reorganization, reclassification or other similar event).
          “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or statements or similar documents in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document by the Commission.
          “ Requisite Period ” shall mean, with respect to a firm commitment underwritten public offering, the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement and

2


 

ending on the date each underwriter has completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and, with respect to any other registration, the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement and ending on the earlier of the date on which the sale of all Series A Registrable Securities covered thereby is completed or 180 days after such effective date.
          “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statue, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the applicable time.
          “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Shares, no par value per share.
          “ Series A Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock held by the Series A Stockholders, (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investor after the date hereof, (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, or stock issued upon conversion or exercise thereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that Series A Registrable Securities shall not include those securities (x) that have been effectively registered under Section 5 of the Securities Act and disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement, or (y) that have been transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successors rule such that, after any such transfer referred to in this clause (y), such securities may be freely transferred without restriction under the Securities Act.
          “ Series A Stockholders ” shall mean the Persons identified on Schedule A and Schedule B as holders of Series A Registrable Securities and any other Persons that become holders of Series A Registrable Securities after the date hereof.
          “ Ten-Percent Transferee ” shall mean any Person to which any Investor transfers 10% or more of the Series A Preferred Stock then held by such Investor.
           1. Automatic and Demand Registration .
               (a) If the Company shall receive, at any time after the earlier of (i) four years after the date hereof and (ii) six (6) months after the Company’s IPO, a written request (the “ Demand Notice ”) from the holders of a majority of the Series A Registrable Securities then outstanding, including Easton and Maverick (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company at its own expense file a registration statement under the Securities Act, on Form S-1 (or Form S-2, if available) covering the registration of the Series A Registrable Securities, then the Company shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 1(b).
               (b) Within 10 days of receipt of any Demand Notice under Section 1(a), the Company shall give written notice (a “ Company Notice ”) to all holders of the Series A Registrable Securities from whom a Demand Notice has not been received and shall use its reasonable best efforts to register under the Securities Act, in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the Demand Notice, the number of the Series A Registrable Securities

3


 

specified in the Demand Notice (and in all notices received by the Company from other holders within twenty (20) days after the giving of such Company Notice). In such event, the right of any holder of the Series A Registrable Securities to include its Series A Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder’s Series A Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All holders of the Series A Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting (the “ Offering Holders ”) shall, together with the Company as provided by Section 5(j), enter into an underwriting agreement (in such form and containing such provisions as provided by Section 5(j) with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1, if the managing underwriter advises the Offering Holders in writing that in its opinion, marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the number of shares of such Series A Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced pro rata as between the Offering Holders thereof based upon the number of Series A Registrable Securities owned by each such holder provided , however, that the number of shares of Series A Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.
               (c) The Company shall be obligated to register Series A Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1(b) on three occasions, provided that each such obligation shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering all Series A Registrable Securities specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the Demand Notice, shall have become effective and, if such method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering, all such Series A Registrable Securities shall have been sold pursuant thereto.
           2. Piggyback Registration .
               (a) If the Company at any time (other than pursuant to Sections 1 or 3) proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, whether for its own account or for the account of other security holders or both (except with respect to registration statements on Forms S-4 and S-8 and any similar successor forms) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), each such time it will give prompt written notice to such effect to all holders of outstanding Series A Registrable Securities at least thirty (30) days prior to such filing. Upon the written request of any holder of Series A Registrable Securities, received by the Company within twenty (20) days after the giving of any such notice by the Company, to register any of such holder’s Series A Registrable Securities, the Company will, subject to Section 2(b), cause all Series A Registrable Securities as to which registration shall have been so requested to be included in the securities to be covered by the registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder of such Series A Registrable Securities so registered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company may withdraw any registration statement referred to in this Section 2 without thereby incurring any liability to the holders of Series A Registrable Securities.
               (b) In the event that any Piggyback Registration shall be, in whole or in part, an underwritten public offering of Common Stock and the managing underwriter advises the holders of Series A Registrable Securities participating therein in writing that in their opinion marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the

4


 

number of shares of such Series A Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced pro rata as between the holders thereof based upon the number of Series A Registrable Securities owned by each such holder provided , however , that the number of shares of Series A Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities other than those to be issued by the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.
           3. Registration on Form S-3 . In addition to the rights under Section 2 hereof, if at any time:
  (A)   a holder or holders of Series A Registrable Securities then outstanding request that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor thereto for a public offering of all or any portion of the Series A Registrable Securities held by such requesting holder or holders, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which would exceed $1,000,000; and
 
  (B)   the Company is a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 or any successor thereto to register such Series A Registrable Securities,
then the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to register under the Securities Act on Form S-3 or any successor thereto, in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice, the number of Series A Registrable Securities specified in such notice. Whenever the Company is required by this Section 3 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of Series A Registrable Securities, each of the procedures and requirements of Section 1 (including the requirement that the Company notify all holders of Series A Registrable Securities from whom notice has not been received and provide them with the opportunity to participate in the offering) shall apply to such registration. In addition, the Company shall have the right to delay the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period not to exceed 120 days if the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined, in good faith, that to so file the Form S-3 registration statement would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders, and the President of the Company has agreed and delivered to the holder(s) a certificate to such effect; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any 12-month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other Stockholder during such 120 day period. The Company shall be obligated to register Series A Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 on multiple occasions; provided , that such obligation shall be deemed satisfied on any occasion only when a registration statement covering all Series A Registrable Securities specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the requesting holders, shall have become effective and, if such method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering, all such Series A Registrable Securities shall have been sold pursuant thereto.
           4. Holdback Agreement .
               (a) In connection with the IPO, each holder of Series A Registrable Securities agrees, if so requested by the underwriter or underwriters, not to effect any public sale or distribution (including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of any Series A Registrable Securities, and not to effect any such public sale or distribution of any other equity

5


 

security of the Company or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (in each case other than as part of such underwritten public offering), during the 180-day period, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter of such offering shall request, beginning on the effective date of such registration statement, provided that (i) such holder has received written notice of such registration at least 15 days prior to such effective date, (ii) with respect to any offering other than pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting, the underwriters continue to actively market the Series A Registrable Securities until the earlier of the end of such lock-up period and the closing with respect to the sale of all, or the final portion of, the Series A Registrable Securities offered by such holders and (iii) all officers and directors of the Company and all five percent (5%) or greater stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements.
               (b) If any registration of Series A Registrable Securities shall be in connection with an underwritten public offering, the Company agrees (i) if requested by the underwriter or underwriters, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any of its equity securities or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan which has been duly adopted by the Company and which provides for the distribution to employees who participate in the plan of equity securities of the Company or securities convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities of the Company, or in connection with a merger or acquisition approved by the Board of Directors of the Company) during the seven days prior to, and during the 180-day period, or such other period as the managing underwriter of such offering shall reasonably require, beginning on the effective date of such registration statement (except as part of such registration) and (ii) that any agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement pursuant to which the Company issues or agrees to issue any privately placed equity securities shall contain a provision under which holders of such securities agree to be bound by Section 4(a).
               (c) In order to enforce the covenants set forth in this Section 4, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Series A Registrable Securities of each holder (and the shares of securities of every other Person subject to such restrictions) until the end of the applicable period.
               (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or successor or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or successor or similar forms which may be promulgated by the Commission in the future.
           5. Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of Sections 1, 2 or 3 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Series A Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company will, as soon as practical:
               (a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such securities within 90 days after delivery of a Demand Notice under Section 1, or 45 days after delivery of a Demand Notice under Section 3, and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective not later than 90 days from the date of its filing and to remain effective for the Requisite Period; provided , however , that (i) the Requisite Period shall

6


 

be extended for a period of time equal to the period the holder of Series A Registrable Securities refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Series A Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable Commission rules, the Requisite Period shall be extended for up to 60 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Series A Registrable Securities are sold;
               (b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for the Requisite Period and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Series A Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended method of disposition set forth in such registration statement for such period;
               (c) furnish to each seller of Series A Registrable Securities and to each underwriter such number of copies of the registration statement and the prospectus included therein (including each preliminary prospectus) as such Persons reasonably may request in order to facilitate the intended disposition of the Series A Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement;
               (d) use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Series A Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the sellers of Series A Registrable Securities or, in the case of an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter reasonably shall request; (ii) prepare and file in those jurisdictions such amendments (including post effective amendments) and supplements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary to maintain such registration and qualification in effect at all times for the period of distribution contemplated thereby; and (iii) take such further action as may be necessary or advisable to enable the disposition of the Series A Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions, provided , that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
               (e) use its best efforts to list the Series A Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement with any securities exchange on which the Common Stock of the Company is then listed, or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange, use its best efforts to list and facilitate the reporting of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market;
               (f) immediately notify each seller of Series A Registrable Securities and each underwriter under such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus contained in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing and promptly amend or supplement such registration statement to correct any such untrue statement or omission;

7


 

               (g) notify each seller of Series A Registrable Securities of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose and make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time;
               (h) permit a single firm of counsel designated as selling stockholders’ counsel by the Offering Holders to review the registration statement and all amendments and supplements thereto for a reasonable period of time prior to their filing ( provided , however , that in no event shall the Company file any document in a form to which such counsel reasonably objects);
               (i) make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than 90 days after the close of the period covered thereby, an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 under the Securities Act) covering a 12-month period beginning not later than the first day of the Company’s next fiscal quarter following the effective date of the registration statement;
               (j) if the offering is an underwritten offering, the Company will enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the manner herein provided in such form and containing such provisions as are usual and customary in the securities business for such an arrangement between such underwriter and companies of the Company’s size and investment stature, including customary holdback, indemnification and contribution provisions;
               (k) if the offering is an underwritten offering, at the request of any seller of Series A Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to furnish to such seller on the date that Series A Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration: (i) a copy of an opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters, stating that such registration statement has become effective under the Securities Act and (A) that to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, (B) that the registration statement, the related prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereof address the items of disclosure required by the applicable form of registration statement under the Securities Act (except that such counsel need not express any opinion as to the financial statements or other financial or statistical information contained therein) and (C) to such other effects as reasonably may be requested by counsel for the underwriters and (ii) a copy of a letter dated such date from the independent public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters, stating that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including information as to the period ending no more than five business days prior to the date of such letter) with respect to such registration as such underwriters reasonably may request;

8


 

               (l) make available for inspection by each seller of Series A Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;
               (m) provide a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single entity, and provide a CUSIP number for all such Series A Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of the registration statement;
               (n) take all actions reasonably necessary to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legend restricting the sale or transfer of such securities) representing the Series A Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to the registration statement and to enable such certificates to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Sellers or any underwriters may reasonably request;
               (o) take all other reasonable actions necessary to expedite and facilitate the registration of the Series A Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement;
               (p) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and
               (q) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.
          In connection with each registration hereunder, the sellers of Series A Registrable Securities will furnish to the Company in writing such information with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as reasonably shall be necessary in order to assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws.

9


 

           6. Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1, 2 and 3, including all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company, fees and expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or “blue sky” laws, fees of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., fees of transfer agents and registrars, costs of insurance and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the sellers of Series A Registrable Securities, as a group, selected by them, but excluding any Selling Expenses, are called “ Registration Expenses .” All underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Series A Registrable Securities are called “ Selling Expenses .” The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration statement under Sections 1, 2 and 3. All Selling Expenses in connection with each registration statement under Sections 1, 2 or 3 shall be borne by the Holders of Series A Registrable Securities in proportion to the number of Series A Registrable Securities sold by each or as they may otherwise agree.
           7. Indemnification and Contribution .
               (a) In the event of a registration of any of the Series A Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1, 2 or 3, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each seller of such Series A Registrable Securities thereunder and the partners, members, officers, directors and stockholders of each such seller; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), legal counsel and accountants for each such seller; and each other Person, if any, who controls such seller or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, from and against, and pay or reimburse them for, any losses, claims, reasonable expenses, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any of the aforementioned Persons may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Series A Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1, 2 or 3, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities or blue sky laws and specifically will reimburse each of the aforementioned Persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon the Company’s reliance on an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by any such seller, underwriter or controlling Person in writing specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus; and provided further, that the Company shall not be liable to the extent that any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission in such registration statement corrected in an amendment or supplement to the registration statement, such amendment or supplement was delivered to the indemnified party in sufficient quantities and a reasonable period of time prior to the closing of any offering and the indemnified party failed to deliver or

10


 

failed to cause to be delivered such registration statement as so amended or supplemented to the Person asserting such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability.
               (b) In the event of a registration of any of the Series A Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1, 2 or 3, each seller of such Series A Registrable Securities thereunder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, each officer of the Company who signs the registration statement, each director of the Company and any underwriter and any controlling Person of such underwriter from and against all losses, claims, reasonable expenses, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such officer, director, underwriter or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act, Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon reliance on any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement under which such Series A Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 1, 2 or 3, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and each such officer, director, underwriter and controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, expense, damage, liability or action; provided, that such seller will be liable hereunder in any such case if and only to the extent that any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information pertaining to such seller, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such seller specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus; and provided, further, that the liability of each seller hereunder shall be limited to the proportion of any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability which is equal to the proportion that the public offering price of the Series A Registrable Securities sold by such seller under such registration statement bears to the total public offering price of all securities sold thereunder, but not in any event to exceed the proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Series A Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnity provided in this Section 7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability if such settlement is effected without the consent of such seller.
               (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party other than under this Section 7 and shall only relieve it from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party under this Section 7 if and to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such omission. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such

11


 

indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and of liaison with counsel so selected; provided, that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such legal defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the reasonable expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred. In no event shall the indemnifying party be obligated to bear the expenses of more than one counsel for the indemnified party or parties, plus local counsel, if necessary, pursuant to the preceding sentence.
               (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, claim, expense, damage or liability referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or violation or alleged violation that resulted in such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or violation or alleged violation relates to information supplied or acts or omissions by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement, omission or violation; provided further, that, in no event shall any contribution of a holder of Series A Registrable Securities under this Section 7 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such holder.
               (e) The obligations of the Parties under this Section 7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Series A Registrable Securities in a registration statement under Section 1, 2 or 3; provided that any such indemnification obligations shall not extend beyond the period proscribed by the applicable statute of limitations (and all extensions thereof) with respect to such action or claim; and provided further, that if notice is given under this Section 7 with respect to any matter entitling a party to indemnification hereunder prior to the applicable expiration date, such indemnification obligation shall continue indefinitely in respect of the applicable claim until it is finally resolved.
           8. Changes in Capital Stock . If, and as often as, there is any change in the capital stock of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the capital stock as so changed.

12


 

           9. Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Series A Registrable Securities to the public without registration, or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall at all times after 90 days after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, the Company agrees to:
               (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act;
               (b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and
               (c) furnish to each holder of Series A Registrable Securities forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of such Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as such holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such holder to sell any Series A Registrable Securities without registration or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).
           10. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the other Parties as follows:
               (a) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and will not violate any provision of law, any order of any court or other agency of government, the charter or By-laws of the Company or any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which it or any or its properties or assets is bound, conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or its subsidiaries.
               (b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to judicial limitations on the enforcement of the remedy of specific performance and other equitable remedies and except for the indemnification provisions contained herein as limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.
           11. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns, including transferee of any Series A Registrable Securities, to the extent such transfer is to a Ten-Percent Transferee and or any partner or affiliate of an Investor or of any Ten-Percent Transferee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all covenants and agreements of

13


 

holders of Series A Registrable Securities shall bind any and all subsequent holders of their Series A Registrable Securities, and the Company shall not transfer on its records any such Series A Registrable Securities unless the transferor shall have first delivered to the Company (in a form acceptable to the Company) the written agreement of the transferee to become a Party to this Agreement as a holder of Series A Registrable Securities.
           12. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Registrable Securities then outstanding, including Easton and Maverick, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would grant to such holder or prospective holder the right, except to employees of the Company with respect to registrations on Form S-8 (or any successor forms thereto), to request the Company to register or include in any registration any securities of the Company.
           13. Information Rights . So long as any Investor holds at least 350,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event that results in an adjustment of the conversion price of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) or an equivalent amount in Common Shares, the Corporation shall deliver to each such Investor: (i) preliminary annual financial statements within 90 days after each fiscal year end and audited annual financial statements within 120 days after each fiscal year end; (ii) unaudited quarterly financial statements within 30 days after quarter end; (iii) on a monthly basis, a standard reporting package for the Company’s activities for the prior month within 30 days from the end of such corresponding month; (iv) within 30 days after the end of each quarter, a one (1) page progress report in bullet point form from the Company’s CEO outlining the status of the Company’s research, development, sales marketing and other relevant operating activities; and (v) an annual budget, no less than 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year.
           14. Auditing Firm . At any time during which the Investors continue to own, in the aggregate, 5% (five percent) of the originally issued Series A Preferred Stock, the audit of the Corporation’s books and records shall be performed by a “big four” accounting firm or a regional firm acceptable to the two Series A Directors.
           15. Special Actions .
               (a) At any time during which the Investors continue to own, in the aggregate, 20% (twenty percent) of the originally issued Series A Preferred Stock, consent of a majority of the Board of Directors (including at least one (1) of the directors appointed by the Investors) shall be obtained prior to the Company’s taking any of the following actions: (i) increasing the compensation of the Company’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer or any vice president of the Company; (ii) making any additions, terminations, promotions or demotions, to the management team; (iii) adopting or amend any stock option or equity incentive plan; (iv) granting any stock, stock option, or equity incentive to any officer, employee, director or consultant to the Company; (v) incur any indebtedness in excess of $250,000; (vi) loan money to or own stock in any subsidiary or other entity unless wholly-owned by the Company; (vii) enter into transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business, with directors, officers, employees or consultants of the company; (viii) guarantee the obligations or liabilities of any person; or (ix) make any

14


 

investment other than investments in prime commercial paper, money market funds or certificates of deposit, in each case having a maturity not in excess of two years.
               (b) Prior to the submission to the Board of Directors, any actions detailed in 15(a)(i) - (iv) above, the consent of a majority of the members of the Compensation Committee, including the Easton Director shall be received.
           16. Compensation Committee . Until such time as the Company effects a Qualified Public Offering, one member of the Compensation Committee shall be the Easton Director.
           17. Enforcement .
               (a)  Remedies . If a Party shall default (and shall not have cured such default within any applicable cure periods provided for herein) in any of its obligations under this Agreement or if any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement shall be untrue or misleading as of the date it was made, any aggrieved Party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights in accordance with Section 17(b), whether for the specific performance of any provision contained in this Agreement or for an injunction or restraining order against the breach of any such provision or for monetary damages in furtherance of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right of such Party or to take any one or more of such actions.
               (b)  Disputes . The Parties hereby consent and agree that the State or Federal Courts located in New York County, City of New York, New York, shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any claims or disputes between the Parties pertaining to this Agreement or to any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement, provided , that the Parties acknowledge that any appeals from those courts may have to be heard by a court located outside of New York County, City of New York, New York. The Parties expressly submit and consent in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, waives any objection which they may have based on lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue or forum non conveniens and hereby consent to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court.
               (c)  Waiver of Jury Trial . The Parties desire that disputes arising hereunder or relating hereto be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. Therefore, the Parties hereto waive all right to trial by jury in any action, suit or proceeding brought to resolve any dispute, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise among the Parties arising out of, connected with, related to, or incidental to the relationship established in connection with, this Agreement.
               (d)  Remedies Cumulative; Waiver . No remedy referred to herein is intended to be exclusive, but each shall be cumulative and in addition to any other remedy referred to above or otherwise available to any Party. No express or implied waiver by any Party of any default shall be a waiver of any future or subsequent default. The failure or delay of any Party in exercising any rights granted it hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any such right and any single or partial exercise of any particular right by any Party shall not exhaust the same or constitute a waiver of any other right provided herein.

15


 

           18. Miscellaneous .
               (a) Whenever herein the singular number is used, the same shall include the plural where appropriate, and words of any gender shall include each other gender where appropriate. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the words “ include ”, “ includes ” and “ including ” do not limit the preceding words or terms and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “ without limitation .” The captions and headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way affect, limit, amplify or modify the provisions hereof.
               (b) All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by telecopier or telex, addressed (i) if to the Company, at 651 Campus Drive, New Brighton, MN 55112, Attention: Dr. Michael Kallok, Ph.D. Facsimile number 651 259-1696 and (ii) if to any holder of Series A Registrable Securities, to it at such address as may have been furnished to the Company in writing by such holder; or, in any case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished in writing to the Company (in the case of a holder of Series A Registrable Securities) or to the holders of Series A Registrable Securities (in the case of the Company) in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
               (c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements entered into and to be wholly-performed in such State.
               (d) This Agreement may be amended at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part by (i) the board of directors of the Company and (ii) the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, including Easton.
               (e) This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.
               (f) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable, this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to duly amend this Agreement be replacing such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision with a legal, valid and enforceable provision, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.
[next page is the signature page]

16


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor’s Rights Agreement to be executed as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written.
         
  CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael J. Kallok    
    Name:   Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D.   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   

17


 

         
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor’s Rights Agreement to be executed as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written.
             
    EASTON HUNT CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:      EHC GP, L.P. its General Partner    
 
  By:      EHC GP, Inc., its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Charles B. Hughes
 
   
 
      Name: Charles B. Hughes    
 
      Title: Vice President    
 
           
    EASTON CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP    
 
           
 
  By:      ECP GP, LLC    
 
  By:      ECP GP, Inc., its Manager    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Charles B. Hughes
 
   
 
      Name: Charles B. Hughes    
 
      Title: Vice President    

18


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor’s Rights Agreement to be executed as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written.
             
    MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.    
 
           
 
  By:      Maverick Capital, Ltd.    
 
         Investment Advisor for Each Fund    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty
 
Name: John T. McCafferty
   
 
      Title: Limited Partner & General Counsel    
 
           
    MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.    
 
           
 
  By:      Maverick Capital, Ltd.    
 
         Investment Advisor for Each Fund    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty
 
Name: John T. McCafferty
   
 
      Title: Limited Partner & General Counsel    
 
           
    MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.    
 
           
 
  By:      Maverick Capital, Ltd.    
 
         Investment Advisor for Each Fund    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty
 
Name: John T. McCafferty
   
 
      Title: Limited Partner & General Counsel    

19


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor’s Rights Agreement to be executed as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written.
             
    MITSUI & CO. VENTURE PARTNERS II, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners, Inc.    
 
      Its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Koichi Ando    
 
           
 
      Name: Koichi Ando    
 
      Title: President & CEO    

20


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Investor’s Rights Agreement to be executed as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written.
             
    GDN HOLDINGS LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John Flottmeier    
 
           
 
      Name: John Flottmeier    
 
      Title: Attorney-in-fact for Glen D.    
 
                Nelson, Governor and Chief    
 
                Managing Member    
 
           
    CURTIS L. CARLSON FAMILY FOUNDATION    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John Flottmeier    
 
           
 
      Name: John Flottmeier    
 
      Title: Authorized Agent    
 
           
    CONVERTIBLE NOTE HOLDERS    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Michael J. Kallok    
 
           
 
      Name: Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D.    
 
      Title: Attorney-in-fact for convertible    
 
                note holders set forth on    
 
                Schedule A    

21


 

Schedule A
Investors
                         
    Series A   Series A   Aggregate
    Preferred   Preferred   Purchase
Name of Investor   Shares   Warrant   Price
Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P.
    612,960       87,040     $ 3,500,000.00  
Easton Hunt Partners, LP
    612,960       87,040     $ 3,500,000.00  
Maverick Fund, L.D.C.
    770,212       109,370     $ 4,397,910.52  
Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
    310,952       44,155     $ 1,775,535.92  
Maverick Fund II, Ltd.
    670,149       95,161     $ 3,826,550.79  
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P.
    675,148       95,871     $ 3,855,095.96  
 
                       
Total
    3,652,381       518,637     $ 20,855,093.19  

22


 

Schedule B
Stockholders
                         
    Series A   Series A   Aggregate
    Preferred   Preferred   Purchase
Name of Stockholders   Shares   Warrant   Price
Leonard Samuels and Leah Kaplan-Samuels JTWROS
    35,805       5,084     $ 204,444.44  
Jeffrey Reiss
    7,226       1,026     $ 41,262.22  
Eric L. Reynolds
    5,420       770     $ 30,946.67  
Gary M. Petrucci (to be held by Piper Jaffray as Cust FBO Gary M. Petrucci)
    36,124       5,130     $ 206,266.67  
Robert J. Foster
    17,890       2,540     $ 102,157.77  
Michael J. Murray Investments, LLC
    15,443       2,193     $ 88,181.43  
Christopher D. Yost
    4,507       640     $ 25,733.33  
Loyal M. Peterman, Jr.
    20,564       2,920     $ 117,422.98  
Dave B. Radovich
    7,203       1,023     $ 41,128.89  
Daryl L. Peterman
    1,027       146     $ 5,863.54  
Michael J. Antonello
    35,937       5,103     $ 205,200.00  
David Brink
    10,260       1,457     $ 58,584.60  
Thomas Kelleher
    20,444       2,903     $ 116,737.78  
Pearson M. Grieve
    8,949       1,271     $ 51,100.00  
Jay M. Ovsak (to be held by Millennium Trust Co. as Cust FBO Jay M. Ovsak)
    4,478       636     $ 25,572.22  
Gerald E. Bowers (to be held by Piper Jaffray as Cust FBO Gerald E. Bowers)
    8,947       1,270     $ 51,088.89  
Michael D. Aafedt (to be held by Piper Jaffray as Cust FBO Michael D. Aafedt)
    4,473       635     $ 25,538.89  
Paul W. Schaffer
    10,216       1,451     $ 58,330.82  
Larry Brandt and Judy Brandt JTWROS
    8,943       1,270     $ 51,066.67  
James R. Gray (to be held by Piper Jaffray as Cust FBO James R. Gray)
    3,064       435     $ 17,495.44  
Patrick J. Toutant (to be held by Piper Jaffray as Cust FBO Patrick J. Toutant)
    15,320       2,175     $ 87,477.20  
CSI Investment, LLC
    16,402       2,329     $ 93,654.15  
Morgan Schlief
    3,569       507     $ 20,377.78  

23


 

                         
    Series A   Series A   Aggregate
    Preferred   Preferred   Purchase
Name of Stockholders   Shares   Warrant   Price
Robert K. McCrea, Jr. (to be held by Piper Jaffray as Cust FBO Robert K. McCrea, Jr.)
    5,351       760     $ 30,553.33  
Michael Adrian
    8,943       1,270     $ 51,066.67  
Michael Barish
    44,474       6,315     $ 253,944.44  
Cardio Partners, LLC
    50,722       7,203     $ 289,623.89  
H. Leigh Severance
    22,208       3,154     $ 126,805.56  
H. Leigh Severance, Trustee, H. L. Severance, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan and Trust
    13,325       1,892     $ 76,083.33  
H. Leigh Severance, Trustee, H. L. Severance, Inc. Pension Plan and Trust
    8,883       1,261     $ 50,722.22  
TMP, LLLP
    53,217       7,557     $ 303,866.67  
Andrew J. Iseman and Shelly D. Iseman JTWROS
    17,657       2,507     $ 100,822.22  
Polly McCrea
    5,297       752     $ 30,246.67  
Steven J. Healy
    8,815       1,252     $ 50,333.33  
David W. Smith Investments, LLC
    5,281       750     $ 30,153.33  
Christopher J. Wagner (to be held by Piper Jaffray as Cust FBO Christopher J. Wagner SEP IRA)
    4,387       623     $ 25,050.00  
GDN Holdings LLC
    131,349       18,652     $ 750,000.00  
Curtis L. Carlson Family Foundation
    43,783       6,217     $ 250,000.00  
     
Total
    725,903       103,079     $ 4,144,904.04  

24

 

EXHIBIT 4.3
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTOR’S RIGHTS AGREEMENT
      THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTOR’S RIGHTS AGREEMENT is entered into effective this 3rd day of October, 2006 (this “ Amendment No. 1 ”), by and among Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota Corporation (the “ Company ”) , ITX International Equity Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ ITX ”), and the Investors signatory hereto.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, this Amendment No. 1 amends an Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated July 19, 2006 (the “ Investor’s Rights Agreement ”) by and between the Company and the “Investors” set forth on Schedule A thereto and “Stockholders” set forth on Schedule B thereto;
     WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to sell 350,263 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase up to 49,737 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to ITX in accordance with the terms of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement by and between the Company and ITX of even date herewith (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, on September 25, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the sale of $2,000,000 of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to ITX and the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement including this Amendment No. 1; and
     WHEREAS, Investors executing this Amendment No. 1 hold at least 66 2/3% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Amendment No. 1, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as set forth below:
  1.   Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investor’s Rights Agreement.
 
  2.   Schedule A is hereby amended in its entirety as follows and ITX shall be deemed an Investor as that term is used in the Investor’s Rights Agreement:
Investors
                         
    Series A   Series A   Aggregate
Name of Investor   Preferred Shares   Preferred Warrant   Purchase Price
Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P.
    612,960       87,040     $ 3,500,000.00  
Easton Hunt Partners, LP
    612,960       87,040     $ 3,500,000.00  
Maverick Fund, L.D.C.
    770,212       109,370     $ 4,397,910.52  
Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
    310,952       44,155     $ 1,775,535.92  
Maverick Fund II, Ltd.
    670,149       95,161     $ 3,826,550.79  
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P.
    675,148       95,871     $ 3,855,095.96  
ITX International Equity Corp.
    350,263       49,737     $ 2,000,000.00  
Total
    4,002,644       568,374     $ 22,855,093.19  

1


 

  3.   This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement. Any counterpart or other signature to this Amendment No. 1 that is delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery by such party of this Amendment No. 1.
 
  4.   Except as set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Investor’s Rights Agreement remain the same.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael J. Kallok    
    Name:   Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D.   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President    
 

3


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
             
    EASTON HUNT CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.    
 
           
 
  By:   EHC GP, L.P. its General Partner    
 
  By:   EHC GP, Inc., its General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John H. Friedman    
 
     
 
Name: John H. Friedman
   
 
      Title: President    
 
           
    EASTON CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP    
 
           
 
  By:   ECP GP, LLC    
 
  By:   ECP GP, Inc., its Manager    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John H. Friedman    
 
     
 
Name: John H. Friedman
   
 
      Title: President    

4


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.
 
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.    
    Its Investment Advisor   
       
  By:   /s/ Christy Wyskiel    
    Name:   Christy Wyskiel   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.
 
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.    
    Its Investment Advisor   
       
  By:   /s/ Christy Wyskiel    
    Name:   Christy Wyskiel   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.
 
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.    
    Its Investment Advisor   
       
  By:   /s/ Christy Wyskiel    
    Name:   Christy Wyskiel   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

5


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  MITSUI & CO. VENTURE PARTNERS II, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners, Inc.    
    Its General Partner   
       
  By:   /s/ Koichi Ando    
    Name:   Koichi Ando   
    Title:   President & CEO   
 

6


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  ITX INTERNATIONAL EQUITY CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Takehito Jimbo    
    Name:   Takehito Jimbo   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

7

 

EXHIBIT 4.4
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO INVESTOR’S RIGHTS AGREEMENT
      THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO INVESTOR’S RIGHTS AGREEMENT is entered into effective this 19th day of September, 2007 (this “ Amendment No. 2 ”), by and among Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota Corporation (the “ Company ”) , the Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stockholders listed on Exhibit A hereto (“ Series A-1 Investors ”), and the Investors signatory hereto.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, this Amendment No. 2 amends an Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated July 19, 2006 (the " Investor’s Rights Agreement ”) by and between the Company and the “Investors” set forth on Schedule A thereto and “Stockholders” set forth on Schedule B thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated October 3, 2006 by and between the Company, ITX International Equity Corp. and the “Investors” signatory thereto;
     WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to sell up to 2,941,177 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock to the Series A-1 Investors (the “ Offering ”) in accordance with the terms of that certain Private Placement Memorandum dated May 16, 2007, as supplemented on August 8, 2007, and those certain Subscription Agreements by and between the Company and the Series A-1 Investors received in connection with the Offering (the “ Subscription Agreements ”);
     WHEREAS, on May 21, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the sale of up to 1,175,000 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock to the Series A-1 Investors and the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements including this Amendment No. 2, and on August 7, 2007 the Board further authorized that the Offering be increased to not more than 2,941,177 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock; and
     WHEREAS, Investors executing this Amendment No. 2 hold at least 66 2/3% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Amendment No. 2, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as set forth below:
  1.   Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investor’s Rights Agreement.
 
  2.   The Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock sold in the Offering shall be deemed additional shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for purposes of the Investor’s Rights Agreement.

1


 

  3.   Schedule A is hereby amended in its entirety as follows and each of the Series A-1 Investors shall be deemed an Investor as that term is used in the Investor’s Rights Agreement:
Investors
                                 
    Series A   Series A   Series A-1    
    Preferred   Preferred   Preferred   Aggregate
Name of Investor   Shares   Warrant   Shares   Purchase Price
Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P.
    612,960       87,040              
Easton Hunt Partners, LP
    612,960       87,040              
Maverick Fund, L.D.C.
    770,212       109,370       103,524     $ 879,954.00  
Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
    310,952       44,155       41,795     $ 355,257.50  
Maverick Fund II, Ltd.
    670,149       95,161       90,075     $ 765,637.50  
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P.
    675,148       95,871       117,647     $ 999,999.50  
ITX International Equity Corp.
    350,263       49,737       47,079     $ 400,171.50  
Abrasive Technology, Inc. Profit Shar Pl
                32,000     $ 272,000.00  
Michael Adrian
    8,943       1,270       3,552     $ 30,200.00  
Mark R. Alvig
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
Shahla Amiri
                5,000     $ 42,500.00  
Anthony Angelini
                12,000     $ 102,000.00  
Michael J. Antonello
    35,937       5,103       18,255     $ 155,167.50  
Massoud Arbabzadeh, MD
                5,882     $ 49,997.00  
Naoum Baladi
                28,000     $ 238,000.00  
Michael S. Barish
    44,474       6,315       11,928     $ 101,388.00  
Frederick L. Betz and Cynthia A. Betz, JTWROS
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
RBC Dain Rauscher Cust FBO Frederick L. Betz IRA
                9,500     $ 80,750.00  
Charles Schwab & Co. Cust FBO John A. Beyer IRA
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Thomas M. Bies and Edith C. Bies, JTWROS
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Gerry Black
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Brent G. Blackey
                5,900     $ 50,150.00  
Pensco Trust Company Cust FBO Michael J. Bogart IRA
                4,900     $ 41,650.00  
William Bold
                3,600     $ 30,600.00  
John R. Borrell
                11,764     $ 99,994.00  
Robert Brady
                9,000     $ 76,500.00  
Larry Brandt and Judy Brandt JTWROS
    8,943       1,270       4,120     $ 35,020.00  
David Brink
    10,260       1,457       17,000     $ 144,500.00  
Gerald F. Bubnick
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
Brian P. Burns, Jr.
                7,500     $ 63,750.00  
Marlyn and Margaret Buss, Trustees, Marlyn and Margaret Buss Rev. Living Trust dated 4/12/04
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Wedbush Morgan Securities Cust FBO Richard E. Bye IRA
                7,050     $ 59,925.00  
Timothy Byrne and Sandra Byrne, Trustees, Byrne Family Trust
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Christopher Campbell
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  

2


 

                                 
    Series A   Series A   Series A-1    
    Preferred   Preferred   Preferred   Aggregate
Name of Investor   Shares   Warrant   Shares   Purchase Price
H. Daniel Caparo
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Franklin G. Capitanini IRA
                5,800     $ 49,300.00  
Joseph Anthony Cardenas
                29,400     $ 249,900.00  
Curtis L. Carlson Family Foundation
    43,783       6,217       29,414     $ 250,019.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Steven W. Carter IRA
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
CAVA Partners, LLC
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
John F. Cavanaugh
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Vijay T. Char
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Scott Chase
                17,647     $ 150,000.00  
Richard J. Cherry and JoAnn Cherry, JTWROS
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
George Jean Chilazi
                6,777     $ 57,604.50  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Bruce A. Church IRA
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Pershing LLC Custodian FBO Walter Douglas Clark IRA
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
David E. Cohen, M.D.
                5,884     $ 50,014.00  
Sean Collins
                11,765     $ 100,002.50  
Wachovia Securities Cust FBO Sean Collins IRA
                12,941     $ 110,000.00  
Tom Correia
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Ralph D. Crawford
                11,750     $ 99,875.00  
Carla C. Dahl
                590     $ 5,015.00  
Thomas P. Davis, MD
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Keith Donnan
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Peter S. Dougan, M.D.
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Mark W. DuPont IRA
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
Keith M. Eastman
                4,000     $ 34,000.00  
Joane Evans and Lyell Evans JTWROS
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
Ryan E. Evans
                5,883     $ 50,005.50  
Gary Jay Fishbein, MD
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
Jeffrey Fleming
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
James Flynn
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Linda M. Foster
    17,890       2,540       2,404     $ 20,434.00  
Michael D. Fugit, M.D.
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Michael Furlong
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Geoffrey T. Gainor
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Dennis R. Gancarz
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
GDN Holdings, LLC
    131,349       18,652       41,913     $ 356,260.50  
Kenneth L. Gibbs, MD and Beverly T. Gibbs JTWROS
                2,950     $ 25,075.00  
Scott Kean Goodman
                19,059     $ 162,001.50  
UBS Financial Services, Inc. Cust FBO R. Hunt Greene IRA
                6,500     $ 55,250.00  

3


 

                                 
    Series A   Series A   Series A-1    
    Preferred   Preferred   Preferred   Aggregate
Name of Investor   Shares   Warrant   Shares   Purchase Price
Daniel Patrick Greenleaf and Diane Francis Greenleaf
                10,000     $ 85,000.00  
Barry K. Griffith
                18,750     $ 159,375.00  
Edith Guglielmi
                7,060     $ 60,010.00  
David J. Gunther
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Rob Hadley
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust FBO Rob Hadley IRA
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Scott Robert Hannum
                11,764     $ 100,000.00  
Scott Merle Hanson
                600     $ 5,100.00  
Steven J. Healy
    8,815       1,252       9,431     $ 80,173.50  
Syntel, LLC Profit Sharing Plan FBO Alfred Harry Herget, Alfred Harry Herget, Trustee
                5,882     $ 49,997.00  
Richard R. Heuser and Sharon L.Heuser, Trustees, R&S Trust dated 8/3/99
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO David Richard Hewitt IRA
                13,000     $ 110,500.00  
Robert C. Hinckle
                17,647     $ 150,000.00  
William Hoffman and Lilia Helen Hoffman JTWROS
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Jeremy Houseman
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
Derek J. Howe
                8,000     $ 68,000.00  
Wende S. Hutton, Trustee, Hutton Living Trust dtd 12/10/96
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Innovasc, LLC
                4,500     $ 38,250.00  
Michael Iovanni and Linda Iovanni, JTWROS
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Andrew J. Iseman and Shelly D. Iseman JTWROS
    17,657       2,507       7,108     $ 60,418.00  
Sean Janzer
                11,765     $ 100,000.00  
Sara Jay
                5,900     $ 50,150.00  
Takemito Jimbo
                11,765     $ 100,002.50  
Charles David Joffe, MD
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
Darla R. Johnson and John A. Beyer JTWROS
                3,529     $ 30,000.00  
Elias H. Kassab
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Salva Kassab and Suha Kassab JTWROS
                3,529     $ 30,000.00  
KD Holding, Inc.
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
Puneet K. Khanna and Monica Khanna JTWROS
                17,647     $ 150,000.00  
Yazan Khatib
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Farhad Khosravi, Ttee, Farhad Khosravi and Flora Shirzad Khosravi Trust U/A
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Bertram W. Klein
                10,000     $ 85,000.00  
E*Trade as Cust FBO Joseph F. Koziol IRA
                5,883     $ 50,005.50  

4


 

                                 
    Series A   Series A   Series A-1    
    Preferred   Preferred   Preferred   Aggregate
Name of Investor   Shares   Warrant   Shares   Purchase Price
Al Kraus and Eileen Kraus JTWROS
                8,825     $ 75,012.50  
Al Kraus
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
David Kraus, M.D.
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Scott Kraus
                22,600     $ 192,100.00  
John T. Kuzara
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Habib John Lahlouh
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
David Lamadrid
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
Aaron Lew
                17,000     $ 144,500.00  
MLPF&S Cust FBO Aaron Lew IRA
                23,529     $ 199,996.50  
Robert Lindmeier and Sheryl Lindmeier
                11,764     $ 100,000.00  
William Andrew Lindmeier and Susan J. Lindmeier JTWROS
                5,000     $ 42,500.00  
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee of the Donald M. Longlet Rev Trust
                11,764     $ 99,994.00  
Louis Lopez, MD
                11,765     $ 100,000.00  
Richard A. Lotti
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Jonathan K. Lubkert
                600     $ 5,100.00  
Kenneth H. Lubkert and Elizabeth R. Lubkert JTWROS
                4,706     $ 40,001.00  
Satyaprakash Makam
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Louis Manfredo and Genevieve Manfredo JTWROS
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
Carol A. Martin, Sole Trustee of the Martin Family Revocable Trust
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Lynne Martin and Tevis P. Martin III
                1,200     $ 10,200.00  
MaxBee Holding Company LLC
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Gary McCord
                17,647     $ 150,000.00  
Christopher W. McNeill
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
John J. Mehalchin
                11,765     $ 100,002.50  
Jacob P. Mercer
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Amir Motarjeme, Trustee of the Amir Motarjeme Profit Sharing Plan FBO Amir Motarjeme
                5,882     $ 49,997.00  
Padmini Natarajan and B. R. Natarajan JTWROS
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust FBO Thomas P. Neslund IRA
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Thomas P. Neslund
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Hajime Oshita
                2,400     $ 20,400.00  
Marco Ovikian and Catherine Ovikian, JTWROS
                8,823     $ 75,000.00  
Ashish Pal
                30,000     $ 255,000.00  
Tom Pardubeck
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Daryl L. Peterman
    1,027       146       5,000     $ 42,500.00  
Loyal M. Peterman, Jr.
    20,564       2,920       16,124     $ 137,054.00  
John N. Phillips
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  

5


 

                                 
    Series A   Series A   Series A-1    
    Preferred   Preferred   Preferred   Aggregate
Name of Investor   Shares   Warrant   Shares   Purchase Price
Cassandra Piippo
                589     $ 5,006.50  
Pinnacle Investment Group, LLC
                9,000     $ 76,500.00  
Sridhar Prativadi
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Rolando E. Prieto
                2,941     $ 24,998.50  
Dave B. Radovich
    7,203       1,023       25,169     $ 213,936.50  
Robert K. Ranum
                2,941     $ 24,998.50  
Ambika Ravindran
                12,000     $ 102,000.00  
Redmile Capital, LP
                7,569     $ 64,341.00  
Redmile Ventures, LLC
                5,882     $ 49,997.00  
Redmile Capital Offshore, Ltd.
                27,725     $ 235,658.00  
Michael Reilly and Lisa Reilly
                11,764     $ 99,994.00  
Ronald Reuss and Rita Reuss JTWROS
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Stacey Rickert
                10,000     $ 85,000.00  
Benjamin S. Rinkey
                4,000     $ 34,000.00  
Caleb Rivera
                2,940     $ 24,990.00  
Edward Todd Robbins
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Cecilia S. Roberts, Trustee David K. Roberts Residuary Trust
                21,200     $ 180,200.00  
David K. Roberts
                11,800     $ 100,300.00  
Todd A. Roberts and Debra D. Roberts
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Peter Lars Runquist
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Paul W. Schaffer
    10,216       1,451       20,000     $ 170,000.00  
James W. Schlesing and Dona Connelly
                7,059     $ 60,001.50  
Marc S. Schwartzberg
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Gary M. Scott and Malisa M. Scott, Ttees of the Gary and Malisa Scott Rev Trust
                29,500     $ 250,750.00  
R. Randolph Scott
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Gino J. Sedillo, MD
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
David Shaskey
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Pamela Shaw and James Shaw JTWROS
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Neil J. Sheehan
                2,000     $ 17,000.00  
Chiemsee Money Purchase Plan, dtd 03/11/97, FBO Robert T. Shepard
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
Robert Shepard and Celia Shepard, Ttees of the Shepard Family Trust dated 2/1/99
                6,000     $ 51,000.00  
Harvinder Paul Singh, MD
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Kevin Spanier
                1,200     $ 10,200.00  
Kathleen A. Stauter
                1,775     $ 15,087.50  
Steven Mendelow, Trustee, Teledata Financial Services Corp. Profit Shar Plan
                23,529     $ 200,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Robert J. Thatcher IRA
                12,000     $ 102,000.00  
Kimberley J. Thomas and A. Conrade Thomas JTWROS
                5,890     $ 50,065.00  

6


 

                                 
    Series A   Series A   Series A-1    
    Preferred   Preferred   Preferred   Aggregate
Name of Investor   Shares   Warrant   Shares   Purchase Price
TMP, LLLP
    53,217       7,557       56,768     $ 482,529.00  
Top Medical Holding B.V.
                4,000     $ 34,000.00  
Leslie Trigg and Michael Trigg, Trustees, Trigg Family Trust
                2,942     $ 25,007.00  
Edwin C. Tyska
                11,765     $ 100,000.00  
Hector J. Vasquez and Sandra L. Vasquez
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Greg Vella and Michelle Vella, Ttees, Greg Vella and Michelle Vella Family Tr
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Chris Vieira
                4,588     $ 39,000.00  
Douglas A. Waldo, MD
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Joseph A. Wasselle and Stacie Poole
                2,941     $ 24,998.50  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Burton M. Waxman IRA
                7,058     $ 60,000.00  
Wellspring Capital
                176,470     $ 1,500,000.00  
Wellspring Management, LLC
                58,823     $ 500,000.00  
Martin F. Whalen
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust FBO Kimberly Williamson IRA
                5,882     $ 50,000.00  
Steven Wishnia
                3,000     $ 25,500.00  
Sharon T. Wooster
                2,941     $ 25,000.00  
Total
    4,002,644       568,374       2,188,425     $ 18,601,821.50  
  4.   This Amendment No. 2 may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement. Any counterpart or other signature to this Amendment No. 2 that is delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery by such party of this Amendment No. 2.
 
  5.   Except as set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Investor’s Rights Agreement remain the same.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

7


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James E. Flaherty    
    Name:   James E. Flaherty   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   

8


 

         
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
    EASTON HUNT CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.
 
       
 
  By:   EHC GP, L.P. its General Partner
 
  By:   EHC GP, Inc., its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ John H. Friedman
 
       
 
      Name: John H. Friedman
Title: President
 
       
    EASTON CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP
 
       
 
  By:   ECP GP, LLC
 
  By:   ECP GP, Inc., its Manager
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ John H. Friedman
 
       
 
      Name: John H. Friedman
 
      Title: President

9


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
    MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.
 
       
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.
 
      Its Investment Advisor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty
 
       
 
      Name: John T. McCafferty
 
      Title: Limited Partner and General Counsel
 
       
    MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.
 
       
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.
 
      Its Investment Advisor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty
 
       
 
      Name: John T. McCafferty
 
      Title: Limited Partner and General Counsel
 
       
    MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.
 
       
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.
 
      Its Investment Advisor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty
 
       
 
      Name: John T. McCafferty
 
      Title: Limited Partner and General Counsel

10


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
 
  MITSUI & CO. VENTURE PARTNERS II, L.P.
 
       
 
  By:   Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners, Inc.
 
      Its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Koichi Ando
 
       
 
      Name: Koichi Ando
 
      Title: President & CEO

11


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  SERIES A-1 CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED INVESTORS
 
 
  By:   /s/ James E. Flaherty    
    James E. Flaherty, as Attorney-in-Fact for the Series A-1 Convertible   
    Preferred Investors named on Exhibit A hereto   

12


 

         
EXHIBIT A
SERIES A-1 CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED INVESTORS
 
Abrasive Technology, Inc.
Profit Sharing Plan
Michael Adrian
Mark R. Alvig
Shahla Amiri
Anthony Angelini
Michael J. Antonello
Massoud Arbabzadeh, MD
Naoum Baladi
Michael S. Barish
Frederick L. Betz and
Cynthia A. Betz, JTWROS
RBC Dain Rauscher Cust
FBO Frederick L. Betz IRA
Charles Schwab & Co. Cust
FBO John A. Beyer IRA
Thomas M. Bies and
Edith C. Bies, JTWROS
Gerry Black
Brent G. Blackey
Pensco Trust Company Cust
FBO Michael J. Bogart IRA
William Bold
John R. Borrell
Robert Brady
Larry Brandt and
Judy Brandt JTWROS
David Brink
Gerald F. Bubnick
Brian P. Burns, Jr.
Marlyn and Margaret Buss,
Ttees, Marlyn and Margaret
Buss Rev. Living Trust
Wedbush Morgan Securities
Cust FBO Richard E. Bye IRA
Timothy Byrne and Sandra Byrne, Trustees,
Byrne Family Trust
Christopher Campbell
H. Daniel Caparo
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust
FBO Franklin G. Capitanini IRA
Joseph Anthony Cardenas
Curtis L. Carlson Family
Foundation
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
Cust FBO Steven W. Carter IRA
CAVA Partners, LLC
John F. Cavanaugh
Vijay T. Char
Scott Chase
Richard J. Cherry and
JoAnn Cherry, JTWROS
George Jean Chilazi
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust
FBO Bruce A. Church IRA
Pershing LLC Custodian
FBO Walter Douglas Clark IRA
David E. Cohen, M.D.
Sean Collins
Wachovia Securities Cust
FBO Sean Collins IRA
Tom Correia
Ralph D. Crawford
Carla C. Dahl
Thomas P. Davis, MD
Keith Donnan
Peter S. Dougan, M.D.
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust
FBO Mark W. DuPont IRA
Keith M. Eastman
Joane Evans and
Lyell Evans JTWROS
Ryan E. Evans
Gary Jay Fishbein, MD
Jeffrey Fleming
James Flynn
Linda M. Foster
Michael D. Fugit, M.D.
Michael Furlong
Geoffrey T. Gainor
Dennis R. Gancarz
GDN Holdings, LLC
Kenneth L. Gibbs, MD and
Beverly T. Gibbs JTWROS
Scott Kean Goodman
UBS Financial Services, Inc. Cust
FBO R. Hunt Greene IRA
Daniel Patrick Greenleaf and
Diane Francis Greenleaf
Barry K. Griffith
Edith Guglielmi
David J. Gunther
Rob Hadley
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust
FBO Rob Hadley IRA
Scott Robert Hannum
Scott Merle Hanson
Steven J. Healy
Syntel, LLC Profit Sharing Plan
FBO Alfred Harry Herget, Alfred
Harry Herget, Trustee
Richard R. Heuser and Sharon L.
Heuser, Trustees, R&S Trust
dated 8/3/99
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust
FBO David Richard Hewitt IRA
Robert C. Hinckle

13


 

 
William Hoffman and
Lilia Helen Hoffman JTWROS
Jeremy Houseman
Derek J. Howe
Wende S. Hutton, Trustee,
Hutton Living Trust dtd 12/10/96
Innovasc, LLC
Michael Iovanni and
Linda Iovanni, JTWROS
Andrew J. Iseman and
Shelly D. Iseman JTWROS
ITX International Equity Corp.
Sean Janzer
Sara Jay
Takemito Jimbo
Charles David Joffe, MD
Darla R. Johnson and
John A. Beyer JTWROS
Elias H. Kassab
Salva Kassab and
Suha Kassab JTWROS
KD Holding, Inc.
Puneet K. Khanna and
Monica Khanna JTWROS
Yazan Khatib
Farhad Khosravi, Ttee, Farhad Khosravi
and Flora Shirzad Khosravi Trust U/A
Bertram W. Klein
E*Trade as Cust
FBO Joseph F. Koziol IRA
Al Kraus and
Eileen Kraus JTWROS
Al Kraus
David Kraus, M.D.
Scott Kraus
John T. Kuzara
Habib John Lahlouh
David Lamadrid
Aaron Lew
MLPF&S Cust FBO
Aaron Lew IRA
Robert Lindmeier and
Sheryl Lindmeier
William Andrew Lindmeier and
Susan J. Lindmeier JTWROS
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee
of the Donald M. Longlet Rev Tr
Louis Lopez, MD
Richard A. Lotti
Jonathan K. Lubkert
Kenneth H. Lubkert and
Elizabeth R. Lubkert JTWROS
Satyaprakash Makam
Louis Manfredo and
Genevieve Manfredo JTWROS
Carol A. Martin, Sole Trustee,
Martin Family Revocable Trust
Lynne Martin and
Tevis P. Martin III
Maverick Fund, L.D.C.
Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
Maverick Fund II, Ltd.
MaxBee Holding Company LLC
Gary McCord
Christopher W. McNeill
John J. Mehalchin
Jacob P. Mercer
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, LP
Amir Motarjeme, Trustee, Amir
Motarjeme Profit Sharing Plan
FBO Amir Motarjeme
Padmini Natarajan and
B. R. Natarajan JTWROS
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust
FBO Thomas P. Neslund IRA
Thomas P. Neslund
Hajime Oshita
Marco Ovikian and
Catherine Ovikian, JTWROS
Ashish Pal
Tom Pardubeck
Daryl L. Peterman
Loyal M. Peterman, Jr.
John N. Phillips
Cassandra Piippo
Pinnacle Investment Group, LLC
Sridhar Prativadi
Rolando E. Prieto
Dave B. Radovich
Robert K. Ranum
Ambika Ravindran
Redmile Capital, LP
Redmile Ventures, LLC
Redmile Capital Offshore, Ltd.
Michael Reilly and Lisa Reilly
Ronald Reuss and
Rita Reuss JTWROS
Stacey Rickert
Benjamin S. Rinkey
Caleb Rivera
Edward Todd Robbins
Cecilia S. Roberts, Trustee
David K. Roberts Residuary Trust
David K. Roberts
Todd A. Roberts and
Debra D. Roberts
Peter Lars Runquist
Paul W. Schaffer
James W. Schlesing and
Dona Connelly
Marc S. Schwartzberg
Gary M. Scott and Malisa M. Scott,
Ttees of the Gary and Malisa Scott
Rev Trust
R. Randolph Scott

14


 

 
Gino J. Sedillo, MD
David Shaskey
Pamela Shaw and
James Shaw JTWROS
Neil J. Sheehan
Chiemsee Money Purchase Plan,
dtd 03/11/97, FBO Robert T.
Shepard
Robert Shepard and Celia Shepard,
Ttees of the Shepard Family Trust
dated 2/1/99
Harvinder Paul Singh, MD
Kevin Spanier
Kathleen A. Stauter
Steven Mendelow, Trustee,
Teledata Financial Services Corp.
Profit Shar Plan
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust
FBO Robert J. Thatcher IRA
Kimberley J. Thomas and
A. Conrade Thomas JTWROS
TMP, LLLP
Top Medical Holding B.V.
Leslie Trigg and Michael Trigg,
Trustees, Trigg Family Trust
Edwin C. Tyska
Hector J. Vasquez and
Sandra L. Vasquez
Greg Vella and Michelle Vella,
Ttees, Greg Vella and Michelle
Vella Family Tr
Chris Vieira
Douglas A. Waldo, MD
Joseph A. Wasselle and
Stacie Poole
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust
FBO Burton M. Waxman IRA
Wellspring Capital
Wellspring Management, LLC
Martin F. Whalen
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust
FBO Kimberly Williamson IRA
Steven Wishnia
Sharon T. Wooster

15

 

Exhibit 4.5
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT is entered into effective this 17th day of December, 2007 (this “ Amendment No. 3 ”), by and among Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota Corporation (the “ Company ”) , the Series B Convertible Preferred Stockholders listed on Exhibit A hereto (“ Series B Investors ”), and the Investors signatory hereto.
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, this Amendment No. 3 amends an Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated July 19, 2006 (the “ Investor’s Rights Agreement ”) by and between the Company and the “Investors” set forth on Schedule A thereto and “Stockholders” set forth on Schedule B thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated October 3, 2006 by and between the Company, ITX International Equity Corp. and the “Investors” signatory thereto, and Amendment No. 2 to Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated September 19, 2007 by and between the Company, the Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stockholders and the “Investors” signatory thereto;
          WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to sell up to 2,162,162 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to the Series B Investors (the “ Offering ”) in accordance with the terms of that certain Private Placement Memorandum dated November 13, 2007 and those certain Subscription Agreements by and between the Company and the Series B Investors received in connection with the Offering (the “ Subscription Agreements ”);
          WHEREAS, on November 13, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the sale of up to 2,162,162 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to the Series B Investors and the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements including this Amendment No. 3; and
          WHEREAS, Investors executing this Amendment No. 3 hold at least 66 2 / 3 % of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Amendment No. 3, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as set forth below:
  1.   Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investor’s Rights Agreement.
 
  2.   The definition of “Qualified Public Offering” is hereby amended as follows:
Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock that has been approved by the Preferred Stock Directors (as defined in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation) and in which the aggregate gross proceeds from such offering to the Company shall be at least $40,000,000.

1


 

  3.   The following paragraph is hereby added to Section 2, Piggyback Registration:
(c) The provisions of this Section 2 shall not apply to the Company’s IPO.
  4.   The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock sold in the Offering shall be deemed additional shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for purposes of the Investor’s Rights Agreement.
 
  5.   Schedule A is hereby amended in its entirety as set forth at Exhibit B and each of the Series B Investors shall be deemed an Investor as that term is used in the Investor’s Rights Agreement.
 
  6.   This Amendment No. 3 may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement. Any counterpart or other signature to this Amendment No. 3 that is delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery by such party of this Amendment No. 3.
 
  7.   Except as set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Investor’s Rights Agreement remain the same.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James E. Flaherty    
    Name:   James E. Flaherty   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   

 


 

         
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
     
  EASTON HUNT CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.    
 
  By:   EHC GP, L.P. its General Partner    
  By:   EHC GP, Inc., its General Partner    
 
  By:   /s/ John Friedman    
    Name:   John Friedman   
    Title:   President   
         
     
  EASTON CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP    
 
  By:   ECP GP, LLC    
  By:   ECP GP, Inc., its Manager    
 
  By:   /s/ John Friedman    
    Name:   John Friedman   
    Title:   President   

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
     
  MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.    
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.
Its Investment Advisor  
 
     
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty    
    Name:   John T. McCafferty   
    Title:   Limited Partner & General Counsel   
 
         
   MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.  
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.
Its Investment Advisor  
 
 
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty    
    Name:   John T. McCafferty   
    Title:   Limited Partner & General Counsel   
         
  MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.  
 
  By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.
Its Investment Advisor  
 
     
  By:   /s/ John T. McCafferty    
    Name:   John T. McCafferty   
    Title:   Limited Partner & General Counsel   

 


 

         
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  MITSUI & CO. VENTURE PARTNERS II, L.P.    
 
  By:   Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners, Inc.
Its General Partner 
 
     
  By:   /s/ Koichi Ando    
    Name:   Koichi Ando   
    Title:   President & CEO   

 


 

         
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  ITX INTERNATIONAL EQUITY CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Takehito Jimbo    
    Name:   Takehito Jimbo   
    Title:   President & CEO   

 


 

         
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  WELLSPRING CAPITAL
 
 
  By:   /s/ George Griffin    
    Name:   George Griffin   
    Title:   CFO   

 


 

         
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  GDN HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Glen D. Nelson    
    Name:   Glen D. Nelson   
    Title:      

 


 

         
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 to Investor’s Rights Agreement effective the date first written above.
         
  SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED INVESTORS
 
 
  By:   /s/ James E. Flaherty    
    James E. Flaherty, as Attorney-in-Fact for the Series B Convertible Preferred Investors named on Exhibit A hereto  
 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED INVESTORS
                 
Name   Amount     Shares  
Shahla Amiri
  $ 9,250.00       1,000  
Anthony Angelini
  $ 351,500.00       38,000  
John T. Arvold
  $ 25,000.00       2,702  
Londa Benjamini and Everett ___
  $ 20,000.00       2,162  
Thomas M. Bies and Edith C. Bies JTWROS
  $ 25,002.75       2,703  
Brent G. Blackey
  $ 46,250.00       5,000  
Claude A. Brachfeld
  $ 25,000.00       2,702  
Larry Brandt and Judy Brandt JTWROS
  $ 46,250.00       5,000  
David Brink
  $ 11,867.75       1,283  
Calmedica Capital L.P.
  $ 900,000.00       97,297  
Stephen Carito
  $ 25,000.00       2,702  
The Curtis L. Carlson Family Foundation
  $ 300,005.25       32,433  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Steven W. Carter IRA
  $ 20,000.00       2,162  
Scott Chase
  $ 26,371.75       2,851  
Sandra Novak Cohen
  $ 50,005.50       5,406  
Kenneth J. Crowell and Veronica J. Crowell JTWROS
  $ 75,000.00       8,108  
Steven Crowell
  $ 100,000.00       10,810  
Marc Daniels
  $ 5,000.00       540  
Tony S. Das
  $ 157,250.00       17,000  
Ronit Eres
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Joane Evans and Lyell Evans JTWROS
  $ 25,002.75       2,703  
Ryan E. Evans
  $ 25,002.75       2,703  
Donald E. Fischer III
  $ 25,000.00       2,702  
Joseph D. Flynn, Jr. and Lori G. Flynn JTWROS
  $ 50,005.50       5,406  
Linda M. Foster
  $ 32,375.00       3,500  
GDN Holdings, LLC
  $ 499,999.50       54,054  
GFTH Investment Club
  $ 44,955.00       4,860  

A-1


 

                 
Name   Amount     Shares  
The Gramercy Fund
  $ 75,000.00       8,108  
Ron B. Guillot, Jr.
  $ 25,002.75       2,703  
Scott Hannum
  $ 100,000.00       10,810  
Kimberly B. Haynie
  $ 30,007.00       3,244  
James C. Hays
  $ 25,000.00       2,702  
Steven J. Healy
  $ 27,269.00       2,948  
AG Edwards Custodian Richard R. Heuser Rollover IRA
  $ 75,000.00       8,108  
Andrew J. Iseman and Shelly D. Iseman JTWROS
  $ 50,005.50       5,406  
ITX International Equity Corp.
  $ 3,000,006.25       324,325  
Darla R. Johnson and John A. Beyer JTWROS
  $ 5,272.50       570  
William Michael Keith
  $ 35,002.00       3,784  
Bertram W. Klein c/o Bessemer Trust
  $ 61,188.75       6,615  
Paul A. Koehn
  $ 35,002.00       3,784  
David Kraus, M.D.
  $ 9,250.00       1,000  
Robert Lindmeier and Sheryl Lindmeier JTWROS
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee of the Donald M. Longlet Rev Trust dtd 9/12/89
  $ 199,800.00       21,600  
Carleen Lunceford and Marvin Lunceford JTWROS
  $ 25,002.75       2,703  
Maverick Fund, L.D.C.
  $ 439,791.25       47,545  
Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
  $ 177,553.75       19,195  
Maverick Fund II, Ltd.
  $ 382,654.00       41,368  
Guy S. Mayeda and Amy A. Mayeda, Ttees, Guy and Amy Mayeda Living Trust
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Heather J. McHugh
  $ 50,005.50       5,406  
Michael G. Micheli and Lisa Micheli JTWROS
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Steven Nelson
  $ 25,000.00       2,702  
Ashish Pal
  $ 124,875.00       13,500  
James B. Park
  $ 55,500.00       6,000  
Daryl L. Peterman
  $ 46,250.00       5,000  
Loyal M. Peterman, Jr.
  $ 185,000.00       20,000  
Jeffrey Peterson
  $ 64,750.00       7,000  
John Phillips
  $ 99,992.50       10,810  

A-2


 

                 
Name   Amount     Shares  
Pinnacle Investment Group LLC
  $ 55,500.00       6,000  
Steven A. Points and Wanda J. Points JTWROS
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Sridhar Prativadi
  $ 13,875.00       1,500  
Thomas L. Press
  $ 500,000.00       54,054  
Dave B. Radovich
  $ 75,276.50       8,138  
Michael Reilly and Lisa Reilly JTWROS
  $ 50,875.00       5,500  
Derrick Carlton Rice
  $ 20,000.00       2,162  
RKV Limited Partnership
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Ameriprise Trust Co FBO Dr. Caleb Rivera IRA
    21,293.50       2,302  
E. Todd Robbins
  $ 9,250.00       1,000  
Sajaitha Salvaji
  $ 50,005.50       5,406  
David Saphiere
  $ 24,975.00       2,700  
Saratoga Ventures IV LP
  $ 499,999.50       54,054  
Saratoga Ventures V LP
  $ 499,999.50       54,054  
Saratoga Ventures VI LP
  $ 249,999.75       27,027  
Rakesh R. Shah and Hetal R. Shah JTWROS
  $ 25,002.75       2,703  
Murray L. Shames
  $ 25,000.00       2,702  
Shanti Global Limited Partnership
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Robert and Celia Shepard, Trustees of the Shepard Family Trust dated 2/1/1999
  $ 37,000.00       4,000  
Chiemsee Money Purchase Plan dtd 3/11/97 FBO Robert Shepard
  $ 18,500.00       2,000  
Greg Smart
  $ 45,000.00       4,864  
Kathleen Stauter
  $ 5,087.50       550  
Stell Investments LLC
  $ 50,875.00       5,500  
Michael P. Swenson
  $ 49,950.00       5,400  
Thadd C. Taylor
  $ 25,002.75       2,703  
Top Medical Holding B.V.
  $ 74,000.00       8,000  
Greg and Michelle Vella, Trustees, Vella Family Trust
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
Erik Vollbrecht
  $ 32,745.00       3,540  
Pattie A. White
  $ 24,975.00       2,700  
Whitebox Hedged High Yield Partners, LP
  $ 8,690,532.25       939,517  

A-3


 

                 
Name   Amount     Shares  
Delano Franklin Young and Melissa Kay Young JTWROS
  $ 25,002.75       2,704  
Mark Zuzga D.O. and Melynda Zuzga D.O. JTWROS
  $ 50,000.00       5,405  
 
           
TOTAL
  $ 19,999,996.25       2,162,150  
 
           

A-4


 

EXHIBIT B
AMENDED AND RESTATED
SCHEDULE A TO INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Investors
                                         
    Series A     Series A     Series A-1     Series B        
    Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Aggregate  
Name of Investor   Shares     Warrant     Shares     Shares     Purchase Price  
Easton Hunt Capital Partners, L.P.
    612,960       87,040                 $ 3,500,000.00  
Easton Hunt Partners, LP
    612,960       87,040                 $ 3,500,000.00  
Maverick Fund, L.D.C.
    770,212       109,370       103,524       47,545     $ 1,319,745.25  
Maverick Fund USA, Ltd.
    310,952       44,155       41,795       19,195     $ 532,811.25  
Maverick Fund II, Ltd.
    670,149       95,161       90,075       41,368     $ 1,148,291.50  
Mitsui & Co. Venture Partners II, L.P.
    675,148       95,871       117,647           $ 999,999.50  
ITX International Equity Corp.
    350,263       49,737       47,079       324,325     $ 400,177.75  
Abrasive Technology, Inc. Profit Shar Pl
                32,000           $ 272,000.00  
Michael Adrian
    8,943       1,270       3,552           $ 30,200.00  
Mark R. Alvig
                6,000           $ 51,000.00  
Shahla Amiri
                5,000       1,000     $ 51,750.00  
Anthony Angelini
                12,000       38,000     $ 453,500.00  
Michael J. Antonello
    35,937       5,103       18,255           $ 155,167.50  
Massoud Arbabzadeh, MD
                5,882           $ 49,997.00  
Naoum Baladi
                28,000           $ 238,000.00  
Michael S. Barish
    44,474       6,315       11,928           $ 101,388.00  
Frederick L. Betz and Cynthia A. Betz, JTWROS
                6,000           $ 51,000.00  
RBC Dain Rauscher Cust FBO Frederick L. Betz IRA
                9,500           $ 80,750.00  
Charles Schwab & Co. Cust FBO John A. Beyer IRA
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Thomas M. Bies and Edith C. Bies, JTWROS
                5,882       2,703     $ 75,002.75  
Gerry Black
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Brent G. Blackey
                5,900       5,000     $ 96,400.00  
Pensco Trust Company Cust FBO Michael J. Bogart IRA
                4,900           $ 41,650.00  
William Bold
                3,600           $ 30,600.00  
John R. Borrell
                11,764           $ 99,994.00  
Robert Brady
                9,000           $ 76,500.00  
Larry Brandt and Judy Brandt JTWROS
    8,943       1,270       4,120       5,000     $ 81,270.00  
David Brink
    10,260       1,457       17,000       1,283     $ 156,367.75  
Gerald F. Bubnick
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
Brian P. Burns, Jr.
                7,500           $ 63,750.00  
Marlyn and Margaret Buss, Trustees, Marlyn and Margaret Buss Rev. Living Trust dated 4/12/04
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Wedbush Morgan Securities Cust FBO Richard E. Bye IRA
                7,050           $ 59,925.00  

B-1


 

                                         
    Series A     Series A     Series A-1     Series B        
    Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Aggregate  
Name of Investor   Shares     Warrant     Shares     Shares     Purchase Price  
Timothy Byrne and Sandra Byrne, Trustees, Byrne Family Trust
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Christopher Campbell
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
H. Daniel Caparo
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Franklin G. Capitanini IRA
                5,800           $ 49,300.00  
Joseph Anthony Cardenas
                29,400           $ 249,900.00  
Curtis L. Carlson Family Foundation
    43,783       6,217       29,414       32,433     $ 550,024.25  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Steven W. Carter IRA
                5,882       2,162     $ 70,000.00  
CAVA Partners, LLC
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
John F. Cavanaugh
                3,000           $ 25,500.00  
Vijay T. Char
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Scott Chase
                17,647       2,851     $ 176,371.75  
Richard J. Cherry and JoAnn Cherry, JTWROS
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
George Jean Chilazi
                6,777           $ 57,604.50  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Bruce A. Church IRA
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Pershing LLC Custodian FBO Walter Douglas Clark IRA
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
David E. Cohen, M.D.
                5,884           $ 50,014.00  
Sean Collins
                11,765           $ 100,002.50  
Wachovia Securities Cust FBO Sean Collins IRA
                12,941           $ 110,000.00  
Tom Correia
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Ralph D. Crawford
                11,750           $ 99,875.00  
Carla C. Dahl
                590           $ 5,015.00  
Thomas P. Davis, MD
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Keith Donnan
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Peter S. Dougan, M.D.
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Mark W. DuPont IRA
                6,000           $ 51,000.00  
Keith M. Eastman
                4,000           $ 34,000.00  
Joane Evans and Lyell Evans JTWROS
                2,942       2,703     $ 50,009.75  
Ryan E. Evans
                5,883       2,703     $ 75,008.25  
Gary Jay Fishbein, MD
                6,000           $ 51,000.00  
Jeffrey Fleming
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
James Flynn
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Linda M. Foster
    17,890       2,540       2,404       3,500     $ 52,809.00  
Michael D. Fugit, M.D.
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Michael Furlong
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Geoffrey T. Gainor
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Dennis R. Gancarz
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
GDN Holdings, LLC
    131,349       18,652       41,913       54,054     $ 856,260.00  
Kenneth L. Gibbs, MD and Beverly T. Gibbs JTWROS
                2,950           $ 25,075.00  
Scott Kean Goodman
                19,059           $ 162,001.50  
UBS Financial Services, Inc. Cust FBO R. Hunt Greene IRA
                6,500           $ 55,250.00  

B-2


 

                                         
    Series A     Series A     Series A-1     Series B        
    Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Aggregate  
Name of Investor   Shares     Warrant     Shares     Shares     Purchase Price  
Daniel Patrick Greenleaf and Diane Francis Greenleaf
                10,000           $ 85,000.00  
Barry K. Griffith
                18,750           $ 159,375.00  
Edith Guglielmi
                7,060           $ 60,010.00  
David J. Gunther
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Rob Hadley
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust FBO Rob Hadley IRA
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Scott Robert Hannum
                11,764       10,810     $ 200,000.00  
Scott Merle Hanson
                600           $ 5,100.00  
Steven J. Healy
    8,815       1,252       9,431       2,948     $ 107,442.50  
Syntel, LLC Profit Sharing Plan FBO Alfred Harry Herget, Alfred Harry
Herget, Trustee
                5,882           $ 49,997.00  
Richard R. Heuser and Sharon L. Heuser, Trustees, R&S Trust dated 8/3/99
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO David Richard Hewitt IRA
                13,000           $ 110,500.00  
Robert C. Hinckle
                17,647           $ 150,000.00  
William Hoffman and Lilia Helen Hoffman JTWROS
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Jeremy Houseman
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
Derek J. Howe
                8,000           $ 68,000.00  
Wende S. Hutton, Trustee, Hutton Living Trust dtd 12/10/96
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Innovasc, LLC
                4,500           $ 38,250.00  
Michael Iovanni and Linda Iovanni, JTWROS
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Andrew J. Iseman and Shelly D. Iseman JTWROS
    17,657       2,507       7,108       5,406     $ 110,423.50  
Sean Janzer
                11,765           $ 100,000.00  
Sara Jay
                5,900           $ 50,150.00  
Takemito Jimbo
                11,765           $ 100,002.50  
Charles David Joffe, MD
                6,000           $ 51,000.00  
Darla R. Johnson and John A. Beyer JTWROS
                3,529       570     $ 35,272.50  
Elias H. Kassab
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Salva Kassab and Suha Kassab JTWROS
                3,529           $ 30,000.00  
KD Holding, Inc.
                6,000           $ 51,000.00  
Puneet K. Khanna and Monica Khanna JTWROS
                17,647           $ 150,000.00  
Yazan Khatib
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Farhad Khosravi, Ttee, Farhad Khosravi and Flora Shirzad Khosravi Trust U/A
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Bertram W. Klein
                10,000       6,615     $ 146,188.75  

B-3


 

                                         
    Series A     Series A     Series A-1     Series B        
    Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Aggregate  
Name of Investor   Shares     Warrant     Shares     Shares     Purchase Price  
E*Trade as Cust FBO Joseph F. Koziol IRA
                5,883           $ 50,005.50  
Al Kraus and Eileen Kraus JTWROS
                8,825           $ 75,012.50  
Al Kraus
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
David Kraus, M.D.
                3,000       1,000     $ 34,750.00  
Scott Kraus
                22,600           $ 192,100.00  
John T. Kuzara
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Habib John Lahlouh
                6,000           $ 51,000.00  
David Lamadrid
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
Aaron Lew
                17,000           $ 144,500.00  
MLPF&S Cust FBO Aaron Lew IRA
                23,529           $ 199,996.50  
Robert Lindmeier and Sheryl Lindmeier
                11,764       5,405     $ 150,000.00  
William Andrew Lindmeier and Susan J. Lindmeier JTWROS
                5,000           $ 42,500.00  
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee of the Donald M. Longlet Rev Trust
                11,764       21,600     $ 299,794.00  
Louis Lopez, MD
                11,765           $ 100,000.00  
Richard A. Lotti
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Jonathan K. Lubkert
                600           $ 5,100.00  
Kenneth H. Lubkert and Elizabeth R. Lubkert JTWROS
                4,706           $ 40,001.00  
Satyaprakash Makam
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Louis Manfredo and Genevieve Manfredo JTWROS
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
Carol A. Martin, Sole Trustee of the Martin Family Revocable Trust
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Lynne Martin and Tevis P. Martin III
                1,200           $ 10,200.00  
MaxBee Holding Company LLC
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Gary McCord
                17,647           $ 150,000.00  
Christopher W. McNeill
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
John J. Mehalchin
                11,765           $ 100,002.50  
Jacob P. Mercer
                3,000           $ 25,500.00  
Amir Motarjeme, Trustee of the Amir Motarjeme Profit Sharing Plan FBO Amir Motarjeme
                5,882           $ 49,997.00  
Padmini Natarajan and B. R. Natarajan JTWROS
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust FBO Thomas P. Neslund IRA
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Thomas P. Neslund
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Hajime Oshita
                2,400           $ 20,400.00  
Marco Ovikian and Catherine Ovikian, JTWROS
                8,823           $ 75,000.00  
Ashish Pal
                30,000       13,500     $ 379,875.00  
Tom Pardubeck
                3,000           $ 25,500.00  
Daryl L. Peterman
    1,027       146       5,000       5,000     $ 88,750.00  

B-4


 

                                         
    Series A     Series A     Series A-1     Series B        
    Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Aggregate  
Name of Investor   Shares     Warrant     Shares     Shares     Purchase Price  
Loyal M. Peterman, Jr.
    20,564       2,920       16,124       20,000     $ 322,054.00  
John N. Phillips
                5,882       10,810     $ 149,992.50  
Cassandra Piippo
                589           $ 5,006.50  
Pinnacle Investment Group, LLC
                9,000       6,000     $ 132,000.00  
Sridhar Prativadi
                5,882       1,500     $ 63,875.00  
Rolando E. Prieto
                2,941           $ 24,998.50  
Dave B. Radovich
    7,203       1,023       25,169       8,138     $ 289,213.00  
Robert K. Ranum
                2,941           $ 24,998.50  
Ambika Ravindran
                12,000           $ 102,000.00  
Redmile Capital, LP
                7,569           $ 64,341.00  
Redmile Ventures, LLC
                5,882           $ 49,997.00  
Redmile Capital Offshore, Ltd.
                27,725           $ 235,658.00  
Michael Reilly and Lisa Reilly
                11,764       5,500     $ 150,869.00  
Ronald Reuss and Rita Reuss JTWROS
                3,000           $ 25,500.00  
Stacey Rickert
                10,000           $ 85,000.00  
Benjamin S. Rinkey
                4,000           $ 34,000.00  
Caleb Rivera
                2,940           $ 24,990.00  
Edward Todd Robbins
                2,941       1,000     $ 34,250.00  
Cecilia S. Roberts, Trustee David K. Roberts Residuary Trust
                21,200           $ 180,200.00  
David K. Roberts
                11,800           $ 100,300.00  
Todd A. Roberts and Debra D. Roberts
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Peter Lars Runquist
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Paul W. Schaffer
    10,216       1,451       20,000           $ 170,000.00  
James W. Schlesing and Dona Connelly
                7,059           $ 60,001.50  
Marc S. Schwartzberg
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
Gary M. Scott and Malisa M. Scott, Ttees of the Gary and Malisa Scott Rev Trust
                29,500           $ 250,750.00  
R. Randolph Scott
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Gino J. Sedillo, MD
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
David Shaskey
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Pamela Shaw and James Shaw JTWROS
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Neil J. Sheehan
                2,000           $ 17,000.00  
Chiemsee Money Purchase Plan, dtd 03/11/97, FBO Robert T. Shepard
                6,000       2,000     $ 69,500.00  
Robert Shepard and Celia Shepard, Ttees of the Shepard Family Trust dated 2/1/99
                6,000       4,000     $ 88,000.00  
Harvinder Paul Singh, MD
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Kevin Spanier
                1,200           $ 10,200.00  
Kathleen A. Stauter
                1,775       550     $ 20,175.00  
Steven Mendelow, Trustee, Teledata Financial Services Corp. Profit Shar Plan
                23,529           $ 200,000.00  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Robert J. Thatcher IRA
                12,000           $ 102,000.00  

B-5


 

                                         
    Series A     Series A     Series A-1     Series B        
    Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Aggregate  
Name of Investor   Shares     Warrant     Shares     Shares     Purchase Price  
Kimberley J. Thomas and A. Conrade Thomas JTWROS
                5,890           $ 50,065.00  
TMP, LLLP
    53,217       7,557       56,768           $ 482,529.00  
Top Medical Holding B.V.
                4,000       8,000     $ 108,000.00  
Leslie Trigg and Michael Trigg, Trustees, Trigg Family Trust
                2,942           $ 25,007.00  
Edwin C. Tyska
                11,765           $ 100,000.00  
Hector J. Vasquez and Sandra L. Vasquez
                3,000           $ 25,500.00  
Greg Vella and Michelle Vella, Ttees, Greg Vella and Michelle Vella Family Tr
                5,882       5,405     $ 100,000.00  
Chris Vieira
                4,588           $ 39,000.00  
Douglas A. Waldo, MD
                3,000           $ 25,500.00  
Joseph A. Wasselle and Stacie Poole
                2,941           $ 24,998.50  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Cust FBO Burton M. Waxman IRA
                7,058           $ 60,000.00  
Wellspring Capital
                176,470           $ 1,500,000.00  
Wellspring Management, LLC
                58,823           $ 500,000.00  
Martin F. Whalen
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Fiserv ISS & Co. Cust FBO Kimberly Williamson IRA
                5,882           $ 50,000.00  
Steven Wishnia
                3,000           $ 25,500.00  
Sharon T. Wooster
                2,941           $ 25,000.00  
John T. Arvold
                            2,702     $ 25,000.00  
Londa Benjamini & Everett              
                            2,162     $ 20,000.00  
Claude A. Brachfeld
                            2,702     $ 25,000.00  
Calmedica Capital L.P.
                            97,297     $ 900,000.00  
Stephen Carito
                            2,702     $ 25,000.00  
Sandra Novak Cohen
                            5,406     $ 50,005.50  
Kenneth J. Crowell and Veronica J. Crowell JTWROS
                            8,108     $ 75,000.00  
Steven Crowell
                            10,810     $ 100,000.00  
Marc Daniels
                            540     $ 5,000.00  
Tony S. Das
                            17,000     $ 157,250.00  
Ronit Eres
                            5,405     $ 50,000.00  
Donald E. Fischer III
                            2,702     $ 25,000.00  
Joseph D. Flynn, Jr. and Lori G. Flynn JTWROS
                            5,406     $ 50,005.50  
GFTH Investment Club
                            4,860     $ 44,955.00  
The Gramercy Fund
                            8,108     $ 75,000.00  
Ron B. Guillot, Jr.
                            2,703     $ 25,002.75  
Kimberly B. Haynie
                            3,244     $ 30,007.00  
James C. Hays
                            2,702     $ 25,000.00  
AG Edwards Custodian Richard R. Heuser Rollover IRA
                            8,108     $ 75,000.00  
William Michael Keith
                            3,784     $ 35,002.00  
Paul A. Koehn
                            3,784     $ 35,002.00  
Carleen Lunceford and Marvin Lunceford JTWROS
                            2,703     $ 25,002.75  

B-6


 

                                         
    Series A     Series A     Series A-1     Series B        
    Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Preferred     Aggregate  
Name of Investor   Shares     Warrant     Shares     Shares     Purchase Price  
Guy S. Mayeda and Amy A. Mayeda, Ttees, Guy and Amy Mayeda Living Trust
                            5,405     $ 50,000.00  
Heather J. McHugh
                            5,406     $ 50,005.50  
Michael G. Micheli and Lisa Micheli JTWROS
                            5,405     $ 50,000.00  
Steven Nelson
                            2,702     $ 25,000.00  
James B. Park
                            6,000     $ 55,500.00  
Jeffrey Peterson
                            7,000     $ 64,750.00  
Steven A. Points and Wanda J. Points JTWROS
                            5,405     $ 50,000.00  
Thomas L. Press
                            54,054     $ 500,000.00  
Derrick Carlton Rice
                            2,162     $ 20,000.00  
RKV Limited Partnership
                            5,405     $ 50,000.00  
Ameriprise Trust Co FBO Dr. Caleb Rivera IRA
                            2,302       21,293.50  
Sajaitha Salvaji
                            5,406     $ 50,005.50  
David Saphiere
                            2,700     $ 24,975.00  
Saratoga Ventures IV LP
                            54,054     $ 499,999.50  
Saratoga Ventures V LP
                            54,054     $ 499,999.50  
Saratoga Ventures VI LP
                            27,027     $ 249,999.75  
Rakesh R. Shah and Hetal R. Shah JTWROS
                            2,703     $ 25,002.75  
Murray L. Shames
                            2,702     $ 25,000.00  
Shanti Global Limited Partnership
                            5,405     $ 50,000.00  
Greg Smart
                            4,864     $ 45,000.00  
Stell Investments LLC
                            5,500     $ 50,875.00  
Michael P. Swenson
                            5,400     $ 49,950.00  
Thadd C. Taylor
                            2,703     $ 25,002.75  
Erik Vollbrecht
                            3,540     $ 32,745.00  
Pattie A. White
                            2,700     $ 24,975.00  
Whitebox Hedged High Yield Partners, LP
                            939,517     $ 8,690,532.25  
Delano Franklin Young and Melissa Kay Young JTWROS
                            2,704     $ 25,002.75  
Mark Zuzga D.O. and Melynda Zuzga D.O. JTWROS
                            5,405     $ 50,000.00  
 
                             
Total
    4,002,644       568,374       2,188,425       2,162,150     $ 42,601,817.75  
 
                             

B-7

 

EXHIBIT 10.1
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS
     As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
     (a) “Administrator” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, or one or more Committees appointed by the Board, as the case may be.
     (b) “Affiliate(s)” shall mean a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.
     (c) “Award” shall mean any grant of an Option, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Stock Appreciation Right or Performance Award.
     (d) “Committee” shall mean a Committee of two or more directors who shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. To the extent necessary for compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, each of the members of the Committee shall be a “non-employee director.” Solely for purposes of this Section 1(d), “non-employee director” shall have the same meaning as set forth in Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Further, to the extent necessary for compliance with the limitations set forth in Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), each of the members of the Committee shall be an “outside director” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and the regulations issued thereunder.
     (e) The “Company” shall mean Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
     (f) “Fair Market Value” as of any date shall mean (i) if such stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq SmallCap Market, or an established stock exchange, the price of such stock at the close of the regular trading session of such market or exchange on such date, as reported by The Wall Street Journal or a comparable reporting service, or, if no sale of such stock shall have occurred on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was a sale of stock; (ii) if such stock is not so listed on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq SmallCap Market, or an established stock exchange, the average of the closing “bid” and “asked” prices quoted by the OTC Bulletin Board, the National Quotation Bureau, or any comparable reporting service on such date or, if there are no quoted “bid” and “asked” prices on such date, on the next preceding date for which there are such quotes; or (iii) if such stock is not publicly traded as of such date, the per share value as determined by the Board, or the Committee, in its sole discretion by applying principles of valuation with respect to the Company’s Common Stock.
     (g) The “Internal Revenue Code” or “Code” is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 


 

     (h) “Option” means an incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (i) “Parent” shall mean any corporation which owns, directly or indirectly in an unbroken chain, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock.
     (j) The “Participant” means (i) a key employee or officer of the Company or any Affiliate to whom an incentive stock option has been granted pursuant to Section 9; (ii) a consultant or advisor to, or director, key employee or officer, of the Company or any Affiliate to whom a nonqualified stock option has been granted pursuant to Section 10; (iii) a consultant or advisor to, or director, key employee or officer, of the Company or any Affiliate to whom a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award has been granted pursuant to Section 11; (iv) a consultant or advisor to, or director, key employee or officer, of the Company or any Affiliate to whom a Performance Award has been granted pursuant to Section 12; or (v) a consultant or advisor to, or director, key employee or officer, of the Company or any Affiliate to whom a Stock Appreciation Right has been granted pursuant to Section 13.
     (k) “Performance Award” shall mean any Performance Shares or Performance Units granted pursuant to Section 12 hereof.
     (l) “Performance Objective(s)” shall mean one or more performance objectives established by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, for Awards granted under this Plan. For any Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), the Performance Objectives shall be limited to any one, or a combination of, (i) revenue, (ii) net income, (iii) earnings per share, (iv) return on equity, (v) return on assets, (vi) increase in revenue, (vii) increase in share price or earnings, (viii) return on investment, or (ix) increase in market share, in all cases including, if selected by the Administrator, threshold, target and maximum levels.
     (m) “Performance Period” shall mean the period, established at the time any Performance Award is granted or at any time thereafter, during which any Performance Objectives specified by the Administrator with respect to such Performance Award are to be measured.
     (n) “Performance Share” shall mean any grant pursuant to Section 12 hereof of an Award, which value, if any, shall be paid to a Participant by delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company upon achievement of such Performance Objectives during the Performance Period as the Administrator shall establish at the time of such grant or thereafter.
     (o) “Performance Unit” shall mean any grant pursuant to Section 12 hereof of an Award, which value, if any, shall be paid to a Participant by delivery of cash upon achievement of such Performance Objectives during the Performance Period as the Administrator shall establish at the time of such grant or thereafter.

2


 

     (p) The “Plan” means the Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended hereafter from time to time, including the form of Agreements as they may be modified by the Administrator from time to time.
     (q) “Restricted Stock Award” or “Restricted Stock Unit Award” shall mean any grant of restricted shares of Stock of the Company or the grant of any restricted stock units pursuant to Section 11 hereof.
     (r) “Stock,” “Option Stock” or “Common Stock” shall mean Common Stock of the Company (subject to adjustment as described in Section 14).
     (s) “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean a grant pursuant to Section 13 hereof.
     (t) A “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the Company’s outstanding Stock is owned, directly or indirectly in an unbroken chain, by the Company.
SECTION 2.
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company and its Affiliates by facilitating the employment and retention of competent personnel and by furnishing incentive to officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors upon whose efforts the success of the Company and its Affiliates will depend to a large degree.
     It is the intention of the Company to carry out the Plan through the granting of Options which will qualify as “incentive stock options” under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision, pursuant to Section 9 of this Plan; through the granting of “nonqualified stock options” pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan; through the granting of Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards pursuant to Section 11 of this Plan; through the granting of Performance Awards pursuant to Section 12 of this Plan; and through the granting of Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to Section 13 of this Plan. Adoption of this Plan shall be and is expressly subject to the condition of approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors. Awards may be granted prior to the date this Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company; provided, however, that any incentive stock options granted after adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors shall be treated as nonqualified stock options if shareholder approval is not obtained within such twelve-month period.
SECTION 3.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
     The Plan shall be effective as of the date of adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company as required in Section 2.

3


 

SECTION 4.
ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Board”) or by a Committee which may be appointed by the Board from time to time to administer the Plan (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Administrator”). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Administrator shall have all of the powers vested in it under the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to exclusive authority to determine, in its sole discretion, whether an Award shall be granted; the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted; the number of shares subject to each Award; the option price; and the performance criteria, if any, and any other terms and conditions of each Award. The Administrator shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make and amend rules, regulations and guidelines for administering the Plan, to prescribe the form and conditions of the respective agreements evidencing each Award (which may vary from Participant to Participant), and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, and all actions taken and determinations made by the Administrator pursuant to the power vested in it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned.
     No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith in connection with the administration of the Plan. In the event the Board appoints a Committee as provided hereunder, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken pursuant to a majority vote of the Committee members or pursuant to the written resolution of all Committee members.
SECTION 5.
PARTICIPANTS
     The Administrator shall from time to time, at its discretion and without approval of the shareholders, designate those employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company or of any Affiliate to whom Awards shall be granted under this Plan; provided, however, that consultants or advisors shall not be eligible to receive Awards hereunder unless such consultant or advisor renders bona fide services to the Company or any Affiliate and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities. The Administrator shall, from time to time, at its discretion and without approval of the shareholders, designate those employees of the Company or any Affiliate to whom Awards, including incentive stock options shall be granted under this Plan. The Administrator may grant additional Awards, including incentive stock options, under this Plan to some or all Participants then holding Awards, or may grant Awards solely or partially to new Participants. In designating Participants, the Administrator shall also determine the number of shares to be optioned or awarded to each such Participant and the performance criteria applicable to each Performance Award. The Administrator may from time to time designate individuals as being ineligible to participate in the Plan.

4


 

     Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, for any Awards granted under the Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), the following limits will apply:
          (a) In no event shall a Participant be granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights during any fiscal year of the Company covering in the aggregate more than One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of Stock , subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14; provided, however, that a share of Stock subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that is granted in tandem with an Option shall count as one share against this limitation.
          (b) In no event shall a Participant be granted Restricted Stock Awards or, to the extent payable in or measured by the value of shares of Stock, Restricted Stock Unit Awards during any fiscal year of the Company covering in the aggregate more than One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of Stock , subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.
          (c) To the extent payable in or measured by the value of shares of Stock, in no event shall a Participant be granted Performance Awards during any fiscal year of the Company covering in the aggregate more than One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of Stock , subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.
SECTION 6.
STOCK
     The Stock to be optioned under this Plan shall consist of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for Awards under the Plan is Three Million (3,000,000) shares; provided, however, that the number of shares shall automatically be increased on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning on July 1, 2008, and ending on July 1, 2017, by the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 shares, (ii) 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on such date or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the Board; and provided, further, that all shares of Stock reserved and available under the Plan shall constitute the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued through incentive stock options. The following shares of Stock shall continue to be reserved and available for Awards granted pursuant to the Plan: (i) any outstanding Award that expires for any reason, (ii) any portion of an outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is terminated prior to exercise, (iii) any portion of an Award that is terminated prior to the lapsing of the risks of forfeiture on such Award, (iv) shares of Stock used to pay the exercise price under any Award, (v) shares of Stock used to satisfy any tax withholding obligation attributable to any Award, whether such shares are withheld by the Company or tendered by the Participant, and (vi) shares of Stock covered by an Award to the extent the Award is settled in cash.

5


 

SECTION 7.
DURATION OF PLAN
     Incentive stock options may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time during a period of ten (10) years from the effective date as defined in Section 3. Other Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time after the effective date of the Plan and until the Plan is discontinued or terminated by the Administrator.
SECTION 8.
PAYMENT
     Participants may pay for shares upon exercise of Options granted pursuant to this Plan (i) in cash, or with a personal check or certified check, (ii) by the transfer from the Participant to the Company of previously acquired shares of Common Stock, (iii) through the withholding of shares of Stock from the number of shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option ( e.g ., a net share settlement), or (iv) by a combination thereof. Any stock tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at such stock’s then Fair Market Value, or such other form of payment as may be authorized by the Administrator. In the event the Optionee elects to pay the exercise price in whole or in part with previously acquired shares of Common Stock or through a net share settlement, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock delivered or withheld shall equal the total exercise price for the shares being purchased in such manner. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the forms of payment available to the Participant and may exercise such discretion any time prior to the termination of the Option granted to the Participant or upon any exercise of the Option by the Participant. “Previously-owned shares” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock which the Participant has owned for at least six (6) months prior to the exercise of the Option, or for such other period of time, if any, as may be required by generally accepted accounting principles.
     With respect to payment in the form of Common Stock of the Company, the Administrator may require advance approval or adopt such rules as it deems necessary to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
SECTION 9.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS
     Each incentive stock option granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be evidenced by a written incentive stock option agreement (the “Option Agreement”). The Option Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Administrator and may vary from Participant to Participant; provided, however, that each Participant and each Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Number of Shares and Option Price . The Option Agreement shall state the total number of shares covered by the incentive stock option. Except as permitted by Code Section

6


 

424(a), or any successor provision, the option price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the per share Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Administrator grants the Option; provided, however, that if a Participant owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its Parent or any Subsidiary, the option price per share of an incentive stock option granted to such Participant shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the per share Fair Market Value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant of the Option. The Administrator shall have full authority and discretion in establishing the option price and shall be fully protected in so doing.
     (b)  Term and Exercisability of Incentive Stock Option . The term during which any incentive stock option granted under the Plan may be exercised shall be established in each case by the Administrator. Except as permitted by Code Section 424(a), in no event shall any incentive stock option be exercisable during a term of more than ten (10) years after the date on which it is granted; provided, however, that if a Participant owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its Parent or any Subsidiary, the incentive stock option granted to such Participant shall be exercisable during a term of not more than five (5) years after the date on which it is granted.
          The Option Agreement shall state when the incentive stock option becomes exercisable and shall also state the maximum term during which the Option may be exercised. In the event an incentive stock option is exercisable immediately, the manner of exercise of the Option in the event it is not exercised in full immediately shall be specified in the Option Agreement. The Administrator may accelerate the exercisability of any incentive stock option granted hereunder which is not immediately exercisable as of the date of grant.
     (c)  Nontransferability . No incentive stock option shall be transferable, in whole or in part, by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the Participant’s lifetime, the incentive stock option may be exercised only by the Participant. If the Participant shall attempt any transfer of any incentive stock option granted under the Plan during the Participant’s lifetime, such transfer shall be void and the incentive stock option, to the extent not fully exercised, shall terminate.
     (d)  No Rights as Shareholder . A Participant (or the Participant’s successor or successors) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by an incentive stock option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is actually issued (except as otherwise provided in Section 14 of the Plan).
     (e)  Withholding . The Company or its Affiliate shall be entitled to withhold and deduct from future wages of the Participant all legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all withholding and employment-related taxes attributable to the Participant’s exercise of an incentive stock option or a “disqualifying disposition” of shares acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option as defined in Code Section 421(b). In the event the Participant is required under the Option Agreement to pay the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to

7


 

the Company respecting payment of, such withholding and employment-related taxes, the Administrator may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Participant to satisfy such obligation, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock or by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise of the incentive stock option. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from such exercise or disqualifying disposition. In no event may the Participant deliver shares, nor may the Company or any Affiliate withhold shares, having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Participant’s election to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the later of (i) the date the incentive stock option is exercised or the date of the disqualifying disposition, as the case may be, or (ii) the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
     (f)  Other Provisions . The Option Agreement authorized under this Section 9 shall contain such other provisions as the Administrator shall deem advisable. Any such Option Agreement shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the Option as shall be necessary to ensure that such Option will be considered an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or to conform to any change therein.
SECTION 10.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS
     Each nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to this Section 10 shall be evidenced by a written nonqualified stock option agreement (the “Option Agreement”). The Option Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Administrator and may vary from Participant to Participant; provided, however, that each Participant and each Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Number of Shares and Option Price . The Option Agreement shall state the total number of shares covered by the nonqualified stock option. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the option price per share shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the per share Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Administrator grants the Option.
     (b)  Term and Exercisability of Nonqualified Stock Option . The term during which any nonqualified stock option granted under the Plan may be exercised shall be established in each case by the Administrator. The Option Agreement shall state when the nonqualified stock option becomes exercisable and shall also state the maximum term during which the Option may be exercised. In the event a nonqualified stock option is exercisable immediately, the manner of exercise of the Option in the event it is not exercised in full immediately shall be specified in the

8


 

Option Agreement. The Administrator may accelerate the exercisability of any nonqualified stock option granted hereunder which is not immediately exercisable as of the date of grant.
     (c)  Transferability . A nonqualified stock option shall be transferable, in whole or in part, by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In addition, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit the Participant to transfer any or all nonqualified stock options to any member of the Participant’s “immediate family” as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provision, or to one or more trusts whose beneficiaries are members of such Participant’s “immediate family” or partnerships in which such family members are the only partners; provided, however, that the Participant cannot receive any consideration for the transfer and such transferred nonqualified stock option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to such nonqualified stock option immediately prior to its transfer.
     (d)  No Rights as Shareholder . A Participant (or the Participant’s successor or successors) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by a nonqualified stock option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is actually issued (except as otherwise provided in Section 14 of the Plan).
     (e)  Withholding . The Company or its Affiliate shall be entitled to withhold and deduct from future wages of the Participant all legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all withholding and employment-related taxes attributable to the Participant’s exercise of a nonqualified stock option. In the event the Participant is required under the Option Agreement to pay the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company respecting payment of, such withholding and employment-related taxes, the Administrator may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Participant to satisfy such obligation, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock or by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise of the nonqualified stock option. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from such exercise. In no event may the Participant deliver shares, nor may the Company or any Affiliate withhold shares, having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Participant’s election to deliver shares or to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the later of (i) the date the nonqualified stock option is exercised, or (ii) the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
     (f)  Other Provisions . The Option Agreement authorized under this Section 10 shall contain such other provisions as the Administrator shall deem advisable.

9


 

SECTION 11.
RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS
     Each Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written restricted stock or restricted stock unit agreement (the “Restricted Stock Agreement” or “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement,” as the case may be). The Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Administrator and may vary from Participant to Participant; provided, however, that each Participant and each Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Number of Shares . The Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall state the total number of shares of Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award.
     (b)  Risks of Forfeiture . The Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall set forth the risks of forfeiture, if any, including risks of forfeiture based on Performance Objectives, which shall apply to the shares of Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award, and shall specify the manner in which such risks of forfeiture shall lapse. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify the manner in which such risks of forfeiture shall lapse but only with respect to those shares of Stock which are restricted as of the effective date of the modification.
     (c)  Issuance of Shares; Rights as Shareholder .
               (i) With respect to a Restricted Stock Award, the Company shall cause to be issued a stock certificate representing such shares of Stock in the Participant’s name, and shall deliver such certificate to the Participant; provided, however, that the Company shall place a legend on such certificate describing the risks of forfeiture and other transfer restrictions set forth in the Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement and providing for the cancellation and return of such certificate if the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award are forfeited. Until the risks of forfeiture have lapsed or the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award have been forfeited, the Participant shall be entitled to vote the shares of Stock represented by such stock certificates and shall receive all dividends attributable to such shares, but the Participant shall not have any other rights as a shareholder with respect to such shares.
               (ii) With respect to a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as the risks of forfeiture on the restricted stock units lapse, the Participant shall be entitled to payment of the Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, pay Restricted Stock Units in cash, shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If payment is made in shares of Stock, the Administrator shall cause to be issued one or more stock certificates in the Participant’s name and shall deliver such certificates to the Participant in satisfaction of such restricted stock units. Until the risks of forfeiture on the restricted stock units have lapsed, the Participant shall not be entitled to vote any shares of stock which may be acquired through the restricted stock units,

10


 

shall not receive any dividends attributable to such shares, and shall not have any other rights as a shareholder with respect to such shares.
     (d)  Withholding Taxes . The Company or its Affiliate shall be entitled to withhold and deduct from future wages of the Participant all legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all withholding and employment-related taxes attributable to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award. In the event the Participant is required under the Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to pay the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company respecting payment of, such withholding and employment-related taxes, the Administrator may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, require the Participant to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of Common Stock, including shares of Stock received pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award on which the risks of forfeiture have lapsed. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from the lapsing of the risks of forfeiture on such restricted stock or restricted stock unit. In no event may the Participant deliver shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Participant’s election to deliver shares of Common Stock for this purpose shall be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
     (e)  Nontransferability . No Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be transferable, in whole or in part, by the Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, prior to the date the risks of forfeiture described in the Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement have lapsed. If the Participant shall attempt any transfer of any Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan prior to such date, such transfer shall be void and the Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award shall terminate.
     (f)  Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement authorized under this Section 11 shall contain such other provisions as the Administrator shall deem advisable.
SECTION 12.
PERFORMANCE AWARDS
     Each Performance Award granted pursuant to this Section 12 shall be evidenced by a written performance award agreement (the “Performance Award Agreement”). The Performance Award Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Administrator and may vary from Participant to Participant; provided, however, that each

11


 

Participant and each Performance Award Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Awards . Performance Awards in the form of Performance Units or Performance Shares may be granted to any Participant in the Plan. Performance Units shall consist of monetary awards which may be earned or become vested in whole or in part if the Company or the Participant achieves certain Performance Objectives established by the Administrator over a specified Performance Period. Performance Shares shall consist of shares of Stock or other Awards denominated in shares of Stock that may be earned or become vested in whole or in part if the Company or the Participant achieves certain Performance Objectives established by the Administrator over a specified Performance Period.
     (b)  Performance Objectives, Performance Period and Payment . The Performance Award Agreement shall set forth:
          (i) the number of Performance Units or Performance Shares subject to the Performance Award, and the dollar value of each Performance Unit;
          (ii) one or more Performance Objectives established by the Administrator;
          (iii) the Performance Period over which Performance Units or Performance Shares may be earned or may become vested;
          (iv) the extent to which partial achievement of the Performance Objectives may result in a payment or vesting of the Performance Award, as determined by the Administrator; and
          (v) the date upon which payment of Performance Units will be made or Performance Shares will be issued, as the case may be, and the extent to which such payment or the receipt of such Performance Shares may be deferred.
     (c)  Withholding Taxes . The Company or its Affiliates shall be entitled to withhold and deduct from future wages of the Participant all legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all withholding and employment-related taxes attributable to the Participant’s Performance Award. In the event the Participant is required under the Performance Award Agreement to pay the Company or its Affiliates, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company or its Affiliates respecting payment of, such withholding and employment-related taxes, the Administrator may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Participant to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of Common Stock, including shares of Stock received pursuant to the Performance Award. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes. In no event may the Participant deliver shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Participant’s election to deliver shares of Common Stock for this purpose shall be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the

12


 

Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
     (d)  Nontransferability . No Performance Award shall be transferable, in whole or in part, by the Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. If the Participant shall attempt any transfer of any Performance Award granted under the Plan, such transfer shall be void and the Performance Award shall terminate.
     (e)  No Rights as Shareholder . A Participant (or the Participant’s successor or successors) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by a Performance Award until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is actually issued (except as otherwise provided in Section 14 of the Plan).
     (f)  Other Provisions . The Performance Award Agreement authorized under this Section 12 shall contain such other provisions as the Administrator shall deem advisable.
SECTION 13.
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
     Each Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to this Section 13 shall be evidenced by a written stock appreciation right agreement (the “Stock Appreciation Right Agreement”). The Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Administrator and may vary from Participant to Participant; provided, however, that each Participant and each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Awards . A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive, upon exercise, cash, shares of Stock, or any combination thereof, having a value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Stock on the date of such exercise, over (ii) a specified exercise price. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the specified exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such shares of Stock on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted independent of or in tandem with a previously or contemporaneously granted Option.
     (b)  Term and Exercisability . The term during which any Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan may be exercised shall be established in each case by the Administrator. The Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall state when the Stock Appreciation Right becomes exercisable and shall also state the maximum term during which such Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised. In the event a Stock Appreciation Right is exercisable immediately, the manner of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right in the event it is not exercised in full immediately shall be specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. The Administrator may accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Appreciation Right granted

13


 

hereunder which is not immediately exercisable as of the date of grant. If a Stock Appreciation Right is granted in tandem with an Option, the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the exercise of all or a portion of the Stock Appreciation Right shall cancel a corresponding portion of the Option, and the extent to which the exercise of all or a portion of the Option shall cancel a corresponding portion of the Stock Appreciation Right.
     (c)  Withholding Taxes . The Company or its Affiliate shall be entitled to withhold and deduct from future wages of the Participant all legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all withholding and employment-related taxes attributable to the Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right. In the event the Participant is required under the Stock Appreciation Right to pay the Company or its Affiliate, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company or its Affiliate respecting payment of, such withholding and employment-related taxes, the Administrator may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Participant to satisfy such obligation, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock or by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from such exercise. In no event may the Participant deliver shares, nor may the Company or any Affiliate withhold shares, having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Participant’s election to deliver shares or to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the later of (i) the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, or (ii) the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
     (d)  Nontransferability . No Stock Appreciation Right shall be transferable, in whole or in part, by the Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. If the Participant shall attempt any transfer of any Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan, such transfer shall be void and the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.
     (e)  No Rights as Shareholder . A Participant (or the Participant’s successor or successors) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by a Stock Appreciation Right until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is actually issued (except as otherwise provided in Section 14 of the Plan).
     (f)  Other Provisions . The Stock Appreciation Right Agreement authorized under this Section 13 shall contain such other provisions as the Administrator shall deem advisable, including but not limited to any restrictions on the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right which may be necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

14


 

SECTION 14.
RECAPITALIZATION, SALE, MERGER, EXCHANGE
OR LIQUIDATION
     In the event of an increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock dividend, stock split, reverse split, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Board may, in its sole discretion, adjust the number of shares of Stock reserved under Section 6 hereof, the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and, if applicable, the price per share thereof to reflect such change. Additional shares which may become covered by the Award pursuant to such adjustment shall be subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to the shares with respect to which the adjustment relates.
     Unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing an Award, in the event of an acquisition of the Company through the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business or through a merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, reclassification, extraordinary dividend, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise (collectively referred to as a “transaction”), the Board may provide for one or more of the following:
     (a) the equitable acceleration of the exercisability of any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, the vesting and payment of any Performance Awards, or the lapsing of the risks of forfeiture on any Restricted Stock Awards or Restricted Stock Unit Awards;
     (b) the complete termination of this Plan, the cancellation of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights not exercised prior to a date specified by the Board (which date shall give Participants a reasonable period of time in which to exercise such Option or Stock Appreciation Right prior to the effectiveness of such transaction), the cancellation of any Performance Award and the cancellation of any Restricted Stock Awards or Restricted Stock Unit Awards for which the risks of forfeiture have not lapsed;
     (c) that Participants holding outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall receive, with respect to each share of Stock subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as of the effective date of any such transaction, cash in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on the date immediately preceding the effective date of such transaction over the price per share of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights; provided that the Board may, in lieu of such cash payment, distribute to such Participants shares of Common Stock of the Company or shares of stock of any corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such transaction, such shares having a value equal to the cash payment herein;
     (d) that Participants holding outstanding Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards and Performance Share Awards shall receive, with respect to each share of Stock subject to such Awards, as of the effective date of any such transaction, cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Stock on the date immediately preceding the effective date of

15


 

such transaction; provided that the Board may, in lieu of such cash payment, distribute to such Participants shares of Common Stock of the Company or shares of stock of any corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such transaction, such shares having a value equal to the cash payment herein;
     (e) the continuance of the Plan with respect to the exercise of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights which were outstanding as of the date of adoption by the Board of such plan for such transaction and the right to exercise such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights as to an equivalent number of shares of stock of the corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such transaction; and
     (f) the continuance of the Plan with respect to Restricted Stock Awards or Restricted Stock Unit Awards for which the risks of forfeiture have not lapsed as of the date of adoption by the Board of such plan for such transaction and the right to receive an equivalent number of shares of stock of the corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such transaction.
     (g) the continuance of the Plan with respect to Performance Awards and, to the extent applicable, the right to receive an equivalent number of shares of stock of the corporation succeeding the Company by reason for such transaction.
The Board may restrict the rights of or the applicability of this Section 14 to the extent necessary to comply with Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Internal Revenue Code or any other applicable law or regulation. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, exchange or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
SECTION 15.
INVESTMENT PURPOSE
     No shares of Stock shall be issued pursuant to the Plan unless and until there has been compliance, in the opinion of Company’s counsel, with all applicable legal requirements, including without limitation, those relating to securities laws and stock exchange listing requirements. As a condition to the issuance of Stock to Participant, the Administrator may require Participant to (a) represent that the shares of Stock are being acquired for investment and not resale and to make such other representations as the Administrator shall deem necessary or appropriate to qualify the issuance of the shares as exempt from the Securities Act of 1933 and any other applicable securities laws, and (b) represent that Participant shall not dispose of the shares of Stock in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable securities laws.
     As a further condition to the grant of any Option or the issuance of Stock to Participant, Participant agrees to the following:
     (a) In the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and

16


 

the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the Common Stock underlying Awards, Participant will not, for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of any Option granted to Participant pursuant to the Plan or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).
     (b) In the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state’s securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right (i) to accelerate the exercisability of any Option and the date on which such Option must be exercised, provided that the Company gives Participant prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) to cancel any Options or portions thereof which Participant does not exercise prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering.
     (c) In the event of a transaction (as defined in Section 14 of the Plan), Participant will comply with Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933 and any other restrictions imposed under other applicable legal or accounting principles if Participant is an “affiliate” (as defined in such applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of the transaction, and Participant will execute any documents necessary to ensure compliance with such rules.
     The Company reserves the right to place a legend on any stock certificate issued in connection with an Award pursuant to the Plan to assure compliance with this Section 15.
SECTION 16.
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
     The Board may from time to time, insofar as permitted by law, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect; provided, however, that no such revision or amendment, except as is authorized in Section 14, shall impair the terms and conditions of any Award which is outstanding on the date of such revision or amendment to the material detriment of the Participant without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such revision or amendment shall (i) materially increase the number of shares subject to the Plan except as provided in Section 14 hereof, (ii) change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive Awards, (iii) decrease the price at which Options may be granted, or (iv) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan without the approval of the shareholders of the Company if such approval is required for compliance with the requirements of any applicable law or regulation. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the shareholders, be amended in any manner that will cause incentive stock options to fail to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

17


 

SECTION 17.
NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION
     The granting of an Option shall impose no obligation upon the Participant to exercise such Option. Further, the granting of an Award hereunder shall not impose upon the Company or any Affiliate any obligation to retain the Participant in its employ for any period.

18

 

EXHIBIT 10.2
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this                      day of                                            ,                      , by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, Participant on the date hereof is a key employee or officer of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant an incentive stock option to Participant to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of an incentive stock option to Participant and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $                      per share;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or portions of an aggregate of                                           (                      ) shares of Common Stock at a per share price of $                      on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14 of the Plan. This Option is intended to be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422, or any successor provision, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder, to the extent permitted under Code Section 422(d).
     2.  Duration and Exercisability .
          a. General . The term during which this Option may be exercised shall terminate on                                           ,                      , except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(b) through 2(d) below. This Option shall become exercisable according to the following schedule:

 


 

     
    Cumulative Percentage
Vesting Date   of Shares
 
   
Once the Option becomes exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate number of shares specified in Paragraph 1, Participant may continue to exercise this Option under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the Option as provided herein. If Participant does not purchase upon an exercise of this Option the full number of shares which Participant is then entitled to purchase, Participant may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this Option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those Participant is otherwise entitled to purchase.
     b.  Termination of Employment (other than Disability or Death) . If Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason other than disability or death, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following the termination of Participant’s employment, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding such termination of employment, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon such termination of employment, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(b), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.
     c.  Disability . If Participant’s employment terminates because of disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e), or any successor provision), this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following the termination of Participant’s employment, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding such termination of employment, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon such termination of employment, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.
     d.  Death . In the event of Participant’s death, this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary of the date of Participant’s death, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following Participant’s death, this Option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom Participant’s rights under this Option shall have passed by Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date of Participant’s death, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the date of Participant’s death, or if such person or persons fail to exercise this

2


 

Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights under this Option shall be forfeited.
     3.  Manner of Exercise .
          a. General . The Option may be exercised only by Participant (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Administrator may deem advisable, by delivering within the option period written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the option price for all shares designated in the notice. The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and upon payment that complies with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The Option may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be exercised and, if partially exercised, may be so exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the option period as provided herein.
          b.  Form of Payment . Subject to the approval of the Administrator, payment of the option price by Participant shall be in the form of cash, personal check, certified check or previously acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its Fair Market Value as provided in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “previously acquired shares of Common Stock” shall include shares of Common Stock that are already owned by Participant at the time of exercise.
          c.  Stock Transfer Records . As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of the Option, Participant shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Participant one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
     4.  Miscellaneous .
          a. Employment or Other Relationship; Rights as Shareholder . This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuance of employment or any other relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment or relationship. Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Option until such shares have been issued to Participant upon exercise of this Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.
          b. Securities Law Compliance . The exercise of all or any parts of this Option shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition

3


 

of the effectiveness of any exercise of this Option, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.
          c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in any employment, change of control, severance or similar agreement executed by the Participant and the Company, pursuant and subject to Section 14 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option ( i.e. , Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).
          d. Shares Reserved . The Company shall at all times during the option period reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.
          e. Withholding Taxes . To permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal and state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that, if necessary, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Subject to such rules as the Administrator may adopt, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit Participant to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, in whole or in part (i) by delivering shares of Common Stock, or (ii) by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to Participant, in either case having a Fair Market Value, as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law, equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld for tax purposes. Participant’s request to deliver shares or to have shares withheld for purposes of such withholding tax obligations shall be made on or before the date that triggers such obligations or, if later, the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Participant’s request shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
          f. Nontransferability . During the lifetime of Participant, the accrued Option shall be exercisable only by Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or other legal representative, and shall not be assignable or transferable by Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

4


 

          g. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan . The Option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this Option and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          h. Lockup Period Limitation . Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this Option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).
          i. Blue Sky Limitation . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and it is determined that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, and such determination is affirmed by the Board of Directors, unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, (i) the exercisability of this Option and the date on which this Option must be exercised shall be accelerated, provided that the Company agrees to give Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) any portion of this Option or any other option granted to Participant pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering shall be canceled. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.
          j.  Accounting Compliance . Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 14 of the Plan occurs and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.
          k.  Stock Legend . The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(b) and Paragraphs 4(g) through 4(i) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 4(b) or Paragraphs 4(g) through 4(i).

5


 

     l.  Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by Paragraph 2 or Paragraph 4(e) above.
     m.  Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
     ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
             
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
      Its:    
 
           
 
           
     
    Participant    

6

 

EXHIBIT 10.3
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this                      day of                                            ,                      , by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, Participant on the date hereof is a key employee, officer, director of or consultant or advisor to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a nonqualified stock option to Participant to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of a nonqualified stock option to Participant and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $ per share;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or portions of an aggregate of                                           (                      )shares of Common Stock at a per share price of $                       on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14 of the Plan. This Option is a nonqualified stock option and will not be treated as an incentive stock option, as defined under Section 422, or any successor provision, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder.
     2.  Duration and Exercisability .
          a. General . The term during which this Option may be exercised shall terminate on                                           ,                      , except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(b) through 2(d) below. This Option shall become exercisable according to the following schedule:

 


 

     
    Cumulative Percentage
Vesting Date   of Shares
 
   
Once the Option becomes exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate number of shares specified in Paragraph 1, Participant may continue to exercise this Option under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the Option as provided herein. If Participant does not purchase upon an exercise of this Option the full number of shares which Participant is then entitled to purchase, Participant may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this Option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those Participant is otherwise entitled to purchase.
          b. Termination of Relationship (other than Disability or Death) . If Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason other than disability or death, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary of the date of termination of Participant’s relationship, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination of Participant’s relationship, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date on which Participant’s relationship with the Company or Subsidiary has terminated, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the termination of such relationship, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(b), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.
          c. Disability . If Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary because of disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e), or any successor provision), this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary of the date of termination of Participant’s relationship, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination of Participant’s relationship, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date on which Participant’s relationship with the Company or Subsidiary has terminated, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the termination of such relationship, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.
          d. Death . In the event of Participant’s death, this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary of the date of

2


 

Participant’s death, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following Participant’s death, this Option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom Participant’s rights under this Option shall have passed by Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date of Participant’s death, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the date of Participant’s death, or if such person or persons fail to exercise this Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights under this Option shall be forfeited.
     3.  Manner of Exercise .
          a. General . The Option may be exercised only by Participant (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Administrator may deem advisable, by delivering within the option period written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the option price for all shares designated in the notice. The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and upon payment that complies with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The Option may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be so exercised and, if partially exercised, may be exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the option period as provided herein.
          b. Form of Payment . Subject to the approval of the Administrator, payment of the option price by Participant shall be in the form of cash, personal check, certified check or previously acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its Fair Market Value as provided in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “previously acquired shares of Common Stock” shall include shares of Common Stock that are already owned by Participant at the time of exercise.
          c. Stock Transfer Records . As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of the Option, Participant shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Participant one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
     4.  Miscellaneous .
          a. Employment or Other Relationship; Rights as Shareholder . This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuance of employment or any other relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment or relationship. Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Option until such shares have been issued to Participant upon exercise of this Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or

3


 

other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.
          b. Securities Law Compliance . The exercise of all or any parts of this Option shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of any exercise of this Option, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.
          c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in any employment, change of control, severance or similar agreement executed by the Participant and the Company, pursuant and subject to Section 14 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option ( i.e. , Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).
          d. Shares Reserved . The Company shall at all times during the option period reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.
          e. Withholding Taxes . To permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal and state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that, if necessary, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Subject to such rules as the Administrator may adopt, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit Participant to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, in whole or in part (i) by delivering shares of Common Stock, or (ii) by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to Participant, in either case having a Fair Market Value, as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law, equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld for tax purposes. Participant’s request to deliver shares or to have shares withheld for purposes of such withholding tax obligations shall be made on or before the date that triggers such obligations or, if later, the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Participant’s request shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3 or

4


 

any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
          f. Nontransferability . During the lifetime of Participant, the accrued Option shall be exercisable only by Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or other legal representative, and shall not be assignable or transferable by Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
          g. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan . The Option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this Option and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          h. Lockup Period Limitation . Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this Option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).
          i. Blue Sky Limitation . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and it is determined that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, and such determination is affirmed by the Board of Directors, unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, (i) the exercisability of this Option and the date on which this Option must be exercised shall be accelerated, provided that the Company agrees to give Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) any portion of this Option or any other option granted to Participant pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering shall be canceled. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.
          j. Accounting Compliance . Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 14 of the Plan occurs and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.

5


 

          k. Stock Legend . The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(b) and Paragraphs 4(g) through 4(i) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 4(b) or Paragraphs 4(g) through 4(i).
          l. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by Paragraph 2 or Paragraph 4(e) above.
          m. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
     ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
             
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
      Its:    
 
           
 
           
     
    Participant

6

 

EXHIBIT 10.4
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT is made effective as of this                      day of                      ,          , by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the Participant is, on the date hereof, a key employee, officer, director of or a consultant or advisor to of the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company; and
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a restricted stock award to the Participant for shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of a restricted stock award to the Participant;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Restricted Stock Award . The Company hereby grants to the Participant on the date set forth above a restricted stock award (the “Award”) for                      (                      ) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein, which shares are subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14 of the Plan. The Company shall cause to be issued one or more stock certificates representing such shares of Common Stock in the Participant’s name, and shall hold each such certificate until such time as the risk of forfeiture and other transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement have lapsed with respect to the shares represented by the certificate. The Company may also place a legend on such certificates describing the risks of forfeiture and other transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement providing for the cancellation of such certificates if the shares of Common Stock are forfeited as provided in Section 2 below. Until such risks of forfeiture have lapsed or the shares subject to this Award have been forfeited pursuant to Section 2 below, the Participant shall be entitled to vote the shares represented by such stock certificates and shall receive all dividends attributable to such shares, but the Participant shall not have any other rights as a shareholder with respect to such shares.
     2.  Vesting of Restricted Stock . The shares of Stock subject to this Award shall remain forfeitable until the risks of forfeiture lapse according to the following vesting schedule:

1


 

     
    Cumulative Percentage
Vesting Date   of Shares
 
   
 
   
 
   
          b. If the Participant’s employment with the Company (or a subsidiary of the Company) ceases at any time prior to a Vesting Date for any reason, including the Participant’s voluntary resignation or retirement, the Participant shall immediately forfeit all shares of Stock subject to this Award which have not yet vested and for which the risks of forfeiture have not lapsed.
     3.  General Provisions .
          a. Employment or Other Relationship . This Agreement shall not confer on the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other relationship by the Company, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment or relationship.
          b. Securities Law Compliance . Participant shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of the shares of Stock received pursuant to this Agreement until such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that such transfer or other disposition will not violate any state or federal securities laws. The Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of this restricted stock award, to agree in writing that all Stock subject to this Agreement shall be held, until such time that such Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.
          c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in any employment, change of control, severance or similar agreement executed by the Participant and the Company, pursuant and subject to Section 14 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the shares of Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction, or enlargement, as appropriate, in the number of shares subject to this Award. Any additional shares that are credited pursuant to such adjustment shall be subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to the shares with respect to which the adjustment relates.

2


 

          d. Shares Reserved . The Company shall at all times during the term of this Award reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.
          e. Withholding Taxes . To permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal and state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that, if necessary, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to the Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, the Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law prior to the transfer of any certificates for the shares of Stock subject to this Award. Subject to such rules as the Administrator may adopt, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit Participant to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of Common Stock received pursuant to this Award having a Fair Market Value, as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law, equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld for tax purposes. Participant’s request to deliver shares for purposes of such withholding tax obligations shall be made on or before the date that triggers such obligations or, if later, the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Participant’s request shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
          f. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan . The Award evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to the Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this Award and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          g. Lockup Period Limitation . Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).
          h. Blue Sky Limitation . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect

3


 

thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall accelerate the vesting of this restricted stock award, provided that the Company gives Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.
          i. Accounting Compliance . Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Article IV of the Plan occurs, and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.
          j. Stock Legend . The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 3(b) and Paragraphs 3(g) through 3(i) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 3(b) or Paragraph 3(g) through 3(i).
          k. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and of the Participant and any successor or successors of the Participant.
          l. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.

4


 

     ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
             
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
      Its:    
 
           
 
           
     
    Participant

5

 

EXHIBIT 10.5
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this                      day of                      , 20                      , by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, Participant on the date hereof is a key employee, officer, director of or consultant or advisor to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a restricted stock unit award to Participant for shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of a restricted stock unit award to Participant;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award; Term . The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above a restricted stock unit award (the “Award”) for ___ restricted stock units on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Each restricted stock unit shall entitle the Participant to receive one share of the Company’s Common Stock.
     2.  Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .
          a. General . The restricted stock units subject to this Award shall remain forfeitable until the date the risks of forfeiture lapse with respect to a percentage of such units ( i.e. , the date such units “vest”), according to the following schedule:

 


 

     
    Cumulative Percentage
Vesting Date   of Units
 
   
 
   
 
   
Subject to such other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Participant shall not be entitled to the issuance of shares of Stock for any portion of the restricted stock units subject to this Award until the Administrator determines the number of restricted stock units, if any, which have vested.
           b. Termination of Relationship . If Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary at any time during the term of the Award, for any reason, this Award shall terminate and all restricted stock units subject to this Award for which the risks of forfeiture have not lapsed shall be forfeited by Participant.
     3.  Issuance of Shares . On each vesting date, the Company shall cause to be issued a stock certificate representing that number of shares of Common Stock which is equivalent to the percentage of restricted stock units for which the risks of forfeiture have lapsed, less any shares withheld for payment of taxes as provided in Section 4(d) below, and shall deliver such certificate to Participant. Until the issuance of such shares, Participant shall not be entitled to vote the shares of Common Stock represented by such restricted stock units, shall not be entitled to receive dividends attributable to such shares of Common Stock, and shall not have any other rights as a shareholder with respect to such shares.
     4.  General Provisions .
          a. Employment or Other Relationship . This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or any other relationship by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment or relationship. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an employment contract for any specified term between Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary.
          b. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in any employment, change of control, severance or similar agreement executed by the Participant and the Company, pursuant and subject to Section 14 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any restricted stock units subject to this Award which continue to be subject to risks of forfeiture ( i.e. , Participant shall have such

2


 

“anti-dilution” rights under the Award with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).
          c. Shares Reserved . The Company shall at all times during the term of this Agreement reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.
          d. Withholding Taxes . To permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal and state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that, if necessary, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes attributable to this Award are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to the Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, the Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law prior to the issuance of any certificates for the shares of Stock subject to this Award. Subject to such rules as the Administrator may adopt, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit Participant to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock, including shares of Stock received pursuant to this Award on which the risks of forfeiture have lapsed. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income attributable to this Award. In no event may the Participant deliver shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Participant’s election to deliver shares or to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
          e. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan . The Award evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. The Plan governs this Agreement and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          f. Stock Legend . The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(f) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 4(f).
          g. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by this Agreement. This Award is expressly subject to all terms and conditions contained in the Plan and in this Agreement, and Participant’s failure to execute this

3


 

Agreement shall not relieve Participant from complying with such terms and conditions.
          h. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court of Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
           i . Right to Amend . The Company hereby reserves the right to amend this Agreement without Participant’s consent to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations, notices and other guidance of general application issued thereunder.
     ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
             
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
      Its:    
 
           
 
           
     
    Participant

4

 

EXHIBIT 10.6
PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this ___ day of                      , 20___, by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS , the Participant on the date hereof is a key employee, officer, director of or consultant or advisor to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
      WHEREAS , the Company wishes to grant a performance share award to Participant pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to entitle the Participant to shares of the Company’s Common Stock upon the achievement of certain specified performance criteria; and
      WHEREAS , the Administrator has authorized the grant of such performance share award to Participant;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Performance Share Award . The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”) the right to receive up to                      (                      ) Performance Shares on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Performance Award”).
      2.  Performance Period . The Performance Period shall be the period beginning                                           , 20___, and ending                      , 20___.
      3.  Performance Objectives; Vesting . The Performance Shares subject to this Performance Award shall vest only upon the achievement of all or a portion of certain Performance Objectives, which much be achieved within the Performance Period . The Performance Objectives and the extent to which achievement of all or a portion of the Performance Objectives will result in the vesting of the Performance Shares are as follows:

- 1 -


 

         
 
      Percentage or Number of
Performance Objective(s)
  Achievement   Shares Vested
 
       
Subject to such other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Participant shall not be entitled to the issuance of any portion of the Performance Shares subject to this Performance Award until the Administrator determines the number of Performance Shares, if any, which have vested.
      4.  Form, Time of Issuance . The Administrator shall, within ___ (___) days after the end of the Performance Period or at such earlier times as described in Paragraph 3 above, determine the number of Performance Shares that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 3 above. Such Performance Shares shall be issued in [the calendar year] [in which] [immediately following] the date such Performance Shares become vested; provided, however, that the Participant shall receive cash equal to the Fair Market Value of any fractional shares.
      5.  Termination of Employment .
          a. Prior to Vesting . If, prior to the vesting of any Performance Shares, Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason, the Participant shall forfeit all unvested Performance Shares, and this Performance Award shall terminate.
          b. After Vesting But Prior to Issuance . If Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason after Performance Shares have vested but prior to the date such Shares are issued (as described in Section 4 hereof), then Participant (or Participant’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive such vested Performance Shares as if such termination of employment had not occurred. The number of such Performance Shares shall be determined by the Administrator pursuant to Paragraph 3 and shall be issued at the time set forth in Paragraph 4. Upon the issuance of the vested Performance Shares, this Performance Award shall terminate.

- 2 -


 

      6 Miscellaneous .
          a. Employment or Other Relationship; Rights as Shareholder . This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right to continuance of employment or any other relationship by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment or relationship. Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Agreement until such shares, if any, have been issued to Participant. The grant of this Award shall not prevent Participant from receiving, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, additional performance share awards for subsequent performance periods, whether or not those performance periods overlap with the Performance Period specified herein to which this Award relates.
          b. Shares Reserved . The Company shall at all times during the term of this Award reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.
          c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in any employment, change of control, severance or similar agreement executed by the Participant and the Company, the Administrator may, at any time during the Performance Period specified herein, pursuant and subject to Section 14 of the Plan, suspend, modify or terminate this Agreement or any Performance Objectives set forth in Paragraph 3 upon the occurrence of any extraordinary event which substantially effects the Company or its Subsidiary, including, but not limited to, a merger, consolidation, exchange, divestiture (including a spin-off), reorganization or liquidation of the Company or Subsidiary or the sale by the Company or its Subsidiary or substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business.
          d. Withholding Taxes . To permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal and state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that, if necessary, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes attributable to this Award are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to the Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, the Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law prior to the issuance of any certificates for the shares of Stock subject to this Award. Subject to such rules as the Administrator may adopt, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit Participant to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, in whole or in part, by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock, including shares of Stock received pursuant to this Award. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to this Award. In no event may the Participant deliver shares, nor may the Company or any Affiliate withhold shares, having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Participant’s election to deliver shares or to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined

- 3 -


 

under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b 3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
          e. Nontransferability . The Performance Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement shall not be transferred, assigned or pledged in any manner by the Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of decent and distribution.
          f. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan . The Award evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this Award and the Participant and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          g. Stock Legend . The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock issued to Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 6(f) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 6(f).
          h. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participant and any successor or successors of the Participant permitted by Paragraph 5(b) above.
          i. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative

- 4 -


 

fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
          j. Delay in Payment for Specified Employee . In the event this Award is subject to Code Section 409A and the Administrator determines that the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then any payment due to the Participant’s separation from service shall not be paid earlier than the first day of the seventh month immediately following such separation from service.
          k. Right to Amend . The Company hereby reserves the right to amend this Agreement without Participant’s consent to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations, notices and other guidance of general application issued thereunder.
     ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
                 
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
      Its:        
 
         
 
   
 
               
         
    Participant    

- 5 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.7
PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD
(CASH SETTLED)
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this ___ day of                      , 20___, by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS , the Participant on the date hereof is a key employee, officer, director of or consultant or advisor to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
      WHEREAS , the Company wishes to grant a performance unit award to Participant pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to entitle the Participant to certain benefits upon the achievement of certain specified performance criteria; and
      WHEREAS , the Administrator has authorized the grant of such performance unit award to Participant;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
      1.  Grant of Performance Unit Award . The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”) the right to receive up to                      (                      ) Performance Units having a value of $           per Unit (the “Per Unit Value”) payable in cash on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Performance Award”).
      2.  Performance Period . The Performance Period shall be the period beginning                                           , 20___, and ending                      , 20___.
      3.  Performance Objectives; Vesting . The Performance Units subject to this Performance Award shall vest only upon the achievement of all or a portion of certain Performance Objectives, which must be achieved during the Performance Period . The Performance Objectives and the extent to which achievement of all or a portion of the Performance Objectives will result in the vesting of the Performance Units are as follows:

- 1 -


 

         
 
      Percentage or Number of
Performance Objective(s)
  Achievement   Units Vested
 
       
Subject to such other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Participant shall not be entitled to payment for any portion of the Performance Units subject to this Performance Award until the Administrator determines the number of Performance Units, if any, which have vested.
      4.  Form, Time of Issuance . The Administrator shall, within ___(___) days after the end of the Performance Period or at such earlier times as described in Paragraph 3 above, determine the number of Performance Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 3 above, and shall calculate the amount of cash payable to the Participant by multiplying the Per Unit Value by such number of vested Performance Units. Such amount shall be paid in [the calendar year] [in which] [immediately following] the date such Performance Units become vested.
      5.  Termination of Employment .
          a. Prior to Vesting . If, prior to the vesting of any Performance Units, Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason, the Participant shall forfeit all unvested Performance Units, and this Performance Award shall terminate.
          b. After Vesting But Prior to Issuance . If Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason after Performance Units have vested but prior to the date payment is made to the Participant (as described in Section 4 hereof), then Participant (or Participant’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive such payment as if such termination of employment had not occurred. The amount of such payment shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be made at the time set forth in Paragraph 4. Upon payment for the vested Performance Units, this Performance Award shall terminate.
      6 Miscellaneous .
          a. Employment or Other Relationship . This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right to continuance of employment or any other relationship by the Company

- 2 -


 

or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment or relationship. The grant of this Award shall not prevent Participant from receiving, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, additional performance unit awards for subsequent performance periods, whether or not those performance periods overlap with the Performance Period specified herein to which this Award relates.
          b. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in any employment, change of control, severance or similar agreement executed by the Participant and the Company, the Administrator may, at any time during the Performance Period specified herein, pursuant and subject to Section 14 of the Plan, suspend, modify or terminate this Agreement or any Performance Objectives set forth in Paragraph 3 upon the occurrence of any extraordinary event which substantially affects the Company or its Subsidiary, including, but not limited to, a merger, consolidation, exchange, divestiture (including a spin-off), reorganization or liquidation of the Company or Subsidiary or the sale by the Company or its Subsidiary of substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business.
          c. Withholding Taxes . To permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that, if necessary, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to the Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, the Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law.
          d. Nontransferability . The Performance Units granted pursuant to this Agreement shall not be transferred, assigned or pledged in any manner by the Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of decent and distribution.
          e. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan . The Award evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this Award and the Participant and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          f. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participant and any successor or successors of the Participant permitted by Paragraph 5(b) above.
          g. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement

- 3 -


 

of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
          h. Right to Amend . The Company hereby reserves the right to amend this Agreement without Participant’s consent to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations, notices and other guidance of general application issued thereunder.
          i. Delay in Payment for Specified Employee . In the event this Award is subject to Code Section 409A and the Administrator determines that the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then any payment due to the Participant’s separation from service shall not be paid earlier than the first day of the seventh month immediately following such separation from service.
     ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
                 
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
      Its:        
 
         
 
   
 
               
         
    Participant    

- 4 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.8
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this ___day of                      , 20,___, by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS , Participant on the date hereof is a key employee, officer, director of or consultant or advisor to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
      WHEREAS , the Company wishes to grant a stock appreciation right to Participant to pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
      WHEREAS , the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of a stock appreciation right to Participant and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $           per share;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
      1.  Grant of SAR . The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), stock appreciation rights (the “SAR”) with respect to an aggregate of (                      ) shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $  per share on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Article IV of the Plan. [This SAR is granted in tandem with the                      Option granted to Participant on                      , 20___ (the “Tandem Option”). ]
      2.  Duration and Exercisability . The term during which this SAR may be exercised shall terminate on                      ,___, except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(b) through 2(d) below. This SAR shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule:

 


 

     
    Cumulative Percentage
Vesting Date   of Shares
     
Once the SAR becomes exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate number of shares specified in Paragraph 1, Participant may continue to exercise this SAR under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the SAR as provided herein. If Participant does not exercise this SAR with respect to the full number of shares for which Participant is then entitled to exercise this SAR, Participant may, upon any subsequent exercise prior to this SAR’s termination, exercise this SAR for such previously unexercised portion.
          b. Termination of Relationship (Other than Disability or Death) . If Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason other than disability or death, this SAR shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date of this SAR stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following the termination of Participant’s employment, this SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent the SAR was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding such termination of employment, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this SAR was not exercisable upon such termination of employment, or if Participant does not exercise the SAR within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(b), all rights of Participant under this SAR shall be forfeited.
          c. Disability . If Participant ceases to be [an employee] [a consultant] [a nonemployee director] of the Company or any Subsidiary because of disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e), or any successor provision), this SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date of this SAR stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following the termination of Participant’s employment, this SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent the SAR was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding such termination of employment, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this SAR was not exercisable upon such termination of employment, or if Participant does not exercise the SAR within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Participant under this SAR shall be forfeited.
          d. Death . In the event of Participant’s death, this SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the date of Participant’s

2


 

death, and (ii) the expiration date of this SAR stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following Participant’s death, this SAR shall be exercisable by the person or persons to whom Participant’s rights under this SAR shall have passed by Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the SAR was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date of Participant’s death, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this SAR was not exercisable upon the date of Participant’s death, or if such person or persons do not exercise this SAR within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights under this SAR shall be forfeited.
      3.  Manner of Exercise; Payment
          a. General . This SAR may be exercised only by Participant (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Administrator may deem advisable, by delivering written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which this SAR is being exercised. The exercise of this SAR shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company, and the date of such receipt shall be the “date of exercise” for all purposes under this Agreement. This SAR may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be exercised and, if partially exercised, may be so exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the term of this SAR as provided herein.
          b. Form of Payment . Upon the exercise of all or a portion of this SAR, Participant shall be entitled to [a cash payment] [that number of shares of Stock calculated using such Stock’s Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise and having an aggregate Fair Market Value] equal to (i) the excess of (A) the per share Fair Market Value of the Company’s Common Stock as of the date of exercise over (B) the per share exercise price specified in Paragraph 1 above, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares specified in the Participant’s notice of exercise.
          c. Stock Transfer Records . As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of this SAR, Participant shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Participant one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
           [d. Cancellation of Tandem Option or SAR. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of all or a portion of this SAR shall result in the cancellation of the corresponding right to purchase a like number of shares under the Tandem Option, and the exercise of all or a portion of the Tandem Option shall result in the cancellation of the corresponding right to exercise this SAR for a like number of shares. The Participant may not simultaneously exercise this SAR for a corresponding number of shares purchased through the exercise of the Tandem Option.]

3


 

      4.  Miscellaneous .
          a. Employment or Other Relationship; Rights as Shareholder . This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or any other relationship by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment or relationship. Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this SAR until such shares, if any, have been issued to Participant. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.
          b. Securities Law Compliance . The exercise of all or any parts of this SAR shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of any exercise of this SAR, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.
          c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in any employment, change of control, severance or similar agreement executed by the Participant and the Company, pursuant and subject to Section 14 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of this SAR ( i.e. , Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under this SAR with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).
          d. Shares Reserved . The Company shall at all times during the term of this SAR reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.
          e. Withholding Taxes . In order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Subject to such rules as the Administrator may adopt, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit Participant to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, in whole or in part by delivering shares of Common Stock received pursuant to this SAR having a Fair Market Value, as of the date the amount of tax

4


 

to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law, equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld for tax purposes. Participant’s request to deliver shares for purposes of such withholding tax obligations shall be made on or before the date that triggers such obligations or, if later, the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Participant’s request shall be approved by the Administrator and otherwise comply with such rules as the Administrator may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
          f. Nontransferability . During the lifetime of Participant, this SAR shall be exercisable only by Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or other legal representative, and shall not be assignable or transferable by Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
          g. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan . The SAR evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this SAR and the Participant and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          h. Lockup Period Limitation . Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this Option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).
          i. Blue Sky Limitation . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and it is determined that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, and such determination is affirmed by the Board of Directors, unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, (i) the exercisability of this SAR and the date on which this SAR must be exercised shall be accelerated, provided that the Company agrees to give Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) any portion of this SAR or any other option granted to Participant pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering shall be canceled. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.

5


 

          j. Accounting Compliance . Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 14 of the Plan occurs and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.
          k. Stock Legend . The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(b) and Paragraphs 4(g) through 4(i) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 4(b) or Paragraphs 4(g) through 4(i).
          l. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by Paragraph 2 or Paragraph 4(e) above.
          m. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
          n. Right to Amend . The Company hereby reserves the right to amend this Agreement without Participant’s consent to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations, notices and other guidance of general application issued thereunder.

6


 

     ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
                 
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
      Its:        
 
         
 
   
 
               
         
    Participant

7

 

EXHIBIT 10.9
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2003 STOCK OPTION PLAN
(As Amended Through August 15, 2006)
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS
     As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
     (a) “Affiliates” shall mean a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.
     (b) “Committee” shall mean a Committee of two or more directors who shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. In the event the Company’s securities are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, each of the members of the Committee shall be a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended.
     (c) The “Company” shall mean Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
     (d) “Fair Market Value” as of any date shall mean (i) if such stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq SmallCap Market or an established stock exchange, the price of such stock at the close of the regular trading session of such market or exchange on such date, as reported by The Wall Street Journal or a comparable reporting service, or, if no sale of such stock shall have occurred on such date, on the next preceding day on which there was a sale of stock; (ii) if such stock is not so listed on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq SmallCap Market or an established stock exchange, either the closing price or the average of the closing “bid” and “asked” prices, whichever is reported, as quoted by the OTC Bulletin Board, the National Quotation Bureau, or any comparable reporting service on such date or, if there are no quoted closing or “bid” and “asked” prices on such date, on the next preceding date for which there are such quotes; or (iii) if such stock is not publicly traded as of such date, the per share value as determined by the Board, or the Committee, in its sole discretion by applying principles of valuation with respect to the Company’s Common Stock.
     (e) The “Internal Revenue Code” is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     (f) “Option Stock” shall mean Common Stock of the Company (subject to adjustment as described in Section 12) reserved for options pursuant to this Plan.
     (g) The “Optionee” means an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary to whom an incentive stock option has been granted pursuant to Section 9; or a consultant or advisor, to or director, employee or officer, of the Company or any Subsidiary to whom a nonqualified stock option has been granted pursuant to Section 10.

 


 

     (h) “Parent” shall mean any corporation which owns, directly or indirectly in an unbroken chain, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock.
     (i) The “Plan” means the Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended hereafter from time to time, including the form of Option Agreements as they may be modified by the Board from time to time.
     (j) A “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of outstanding stock is owned, directly or indirectly in an unbroken chain, by the Company.
SECTION 2.
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries by facilitating the employment and retention of competent personnel and by furnishing incentive to officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors upon whose efforts the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries will depend to a large degree.
     It is the intention of the Company to carry out the Plan through the granting of stock options which will qualify as “incentive stock options” under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision, and through the granting of “non-qualified stock options” pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan. Adoption of this Plan shall be and is expressly subject to the condition of approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors. In no event shall any stock options be granted prior to the date this Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.
SECTION 3.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
     The Plan shall be effective as of the date of adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company as required in Section 2.
SECTION 4.
ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Board”) or by a Committee which may be appointed by the Board from time to time to administer the Plan (hereinafter the term “Board” includes any such Committee). The Board shall have all of the powers vested in it under the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to exclusive authority (where applicable and within the limitations described herein) to determine, in its sole discretion, whether an incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option shall be granted, the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, options shall be

- 2 -


 

granted, the number of shares subject to each option and the option price and terms and conditions of each option. The Board shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make and amend rules, regulations and guidelines for administering the Plan, to prescribe the form and conditions of the respective stock option agreements (which may vary from Optionee to Optionee) evidencing each option and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Board’s interpretation of the Plan, and all actions taken and determinations made by the Board pursuant to the power vested in it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned.
     No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith in connection with the administration of the Plan. In the event the Board appoints a Committee as provided hereunder, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken pursuant to a majority vote of the Committee members or pursuant to the written resolution of all Committee members.
SECTION 5.
PARTICIPANTS
     The Board shall from time to time, at its discretion and without approval of the shareholders, designate those employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company or of any Subsidiary to whom nonqualified stock options shall be granted under this Plan; provided, however, that consultants or advisors shall not be eligible to receive stock options hereunder unless such consultant or advisor renders bona fide services to the Company or Subsidiary and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities. The Board shall, from time to time, at its discretion and without approval of the shareholders, designate those employees of the Company or any Subsidiary to whom incentive stock options shall be granted under this Plan. The Board may grant additional incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options under this Plan to some or all participants then holding options or may grant options solely or partially to new participants. In designating participants, the Board shall also determine the number of shares to be optioned to each such participant. The Board may from time to time designate individuals as being ineligible to participate in the Plan.
SECTION 6.
STOCK
     The Stock to be optioned under this Plan shall consist of authorized but unissued shares of Option Stock. Three Million Eight Hundred Thousand (3,800,000) shares of Option Stock shall be reserved and available for options under the Plan; provided, however, that the total number of shares of Option Stock reserved for options under this Plan shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 of the Plan. In the event that any outstanding option under the Plan for any reason expires or is terminated prior to the exercise thereof, the shares of Option Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such option shall continue to be reserved for options under the Plan and may be optioned hereunder.

- 3 -


 

SECTION 7.
DURATION OF PLAN
     Incentive stock options may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time during a period of ten (10) years from the effective date as defined in Section 3. Nonqualified stock options may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time after the effective date of the Plan and until the Plan is discontinued or terminated by the Board.
SECTION 8.
PAYMENT
     Optionees may pay for shares upon exercise of options granted pursuant to this Plan with cash, personal check, certified check or, if approved by the Board in its sole discretion, previously-owned shares of the Company’s Common Stock valued at such stock’s then Fair Market Value, or such other form of payment as may be authorized by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, limit the forms of payment available to the Optionee and may exercise such discretion any time prior to the termination of the Option granted to the Optionee or upon any exercise of the Option by the Optionee. “Previously-owned shares” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock which the Optionee has owned for at least six (6) months prior to the exercise of the stock option, or for such other period of time as may be required by generally accepted accounting principles.
     With respect to payment in the form of Common Stock of the Company, the Board may require advance approval or adopt such rules as it deems necessary to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
SECTION 9.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS
     Each incentive stock option granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be evidenced by a written stock option agreement (the “Option Agreement”). The Option Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board and may vary from Optionee to Optionee; provided, however, that each Optionee and each Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Number of Shares and Option Price . The Option Agreement shall state the total number of shares covered by the incentive stock option. To the extent required to qualify the Option as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision, the option price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock per share on the date the Board grants the option; provided, however, that if an Optionee owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its parent or any Subsidiary, the option price per share of an incentive stock option granted to such Optionee shall

- 4 -


 

not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock per share on the date of the grant of the option. The Board shall have full authority and discretion in establishing the option price and shall be fully protected in so doing.
     (b)  Term and Exercisability of Incentive Stock Option . The term during which any incentive stock option granted under the Plan may be exercised shall be established in each case by the Board. To the extent required to qualify the Option as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any successor provision, in no event shall any incentive stock option be exercisable during a term of more than ten (10) years after the date on which it is granted; provided, however, that if an Optionee owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its parent or any Subsidiary, the incentive stock option granted to such Optionee shall be exercisable during a term of not more than five (5) years after the date on which it is granted. The Option Agreement shall state when the incentive stock option becomes exercisable and shall also state the maximum term during which the option may be exercised. In the event an incentive stock option is exercisable immediately, the manner of exercise of the option in the event it is not exercised in full immediately shall be specified in the Option Agreement. The Board may accelerate the exercise date of any incentive stock option granted hereunder which is not immediately exercisable as of the date of grant.
     (c)  Withholding . The Company or its Subsidiary shall be entitled to withhold and deduct from future wages of the Optionee all legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all withholding and employment-related taxes attributable to the Optionee’s exercise of an incentive stock option or a “disqualifying disposition” of shares acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option as defined in Code Section 421(b). In the event the Optionee is required under the Option Agreement to pay the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company respecting payment of, such withholding and employment-related taxes, the Board may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Optionee to satisfy such obligation, in whole or in part, by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Optionee as a result of the option’s exercise having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from the option. In no event may the Company or any Affiliate withhold shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Optionee’s election to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the date the option is exercised or, if later, the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Board and otherwise comply with such rules as the Board may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
     (d)  Other Provisions . The Option Agreement authorized under this Section 9 shall contain such other provisions as the Board shall deem advisable. Any such Option Agreement shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary to ensure that such option will be considered an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or to conform to any change therein.

- 5 -


 

SECTION 10.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS
     Each nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to this Section 10 shall be evidenced by a written Option Agreement. The Option Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board and may vary from Optionee to Optionee; provided, however, that each Optionee and each Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Number of Shares and Option Price . The Option Agreement shall state the total number of shares covered by the nonqualified stock option. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the option price per share shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock per share on the date the Board grants the option; provided, however, that the option price may not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock per share on the date of grant.
     (b)  Term and Exercisability of Nonqualified Stock Option . The term during which any nonqualified stock option granted under the Plan may be exercised shall be established in each case by the Board. The Option Agreement shall state when the nonqualified stock option becomes exercisable and shall also state the maximum term during which the option may be exercised. In the event a nonqualified stock option is exercisable immediately, the manner of exercise of the option in the event it is not exercised in full immediately shall be specified in the stock option agreement. The Board may accelerate the exercise date of any nonqualified stock option granted hereunder which is not immediately exercisable as of the date of grant.
     (c)  Withholding . The Company or its Subsidiary shall be entitled to withhold and deduct from future wages of the Optionee all legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all withholding and employment-related taxes attributable to the Optionee’s exercise of a nonqualified stock option. In the event the Optionee is required under the Option Agreement to pay the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company respecting payment of, such withholding and employment-related taxes, the Board may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Optionee to satisfy such obligation, in whole or in part, by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Optionee as a result of the option’s exercise having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from the option. In no event may the Company or any Affiliate withhold shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding. The Optionee’s election to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the date the option is exercised or, if later, the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall be approved by the Board and otherwise comply with such rules as the Board may adopt to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
     (d)  Other Provisions . The Option Agreement authorized under this Section 10 shall contain such other provisions as the Board shall deem advisable.

- 6 -


 

SECTION 11.
TRANSFER OF OPTION
     No incentive stock option shall be transferable, in whole or in part, by the Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, during the Optionee’s lifetime, the option may be exercised only by the Optionee. If the Optionee shall attempt any transfer of any incentive stock option granted under the Plan during the Optionee’s lifetime, such transfer shall be void and the incentive stock option, to the extent not fully exercised, shall terminate.
     No nonqualified stock option shall be transferred, except that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit the Optionee to transfer any or all nonqualified stock options to any member of the Optionee’s “immediate family” as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provision, or to one or more trusts whose beneficiaries are members of such Optionee’s “immediate family” or partnerships in which such family members are the only partners; provided, however, that the Optionee receives no consideration for the transfer and such transferred nonqualified stock option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to such nonqualified stock option immediately prior to its transfer.
SECTION 12.
RECAPITALIZATION, SALE,

MERGER, EXCHANGE OR LIQUIDATION
     If, following adoption of this Plan, the Company effects an increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock in the form of a subdivision or consolidation of shares, or the payment of a stock dividend, or effects any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock without receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of shares of Option Stock reserved under Section 6 hereof and the number of shares of Option Stock covered by each outstanding option and the price per share thereof shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board to reflect such change. Additional shares which may be credited pursuant to such adjustment shall be subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to the shares with respect to which the adjustment relates.
     Unless otherwise provided in the Option Agreement, in the event of an acquisition of the Company through the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business or through a merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, reclassification, extraordinary dividend, divestiture or liquidation of the Company (collectively referred to as a “transaction”), the Board may provide for one or more of the following:
     (a) That all outstanding stock options shall become immediately exercisable, whether or not such options had become exercisable prior to the transaction;
     (b) The complete termination of this Plan, the cancellation of outstanding options not exercised prior to a date specified by the Board (which date shall give Optionees a reasonable period of time in which to exercise the options prior to the effectiveness of such transaction);

- 7 -


 

     (c) That Optionees holding outstanding stock options shall receive, with respect to each share of Stock subject to such options, as of the effective date of any such transaction, cash in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on the date immediately preceding the effective date of such transaction over the option price per share of such options; provided that the Board may, in lieu of such cash payment, distribute to such Optionees shares of stock of the Company or shares of stock of any corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such transaction, such shares having a value equal to the cash payment herein;
     (d) the continuance of the Plan with respect to the exercise of options which were outstanding as of the date of adoption by the Board of such plan for such transaction and provide to Optionees holding such options the right to exercise their respective options as to an equivalent number of shares of stock of the corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such transaction.
The Board may restrict the rights of or the applicability of this Section 12 to the extent necessary to comply with Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Internal Revenue Code or any other applicable law or regulation. The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, exchange or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
SECTION 13.
INVESTMENT PURPOSE
     No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to the Plan unless and until there has been compliance, in the opinion of Company’s counsel, with all applicable legal requirements, including without limitation, those relating to securities laws and stock exchange listing requirements. As a condition to the issuance of Option Stock to Optionee, the Board may require Optionee to (a) represent that the shares of Option Stock are being acquired for investment and not resale and to make such other representations as the Board shall deem necessary or appropriate to qualify the issuance of the shares as exempt from the Securities Act of 1933 and any other applicable securities laws, and (b) represent that Optionee shall not dispose of the shares of Option Stock in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable securities laws.
     As a further condition to the grant of any stock option or the issuance of Stock to Optionee, Optionee agrees to the following:
     (a) In the event the Company advises Optionee that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Optionee will not, for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of any stock option or restricted stock award granted

- 8 -


 

to Optionee pursuant to the Plan or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).
     (b) In the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any states securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right (i) to accelerate the exercisability of any stock option and the date on which such option must be exercised, provided that the Company gives Optionee prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) to cancel any options or portions thereof which Optionee does not exercise prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering.
     (c) In the event of a transaction (as defined in Section 12 of the Plan), Optionee will comply with Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933 and any other restrictions imposed under other applicable legal or accounting principles if Optionee is an “affiliate” (as defined in such applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of the transaction, and Optionee will execute any documents necessary to ensure compliance with such rules.
The Company reserves the right to place a legend on any stock certificate issued upon exercise of an option granted or upon the grant of a restricted stock award pursuant to the Plan to assure compliance with this Section 13.
SECTION 14.
RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER
     An Optionee (or the Optionee’s successor or successors) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by an option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is actually issued (except as otherwise provided in Section 12 of the Plan).
SECTION 15.
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
     The Board may from time to time, insofar as permitted by law, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect; provided, however, that no such revision or amendment, except as is authorized in Section 12, shall impair the terms and conditions of any option which is outstanding on the date of such revision or amendment to the material detriment of the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such revision or amendment shall (i) materially increase the number of shares subject to the Plan except as provided in Section 12 hereof, (ii) change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive options, (iii) decrease the price at which options may be granted, or (iv) materially increase the benefits accruing to Optionees under the Plan without the approval of the shareholders of the Company if such approval is required for compliance with the requirements of any applicable law or regulation. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the approval of the

- 9 -


 

shareholders, be amended in any manner that will cause incentive stock options to fail to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
SECTION 16.
NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION
     The granting of an option shall impose no obligation upon the Optionee to exercise such option. Further, the granting of an option hereunder shall not impose upon the Company or any Subsidiary any obligation to retain the Optionee in its employ for any period.

- 10 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.10
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this                      day of                                           , 200                      , by and between CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                                                                (“Optionee”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, Optionee on the date hereof is a key employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant an incentive stock option to Optionee to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of an incentive stock option to Optionee and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $                      per share;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or portions of an aggregate of                                           (                      ) shares of Common Stock at a per share price of $                      on the terms and conditions set forth herein, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. This Option is intended to be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422, or any successor provision, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder.
     2.  Duration and Exercisability .
          a. The term during which this Option may be exercised shall terminate at the close of business on                      , 20                      , except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(c) through 2(e) below. This Option shall become exercisable according to the following schedule:
     
Vesting Date   Percentage/Number of Shares

-1-


 

Once the Option becomes exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate number of shares specified in Paragraph 1, Optionee may continue to exercise this Option under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the Option as provided herein. If Optionee does not purchase upon an exercise of this Option the full number of shares which Optionee is then entitled to purchase, Optionee may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this Option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those Optionee is otherwise entitled to purchase.
          b. Change of Control . In the event of a change of control (the sale by the Company of substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business, or in the event of a merger, exchange or liquidation of the Company), the vesting of this Option shall accelerate and the Option shall become immediately exercisable as of the effectiveness of the sale, merger, exchange or liquidation, provided the Board allows for a reasonable time within which the Optionee may exercise this option prior to the effectiveness of such sale, merger, exchange or liquidation. The grant of the option pursuant to this Agreement shall not limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, exchange or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
          c. Termination of Employment (other than Disability or Death) . If Optionee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason other than because of disability or death, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2 above.
               In such period following the termination of Optionee’s employment, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding such termination of employment but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon such termination of employment or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Optionee under this Option shall be forfeited.
          d. Disability . If Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary due to disability (as such term is defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), or any successor provision), this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date under this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination of employment, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date of Optionee’s termination of employment. If Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights of Optionee under this Option shall be forfeited.
          e. Death . In the event of Optionee’s death, this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the date of Optionee’s death, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following Optionee’s death, this Option shall be exercisable by the person or persons to whom Optionee’s rights under this Option shall have passed by Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately

-2-


 

preceding the date of Optionee’s death. If such person or persons do not exercise this Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(e), all rights under this Option shall be forfeited.
          3. Manner of Exercise .
          a. General . The Option may be exercised only by Optionee (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Administrator may deem advisable, by delivering within the Option Period written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option price for all shares designated in the notice. The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and upon payment that complies with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The Option may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be exercised and, if partially exercised, may be so exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the Option period as provided herein.
          b. Form of Payment . Payment of the Option price by Optionee shall be in the form of cash, personal check, certified check or previously acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its Fair Market Value as provided in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “previously acquired shares of Common Stock” shall include shares of Common Stock that are already owned by Optionee at the time of exercise.
          c. Stock Transfer Records . As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of the Option, Optionee shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Optionee one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
     4.  Miscellaneous .
          a. Employment; Rights as Shareholder . This Agreement shall not confer on Optionee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment. Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Option until such shares have been issued to Optionee upon exercise of this Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
          b. Securities Law Compliance . The exercise of all or any parts of this Option shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Optionee may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of any exercise of this Option, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Optionee’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall

-3-


 

bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will not be transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.
          c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Pursuant and subject to Section 12 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Optionee’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option ( i.e. , Optionee shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).
          d. Withholding Taxes on Disqualifying Disposition . In the event of a disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired through the exercise of this Option, Optionee hereby agrees to inform the Company of such disposition. Upon notice of a disqualifying disposition, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Optionee. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Optionee hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Optionee may, subject to the approval and discretion of the Administrator or such administrative rules it may deem advisable, elect to have all or a portion of such tax withholding obligations satisfied by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock having a fair market value equal to such obligations.
          e. Nontransferability . During the lifetime of Optionee, the accrued Option shall be exercisable only by Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or other legal representative, and shall not be assignable or transferable by Optionee, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
          f. 2003 Stock Option Plan . The Option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Optionee and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. The Plan governs this Option and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          g. Lockup Period Limitation . Optionee agrees that in the event the Company advises Optionee that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Optionee hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the date of the prospectus, Optionee will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).

-4-


 

          h. Blue Sky Limitation . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right (i) to accelerate the exercisability of this Option and the date on which this Option must be exercised, provided that the Company gives Optionee 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) to cancel any portion of this Option or any other option granted to Optionee pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Optionee at the address of Optionee on file with the Company.
          i. Accounting and Legal Compliance . Optionee agrees that, in the event of a “change of control transaction” (as defined in Paragraph 2(b) above) and Optionee is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such change of control transaction, Optionee will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.
          j. Stock Legend . If applicable, the Company may put an appropriate legend on the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Optionee (or, in the case of death, Optionee’s successors) to reflect the restrictions of Paragraphs 4(b), 4(g), 4(h) and 4(i) of this Agreement.
          k. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee and any successor or successors of Optionee permitted by Paragraph 4(e) above.
          l. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least ten years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise

-5-


 

agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
             
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
      Michael J. Kallok, President and    
 
      Chief Executive Officer    
 
          COMPANY
 
           
         
 
           
 
          OPTIONEE

-6-

 

EXHIBIT 10.11
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
2003 STOCK OPTION PLAN
     THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this                      day of                                           , 200                      , by and between CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                                                                (“Optionee”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Optionee is a key employee, officer, consultant, nonemployee director or advisor of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a nonqualified stock option to Optionee to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of a nonqualified stock option to Optionee and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $                      per share;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or portions of an aggregate of                                                                (                      ) shares of Common Stock at a per share price of $                      on the terms and conditions set forth herein, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. This Option is a nonqualified stock option and will not be treated as an incentive stock option, as defined under Section 422, or any successor provision, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder.
     2.  Duration and Exercisability .
          a. The term during which this Option may be exercised shall terminate on                                           , 20                      , except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(b) through 2(e) below. This Option shall become exercisable according to the following schedule:
     
Vesting Date   Percentage/Number of Shares

-1-


 

Once the Option becomes exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate number of shares specified in Paragraph 1, Optionee may continue to exercise this Option under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the Option as provided herein. If Optionee does not purchase upon an exercise of this Option the full number of shares which Optionee is then entitled to purchase, Optionee may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this Option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those Optionee is otherwise entitled to purchase.
          b. Change of Control . In the event of a change of control (the sale by the Company of substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business, or in the event of a merger, exchange or liquidation of the Company), the vesting of this Option shall accelerate and the Option shall become immediately exercisable as of the effectiveness of the sale, merger, exchange or liquidation, provided the Board allows for a reasonable time within which the Optionee may exercise this option prior to the effectiveness of such sale, merger, exchange or liquidation. The grant of the option pursuant to this Agreement shall not limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, exchange or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
          c. Termination of Relationship (other than Disability or Death) . If Optionee ceases to be an employee, director, consultant or an advisor of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason other than because of disability or death, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of the termination of all such relationships, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date on which all of Optionee’s relationships with the Company or Subsidiary have terminated, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the termination of such relationship, or if Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Optionee under this Option shall be forfeited.
          d. Disability . If Optionee ceases to be an employee, director, consultant or advisor of the Company or any Subsidiary because of disability (as such term is defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), or any successor provision), this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the termination of all such relationships with the Company or any Subsidiary, and (ii) the expiration date under this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the termination of all of Optionee’s relationships. If Optionee does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights of Optionee under this Option shall be forfeited.
          e. Death . In the event of Optionee’s death, this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the date of Optionee’s death, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following Optionee’s death, this Option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom Optionee’s rights under this Option shall have passed by Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately

-2-


 

preceding the date of Optionee’s death. If such person or persons fail to exercise this Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(e), all rights under this Option shall be forfeited.
     3.  Manner of Exercise .
          a. General . The Option may be exercised only by Optionee (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Administrator may deem advisable, by delivering within the option period written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the option price for all shares designated in the notice. The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and upon payment that complies with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The Option may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be exercised and, if partially exercised, may be exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the option period as provided herein.
          b. Form of Payment . Payment of the option price by Optionee shall be in the form of cash, personal check, certified check or previously acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its Fair Market Value as provided in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “previously acquired shares of Common Stock” shall include shares of Common Stock that are already owned by Optionee at the time of exercise.
          c. Stock Transfer Records . As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of the Option, Optionee shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Optionee one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
     4.  Miscellaneous .
          a. Rights as Shareholder . This Agreement shall not confer on Optionee any right with respect to the continuance of any relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate any such relationship. Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Option until such shares have been issued to Optionee upon exercise of this Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
          b. Securities Law Compliance . The exercise of all or any parts of this Option shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Optionee may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of any exercise of this Option, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Optionee’s own

-3-


 

account without a view to any further distribution thereof and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.
          c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Pursuant and subject to Section 12 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Optionee’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option ( i.e. , Optionee shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).
          d. Withholding Taxes . In order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary, all applicable federal or state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Optionee. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Optionee hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Optionee may, subject to the approval and discretion of the Administrator or such administrative rules it may deem advisable, elect to have all or a portion of such tax withholding obligations satisfied by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock having a fair market value equal to such obligations.
          e. Nontransferability . During the lifetime of Optionee, the accrued Option shall be exercisable only by Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or other legal representative, and shall not be assignable or transferable by Optionee, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
          f. 2003 Stock Option Plan . The Option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Optionee and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. The Plan governs this Option and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
          g. Lockup Period Limitation . Optionee agrees that in the event the Company advises Optionee that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Optionee hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the date of prospectus, Optionee will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).
          h. Blue Sky Limitation . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the

-4-


 

Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right (i) to accelerate the exercisability of this Option and the date on which this Option must be exercised, provided that the Company gives Optionee 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) to cancel any portion of this Option or any other option granted to Optionee pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Optionee at the address of Optionee on file with the Company.
          i. Accounting Compliance . Optionee agrees that, in the event of a “change of control transaction” (as defined in Paragraph 2(b) above) and Optionee is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such change of control transaction, Optionee will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.
          j. Stock Legend . If applicable, the Company may put an appropriate legend on the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Optionee (or, in the case of death, Optionee’s successors) to reflect the restrictions of Paragraphs 4(b), 4(h), 4(i) and 4(j) of this Agreement.
          k. Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee and any successor or successors of Optionee permitted by Paragraph 4(e) above.
          l. Arbitration . Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least ten years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.

-5-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
             
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Michael J. Kallok, President and    
 
            Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    OPTIONEE    
 
           
         

-6-

 

EXHIBIT 10.12
SHTURMAN CARDIOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.
1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS
     As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
(a) The “Company” shall mean Shturman Cardiology Systems, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
(b) A “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of outstanding stock is owned, directly or indirectly in an unbroken chain, by the Company.
(c) “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, subject to adjustment as described in Section 12.
(d) The “Plan” shall mean the Shturman Cardiology Systems, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan, as amended hereafter from time to time, including the forms of Option Agreements as they may be modified by the Board from time to time.
(e) The “Optionee” for purposes of Section 9 is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary to whom an incentive stock option has been granted under the Plan. For purposes of Section 10, the “Optionee” is the director, officer, employee, advisor or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary to whom a nonqualified stock option has been granted.
(f) “Committee” shall mean a Committee composed of two or more directors required by Rule 16b-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, who may be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such powers and authority as are granted to it by the Board. Each of the members of the Committee shall be a “disinterested” person within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. A“disinterested” person under Rule 16b-3 means a director who is not, during the one year prior to service as a member of the Committee, granted or awarded equity securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company entitling participants to acquire stock, stock options or stock appreciation rights, except those plans described under Rule 16b-3 in which participation is allowed.

- 1 -


 

(g) The “Internal Revenue Code” is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries by facilitating the employment and retention of competent personnel and by furnishing incentive to officers, directors, employees and consultants upon whose efforts the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries will depend to a large degree.
     It is the intention of the Company to carry out the Plan through the granting of stock options which will qualify as “incentive stock options” under the provisions of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code, and through the granting of nonqualified stock options pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan. Adoption of this Plan shall be and is expressly subject to the condition of approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
     The Plan shall be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 4.
ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or, to the extent empowered by the Board, by a Stock Option Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee” and as defined in Section l(f) of this Plan) which may be appointed by the Board from time to time. The Board shall have all of the powers vested in it under the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to exclusive authority (where applicable and within the limitations described herein) to determine, in its sole discretion, whether an incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option shall be granted, the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, options shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each option and the option price, terms and conditions of each option. The Committee shall have such powers as are granted to it by the Board. The Board, or the

- 2 -


 

Committee if so empowered by the Board, shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make and amend rules, regulations and guidelines for administering the Plan, to prescribe the form and conditions of the respective stock option agreements (which may vary from Optionee to Optionee) evidencing each option and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Board’s interpretation of the Plan, or the Committee’s interpretation if so empowered by the Board, and all actions taken and determinations made by the Board pursuant to the power vested in it hereunder, or by the Committee to the extent empowered by the Board, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith in connection with the administration of the Plan.
     In the event the Board appoints a Committee as provided hereunder, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken pursuant to a majority vote of the Committee members or pursuant to the written resolution of all Committee members.
SECTION 5.
PARTICIPANTS
     The Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, shall from time to time, at its discretion and without approval of the shareholders, designate those directors, officers, employees, consultants or advisors of the Company or of any Subsidiary to whom nonqualified stock options shall be granted; provided, however, that consultants or advisors shall not be eligible to receive stock options hereunder unless such consultant or advisor renders bona fide services to the Company or Subsidiary and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, shall also designate those employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary to whom incentive stock options shall be granted.
     The Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, may grant additional incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options to some or all participants then holding options or may grant such options solely or partially to new participants. In designating participants, the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, shall also determine the number of shares to be optioned to each such participant.

- 3 -


 

SECTION 6.
STOCK
     The Stock to be optioned under this Plan shall consist of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock. Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (750,000) shares of Common Stock shall be reserved and available for options under the Plan; provided, however, the total number of shares of Common Stock reserved for options under this Plan shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 of the Plan. In the event that any outstanding option granted under the Plan for any reason expires or is terminated prior to the exercise thereof, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such option shall continue to be reserved for options under the Plan and may be optioned hereunder.
SECTION 7.
DURATION OF PLAN
     Incentive stock options may be granted pursuant to this Plan from time to time during a period of ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is approved by the Board of Directors or the date it is approved by the shareholders of the Company. Nonqualified stock options may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors and until the Plan is discontinued or terminated by the Board.
SECTION 8.
PAYMENT
     Optionees may pay for shares upon exercise of options granted pursuant to this Plan with cash, certified check or Common Stock of the Company valued at such stock’s then “fair market value” as defined in Section 9 below.
SECTION 9.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS
     Each incentive stock option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written stock option agreement (the “Option Agreement”). The Option Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board or the Committee (if so empowered by the Board) and may vary from Optionee to Optionee; provided, however, that each Optionee and

- 4 -


 

each Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(a) Number of Shares and Option Price. The Option Agreement shall state the total number of shares covered by the incentive stock option. The option price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock per share on the date the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, grants the option; provided, however, that, if an Optionee owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its parent or any Subsidiary, the option price per share of an incentive stock option granted to such Optionee shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock per share on the date of the grant of the option. The “fair market value” of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, in its sole discretion by applying principles of valuation with respect to all such options. The Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, shall have full authority and discretion in establishing the option price and shall be fully protected in so doing.
(b) Term and Exercisability of Incentive Stock Option. The term during which any incentive stock option granted under the Plan may be exercised shall be established in each case by the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, but in no event shall any incentive stock option be exercisable during a term of more than ten (10) years after the date on which it is granted. The Option Agreement shall state when the incentive stock option becomes exercisable and shall also state the maximum term during which the option may be exercised. In the event an incentive stock option is exercisable immediately, the manner of exercise of the option in the event it is not exercised in full immediately shall be specified in the Option Agreement. The Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, may accelerate the exercise date of any incentive stock option granted hereunder which is not immediately exercisable as of the date of grant.
(c) Other Provisions. The Option Agreement authorized under this Section 9 shall contain such other provisions as the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, shall deem advisable. Any such Option Agreement shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the option as shall be necessary to ensure that such option will be considered an “Incentive Stock Option” as defined in Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code or to conform to any change therein.

- 5 -


 

(d) Holding Period. The sale or other disposition of any shares of Common Stock acquired by an Optionee pursuant to the exercise of an option described above shall be eligible for the favorable taxation treatment of Section 421(a) of the Internal Revenue Code if no disposition of such shares is made by the Optionee within two (2) years from the date of the granting of the option under which the shares were acquired nor within one year after the acquisition of such shares pursuant to the exercise of such option, or such other periods as may be prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code. In the event of an Optionee’s death, such holding period shall not be applicable pursuant to Section 421 (c)(l) of the Internal Revenue Code.
SECTION 10.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS
     Each nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Option Agreement. The Option Agreement shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board or the Committee (if so empowered by the Board), and may vary from Optionee to Optionee; provided, however, that each Optionee and each Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(a) Number of Shares and Option Price. The Option Agreement shall state the total number of shares covered by the nonqualified stock option. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, the option price per share shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock per share on the date the Board or the Committee grants the option. For purposes hereof, the “fair market value” of a share of Common Stock shall have the same meaning as set forth under Section 9(a) herein.
(b) Term and Exercisability of Nonqualified Stock Option. The term during which any nonqualified stock option granted under the Plan may be exercised shall be established in each case by the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board. The Option Agreement shall state when the nonqualified stock option becomes exercisable and shall also state the maximum term during which the option may be exercised. In the event a nonqualified stock option is exercisable immediately, the manner of exercise of the option in the event it is not exercised in full immediately shall be specified in the stock option agreement. The Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, may accelerate the exercise date of any

- 6 -


 

nonqualified stock option granted hereunder which is not immediately exercisable as of the date of grant.
(c) Withholding. In the event the Optionee is required under the Option Agreement to pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company respecting payment of, any federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the option’s exercise, the Board or the Committee may, in its discretion and pursuant to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Optionee to satisfy such obligation, in whole or in part, by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Optionee as a result of the option’s exercise equal to the amount required to be withheld for tax purposes. Any stock elected to be withheld shall be valued at its “fair market value,” as provided under Section 9(a) hereof, as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. The Optionee’s election to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made on or before the date the option is exercised or, if later, the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined under applicable tax law. Such election shall also comply with such rules as may be adopted by the Board or the Committee to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3, as then in effect, of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if applicable.
(d) Other Provisions. The Option Agreement authorized under this Section 10 shall contain such other provisions as the Board, or the Committee, as the case may be, shall deem advisable.
SECTION 11.
TRANSFER OF OPTION
     No option shall be transferable, in whole or in part, by the Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, during the Optionee’s lifetime, the option may be exercised only by the Optionee. If the Optionee shall attempt any transfer of any option granted under the Plan during the Optionee’s lifetime, such transfer shall be void and the option, to the extent not fully exercised, shall terminate.

- 7 -


 

SECTION 12.
RECAPITALIZATION, SALE, MERGER, EXCHANGE
CONSOLIDATION OR LIQUIDATION
     In the event of an increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option and the price per share thereof shall be equitably adjusted by the Board of Directors to reflect such change. Additional shares which may be credited pursuant to such adjustment shall be subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to the shares with respect to which the adjustment relates.
     In the event of the sale by the Company of substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business, or in the event of a merger, exchange, consolidation or liquidation of the Company, the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, in connection with the Board’s adoption of the plan for sale, merger, exchange, consolidation or liquidation, provide for one or more of the following: (i) the acceleration of the exercisability of any or all outstanding options; (ii) the complete termination of this Plan and cancellation of outstanding options not exercised prior to a date specified by the Board (which date shall give Optionees a reasonable period of time in which to exercise the options prior to the effectiveness of such sale, merger, exchange, consolidation or liquidation); and (iii) the continuance of the Plan with respect to the exercise of options which were outstanding as of the date of adoption by the Board of such plan for sale, merger, exchange, consolidation or liquidation and provide to Optionees holding such options the right to exercise their respective options as to an equivalent number of shares of stock of the corporation succeeding the Company by reason of such sale, merger, exchange, consolidation or liquidation. The grant of an option pursuant to the Plan shall not limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, exchange or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
SECTION 13.
INVESTMENT PURPOSE
     No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to the Plan unless and until there has been compliance, in the opinion

- 8 -


 

of Company’s counsel, with all applicable legal requirements, including without limitation, those relating to securities laws and stock exchange listing requirements. As a condition to the issuance of Common Stock to Optionee, the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, may require Optionee to (a) represent that the shares of Common Stock are being acquired for investment and not resale and to make such other representations as the Board, or the Committee if so empowered by the Board, shall deem necessary or appropriate to qualify the issuance of the shares as exempt from the Securities Act of 1933 and any other applicable securities laws, and (b) represent that Optionee shall not dispose of the shares of Common Stock in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable securities laws. Company reserves the right to place a legend on any stock certificate issued upon exercise of an option granted pursuant to the Plan to assure compliance with this Section 13.
SECTION 14.
RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER
     An Optionee (or the Optionee’s successor or successors) shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by an option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing such shares (except as otherwise provided in Section 12 above). No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is actually issued (except as otherwise provided in Section 12).
SECTION 15.
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
     The Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time, insofar as permitted by law, suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect; provided, however, that no such revision or amendment shall impair the terms and conditions of any option which is outstanding on the date of such revision or amendment to the material detriment of the Optionee without the consent of the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such revision or amendment shall, (i) materially increase the number of shares subject to the Plan except as provided in Section 12 hereof, (ii) change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive options, (iii) decrease the price at which options may be granted, or (iv) materially increase the benefits accruing to Optionees under the Plan, unless such revision or amendment is approved by the shareholders of the Company. Furthermore, the Plan may not, without the

- 9 -


 

approval of the shareholders, be amended in any manner that will cause incentive stock options to fail to meet the requirements of “Incentive Stock Options” as defined in Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code.
SECTION 16.
NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION
     The granting of an option shall impose no obligation upon the Optionee to exercise such option. Further, the granting of an option hereunder shall not impose upon the Company or any Subsidiary any obligation to retain the Optionee in its employ or as a director for any period.

- 10 -


 

SHTURMAN CARDIOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, made this       day of       , 19_, by and between SHTURMAN CARDIOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Optionee”);
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS, the Optionee on the date hereof is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company;
     WHEREAS, to induce the Optionee to continue in its employ and to further the Optionee’s efforts in its behalf, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee an incentive stock option to purchase shares of its Common Stock;
     WHEREAS, the Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a stock option plan providing for the grant of incentive stock options known as the “Shturman Cardiology Systems, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company’s Board of Directors (or, if so appointed and empowered by the Board, the Board’s Stock Option Committee) authorized the grant of this incentive stock option to the Optionee;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Optionee hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee, on the date of this Agreement, the option to purchase                      shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Stock”) subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, and subject only to adjustment in such number of shares as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     2.  Option Price. During the term of this option, the purchase price for the shares of Option Stock granted herein is $                      per share (not less than the fair market value as of date of grant), subject only to adjustment of such price as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     3.  Term of Option. Unless terminated earlier under the provisions of Paragraphs 10 or 11 below, this option shall terminate as of the close of the business on                      .
     During the first year after the date of this Agreement, this option shall not be exercisable. Thereafter, this option shall be exercisable to the extent of                      percent (                      %) of such total number of shares during each succeeding year until the earlier of the time this option shall have become exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the total

- 1 -


 

number of shares granted or its termination as provided hereinabove. If the Optionee does not purchase in any option year the full number of shares which the Optionee is entitled to purchase that year, the Optionee may purchase in any subsequent option year such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those the Optionee is otherwise entitled to purchase. If this option has been granted prior to approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders, this option shall not be exercisable until such approval is obtained.
     4.  Personal Exercise by Optionee. This option shall, during the lifetime of the Optionee, be exercisable only by said Optionee and shall not be transferable by the Optionee, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
     5.  Manner of Exercise of Option. This option is to be exercised by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s successor or successors) by giving written notice to the Company of an election to exercise such option. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased hereunder and shall specify a date (not more than 30 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days from the date of delivery of the notice to the Company) on which the Optionee shall deliver payment of the full purchase price for the shares being purchased and the Company shall deliver certificates to the Optionee representing the shares so purchased. Such notice shall be delivered to the Company at its principal place of business. An option shall be considered exercised at the time the Company receives such notice. Upon receipt of such notice and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9 below, the Company shall, on the date specified in such notice and against payment by the Optionee of the required purchase price, deliver to the Optionee certificates for the shares so purchased. Payment for shares of Option Stock may be made in the form of cash, certified check, Common Stock of the Company, or any combination there of. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its then “fair market value” as provided in the Plan. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
     6.  Rights as a Shareholder. The Optionee or a transferee of this option shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends(ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     7.  Stock Option Plan. The option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan is attached hereto or has been made available to the Optionee, and is hereby made a part of this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. The Plan governs this option and the Optionee, and in the event of any question as to the construction of this Agreement or of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
     8.  Withholding Taxes on Disqualifying Disposition by Optionee. In the event of a disqualifying disposition of Option Stock by Optionee, Optionee hereby agrees to inform the Company of such disposition. Upon notice of a disqualifying disposition or upon independently

- 2 -


 

learning of such a disposition, the Company shall withhold from whatever payments are due Optionee appropriate state and federal income taxes as the Company determines may be required by law. In the event the Company is unable to withhold such taxes, for whatever reason, Optionee hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under state or federal law.
     9.  Investment Purpose. The Company requires as a condition to the grant and exercise of this option that any stock acquired pursuant to this option be acquired for only investment if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such is required or deemed advisable under securities laws or any other applicable law, regulation or rule or any government or governmental agency. In this regard, if requested by the Company, the Optionee, prior to the acquisition of any shares pursuant to this option, shall execute an investment letter to the effect that the Optionee is acquiring shares pursuant to the option for investment purposes only and not with the intention of making any distribution of such shares and will not dispose of the shares in violation of the applicable federal and state securities laws.
     10.  Termination of Employment. If the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason (including termination of employment as a result of the reorganization, sale or liquidation by the Company of the Subsidiary which employs the Optionee, where the Optionee does not thereafter continue as an employee of the Company or another Subsidiary), other than because of death (as described below) or because of the sale, merger, consolidation or liquidation of the Company (which is covered by the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan), this option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date under this option. In such period following such termination of employment, this option shall be exercisable only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of termination of employment, but had not previously been exercised.
     11.  Death of Optionee. If the Optionee dies (i) while in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (ii) within the period of three months after the termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary as provided in Paragraph 10, this option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the six-month anniversary date of the Optionee’s death, and (ii) the expiration date under this option. In such period following the Optionee’s death, this option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under this option shall have passed by the Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of death, but had not previously been exercised.
     12.  Recapitalizations, Sales, Mergers, Exchanges, Consolidations, Liquidation. In the event of a stock dividend or stock split, the number of shares of Option Stock and option exercise price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 12 of the Plan. Similarly, in the event of a sale, merger, exchange, consolidation or liquidation of the Company, this option shall be adjusted as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

- 3 -


 

     13.  Scope of Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Optionee and any successor or successors of the Optionee permitted by Paragraph 4 hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Optionee have executed this Agreement in the manner appropriate to each, as of the day and year first above written.
                 
    SHTURMAN CARDIOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
               
 
  By            
             
 
      Its        
 
               
 
          COMPANY    
 
               
 
          OPTIONEE    

- 4 -


 

SHTURMAN CARDIOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, made this         day of         ,19         , by and between SHTURMAN CARDIOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (the “Optionee”);
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS, the Optionee on the date hereof is an employee, officer, director, consultant or advisor of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company;
     WHEREAS, to induce the Optionee to further the Optionee’s efforts in its behalf, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee a nonqualified stock option to purchase shares of its Common Stock;
     WHEREAS, the Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a stock option plan providing for the grant of nonqualified stock options known as the “Shturman Cardiology Systems, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company’s Board of Directors (or, if so appointed and empowered by the Board, the Board’s Stock Option Committee) authorized the grant of this nonqualified stock option to the Optionee;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Optionee hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee, on the date of this Agreement, the option to purchase         shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Stock”) subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, and subject only to adjustment in such number of shares as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     2.  Option Price. During the term of this option, the purchase price for the shares of Option Stock granted herein is $                      per share, subject only to adjustment of such price as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     3.  Term of Option. Unless terminated earlier under the provisions of Paragraphs 10 or 11 below, this option shall be exercisable at any time and shall terminate as of the close of business on                      .

- 1 -


 

     If this option has been granted prior to approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders, this option shall not be exercisable until such approval is obtained.
     4.  Personal Exercise by Optionee. This option shall, during the lifetime of the Optionee, be exercisable only by said Optionee and shall not be transferable by the Optionee, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
     5.  Manner of Exercise of Option. This option is to be exercised by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s successor or successors) by giving written notice to the Company of an election to exercise such option. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased hereunder and shall specify a date (not more than 30 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days from the date of delivery of the notice to the Company) on which the Optionee shall deliver payment of the full purchase price for the shares being purchased and the Company shall deliver certificates to the Optionee representing the shares so purchased. Such notice shall be delivered to the Company at its principal place of business. An option shall be considered exercised at the time the Company receives such notice. Upon receipt of such notice and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9 below, the Company shall, on the date specified in such notice and against payment by the Optionee of the required purchase price, deliver to the Optionee certificates for the shares so purchased. Payment for shares of Option Stock may be made in the form of cash, certified check, Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its then “fair market value” as provided in the Plan. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
     6.  Rights as a Shareholder. The Optionee or a transferee of this option shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     7.  Stock Option Plan; Type of Option. The option evidenced by this Agreement is intended to constitute a nonqualified stock option and not an incentive stock option under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code. The option hereunder is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan is attached hereto or has been made available to the Optionee and is hereby made a part of this Agreement. This Agreement is

- 2 -


 

subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan, The Plan governs this option and the Optionee, and in the event of any question as to the construction of this Agreement or of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.
     8.  Withholding Taxes. In order to permit the Company to receive a tax deduction in connection with the exercise of this option, the Optionee agrees that as a condition to any exercise of this option, the Optionee will also pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding payment of, any federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the option’s exercise.
     9.  Investment Purpose. The Company requires as a condition to the grant and exercise of this option that any stock acquired pursuant to this option be acquired for only investment if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such is required or deemed advisable under securities laws or any other applicable law, regulation or rule or any government or governmental agency. In this regard, if requested by the Company, the Optionee, prior to the acquisition of any shares pursuant to this option, shall execute an investment letter to the effect that the Optionee is acquiring shares pursuant to the option for investment purposes only and not with the intention of making any distribution of such shares and will not dispose of the shares in violation of the applicable federal and state securities laws.
     10.  Termination of Employee, Director, Consultant or Advisor. If the Optionee ceases to be an employee, director, consultant or advisor of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason (including termination of employment, directorship or services as a consultant or advisor as a result of the reorganization, sale or liquidation by the Company of the Subsidiary which employs or retains the Optionee, where the Optionee does not thereafter continue as an employee, director, consultant or advisor of the Company or another Subsidiary), other than because of death (as described below) or because of the sale, merger, consolidation or liquidation of the Company (which is covered by the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan), this option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, directorship or services as a consultant or advisor and (ii) the expiration date under this option. In such period following such termination, this option shall be exercisable only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of termination of employment, directorship or services as a consultant or advisor, but had not previously been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph

- 3 -


 

shall not apply in the event the consultant or advisor ceases serving in such capacity after completing the full term of the agreement pursuant to which this option was granted.
     11.  Death of Optionee. If the Optionee dies (i) while an employee, director, consultant or advisor of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (ii) within the period of three months after the termination of employment, directorship, or services as a consultant or advisor with the Company or any Subsidiary as provided in Paragraph 10, this option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the six-month anniversary date of the Optionee’s death and (ii) the expiration date under this option. In such period following the Optionee’s death, this option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under this option shall have passed by the Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of death, but had not previously been exercised.
     12.  Recapitalizations, Sales, Mergers, Exchanges, Consolidations, Liquidation. In the event of a stock dividend or stock split, the number of shares of Option Stock and option exercise price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 12 of the Plan. Similarly, in the event of a sale, merger, exchange, consolidation or liquidation of the Company, this option shall be adjusted as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
     13.  Scope of Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Optionee and any successor or successors of the Optionee permitted by Paragraph 4 above.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Optionee have executed this Agreement in the manner appropriate to each, as of the day and year first above written.
                 
    SHTURMAN CARDIOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
               
 
  By            
             
 
      Its        
 
               
 
          Company    
 
               
         
 
          Optionee    

- 4 -

 

Exhibit 10.13
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, made as of the _____ day of _________, ___, by and between CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and _______________ (the “Optionee”);
WITNESSETH :
     WHEREAS, the Optionee on the date hereof is an employee of the Company;
     WHEREAS, to induce the Optionee to further the Optionee’s efforts in its behalf, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee a nonqualified stock option to purchase shares of its Common Stock;
     WHEREAS, the nonqualified stock option granted hereunder is granted outside of the Company’s 1991 Stock Option Plan; and
     WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the grant of this nonqualified stock option to the Optionee;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Optionee hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Optionee, on the date of this Agreement, the option to purchase ______ shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Stock”) subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, and subject only to adjustment in such number of shares as provided in Paragraph 7 below. The option evidenced by this Agreement is intended to constitute a nonqualified stock option and not an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
     2.  Option Price . During the term of this option, the purchase price for the shares of Option Stock granted herein is $______ per share, subject only to adjustment of such price as provided in Paragraph 7 below.
     3.  Term of Option . Unless terminated earlier under the provisions of Paragraphs 10 or 11 below, this option shall terminate as of the close of business on ________. Except as may be provided in Paragraph 12, the option shall vest and become exercisable pursuant to the following schedule:
     
Vesting Date   Number of Shares

-1-


 

     Optionee may continue to exercise this option, to the extent it is exercisable, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the option as provided herein. If Optionee does not purchase upon an exercise of this option the full number of shares which Optionee is then entitled to purchase, Optionee may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares.
     4.  Personal Exercise by Optionee . This option shall, during the lifetime of the Optionee, be exercisable only by said Optionee and shall not be transferable by the Optionee, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
     5.  Manner of Exercise of Option . This option is to be exercised by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s successor or successors) by giving written notice to the Company of an election to exercise such option. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased hereunder and shall specify a date (not more than 30 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days from the date of delivery of the notice to the Company) on which the Optionee shall deliver payment of the full purchase price for the shares being purchased and the Company shall deliver certificates to the Optionee representing the shares so purchased. Such notice shall be delivered to the Company at its principal place of business. An option shall be considered exercised at the time the Company receives such notice. Upon receipt of such notice and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9 below, the Company shall, on the date specified in such notice and against payment by the Optionee of the required purchase price, deliver to the Optionee certificates for the shares so purchased. Payment for shares of Option Stock may be made in the form of cash, certified check, Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its then “fair market value” as determined by the Board of Directors. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
     6.  Rights as a Shareholder . The Optionee or a transferee of this option shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Paragraph 7 herein.
     7.  Adjustment of Shares and Price . In the event of an increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to this option and the purchase price per share hereunder shall be equitably adjusted by the Board of Directors to reflect such change. Additional shares which may be credited pursuant to such adjustment shall be subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to the shares with respect to which the adjustment relates.
     8.  Withholding Taxes . In order to permit the Company to receive a tax deduction in connection with the exercise of this option, the Optionee agrees that as a condition to any exercise of this option, the Optionee will also pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding payment of, any federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the option’s exercise.

-2-


 

     9.  Investment Purpose . The Company requires as a condition to the grant and exercise of this option that any stock acquired pursuant to this option be acquired for only investment if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such is required or deemed advisable under securities laws or any other applicable law, regulation or rule or any government or governmental agency. In this regard, if requested by the Company, the Optionee, prior to the acquisition of any shares pursuant to this option, shall execute an investment letter to the effect that the Optionee is acquiring shares pursuant to the option for investment purposes only and not with the intention of making any distribution of such shares and will not dispose of the shares in violation of the applicable federal and state securities laws.
     10.  Termination of Relationship . If the Optionee ceases to be either an employee or consultant for the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason, other than because of death (as described below), this option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of termination of such relationship and (ii) the expiration date under this option. In such period following such termination, this option shall be exercisable only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of termination of relationship but had not previously been exercised.
     11.  Death of Optionee . If the Optionee dies (i) while an employee or consultant for the Company or any Subsidiary, or (ii) within the period of three months after the termination of such relationship as provided in Paragraph 10, this option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the six-month anniversary date of the Optionee’s death and (ii) the expiration date under this option. In such period following the Optionee’s death, this option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under this option shall have passed by the Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of death, but had not previously been exercised.
     12.  Change of Control . In the event of the sale by the Company of substantially all of its assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business, or in the event of a merger, exchange or liquidation of the Company, the vesting of this Option shall accelerate and the Option shall become immediately exercisable as of the effectiveness of the sale, merger, exchange or liquidation, provided the Board allows for a reasonable time within which the Optionee may exercise this option prior to the effectiveness of such sale, merger, exchange or liquidation. The grant of the option pursuant to this Agreement shall not limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, exchange or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
     13.  Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Optionee and any successor or successors of the Optionee permitted by Paragraph 4 above.

-3-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Optionee have executed this Agreement in the manner appropriate to each, as of the day and year first above written.
             
    CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By        
 
     
 
   
 
      COMPANY    
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
      OPTIONEE    

-4-

 

EXHIBIT 10.14
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into effective as of the 19th day of December 2006 by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. , a Minnesota corporation, (“CSI”), and David L. Martin (“Executive”).
Recitals
      A.  CSI desires to employ Executive as its Chief Executive Officer.
      B.  Executive wishes to become employed by CSI on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
Article 1
EMPLOYMENT AND TERMS OF AGREEMENT
      1.1 Employment. Effective February 15, 2007, CSI hereby employs Executive and Executive hereby accepts employment as Chief Executive Officer of CSI.
      1.2 Duties. During his employment with CSI, Executive shall serve CSI faithfully and to the best of his ability. Except as approved in writing by the Board of Directors, Executive shall devote his full business and professional time, energy, and diligence to the performance of the duties of such office. Executive shall perform such duties for CSI (i) as are customarily incident to his office and (ii) as may be assigned or delegated to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of CSI or its designees. During his employment with CSI, Executive shall not engage in any other business activity that would conflict or interfere with his ability to perform his duties under this Agreement. Executive agrees to be subject to CSI’s control, rules, regulations, policies and programs.
      1.3 Term of Employment. Executive’s employment with CSI shall begin on February 15, 2007 and shall be “at will,” meaning either Executive or CSI may terminate this Agreement and the employment relationship at any time, for any or no reason. In the event that Executive is terminated or elects to resign as an employee of the CSI, Executive agrees to submit his resignation as a director of CSI effective concurrently with the effective date of his termination or resignation as an employee of CSI.
Article 2
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
      2.1 Base Salary. As compensation for (a) his services to CSI and (b) the restrictions contained and enumerated in Article 4 of this Agreement, during his employment with CSI in 2007, CSI agrees to pay Executive an annual base salary of $370,000, less required and authorized deductions and withholding. For 2008 and for each year thereafter, Executive’s base

- 1 -


 

salary shall be reviewed and increases or decreases, if any, shall be implemented by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Executive’s base salary shall be payable at the same intervals as CSI pays other senior executives.
      2.2 Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to earn annual incentive bonuses equal to 25% of his base salary in 2007, and 50% of his base salary in 2008 and 2009, earned and payable according to achievement of performance goals as shall be agreed between the Executive and the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In addition to any other requirements for earning such bonus, Executive must be employed by CSI for the entire calendar year to earn an annual incentive bonus.
      2.3 Housing Allowance. CSI shall pay Executive a housing allowance of $6,000 per calendar month beginning on February 15, 2007 and terminating on the first to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (ii) the date Executive’s family begins residing in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area.
      2.4 Relocation Payment. CSI shall pay Executive a relocation payment of $40,000 on February 15, 2007. Executive shall use this payment to pay for relocation expenses incurred by Executive and shall submit documentation of such expenses in accordance with CSI’s expense reimbursement policies and practices. ]
      2.5 Car Allowance. CSI shall pay to Executive a car allowance of $900 per calendar month beginning February 15, 2007.
      2.6 Group Insurance Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to participate in such group health, dental, and/or life insurance plans, if any, made available from time to time by CSI to its employees, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans. To the extent CSI adopts such plans, Executive shall be entitled to receive family medical and/or dental coverage and/or single life insurance coverage (as applicable) with the normal Company contribution level for senior executives. Nothing in this Agreement shall require CSI to adopt such plans or restrict CSI’s right to amend, modify, or terminate such plans at any time, including during Executive’s employment.
      2.7 Stock Options. As further consideration for the restrictions contained and enumerated in Article 4, CSI shall grant to Executive an incentive stock option for 540,000 shares of CSI common stock the terms of which shall be set forth in a separate Stock Option Agreement to be dated February 15, 2007. Executive must be employed on the date of vesting in order for the options to become exercisable. Once the option becomes exercisable, it shall remain exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the date of grant of the option or the earlier termination of the option.
      2.5 Miscellaneous Benefits. CSI shall provide Executive the following additional benefits:

- 2 -


 

  a.   Reimbursement of all ordinary and necessary expenses incurred by Executive for CSI, in accordance with CSI’s policies and practices with regard to documentation and payment of such expenses.
 
  b.   Paid time off (“PTO”), in lieu of vacation, sick, or personal time, in an amount consistent with CSI policies as determined by the Board of Directors.
Article 3
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
      3.1 Termination. Either Executive or CSI may terminate this Agreement and the employment relationship at any time, for any or no reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive agrees to give CSI thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination.
      3.2 Return of Property. Immediately upon termination (or at such earlier time as requested by the Board of Directors or its designees), Executive shall deliver to CSI all of its property, including but not limited to all work in progress, research data, equipment, originals and copies of documents and software, customer information and lists, financial information, and all other material in his possession or control that belongs to CSI or its customers or contains Confidential Information.
      3.3 Payment Upon Termination. Except as provided in Section 3.4, after the effective date of termination, Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation, benefits, or payments whatsoever except for compensation earned through his last day of employment and any accrued benefits.
      3.4 Severance. If Executive is terminated by CSI without Cause (as defined below), or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined below), and Executive executes, returns and does not rescind a release of claims agreement in a form supplied by CSI, then CSI shall: (i) pay Executive in a lump sum or at regular payroll intervals, at CSI’s option, an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s then current base salary; and (ii) continue to pay CSI’s ordinary share of premiums for twelve (12) calendar months for Executive’s COBRA continuation coverage in CSI’s group medical, dental, and life insurance plans (as applicable), provided Executive timely elects such continuation coverage and timely pays Executive’s share of such premiums, if any.
  a.   Termination by Employer with Cause . For purposes of this Article 3, “Cause” shall be defined as:
  (1)   Executive’s neglect of any of his material duties or his failure to carry out reasonable directives from the Board of Directors or its designees;
 
  (2)   Any willful or deliberate misconduct that is injurious to CSI;

- 3 -


 

  (3)   Any statement, representation or warranty made to the Board or its designees by Executive that Executive knows is false or materially misleading; or
 
  (4)   Executive’s commission of a felony, whether or not against CSI and whether or not committed during Executive’s employment.
  b.   Termination by Executive for Good Reason . For purposes of this Article 3, “Good Reason” shall be defined as:
  (1)   The assignment to Executive, without Executive’s written consent, of employment responsibilities that are not of comparable responsibility and status to the employment responsibilities described in this Agreement;
 
  (2)   CSI’s reduction of Executive’s base salary without Executive’s written consent; or
 
  (3)   CSI’s failure to provide Executive, without Executive’s written consent, those employee benefits specifically required by this Agreement.
Article 4
CONFIDENTIALITY, NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION, PROPERTY, INVENTIONS, AND COPYRIGHTS
      4.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Article 4, the terms listed below shall have the following meanings:
  a.   “Confidential Information” shall mean any information not generally known or readily ascertainable by CSI’s competitors or the general public. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, use of or customization to product designs, plans, drawings or prototypes; data of any type that is created by Executive, is provided, or to which access is provided, in the course of Executive’s employment by CSI; data or conclusions or opinions formed by Executive in the course of employment; manuals; trade secrets; methods, procedures, or techniques pertaining to the business of CSI; specifications; systems; price lists; marketing plans; sales or service analyses; financial information; customer names or other information; supplier names or other information; employee names or other information; research and development data; diagrams; drawings; videotapes, audiotapes, or computerized media used

- 4 -


 

      as training regimens; and notes, memoranda, notebooks, and records or documents that are created, handled, seen, or used by Executive in the course of employment. Confidential Information does not include information that Executive can demonstrate by reliable, corroborated documentary evidence (1) is generally available to the public or (2) became generally available through no act or failure to act by Executive.
  b.   “Corporate Product” means any product or service, (including any component thereof and any research to develop information useful in connection with a product or service) that is being designed, developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by CSI or with respect to which CSI has acquired Confidential Information that it intends to use in, or made plans or statements regarding its intention to undertake, the design, development, manufacture, marketing or sale of a product or service.
 
  c.   “Competitive Product” means any product or service, (including any component thereof and any research to develop information useful in connection with a product or service) that is being designed, developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by anyone other than the Corporation, and is of the same general type, performs similar functions, or is used for the same purposes as a Corporate Product which Executive worked on or assisted the Corporation in marketing or about which Executive received or had knowledge of Confidential Information.
 
  d.   “Render services” shall mean directly or indirectly, owning, managing, operating, controlling, providing services to, being employed by, consulting for, or otherwise participating in, a business.
 
  e.   “Sell” and “sold” shall mean sell, lease, license, market, or otherwise provide or attempt to provide for compensation or advantage.
 
  f.   “Customer” shall mean any person or entity that (1) has a contract or business relationship with CSI, (2) is negotiating to contract or enter into a business relationship with CSI, or (3) has, within the last two (2) years of Executive’s employment with CSI, purchased or leased products or services from CSI.
 
  g.   “Invention” shall mean any invention, discovery, design, improvement, business method, or idea, whether patentable or copyrightable or not, and whether or not shown or described in writing or reduced to practice.
      4.2 Confidentiality Restrictions. Executive agrees at all times to use all reasonable means to keep Confidential Information secret and confidential. Executive shall not at any time (including after termination of his employment with CSI) use, disclose, duplicate, record, or in any other manner reproduce in whole or in part any Confidential Information, except as necessary for the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of CSI. Executive shall not at any

- 5 -


 

time provide services to any person or entity if providing such services would require or likely result in his using or disclosing Confidential Information. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with CSI, Executive shall immediately return to CSI all originals and copies of Confidential Information and other CSI materials and property in Executive’s possession. Executive acknowledges that use or disclosure of any of CSI’s confidential or proprietary information in violation of this Agreement would have a materially detrimental effect upon CSI, the monetary loss from which would be difficult, if not impossible, to measure.
      4.3 Noncompetition. During Executive’s employment with CSI and for one (1) year following termination of employment with CSI, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, render services to any person or entity, or on behalf of himself, in connection with the design, development, manufacture, marketing or sale of a Competitive Product that is sold or intended for use or sale in any geographic area in which the CSI actively markets a Corporate Product, or intends to actively market a Corporate Product, of the same general type or function. Executive understands and acknowledges that, at the present time, (i) Corporate Products include the products currently being developed by CSI, and (ii) the geographic market in which CSI is actively marketing, or intends to actively market, its Corporate Products is the United States of America and Europe. Executive understands and acknowledges that the foregoing description of Corporate Products and geographic market may change, and the provisions of this section shall apply to the Corporate Products and geographic market of CSI in effect upon the termination of Executive’s employment with CSI.
      4.4 Nonsolicitation of Customers. During Executive’s employment with CSI and for a period of one (1) year immediately following Executive’s termination, Executive shall not (except on CSI’s behalf during Executive’s employment), directly or indirectly:
  a.   solicit or sell, or attempt to solicit or sell, to any CSI customer, services or products that compete with services or products provided by CSI, or that were in the process of being developed by CSI during Executive’s employment; or
 
  b.   interfere in any way with CSI’s relationships with any customer or supplier, or induce any such person or entity to terminate or alter its business relationship with CSI.
      4.5 Nonsolicitation of Employees or Others. During Executive’s employment with CSI and for a period of one (1) year immediately following Executive’s termination, Executive shall not (except on CSI’s behalf during Executive’s employment), directly or indirectly, solicit or accept, or attempt to solicit or accept, as an individual or through any other person or entity—any then-current employee of CSI or consultant under contract with CSI for employment or any other arrangement for compensation to perform services, or induce such persons to terminate or alter their relationship with CSI.
      4.6 Copyrights. Executive agrees that he is employed by CSI and that any designs, drawings, or computer or software applications or other work of authorship (hereinafter referred to as “Works”) prepared by Executive for the benefit of CSI or its customers or prepared at the

- 6 -


 

request of CSI or its customers (as well as Executive’s contributions to any other Works relating to CSI), shall be considered “work made for hire” within the meaning of U.S. Copyright law and that all such Works shall belong to CSI. To the extent that any such Works cannot be considered a “work made for hire,” Executive agrees to disclose and assign, and hereby does assign, to CSI all right, title, and interest in and to such Works, and agrees to assist CSI by executing any such documents or applications as may be useful to evidence such ownership of such Works. To the extent such Works are based on preexisting work in which Executive has an ownership interest, Executive grants CSI all right, title, and interest in such Works free and clear of any claim based on the preexisting work.
      4.7 Inventions.
  a.   Assignment . Executive shall promptly and fully disclose in writing to CSI, and will hold in trust for CSI’s sole right and benefit, any Invention that Executive, during the period of employment and for one year thereafter, makes, conceives, or reduces to practice or causes to be made, conceived, or reduced to practice, either alone or in conjunction with others, that:
  (1)   Relates to any subject matter pertaining to Executive’s employment; or
 
  (2)   Relates to or is directly or indirectly connected with CSI’s business, products, processes, or Confidential Information; or
 
  (3)   Involves the use of any of CSI’s time, material, or facility.
      Executive shall keep accurate, complete, and timely records for such Inventions, which records shall be CSI’s property. Executive hereby assigns to CSI all of Executive’s right, title, and interest in and to all such Inventions and, upon CSI’s request, Executive shall execute, verify, and deliver to CSI such documents, including without limitation, assignments and patent applications, and shall perform such other acts, including, without limitation, appearing as a witness in any action brought in connection with this Agreement that is necessary to enable CSI to obtain the sole right, title, and benefit to all such Inventions.
  b.   Notice of Excluded Inventions . Executive agrees, and is hereby notified, that the above agreement to assign Inventions to CSI does not apply to any Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or Confidential Information of CSI’s was used, which was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, and (a) which does not relate: (i) directly to CSI’s business; or (ii) to CSI’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) which does not result from any work performed by Executive for CSI.
      4.8 Understandings. Executive agrees and acknowledges that CSI informed him, prior to entering into this Agreement, that the restriction provisions contained in Article 4 would

- 7 -


 

be required as part of the terms and conditions of employment. Executive agrees and acknowledges that he signed this Agreement prior to commencing employment with CSI. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to CSI’s business, but he nevertheless believes that he has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other benefits as an executive of CSI and as otherwise provided hereunder to justify clearly such restrictions which, in any event (given his education, skills and ability), Executive does not believe would prevent him from earning a living. Executive agrees that the restrictions and obligations in this Agreement are reasonable. Executive and CSI agree that the restrictions and obligations in Article 4 of this Agreement shall survive Executive’s termination of employment with CSI and the termination of this Agreement, and shall apply regardless of whether Executive’s termination is voluntary or involuntary.
      4.9 Remedies. The parties acknowledge and agree that, if Executive breaches or threatens to breach the terms of this Article 4, CSI shall be entitled as a matter of right to injunctive relief and reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses, in addition to any other remedies available at law or equity. The parties further agree that, if Executive breaches any noncompetition and/or nonsolicitation restriction contained in this Article 4, then the time period for such restriction shall be extended by the length of time that Executive was in breach.
      4.10 Notification. Executive authorizes CSI to notify third parties (including, but not limited to, Executive’s actual or potential future employers or business partners, CSI’s competitors and CSI’s customers) of this Article 4, and those provisions necessary for the enforcement of Article 4 of this Agreement, and Executive’s obligations hereunder.
Article 5
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
      5.1 Other Benefits. This Agreement shall not be construed to be in lieu or to the exclusion of any other rights, benefits, and privileges to which Executive may be entitled as an employee of CSI under any retirement, pension, or profit-sharing plans that may now be in effect or that may hereafter be adopted.
      5.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota.
      5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of CSI and Executive and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, and negotiations between the parties, whether oral or written. No modification, supplement, or amendment of any provision hereof shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties.
      5.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon CSI and Executive and their respective successors, executors, and administrators, except that the services to be performed by Executive are personal and are not assignable.

- 8 -


 

      5.5 Captions. The captions set forth in this Agreement are for the convenience only and shall not be considered as part of this Agreement or as in any way limiting or amplifying the terms and conditions hereof.
      5.6 No Conflicting Obligations. Executive represents and warrants to CSI that he is not under, or bound to be under in the future, any obligation to any person or entity that is or would be inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by Executive of his obligations hereunder, including but not limited to any duties owed to any former employers not to compete or use or disclose confidential information. Executive represents and agrees that he will not disclose to CSI or use on behalf of CSI any trade secret or confidential information belonging to a third party.
      5.7 Waiver. The failure of a party to require compliance with any term or obligation of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver or prevent enforcement of such term or obligation. A term or obligation of this Agreement may be waived only by a written instrument signed by the party waiving compliance.
      5.8 Severability. In the event that any provision hereof is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, CSI and Executive agree that that part should be modified by the court to make it enforceable to the maximum extent possible. If the part cannot be modified, then that part may be severed and the other parts of this Agreement shall remain enforceable.
      5.9 Notices. Any notices given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:
         
(a)
  If to CSI:   Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
 
      651 Campus Drive
 
      St. Paul, MN 55112
 
       
 
      and
 
       
 
      Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
 
      200 South Sixth Street, Suite 4000
 
      Minneapolis, MN 55402
 
       
(b)
  If to Executive:   David L. Martin
 
      2016 Stockbridge Avenue
 
      Redwood City, CA 94061
      5.10 Counterparts. More than one counterpart of this Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto, and each fully executed counterpart shall be deemed an original.
      5.11 Legal Fees. In any action to enforce this Agreement or determine the parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement, the court or arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the court or arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including any

- 9 -


 

arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees.
     With the intention of being bound hereby, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.
             
    /s/ David L. Martin    
         
    David L. Martin    
 
           
    Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Gary Petrucci    
 
           
 
  Its:   Chairman    

- 10 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.15
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into effective as of the 31 day of May 2003 by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. , a Minnesota corporation, (“CSI”), and Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. (“Kallok”).
Recitals
      A.  CSI and Kallok are parties to an Employment Agreement dated December 2, 2002 (the “2002 Agreement”).
      B.  CSI and Kallok wish to amend and restate the 2002 Agreement upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, primarily for the purpose of providing severance benefits to Kallok.
Article 1
AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF 2002 AGREEMENT
      1.1 Amendment and Restatement. The 2002 Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement.
Article 2
EMPLOYMENT AND TERMS OF AGREEMENT
      2.1 Employment. CSI hereby employs Kallok and Kallok hereby accepts employment as Chief Executive Officer of CSI.
      2.2 Duties.
  a.   During his employment with CSI, Kallok shall serve CSI faithfully and to the best of his ability. Except as approved in writing by the Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, Kallok shall devote his full business and professional time, energy, and diligence to the performance of the duties of such office. Kallok shall perform such duties for CSI (i) as are customarily incident to his office and (ii) as may be assigned or delegated to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of CSI or its designees. During his employment with CSI, Kallok shall not engage in any other business activity that would conflict or interfere with his ability to perform his duties under this Agreement.

- 1 -


 

  b.   Kallok agrees to be subject to CSI’s control, rules, regulations, policies and programs. Kallok further agrees that he shall not enter into any contract on behalf of CSI except as expressly authorized by CSI.
      2.3 Term of Employment. Kallok’s employment with CSI shall be “at will,” meaning either Kallok or CSI may terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any or no reason.
Article 3
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
      3.1 Base Salary. As compensation for (a) his services to CSI and (b) his confidentiality, noncompetition, and nonsolicitation agreement provided in Article 4 of this Agreement, during his employment with CSI Kallok shall be paid a base salary as follows: (i) beginning with the Effective Date of this Agreement and continuing through and ending December 31, 2003, Kallok shall be paid a monthly base rate of $12,500; (ii) beginning January 1, 2004, Kallok shall be paid a monthly base rate as determined by the Board of Directors or its designees from time to time but no less than annually. The base salary shall be payable at such periodic intervals, not less than monthly, as from time to time are applicable with respect to senior executives of CSI. Kallok’s base salary, and all other compensation and benefits provided by CSI, shall be subject to required and authorized deductions and withholdings.
      3.2 Bonus. Kallok shall be given the opportunity to earn a cash bonus of $60,000 in the first year of the Agreement payable according to achievement of performance goals as is agreed between the Kallok and the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     First half of Bonus to be paid on achievement of
  1)   Design Freeze
 
  2)   Raising $5 million.
     Second half of Bonus based on
  1)   CE Mark
 
  2)   Start of Human Trials
     This Agreement shall be amended from time to time by an agreement or agreements in writing to set forth and reflect the then current annual base salary and bonus payable by the Corporation to Employee.
      3.3 Group Insurance Benefits. Kallok shall be eligible to participate in such group health, dental, and/or life insurance plans, if any, made available from time to time by CSI to its employees, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans. To the extent CSI adopts such plans, Kallok shall be entitled to receive family medical and/or dental coverage and/or single life insurance coverage (as applicable) with the normal Company contribution level for senior

- 2 -


 

executives. Nothing in this Agreement shall require CSI to adopt such plans or restrict CSI’s right to amend, modify, or terminate such plans at any time, including during Kallok’s employment.
      3.4 Stock Options. As further consideration for the restrictions contained and enumerated in Article 5, CSI has granted Kallok stock options for 260,000 shares of CSI common stock the terms of which are set forth in a separate Stock Option Agreement dated December 18, 2002. Kallok shall also be entitled to receive additional options for his service on the CSI’s Board of Directors, as determined by the Board. Kallok must be employed on the date of vesting in order for the options to become exercisable. Once the options become exercisable, they shall remain exercisable until the fifth anniversary of the date they become exercisable or the earlier termination of the options.
      3.5 Miscellaneous Benefits. CSI shall provide Kallok the following additional benefits:
  a.   Reimbursement of all ordinary and necessary expenses incurred by Kallok for CSI, in accordance with CSI’s policies and practices with regard to documentation and payment of such expenses.
 
  b.   Paid time off (“PTO”), in lieu of vacation, sick, or personal time, in an amount consistent with CSI policies as determined by the Board of Directors.
Article 4
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
      4.1 Termination. Either Kallok or CSI may terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any or no reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Kallok agrees to give CSI thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination.
      4.2 Return of Property. Immediately upon termination (or at such earlier time as requested by the Board of Directors or its designees), Kallok shall deliver to CSI all of its property, including but not limited to all work in progress, research data, equipment, originals and copies of documents and software, customer information and lists, financial information, and all other material in his possession or control that belongs to CSI or its customers or contains Confidential Information.
      4.3 Payment Upon Termination. Except as provided in Section 4.4, after the effective date of termination, Kallok shall not be entitled to any compensation, benefits, or payments whatsoever except for compensation earned through his last day of employment and any accrued benefits.
      4.4 Severance. If (1) Kallok is terminated by CSI without Cause, or Kallok terminates his employment for Good Reason, and (2) Kallok executes a release of claims in a

- 3 -


 

form supplied by CSI, then CSI shall provide Kallok with the severance benefits described in this Section 4.4.
  a.   Termination by Employer with Cause . For purposes of this Article 4, “Cause” shall be defined as:
  (1)   Kallok’s neglect of any of his material duties or his failure to carry out reasonable directives from the Board of Directors or its designees;
 
  (2)   Any willful or deliberate misconduct that is injurious to CSI;
 
  (3)   Any statement, representation or warranty made to the Board or its designees by Kallok that Kallok knows is false or materially misleading; or
 
  (4)   Kallok’s commission of a felony, whether or not against CSI and whether or not committed during Kallok’s employment.
  b.   Termination by Kallok for Good Reason . For purposes of this Article 4, “Good Reason” shall be defined as:
  (1)   The assignment to Kallok, without Kallok’s consent, of employment responsibilities that are not of comparable responsibility and status to the employment responsibilities described in this Agreement;
 
  (2)   CSI’s reduction of Kallok’s base salary without Kallok’s consent; or
 
  (3)   CSI’s failure to provide Kallok, without Kallok’s consent, those employee benefits specifically required by this Agreement.
  c.   Severance Benefits Upon Termination by CSI Without Cause or Termination by Kallok for Good Reason . In the event that (A) Kallok’s employment is terminated by CSI without Cause or terminated by Kallok for Good Reason, and (B) Kallok executes a release of claims in a form supplied by CSI, then CSI shall: (i) pay Kallok in a lump sum or at regular payroll intervals, at CSI’s option, an amount equal to twelve (12) months’ of Kallok’s then current base salary plus the greater of (x) the annual bonus received by Kallok in the previous fiscal year or (y) the annual bonus which would be paid to Kallok for the fiscal year in which termination occurs assuming CSI’s financial results for each month subsequent to termination are the same as the average monthly financial results for months prior to termination, which salary and bonus amounts shall be subject to required and authorized deductions and withholdings;

- 4 -


 

      and (ii) continue to pay CSI’s ordinary share of premiums for twelve (12) calendar months for Kallok’s COBRA continuation coverage in CSI’s group medical, dental, and life insurance plans (as applicable), provided Kallok elects such continuation coverage and timely pays Kallok’s share of such premiums, if any.
Article 5
CONFIDENTIALITY, NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION, PROPERTY, INVENTIONS, AND COPYRIGHTS
      5.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Article 5, the terms listed below shall have the following meanings:
  a.   “Confidential Information” shall mean any information not generally known or readily ascertainable by CSI’s competitors or the general public. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, use of or customization to product designs, plans, drawings or prototypes; data of any type that is created by Kallok, is provided, or to which access is provided, in the course of Kallok’s employment by CSI; data or conclusions or opinions formed by Kallok in the course of employment; manuals; trade secrets; methods, procedures, or techniques pertaining to the business of CSI; specifications; systems; price lists; marketing plans; sales or service analyses; financial information; customer names or other information; supplier names or other information; employee names or other information; research and development data; diagrams; drawings; videotapes, audiotapes, or computerized media used as training regimens; and notes, memoranda, notebooks, and records or documents that are created, handled, seen, or used by Kallok in the course of employment. Confidential Information does not include information that Kallok can demonstrate by reliable, corroborated documentary evidence (1) is generally available to the public or (2) became generally available through no act or failure to act by Kallok.
 
  b.   “Corporate Product” means any product or service, (including any component thereof and any research to develop information useful in connection with a product or service) that is being designed, developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by CSI or with respect to which CSI has acquired Confidential Information which it intends to use in the design, development, manufacture, marketing or sale of a product or service.
 
  c.   “Competitive Product” means any product or service, (including any component thereof and any research to develop information useful in connection with a product or service) that is being designed, developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by anyone other than the Corporation, and is of the same general type, performs similar functions, or is used for the

- 5 -


 

      same purposes as a Corporate Product which Employee worked on or assisted the Corporation in marketing or about which Employee received or had knowledge of Confidential Information.
  d.   “Render services” shall mean directly or indirectly, owning, managing, operating, controlling, providing services to, being employed by, consulting for, or otherwise participating in, a business.
 
  e.   “Sell” and “sold” shall mean sell, lease, license, market, or otherwise provide or attempt to provide for compensation or advantage.
 
  f.   “Customer” shall mean any person or entity that (1) has a contract or business relationship with CSI, (2) is negotiating to contract or enter into a business relationship with CSI, or (3) has, within the last two (2) years of Kallok’s employment with CSI, purchased or leased products or services from CSI.
 
  g.   “Invention” shall mean any invention, discovery, design, improvement, business method, or idea, whether patentable or copyrightable or not, and whether or not shown or described in writing or reduced to practice.
      5.2 Confidentiality Restrictions. Kallok agrees at all times to use all reasonable means to keep Confidential Information secret and confidential. Kallok shall not at any time (including after termination of his employment with CSI) use, disclose, duplicate, record, or in any other manner reproduce in whole or in part any Confidential Information, except as necessary for the performance of Kallok’s duties on behalf of CSI. Kallok shall not at any time provide services to any person or entity if providing such services would require or likely result in his using or disclosing Confidential Information. Upon termination of Kallok’s employment with CSI, Kallok shall immediately return to CSI all originals and copies of Confidential Information and other CSI materials and property in Kallok’s possession. Kallok acknowledges that use or disclosure of any of CSI’s confidential or proprietary information in violation of this Agreement would have a materially detrimental effect upon CSI, the monetary loss from which would be difficult, if not impossible, to measure.
      5.3 Noncompetition. During employment and for one (1) year following termination of employment with CSI, Kallok will not, directly or indirectly, render services to any person or entity in connection with the design, development, manufacture, marketing or sale of a Competitive Product that is sold or intended for use or sale in any geographic area in which the CSI actively markets a Corporate Product, or intends to actively market a Corporate Product of the same general type or function. Kallok understands and acknowledges that, at the present time, (i) Corporate Products include the products currently being developed by CSI, and (ii) the geographic market in which CSI is actively marketing its Corporate Products is the United States of America. Employee understands and acknowledges that the foregoing description of Corporate Products and geographic market may change, and the provisions of this section shall apply to the Corporate Products and geographic market of CSI in effect upon the termination of Kallok’s employment with CSI.

- 6 -


 

      5.4 Nonsolicitation of Customers. During Kallok’s employment with CSI and for a period of one (1) year immediately following Kallok’s termination, Kallok shall not (except on CSI’s behalf during Kallok’s employment):
  a.   solicit or sell, or attempt to solicit or sell, to any CSI customer, services or products that compete with services or products provided by CSI, or that were in the process of being developed by CSI during Kallok’s employment; or
 
  b.   interfere in any way with CSI’s relationships with any customer or supplier, or induce any such person or entity to terminate or alter its business relationship with CSI.
      5.5 Nonsolicitation of Employees or Others. During Kallok’s employment with CSI and for a period of one (1) year immediately following Kallok’s termination, Kallok shall not (except on CSI’s behalf during Kallok’s employment) solicit or accept—directly or indirectly, as an individual or through any other person or entity—any employee of CSI or consultant under contract with CSI for employment or any other arrangement for compensation to perform services, or induce such persons to terminate or alter their relationship with CSI.
      5.6 Copyrights. Kallok agrees that he is employed by CSI and that any designs, drawings, or computer or software applications or other work of authorship (hereinafter referred to as “Works”) prepared by Kallok for the benefit of CSI or its customers or prepared at the request of CSI or its customers (as well as Kallok’s contributions to any other Works relating to CSI), shall be considered “work made for hire” within the meaning of U.S. Copyright law and that all such Works shall belong to CSI. To the extent that any such Works cannot be considered a “work made for hire,” Kallok agrees to disclose and assign, and hereby does assign, to CSI all right, title, and interest in and to such Works, and agrees to assist CSI by executing any such documents or applications as may be useful to evidence such ownership of such Works. To the extent such Works are based on preexisting work in which Kallok has an ownership interest, Kallok grants CSI all right, title, and interest in such Works free and clear of any claim based on the preexisting work.
      5.7 Inventions.
  a.   Assignment . Kallok shall promptly and fully disclose in writing to CSI, and will hold in trust for CSI’s sole right and benefit, any Invention that Kallok, during the period of employment and for one year thereafter, makes, conceives, or reduces to practice or causes to be made, conceived, or reduced to practice, either alone or in conjunction with others, that:
  (1)   Relates to any subject matter pertaining to Kallok’s employment; or

- 7 -


 

  (2)   Relates to or is directly or indirectly connected with CSI’s business, products, processes, or Confidential Information; or
 
  (3)   Involves the use of any of CSI’s time, material, or facility.
      Kallok shall keep accurate, complete, and timely records for such Inventions, which records shall be CSI’s property. Kallok hereby assigns to CSI all of Kallok’s right, title, and interest in and to all such Inventions and, upon CSI’s request, Kallok shall execute, verify, and deliver to CSI such documents, including without limitation, assignments and patent applications, and shall perform such other acts, including, without limitation, appearing as a witness in any action brought in connection with this Agreement that is necessary to enable CSI to obtain the sole right, title, and benefit to all such Inventions.
  b.   Notice of Excluded Inventions . Kallok agrees, and is hereby notified, that the above agreement to assign Inventions to CSI does not apply to any Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or Confidential Information of CSI’s was used, which was developed entirely on Kallok’s own time, and (a) which does not relate: (i) directly to CSI’s business; or (ii) to CSI’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) which does not result from any work performed by Kallok for CSI.
      5.8 Understandings. Kallok agrees and acknowledges that CSI informed him, prior to entering into this Agreement, that the restriction provisions contained in Article 5 would be required as part of the terms and conditions of employment. Kallok understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to CSI’s business, but he nevertheless believes that he has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other benefits as an executive of CSI and as otherwise provided hereunder to justify clearly such restrictions which, in any event (given his education, skills and ability), Kallok does not believe would prevent him from earning a living. Kallok agrees that the restrictions and obligations in this Agreement are reasonable. Kallok and CSI agree that the restrictions and obligations in Article 5 of this Agreement shall survive the later of Kallok’s termination of employment with CSI or the termination of this Agreement, and shall apply regardless of whether Kallok’s termination is voluntary or involuntary.
      5.9 Remedies. The parties acknowledge and agree that, if Kallok breaches or threatens to breach the terms of this Article 5, CSI shall be entitled as a matter of right to injunctive relief and reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses, in addition to any other remedies available at law or equity. The parties further agree that, if Kallok breaches any noncompetition and/or nonsolicitation restriction contained in this Article 5, then the time period for such restriction shall be extended by the length of time that Kallok was in breach.

- 8 -


 

Article 6
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
      6.1 Other Benefits. This Agreement shall not be construed to be in lieu or to the exclusion of any other rights, benefits, and privileges to which Kallok may be entitled as an employee of CSI under any retirement, pension, or profit-sharing plans that may now be in effect or that may hereafter be adopted.
      6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota.
      6.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of CSI and Kallok and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, and negotiations between the parties, whether oral or written. No modification, supplement, or amendment of any provision hereof shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties.
      6.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon CSI and Kallok and their respective successors, executors, and administrators, except that the services to be performed by Kallok are personal and are not assignable.
      6.5 Captions. The captions set forth in this Agreement are for the convenience only and shall not be considered as part of this Agreement or as in any way limiting or amplifying the terms and conditions hereof.
      6.6 No Conflicting Obligations. Kallok represents and warrants to CSI that he is not under, or bound to be under in the future, any obligation to any person or entity that is or would be inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by Kallok of his obligations hereunder, including but not limited to any duties owed to any former employers not to compete or use or disclose confidential information.
      6.7 Waiver. The failure of a party to require compliance with any term or obligation of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver or prevent enforcement of such term or obligation. A term or obligation of this Agreement may be waived only by a written instrument signed by the party waiving compliance.
      6.8 Severability. In the event that any provision hereof is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, CSI and Kallok agree that that part should be modified by the court to make it enforceable to the maximum extent possible. If the part cannot be modified, then that part may be severed and the other parts of this Agreement shall remain enforceable.
      6.9 Notices. Any notices given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:
         
(a)
  If to CSI:   Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.

- 9 -


 

         
 
      2715 Nevada Avenue North
 
      New Hope, MN 55427
 
       
 
      and
 
       
 
      Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
 
      4000 Pillsbury Center
 
      200 South Sixth Street
 
      Minneapolis, MN 55402
 
       
(b)
  If to Kallok:   Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D.
 
      2715 Nevada Avenue North
 
      New Hope, MN 55427
      6.10 Counterparts. More than one counterpart of this Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto, and each fully executed counterpart shall be deemed an original.
     With the intention of being bound hereby, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.
             
    /s/ Michael J. Kallok    
         
    Michael J. Kallok    
 
           
    Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Gary Petrucci    
 
           
 
  Its:   Director    

- 10 -

 

Exhibit 10.16
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Amendment to Employment Agreement (hereafter “Amendment”) is made by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (hereafter “CSI”), and Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D. (hereafter “Kallok”).
     WHEREAS, CSI and Kallok are parties to an existing Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated May 31, 2003 (hereafter “Employment Agreement”); and
     WHEREAS, CSI and Kallok desire to amend Section 2.1 of the Employment Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that effective as of February 15, 2007, the following amendments shall be made a part of the Employment Agreement:
     1. Section 2.1 of the Employment Agreement is amended by deleting the current Section 2.1 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
      2.1 Employment. Effective as of February 15, 2007, CSI employs Kallok and Kallok accepts employment as Chief Scientific Officer of CSI. Effective as of the same date, Kallok shall no longer hold the position of Chief Executive Officer of CSI.
     This Amendment shall be attached to and be a part of the Employment Agreement between CSI and Kallok.
     Except as set forth herein, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force without modification.
         
  CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC .
 
 
Date: December 19, 2007  By   /s/ James E. Flaherty    
    James E. Flaherty   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
  MICHAEL J. KALLOK, PH.D.
 
 
Date: December 19, 2007  By   /s/ Michael J. Kallok    
    Michael J. Kallok, Ph.D.   
       
 
 

EXHIBIT 10.17
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is by and between Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and ____________ (“Employee”).
RECITALS
A. The Corporation is engaged in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing and marketing its Orbital Atherectomy System.
B. The Corporation, through its research, development and expenditure of funds, has developed confidential and proprietary information, including trade secrets.
C. Employee desires to commence his/her employment with the Corporation and the Corporation desires to employ Employee under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
E. During his/her employment, Employee will have access to the Corporation’s valuable Confidential Information (as defined below), may contribute to Confidential Information and acknowledges that the Corporation will suffer irreparable harm if Employee uses Confidential Information outside his/her employment or makes unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information to any third party.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the above recitals and the promises set forth in the Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
1. Nature and Capacity of Employment. The Corporation hereby agrees to employ Employee as ______________, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Employee agrees to perform, on a full time basis, the functions of this position, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The employee will report to ______________.
2. Term of Employment . The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence on or about ______________ with the Employee’s execution of this Agreement and continue until terminated by either party as provided for in Paragraph 8 hereunder.
3. Base Salary . The full-time base salary for this position currently is ______________ ($_______), payable biweekly, equivalent of ______________ ($_______) per year, less required and authorized deductions and withholdings. Employee will be eligible for a

 


 

performance and salary review approximately one year following the date of this Agreement.
4. Bonus. Employee will be eligible to participate in the CSI bonus program.
5. Stock Options . Employee is hereby awarded ____ year options to purchase ______ shares of common stock of the Corporation at an exercise price equal to the current market price, with 1/3 of said options becoming exercisable at the end of each year from the date of the grant. Employee must be employed on such date for the options to become exercisable. Once options become exercisable they shall remain exercisable until the seventh anniversary of the date they became exercisable. Further details of the Stock Options will be provided in a separate INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT. This stock option is subject to Board of Director approval at their next regularly scheduled meeting.
6. Employee Benefits; Vacation. Employee will be entitled to participate in all retirement plans and all other employee benefits and policies made available by the Corporation to its full-time employees, to the extent Employee meets applicable eligibility requirements. All payments or other benefits paid or payable to Employee under such employee benefit plans or programs of the Corporation shall not be affected or modified by this Agreement and shall be in addition to the annual base salary payable by the Corporation to Employee from time to time under this Agreement. Employee will be eligible to accrue and use paid vacation pursuant to the Corporation’s normal vacation accrual policies. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall in any way restrict the Corporation’s right to amend, modify or terminate any of its benefits or benefit plans during Employee’s employment.
7. Best Efforts/Undertakings of Employee. During Employee’s employment with the Corporation, Employee shall serve the Corporation faithfully and to the best of his/her ability and shall devote his/her full business and professional time, energy, and diligence to the performance of the duties assigned to him/her. Employee shall perform such duties for the Corporation (i) as are customarily incident to Employee’s position and (ii) as may be assigned or delegated to Employee from time to time by the Chief Employee Officer, or his/her designees. During Employee’s employment with the Corporation, Employee shall not engage in any other business activity that would conflict or interfere with his/her ability to perform his/her duties under this Agreement (to include not providing any services to any individual, company or other business entity that is a competitor, supplier, or customer of the Corporation, except in connection with Employee’s employment with the Corporation). Furthermore, Employee agrees to be subject to the Corporation’s control, rules, regulations, policies and programs. Employee further agrees that he/she shall carry on all business and commercial correspondence, publicity and advertising in the Corporation’s name and he/she shall not enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation except as expressly authorized by the Corporation.

Page 2 of 8


 

8. Termination of Employment . Employee is employed “at-will.” That is, either Employee or Corporation may terminate the employment relationship and this Agreement at any time, for any reason, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.
9. Return of Property . Immediately upon termination for any reason (or at such earlier time as requested by the Corporation), Employee shall deliver to the Corporation all of its property, including but not limited to all work in progress, research data, equipment, models, prototypes, originals and copies of documents and software, customer information and lists, financial information, and all other material in his/her possession or control that belongs to the Corporation or its customers or contains Confidential Information.
10. Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means any information that Employee learns or develops or has learned or developed during the course of employment that derives independent economic value from being not generally known or readily ascertainable by other persons who could obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and includes, but is not limited to, trade secrets, and may relate to such matters as research and development, manufacturing processes, management systems and techniques of sales and marketing.
Employee agrees not to directly or indirectly use or disclose any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Corporation either during the course of employment or after the termination of employment. For purposes hereof, Confidential Information shall also include any information beneficial to the Corporation or its subsidiaries which is not generally known and shall include, but is not limited to, methods of research and testing, customer lists, vendor lists and financial information. Employee recognizes that the Confidential Information constitutes a valuable asset of the Corporation and hereby agrees to act in such a manner as to prevent its disclosure and use by any person unless such use is for the benefit of the Corporation. Employee’s obligations under this paragraph are unconditional and shall not be excused by any conduct on the part of the Corporation, except prior voluntary disclosure to the general public by the Corporation of the information.
11. Inventions. “Invention” shall mean any invention, discovery, design, improvement, business method, or idea, whether patentable or copyrightable or not, and whether or not shown or described in writing or actually or constructively reduced to practice. Employee shall promptly and fully disclose in writing to the Corporation, and will hold in trust for the Corporation’s sole right and benefit, any Invention that Employee, during the period of employment and for two (2) years thereafter, makes, conceives, or reduces to practice or causes to be made, conceived, or reduced to practice, either alone or in conjunction with others, that:
     (1) Relates to any subject matter pertaining to Employee’s employment; or
     (2) Relates to or is directly or indirectly connected with the Corporation’s business, products, processes, or Confidential Information; or

Page 3 of 8


 

     (3) Involves the use of any of the Corporation’s time, material, or facility.
Employee shall keep accurate, complete, and timely records for such Inventions, which records shall be the Corporation’s property. Employee hereby assigns to the Corporation all of Employee’s right, title, and interest in and to all such Inventions and, upon the Corporation’s request, Employee shall execute, verify, and deliver to the Corporation such documents, including without limitation, assignments, affidavits, declarations, and patent applications, and shall perform such other acts, including, without limitation, appearing as a witness in any action brought in connection with this Agreement that is necessary to enable the Corporation to obtain the sole right, title, and benefit to all such Inventions. Employee agrees, and is hereby notified, that the above agreement to assign Inventions to the Corporation does not apply to any Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or Confidential Information of the Corporation’s was used, which was developed entirely on Employee’s own time, and (a) which does not relate: (i) directly to the Corporation’s business; or (ii) to the Corporation’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) which does not result from any work performed by Employee for the Corporation. Employee has disclosed and identified in the attached Exhibit A entitled “Inventions and Developments Prior to Employment with the Corporation” all of the Inventions in which Employee possesses any right, title, or interest prior to his/her employment with the Corporation or execution of this Agreement and which are not subject to this Agreement’s terms.
12. Copyrights . Employee agrees that he/she is employed by the Corporation and that any computer, software, and/or network (including internet) applications, designs, documentation, or other work of authorship (hereinafter referred to as “Works”) prepared by Employee for the benefit of the Corporation or its customers or prepared at the request of the Corporation or its customers (as well as Employee’s contributions to any other Works relating to the Corporation), shall each be considered “work made for hire” within the meaning of U.S. Copyright law and that all such Works shall belong to the Corporation. To the extent that any such Works cannot be considered a “work made for hire,” Employee agrees to disclose and assign, and hereby does assign, to the Corporation all right, title, and interest in and to such Works, and agrees to assist the Corporation by executing any such documents or applications as may be useful to evidence such ownership of such Works. To the extent such Works are based on preexisting work in which Employee has an ownership interest, Employee grants the Corporation all right, title, and interest in such Works free and clear of any claim based on the preexisting work. To the extent that any Works cannot be so assigned under any applicable law, Employee hereby grants an exclusive, perpetual, fully paid, transferable, sublicenseable, irrevocable, worldwide right and license to use, display, perform, copy, modify, distribute, sell, create derivative works of, and otherwise exploit the Works.
13. Non-Competition . “Corporate Product” means any product or service, (including any component thereof and any research to develop information useful in connection with a product or service) that is being designed, developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by the Corporation or with respect to which the Corporation has acquired Confidential

Page 4 of 8


 

Information which it intends to use in the design, development, manufacture, marketing or sale of a product or service.
“Competitive Product” means any product or service (including any components thereof and any research to develop information useful in connection with the product or service) that is being designed, developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by anyone other than the Corporation, and is of the same general type, performs similar functions, or is used for the same purposes as a Corporate Product which Employee worked on or assisted the Corporation in marketing or about which Employee received or had bad knowledge of Confidential Information.
Employee agrees that, during employment and for one (1) year following termination of employment with the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, attempt to or render services (as an employee, director, officer, agent, partner of or consultant to, a stockholder of (except a stockholder of a public company in which Employee owns less than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of such company) or otherwise) to any person or entity in connection with the design, development manufacture, marketing or sale of a Competitive Product that is sold or intended for use or sale in any geographic area in which the Corporation actively markets a Corporate Product, or intends to actively market a Corporate Product of the same general type or function.
Employee understands and acknowledges that, at the present time, (i) Corporate Products include the products currently being sold by the Corporation, and (ii) the geographic market in which the Corporation is actively marketing its Corporate Products is the United States of America. Employee understands and acknowledges that the foregoing description of Corporate Products and geographic market may change, and the provisions of this section shall apply to the Corporate Products and geographic market of the Corporation in effect upon the termination of Employee’s employment with the Corporation.
14. Miscellaneous.
     14.1 Survival of Restrictions . The parties agree that the obligations and restrictions contained in Paragraphs 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and Employee’s employment and shall apply no matter how Employee’s employment terminates and regardless of whether his/her termination is voluntary or involuntary.
     14.2 Remedies . The parties acknowledge and agree that, if Employee breaches or threatens to breach the terms of Paragraphs 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement, the Corporation shall be entitled as a matter of right to injunctive relief and reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses, in addition to any other remedies available at law or equity. The parties further agree that, if Employee breaches any of the restrictions contained in Paragraph 13 of this Agreement, then the time period for such restriction shall be extended by the length of time that Employee was in breach.

Page 5 of 8


 

     14.3 Understandings . Employee acknowledges and agrees that Paragraphs 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary in order to allow Corporation to protect its valuable confidential and proprietary information which comprise trade secrets of Corporation. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that Paragraphs 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement will not prevent him/her from earning a living. Employee agrees that the restrictions and obligations in Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Corporation’s business.
     14.4 Integration. This agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties relative to subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.
     14.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and the rights of the parties shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. The venue for any action hereunder shall be in the state of Minnesota, whether or not such venue is or subsequently becomes inconvenient, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the state of Minnesota, County of Hennepin, and the U.S. District Court, District of Minnesota.
     14.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and as so executed shall constitute one agreement binding on the parties hereto.
     14.7 Successor and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns. The Corporation may assign this Agreement without the consent of Employee. The services to be performed by Employee are personal and are not assignable by Employee.
     14.8 Captions . The captions set forth in this Agreement are for the convenience only and shall not be considered as part of this Agreement or as in any way limiting or amplifying the terms and conditions hereof.
     14.9 No Conflicting Obligations . Employee represents and warrants to the Corporation that he/she is not under, or bound to be under in the future, any obligation to any person or entity that is or would be inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by him/her of obligations hereunder, including but not limited to any duties owed to any former employers not to compete or use or disclose confidential information.
     14.10 Waivers . The failure of a party to require the performance or satisfaction of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by a party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.
     14.11 Severability . In the event that any provision hereof is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation and Employee agree that that part should be modified by the court to make it enforceable to the maximum

Page 6 of 8


 

extent possible. If the part cannot be modified, then that part may be severed and the other parts of this Agreement shall remain enforceable.
     14.12 Notices . Any notices given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:
          (a) If to the Corporation: The Corporation’s principal place of business, addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer.
          (b) If to Employee: The Employee’s last known address on record with the Corporation.
NOW, THEREFORE, with the intention of being bound hereby, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the dates set forth below.
                 
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.            
 
               
By:
          Date:    
 
               
 
       James E. Flaherty
     It’s Chief Financial Officer
           
 
               
EMPLOYEE:            
 
               
 
          Date:    
             
             

Page 7 of 8


 

EXHIBIT A
INVENTIONS AND DEVELOPMENTS PRIOR TO EMPLOYMENT
WITH THE CORPORATION
In the space provided below, please disclose and identify all of the Inventions in which you currently possess any right, title, or interest and which you believe are not subject to the terms and conditions of the attached Employment Agreement.
     If none, please write NONE.
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     I verify that the information I have written above is truthful and complete.
                 
 
               
Date:
          Signed:    
 
               
 
          Print Name:        
 
               

Page 8 of 8

 

EXHIBIT 10.18
LEASE
ARTICLE 1. LEASE TERMS
1.1   LANDLORD AND TENANT. This Lease (“Lease”) is entered into this 26 th day of September 2005 by and between Industrial Equities Group LLC (“Landlord”) and Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (“Tenant”).
 
1.2   PREMISES. Landlord hereby rents, leases, lets and demises to Tenant the following described property (“Premises”) as illustrated on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A; approximately 3,105 square feet of warehouse space and 22,364 square feet of office space and 107 square feet of common area ( 25,576 total square feet) located at Lakeview Business Campus III, 651 Campus Drive, New Brighton, Minnesota which consists of approximately 46,970 square feet (“Building”). A floor plan of the Premises is attached as Exhibit B and a description of improvements, if any, to be constructed is attached hereto as Exhibit C.
 
1.3   LEASE TERM. The term of this Lease shall commence on November 1, 2005 (“Commencement Date”) and shall terminate January 31, 2012 unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. In the event that Tenant does not vacate the Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be a tenant at will for the holdover period and all the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be applicable during that period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord as base rental for the period of such holdover an amount equal to one & one-half (1½) times the base rent which would have been payable by Tenant had the holdover period been a part of the original term of this Lease, together with all additional rent as provided in this Lease. Tenant agrees to vacate and deliver the Premises to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to vacate. The rental payable during the holdover period shall be payable to Landlord on demand. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without the consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend the term of this Lease.
 
1.4   BASE RENT. Base Rent is:
                 
            Total Annual
Months   Monthly Base Rent   Base Rent
Nov. 1, 2005 – Jan. 31, 2006
  $ 0.00          
Feb. 1, 2006 – Jan. 31, 2007
  $ 19,177.00     $ 230,124.00  
Feb. 1, 2007 – Jan. 31, 2008
  $ 19,560.54     $ 234,726.48  
Feb. 1, 2008 – Jan. 31, 2009
  $ 19,951.75     $ 239,421.01  
Feb. 1, 2009 – Jan. 31, 2010
  $ 20,350.79     $ 244,209.43  
Feb. 1, 2010 – Jan. 31, 2011
  $ 20,757.80     $ 249,093.62  
Feb. 1, 2011 – Jan. 31, 2012
  $ 21,172.96     $ 254,075.49  
1.5   PERMITTED USE. Office, Warehouse and related legal purposes.
 
1.6   SECURITY DEPOSIT. $29,804.86 (equal to one month’s gross rent)
 
1.7   PRO RATA SHARE. 54.45%
 
1.8   PARKING. Ninety (90)  non-exclusive parking stalls shall be provided.
 
1.9   ADDRESSES .
                 
Landlord’s Address:       Tenant’s Address:        
 
Industrial Equities Group LLC
      Cardiovascular Systems, Inc.
c/o Industrial Equities LLP
      651 Campus Drive
321 First Avenue North
      New Brighton, MN 55112
Minneapolis, MN 55401
      Attn: James Flaherty
Phone: 612/ 332-1122
      Phone: (763) 544-1890

1


 

ARTICLE 2. RENT, OPERATING EXPENSES AND SECURITY DEPOSIT, LATE CHARGES
AND REPAYMENT OF FREE RENT
2.1   BASE RENT. Tenant agrees to pay monthly as Base Rent during the term of this Lease the sum of money set forth in Section 1.4 of this Lease, which amount shall be payable to Landlord at the address shown above. One monthly installment shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the Commencement Date during the term of this Lease; provided, if the Commencement Date should be a date other than the first day of a calendar month, then the base rent shall be pro rated on a per diem basis, and all succeeding installments of rent shall be payable on or before the first day of each succeeding calendar month during the term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, all other sums due under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord, for any reason whatsoever (other than Tenant’s default), cannot deliver possession of the Premises to the Tenant on the Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, nor shall the expiration of the term be extended, but all rent shall be abated until Landlord delivers possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord fails to deliver the Premises to Tenant in the condition required by the Commencement Date, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease after December 31, 2005 by providing five (5) days written notice to Landlord.
 
2.2   OPERATING EXPENSES. Tenant shall also pay as additional rent Tenant’s pro rata share of the Operating Expenses of Landlord for the Building. Landlord may invoice Tenant monthly for Tenant’s pro rata share of the estimated Operating Expenses for each calendar year, which amount shall be adjusted from time to time by Landlord based upon anticipated operating expenses. Within six (6) months following the close of each calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant an accounting showing in reasonable detail the computations of additional rent due under this Section. In the event the accounting shows that the total of the monthly payments made by Tenant exceeds the amount of additional rent due by Tenant under this Section, the accounting shall be accompanied by evidence of a credit to Tenant’s account. In any event, if the accounting shows that the total of the monthly payments made by Tenant is less than the amount of additional rent due by Tenant under this Section, the accounting shall be accompanied by an invoice for the additional rent. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Lease, during the year in which this Lease terminates, Landlord, prior to the termination date, shall have the option to invoice Tenant for Tenant’s pro rata share of the Operating Expenses based upon the previous calendar year’s Operating Expenses. If this Lease shall terminate on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the amount of any additional rent payable by Tenant applicable to the year in which the termination shall occur shall be pro rated on the ratio that the number of days from the commencement of the calendar year to and including such termination date bears to 365. Tenant agrees to pay any additional rent due under this Section within ten (10) days following receipt of the invoice or accounting showing additional rent due. Tenant’s pro rata share set forth in Section 1.7 shall, subject to reasonable adjustment by Landlord, be equal to a percentage based upon a fraction, the numerator of which is the total area of the Premises as set forth in Article 1 and the denominator of which shall be the net rentable area of the Building, as the same may change from time to time. Landlord shall maintain books and records showing, in reasonable detail, actual Operating Expenses in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All such books and records shall be made available to Tenant for inspection upon reasonable prior notice.
 
2.3   DEFINITION OF OPERATING EXPENSES. The term “Operating Expenses” includes all expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the maintenance and operation of the Building, including, but not limited to, the following: maintenance, repair and replacement costs; electricity, fuel, water, sewer, gas and other common Building utility charges; equipment used for maintenance and operation of the Building; operational expenses; exterior window washing and janitorial services; trash and snow removal; landscaping and pest control; management fees, wages and benefits payable to employees of Landlord whose duties are directly connected with the operation and maintenance of the Building; all services, supplies, repairs, replacements or other expenses for maintaining and operating the Building or project including parking and common areas; improvements made to the Building which are required under any governmental law or regulation that was not applicable to the Building at the time it was constructed; installation of any device or other equipment which improves the operating efficiency of any system within the Premises and thereby reduces Operating Expenses; all other expenses which would generally be regarded as operating, repair, replacement and maintenance expenses; all real property taxes and installments of special assessments, including dues and assessments by means of deed restrictions and/or owner’s association which accrue against the Building during the term of

2


 

    this Lease and legal fees incurred in connection with actions to reduce the same; and all insurance premiums Landlord is required to pay or deems necessary to pay, including fire and extended coverage, and rent loss and public liability insurance.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include the following:
  i.   repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty, to the extent that the costs thereof are reimbursed to Landlord by insurers, or would have been reimbursed had the insurance required hereunder been maintained, or by governmental authorities in eminent domain;
 
  ii.   leasing commission, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with tenants, or prospective tenants of the Building;
 
  iii.   costs incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating or redecorating space for tenants in the Building or other space leased or held for lease in the Building;
 
  iv.   Landlord’s costs of utilities, janitorial and other services sold to tenants for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by tenants;
 
  v.   Depreciation and amortization;
 
  vi.   Costs which under generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, must be capitalized, and such costs shall be amortized over there useful life, not to exceed fifteen (15) years, at 10% interest;
 
  vii.   Interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgage or mortgages, and rental under any ground or underlying lease or leases;
 
  viii.   The cost of changes to the Building, parking structure, or the appurtenances in compliance with any laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or directives enacted prior to the Commencement Date; and
 
  ix.   Any charges for ground leases or other underlying leases, easements or any other similar or dissimilar use fees or other costs.
2.4   INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS. If an increase in any insurance premiums paid by Landlord for the Building is caused by Tenants use of the Premises or if Tenant vacates the Premises and causes an increase in such premiums, then Tenant shall pay as additional rent the amount of such increase to Landlord.
 
2.5   SECURITY DEPOSIT. The security deposit set forth in Section 1.6 shall be held by Landlord for the performance of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood that the security deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damage in case of default by Tenant. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant or breach by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants under this Lease, and Tenant’s failure to cure within the applicable time frame, Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use the security deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrears of rent, or to repair any damage or injury, or pay any expense or liability reasonably incurred by Landlord as a result of the event of default or breach of covenant, and any remaining balance of the security deposit shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant upon termination of this Lease. If any portion of the security deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall upon ten (10) days written notice from Landlord, deposit with Landlord by cash or cashier’s check an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its original amount.
 
2.6   LATE CHARGES. Tenant’s failure to pay rent promptly may cause Landlord to incur unanticipated costs. The exact amount of such costs are impractical or extremely difficult to ascertain, such costs may include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Property. Therefore, if Landlord doesn’t receive any rent payment within five (5) days after it becomes due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the overdue amount. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of such late payment. Tenant shall have two (2) annual late payment waivers provided payment is received within five (5) business days of written notice from Landlord.
 
2.7   INTEREST ON PAST DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any amount owed by Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum from the due date of such amount. However, interest shall not be payable on late charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease. The payment of interest on such amounts shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. If the interest rate specified in this Lease is higher than the rate permitted by law, the interest rate is hereby decreased to the maximum legal interest rate permitted by law.

3


 

ARTICLE 3. OCCUPANCY AND USE
3.1   USE . Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that the Premises shall be used and occupied only for the purpose as set forth in Section 1.5. Tenant shall occupy the Premises, conduct its business and control its agents, employees, invitees and visitors in such a manner as is lawful, reputable and will not create a nuisance. Tenant shall not permit any operation which emits any odor or matter which intrudes other portions of the Building or otherwise interfere with, annoy or disturb any other portions of the Building or otherwise interfere with, annoy or disturb any other lessee in its normal business operations or Landlord in its management of the Building. Tenant shall neither permit any waste on the Premises nor permit the Premises to be used in any way which would in the opinion of Landlord, be extra hazardous on account of fire or which would in any way increase or render void the fire insurance on the Building.
 
3.2   SIGNS . No sign or stickers of any type or description (to include security stickers) shall be erected, placed or painted in or about the Premises or Building which are visible from the exterior of the Premises, except those submitted to, and approved by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and are in conformance with Landlord’s sign criteria, if any, established for the Building. Security stickers may be placed on glass surfaces only.
 
3.3   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS . Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of state, federal, municipal or other agencies or bodies having jurisdiction over the use, condition or occupancy of the Premises but only if the requirements apply to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises and not to office or retail use generally, and otherwise Landlord shall be responsible for such compliance. Tenant will comply with the reasonable rules and regulations of the Building adopted by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right at all times to change and amend the rules and regulations in any reasonable manner as may be deemed advisable for the safety, care, cleanliness, preservation of good order and operation or use of the Building or the Premises. All rules and regulations of the Building will be sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing and shall thereafter be carried out and observed by Tenant.
 
3.4   WARRANTY OF POSSESSION . Landlord warrants that it has the right and authority to execute this Lease, and Tenant, upon payment of the required rents and subject to the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall have possession of the Premises during the full term of this Lease as well as any extension or renewal thereof. Landlord shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any other Lessee or third party that may interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises.
 
3.5   RIGHT OF ACCESS . Upon reasonable prior notice, Landlord or its authorized agents shall at any and all reasonable times during usual business hours have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, Lessees, mortgagees, insurers or other interested parties, and to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or use of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees to exercise the rights set forth herein in a manner that does not unreasonably interrupt or impair Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall not change Landlord’s lock system or in any other manner prohibit Landlord from entering the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open any door in an emergency without liability therefore. Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use, maintain and repair pipes, cables, conduits, plumbing, vents and wires in, to and through the Premises as often and to the extent that the Landlord may now or hereafter deem to be necessary or appropriate for the proper use, operation and maintenance of the Building, provided the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use or operation of the Premises.
ARTICLE 4. UTILITIES AND ACTS OF OTHERS
4.1   BUILDING SERVICES . Tenant shall pay when due, all charges for utilities furnished to or for the use or benefits of Tenant or the Premises. Tenant shall have no claim for rebate of rent on account of any interruption in service.
 
4.2   THEFT OR BURGLARY . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for losses to Tenant’s

4


 

    property or personnel caused by criminal acts or entry by unauthorized persons into the Premises or the Building.
ARTICLE 5. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE
5.1   LANDLORD REPAIRS. Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements, replacements or repairs of any kind or character to the Premises or the Building during the term of this Lease except as are set forth in this Section. Landlord shall maintain only the roof, foundation, parking and common areas, the structural soundness of the exterior walls, doors, corridors and other structures serving the Premises, provided that Landlord’s cost of maintaining, replacing and repairing the items set forth in this Section are operating expenses subject to the additional rent provisions in Section 2.2 and 2.3. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, except as expressly provided in this Lease, for any damage or inconvenience and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of any repairs, alterations or additions made by Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, if Landlord fails to complete a repair obligation within (15) days after receipt of notice from Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to complete the repair and bill Landlord for the reasonable cost of said repair.
 
5.2   TENANT REPAIRS. Tenant shall, at all times throughout the term of this Lease, including renewals and extensions, at its sole expense, keep and maintain the Premises in a clean, safe, and sanitary condition and in compliance with all applicable laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall include, but not be limited to, the maintenance, repair and replacement, if necessary, of all heating, ventilation, air conditioning, lighting and plumbing fixtures and equipment, fixtures, motors and machinery, all interior walls, partitions, doors and windows, including the regular painting thereof, all exterior entrances, windows, doors and docks and the replacement of all broken glass. When used in this provision, the term “repairs” shall include replacements or renewals when necessary, and all such repairs made by the Tenant shall be equal in quality and class to the original work. The Tenant shall keep and maintain all portions of the Premises and the sidewalk and areas adjoining the same in a clean and orderly condition, free of accumulation of dirt, rubbish, snow and ice. If Tenant fails, refuses or neglects to maintain or repair the Premises as required in this Lease after notice shall have been given Tenant, in accordance with this Lease, Landlord may make such repairs without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s merchandise, fixtures or other property or to Tenant’s business by reason thereof, and upon completion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs plus fifteen percent (15%) for overhead incurred by Landlord in making such repairs upon presentation to Tenant of bill therefore. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Tenant has engaged in a consistent, professional maintenance contract for the HVAC equipment serving the Premises, then Tenant shall not be required at lease termination to replace any HVAC equipment serving the Premises.
 
5.3   TENANT DAMAGES. Tenant shall not allow any damages to be committed on any portion of the Premises or Building or common areas, and at the termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord in as good condition as existed at the Commencement Date of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The cost and expense of repairs necessary to restore the Premises to the condition required herein shall be borne by Tenant.
ARTICLE 6. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS
6.1   LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall provide the improvements (as outlined on Exhibit B), consistent with the attached Exhibit C, to include:
  0   Demo walls as required per plan
 
  1   Construct new walls as required per plan
 
  2   Paint all drywall walls
 
  3   Furnish and install new carpet and base
 
  4   VCT to be cleaned, patched and repaired as necessary
 
  5   Replace ceiling tiles as necessary
 
  6   Re-lamp lights as necessary
 
  7   Existing electrical to remain for Tenant’s future use; provided, however, that Landlord shall provide all required electrical that may be necessary due to wall modifications
 
  8   Restrooms cleaned and all plumbing certified in good working order
 
    Service and certify that the HVAC unit(s) serving the Premises are in good

5


 

      working order, and replace the compressor unit(s), if required, within one year following the Commencement Date
    Landlord further agrees to provide the additional improvements as discussed in the meeting with Paul Robinson on August 31, 2005 to upgrade the existing clean room to Class 10,000, to include the following:
  0   Furnish and install (8) 120v cord drops and (?) 102/220 cord drops
 
  1   Furnish and install (6) HEPA filters for clean room
 
  2   Provide plentium drop vent covers
 
  3   Furnish and install (5) argon lines
 
  4   Furnish and install (23) air lines
 
  5   Construct drywall chases for floor air ducting
 
  6   Furnish and install (3) stainless steel double sinks and (4) stainless steel sink sinks
 
  7   Furnish and install cabinets (upper and/or lower and countertops) in machine shop, chemical lab and production per plan
6.2   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any alterations or physical additions in or to the Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent may in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord be denied. Any alterations, physical additions or improvements to the Premises made by Tenant shall at once become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease, provided, however, Landlord, at its option, may require Tenant to remove any physical additions and/or repair any alterations in order to restore the Premises to the conditions existing at the time Tenant took possession, all costs of removal and/or alterations to be borne by Tenant. This clause shall not apply to moveable equipment or furniture owned by Tenant, which may be removed by Tenant at the end of the term of this Lease if Tenant is not then in default and if such equipment and furniture are not subject to any other rights, liens and interests of Landlord.
ARTICLE 7. CASUALTY AND INSURANCE
7.1   SUBSTANTIAL DESTRUCTION. If all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building should be totally destroyed by fire or other casualty, or if the Premises or the Building should be damaged so that rebuilding cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) working days after the date written notification by Tenant to Landlord of the destruction, or if insurance proceeds are not made available to Landlord, or are inadequate for restoration, this Lease shall terminate at the option of either party by written notice to the other party within sixty (60) days following the occurrence, and the rent shall be abated for the unexpired portion of the Lease effective as of the date of this written notification.
 
7.2   PARTIAL DESTRUCTION. If the Premises should be partially damaged by fire or other casualty, and rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) working days from the date of written notification by Tenant to Landlord of the destruction, and insurance proceeds are adequate and available to Landlord for restoration, this Lease shall not terminate, and Landlord shall at its sole risk and expense proceed with reasonable diligence to rebuild or repair the Building or other improvements to substantially the same condition in which they existed prior to the damage. If the Premises are to be rebuilt or repaired and are untenantable in whole or in part following the damage and the damage or destruction was not caused or contributed to by act of negligence of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees or those for whom Tenant is responsible, the rent payable under this Lease during the period for which the Premises are untenantable shall be adjusted to such an extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. In the event Landlord fails to complete the necessary repairs or rebuilding within one hundred eighty (180) working days from the date of written notification by Tenant to Landlord of the destruction, Tenant may at its option to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord, whereupon all rights and obligations under this Lease shall cease to exist.
 
7.3   PROPERTY INSURANCE. Landlord shall not be obligated in any way or manner to insure any personal property (including, but not limited to, any furniture, machinery, goods or supplies) of Tenant upon or within the Premises, any fixtures installed or paid for by Tenant upon or within the Premises, or any improvements which Tenant may construct on the Premises. Tenant shall maintain property insurance on its personal property and shall

6


 

    also maintain plate glass insurance. Tenant shall have no right in or claim to the proceeds of any policy of insurance maintained by Landlord even if the cost of such insurance is borne by Tenant as set forth in Article 2. Landlord shall maintain commercially reasonable casualty insurance on the Building and all improvements.
 
7.4   WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Anything in this Lease to the contrary not withstanding, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all right of recovery, claim, action or cause of action, against each other, their agents, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, the improvements of the Building or personal property within the Building, by reason of fire or the elements, regardless of cause or origin, including negligence of Landlord or Tenant and their agents, officers and employees. Landlord and Tenant agree immediately to give their respective insurance companies which have issued policies of insurance covering all risk of direct physical loss, written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this Section.
 
7.5   HOLD HARMLESS. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees, licensees or visitors, or to any other person, for an injury to a person or damage to property on or about the Premises caused by any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or of any other person entering upon the Premises under express or implied invitation by Tenant, or caused by the improvements located on the Premises becoming out of repair, the failure or cessation of any service provided by Landlord (including security service and devices), or caused by leakage of gas, oil, water or steam or by electricity emanating from the Premises, except to the extent that liability for damage or loss is caused by the gross negligence of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord of and from any loss, attorney’s fees, expenses or claims arising out of any such damage or injury.
 
7.6   PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE. Tenant shall during the term hereof keep in full force and effect at its expense a policy or policies of public liability insurance with respect to the Premises and the business of Tenant, on terms and with companies reasonably approved in writing by Landlord; in which both Tenant and Landlord shall be covered by being named as insured parties under reasonable limits of liability not less than $1,000,000, or such greater coverage as landlord may reasonably require, combined single limit coverage for injury or death. Such policy or policies shall provide that thirty (30) days’ written notice must be given to Landlord prior to cancellation thereof. Tenant shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord at the time this Lease is executed that such coverage is in full force and effect.
ARTICLE 8. CONDEMNATION
8.1   SUBSTANTIAL TAKING. If all or a substantial part of the Premises are taken for any public or quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain or by purchase in lieu thereof, and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the use of the Premises for the purpose for which it is then being used, this Lease shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease effective on the date physical possession is taken by the condemning authority. Tenant shall have no claim to the condemnation award or proceeds in lieu thereof, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a separate award granted to Tenant.
 
8.2   PARTIAL TAKING. If all or a substantial part of this Premises are taken for an public or quasipublic use under any governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain or by purchase in lieu thereof, and this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 8.1 above, the rent payable under this Lease during the unexpired portion of the term shall be adjusted to such an extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. If not so terminated, then landlord shall restore the Building and the Premises to a complete architectural unit and rent shall abate until Landlord completes its restoration obligation. Tenant shall have no claim to the condemnation award or proceeds in lieu thereof, except that Tenant shall be entitled to any separate award grated to Tenant. Landlord shall commence restoration and shall restore the Building and the Premises with reasonable promptness, subject to delays beyond Landlord’s control and delays in the making of condemnation or sale proceeds adjustment by Landlord; and Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease except as herein provided. Upon completion of such restoration, the rent shall be adjusted based upon the portion, if any, of the Premises restored.

7


 

ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE
9.1   LANDLORD ASSIGNMENT. Landlord shall have the right to sell, transfer or assign, in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building. Any such sale, transfer or assignment shall operate to release Landlord from any and all liabilities under this Lease arising after the date of such sale, assignment or transfer.
 
9.2   TENANT ASSIGNMENT. Tenant shall not assign, in whole or in part, this Lease, or allow it to be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise (including without limitation by transfer of a majority interest of stock, merger, or dissolution, which transfer of majority interest of stock, merger or dissolution shall be deemed an assignment) or mortgage or pledge the same, or sublet the Premises, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and in no event shall said such assignment or sublease ever release Tenant or any guarantor from any obligation or liability hereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event of any assignment or sublease, any option or right of first refusal granted to Tenant shall not be assignable by Tenant to any assignee or subleasee. No assignee or subleasee of the Premises or any portion thereof may assign or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublet the Premises without without Landlord’s consent to any of the following (a “Permitted Transferee”): (i) any successor corporation or other entity resulting from the merger or consolidation of Tenant; (ii) any entity that which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant; or, (iii) any purchaser of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets.
 
9.3   CONDITIONS OF ASSIGNMENT. With the exception of an assignment or sublease to a Permitted Transferee, if Tenant desires to assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises, it shall so notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date on which Tenant desires to make such assignment or sublease. Tenant shall provide Landlord With a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease and such information as Landlord might request concerning the proposed sublessee or assignee to allow Landlord to make informed judgments as to the financial condition, reputation, operations and general desirability of the proposed sublessee or assignee. Within fifteen(15) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s proposed assignment or sublease and all required information concerning the proposed sublessee or assignee, Landlord shall have the following options: (1) cancel this Lease as to the Premises or portion thereof proposed to be assigned or sublet; (2) consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, and, if the rent due payable by any assignee or sublessee under any such permitted assignment or sublease (or a combination of the rent payable under such assignment or, sublease plus any bonus or any other consideration or any payment incident thereto) exceeds the rent payable under this Lease for such space, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all such excess rent and other excess consideration within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant; or (3) refuse, in its sole and absolute discretion and judgment, to consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, which refusal shall be deemed to have been exercised unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice providing otherwise. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, if all or any part of the Premises are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided by this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from the assignee or sublessee all rents becoming due to Tenant by reason of this assignment or sublease, and Landlord shall have a security interest in all properties on the Premises to secure payment of such sums. Any collection directly by Landlord from the assignee or sublessee shall not be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant or any guarantor from the further performance of its obligation under this Lease.
 
9.4   RIGHTS OF MORTGAGE. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any recorded mortgage presently existing or hereafter created upon the Building and to all existing recorded restrictions, covenants, easements and agreements with respect to the Building. Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power and authority to subordinate Tenant’s interest under this Lease to any first mortgage lien hereafter placed on the Premises, and Tenant agrees upon demand to execute additional instruments subordinating this Lease as landlord may require. If the interests of Landlord under this Lease shall be transferred by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any first mortgage or deed of trust on the Premises, Tenant shall be bound to the transferee (sometimes called the “Purchaser”) at the option of the Purchaser, under the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease for the balance of the term remaining, including any extensions or renewals, with the same force and effect as if the Purchaser were Landlord under this Lease, and, if requested by the Purchaser, Tenant agrees to attorn to the Purchaser, including the first mortgagee under any such mortgage if it be the Purchaser, as its Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be disturbed in its possession of the Premises so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder.

8


 

9.5   TENANT’S STATEMENT. Tenant agrees to furnish, from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of a request from Landlord to Landlord’s mortgagee, a statement certifying, if applicable, the following: Tenant is in possession of the Premises; the Premises are acceptable; the Lease is in full force and effect; the Lease is unmodified; Tenant claims no present charge, lien, or claim or offset against rent; the rent is paid for the current month, but is not prepaid for more than one month and will not be prepaid for more then one month in advance; there is no existing default by reason of some act or omission by Landlord; and such other matters may be reasonably required by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement, in addition to being a default under this Lease, shall be deemed to establish conclusively that this Lease is in full force and effect except as declared by Landlord, that Landlord is not in default of any of its obligations under this Lease, and that Landlord has not received more than one month’s rent in advance. Tenant agrees to furnish, from time to time, within ten (10) days after receipt of request from Landlord, a current financial statement of Tenant, certified as true and correct by Tenant.
ARTICLE 10. OMITTED
ARTICLE 11. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
11.1   DEFAULT BY TENANT. The following shall be deemed to be events of default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease: (1) Tenant shall fail to pay when due any installment of rent or any other payment required pursuant to this Lease; (2) Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease, other than the payment of rent, and the failure is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice to Tenant or such additional time period as is reasonably necessary to cure such default, provided Tenant commences such cure and proceeds with due diligence to cure such default: (3) Tenant shall file a petition or if an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant, or becomes insolvent, under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law or admits that it cannot meet its financial obligation as they become due, or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; or Tenant shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (4) Tenant shall do or permit to be done any act which results in a lien being filed against the Premises or the Building and/or project of which the Premises are a part.
 
    In the event that an order for relief is entered in any case under Title 11, U.S.C. (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in which Tenant is the debtor and: (A) Tenant as debtor-in-possession, or any trustee who may be appointed in the case (the “Trustee”) seeks to assume the Lease, then Tenant, or Trustee if applicable, in addition to providing adequate assurance described in applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall provide adequate assurance to Landlord of Tenant’s future performance under this Lease by depositing with Landlord a sum equal to the lesser of twenty-five percent (25%) of the rental or other charges due for the balance of this Lease term or six (6) months’ rent (“Security”), to be held (without any allowance or interest thereon) to secure Tenant’s obligation under the Lease, and (B) Tenant, or Trustee if applicable, seeks to assign the Lease after assumption of the same, then Tenant, in addition to providing adequate assurance described in applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall provide adequate assurance to Landlord of the proposed assignee’s future performance under the Lease by depositing with Landlord, a sum equal to the Security to be held (without any allowance or interest thereon) to secure performance under the Lease. Nothing contained herein expresses or implies, or shall be construed to express or imply, that Landlord is consenting to assumption and/or assignment of the Lease by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves all of its rights to object to any assumption and/or assignment of the Lease. Neither Tenant nor any Trustee shall conduct or permit the conduct of any “fire”, “bankruptcy”, “going out of business” or auction sale in or from the Premises.
 
11.2   REMEDIES FOR TENANT’S DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of a Default as defined above, Landlord may elect either (i) to cancel and terminate this Lease and this Lease shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant’s bankruptcy estate, or (ii) to terminate Tenant’s right to possession only without canceling and terminating Tenant’s continued liability under this Lease. Notwithstanding the fact that initially Landlord elects under (ii) to terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, Landlord shall have the continuing right to cancel and terminate this Lease by giving three (3) days’ written notice to Tenant of such further election, and shall have the right to pursue any remedy at law or in equity that may be available to Landlord.

9


 

    In the event of election under (ii) to terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter the Premises and take and hold possession thereof, without such entry into possession terminating this Lease or releasing Tenant in whole or in part from Tenants obligation to pay all amounts hereunder for the full stated term. Upon such re-entry, Landlord may remove all persons and property from the Premises and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, without becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby. Such re-entry shall be conducted in the following manner: without resort to judicial process or notice of any kind if Tenant has abandoned or voluntarily surrendered possession of the Premises, and, otherwise, by resort to judicial process. Upon and after entry into possession without termination of the Lease, Landlord may, but is not obligated to, relet the Premises, or any part thereof, to any one other than the Tenant for such time and upon such terms as Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, shall determine. Landlord may make alterations and repairs to the Premises to the extent deemed by Landlord necessary or desirable.
 
    Upon such re-entry, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as follows:
  A.   For reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with exercising any remedy hereunder.
 
  B.   For the unpaid installments of base rent, additional rent or other unpaid sums which were due prior to such re-entry, including interest and late payment fees, which sums shall be payable immediately.
 
  C.   For the installments of base rent, additional rent, and other sums falling due pursuant to the provisions of this Lease for the period after re-entry during which the Premises remain vacant, including late payment charges and interest, which sums shall be payable as they become due hereunder.
 
  D.   For all reasonable expenses incurred in releasing the Premises, including leasing commissions, attorney’s fees, and costs of alteration or repairs, which shall be payable by Tenant as they are incurred by Landlord: and
 
  E.   While the Premises are subject to any new lease or leases made pursuant to this Section, for the amount by which the monthly installments payable under such new lease or leases is less than the monthly installment for all charges payable pursuant to this Lease, which deficiencies shall be payable monthly.
    Notwithstanding Landlord’s election to terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, and notwithstanding any reletting without termination, Landlord, at any time thereafter, may elect to terminate this Lease, and to recover (in lieu of the amounts which would thereafter be payable pursuant to the foregoing, but not in diminution of the amounts payable as provided above before termination), as damages for loss of bargain and not as a penalty, an aggregate sum equal to the amount by which the rental value of the portion of the term unexpired at the time of such election is less than an amount equal to the unpaid base rent, percentage rent, and additional rent and all other charges which would have been payable by Tenant for the unexpired portion of the term of this Lease, which deficiency and all expenses incident thereto, including commissions, attorney’s fees, expenses of alterations and repairs, shall be due to Landlord as of the time Landlord exercises said election, notwithstanding that the term had not expired. If Landlord, after such re-entry, leases the Premises, then the rent payable under such new Lease shall be conclusive evidence of the rental value of the unexpired portion of the term of this Lease.
 
    If this Lease shall be terminated by reason of bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant or Tenant’s estate, as liquidated damages for loss of bargain and not as a penalty, the amount determined by the immediately preceding paragraph.
 
11.3   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM FOR ACCOUNT OF TENANT. If Tenant shall be in Default under this Lease, Landlord may cure the Default at any time for the account and at the expense of Tenant. If Landlord cures a Default on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any amount expended by Landlord in connection with the cure, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and interest.
 
11.4   INTEREST AND LEASE ENFORCEMENT COSTS. In the event of a Default by Tenant, then, in addition to all other remedies allowed by this Lease or by law, interest will

10


 

    accrue on any delinquent sum at the rate of the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the highest rate permitted by law, and (b) Tenant will be liable for all expenses incurred by Landlord in order to enforce Landlord’s rights and remedies on account of that Default. Such enforcement expenses include, without limitation, attorneys’ fees (whether or not suit is actually filed, and, if filed, whether or not incurred in seeking a judgment or order, in defending against any claim or defense raised by Tenant, enforcing a judgment or order, defending a judgment or order on appeal, or successfully appealing any judgment or order); sheriff’s fees; process server’s fees; filing fees; court imposed fees for obtaining any writ; expert witness fees; and, in the case of each suit filed on account of a Tenant Default (including, without limitation, each unlawful detainer action), an automatic charge (in addition to the late charge authorized by Section 2.6), set at the liquidated amount of $300, to cover additional landlord administrative expense associated with litigation. Furthermore, and whether or not Tenant is in default, Tenant will be liable for all expenses incurred by Landlord in successfully establishing its rights or successfully defending against any claim asserted by Tenant in any action in which a court or other tribunal is asked to adjudicate any such matters.
 
11.5   ADDITIONAL REMEDIES, WAIVER, ETC.
  A.   The rights and remedies of Landlord set forth herein shall be in addition to any other right and remedy now and hereafter provided by law. All rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive of each other. Landlord may exercise its rights and remedies at any time, in any order, to any extent, and as often as Landlord deems advisable without regard to whether the exercise of one right or remedy precedes, concurs with or succeeds the exercise of another.
 
  B.   A single or partial exercise of a right or remedy shall not preclude a further exercise thereof, or the exercise of another right or remedy from time to time.
 
  C.   No delay or omission by Landlord in exercising a right or remedy shall exhaust or impair the same or constitute a waiver of, or acquiesce to, a Default.
 
  D.   No waiver of Default shall extend to or affect any other Default or impair any right or remedy with respect thereto.
 
  E.   No action or inaction by Landlord shall constitute a waiver of Default.
 
  F.   No waiver of a Default shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by Landlord.
ARTICLE 12. RELOCATION
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE 13. AMENDMENT AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES
13.1   ENTIRE AGREEMENT. It is expressly agreed by Tenant, as a material consideration for the execution of this Lease, that this, Lease, with the specific references to written extrinsic documents, is the entire agreement of the parties: that there are, and were, no verbal representations, warranties, understandings, stipulations, agreements or promises pertaining to this Lease or to the expressly mentioned written extrinsic documents not incorporated in writing in this Lease.
 
13.2   AMENDMENT. The Lease may not be altered, waived, amended or extended except by a instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.
 
13.3   LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES. Landlord and Tenant expressly agree that there are and shall be no implied warranties or merchantability, habitability, fitness for a particular purpose or of any other kind arising out of this Lease, and there are not warranties which extend beyond those expressly set forth in this Lease.

11


 

ARTICLE 14. MISCELLANEOUS
14.1   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. It is hereby covenanted and agreed that should Landlord’s interest in the Premises cease to exist for any reason during this Lease, then notwithstanding the happening of such event this Lease nevertheless shall remain unimpaired and in full force and effect, and Tenant hereunder agrees to attorn to the then owner of the Premises.
 
14.2   USE OR RENT TAX. If applicable in the jurisdiction where the Premises are issued, Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes or other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state, county or other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state, county or other governmental body having authority, such payments to be in addition to all other payments required to be paid to Landlord under the terms of this Lease. Any such payment shall be paid concurrently with the payment of the rent, additional rent, operating expenses or other charges upon which the tax is based as set forth above.
 
14.3   ACT OF GOD. Landlord shall not be required to perform any covenant or obligation in this Lease, or be liable in damages to Tenant, so long as the performance or non-performance of the covenant or obligation is delayed, caused or prevented by an act of God, force majeure or by Tenant.
 
14.4   HEADINGS. The section headings appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of any Section.
 
14.5   NOTICE . All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant shall be payable to Landlord at the address set forth in Section 1.9. All payments required to be made by Landlord to Tenant shall be payable at the address set forth in Section 1.9, or at any other address within the United States as Tenant may specify from time to time by written notice. Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered by the terms of this Lease shall be deemed to be delivered (whether or not actually received) when deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties at the respective addresses set forth in Section 1.9.
 
14.6   HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES . Tenant shall not bring or permit to remain on the Premises or Building any asbestos, petroleum or petroleum products, explosives, toxic materials, or substances defined as hazardous wastes, hazardous material, or hazardous substances under any federal, state or local law or regulation (“Hazardous Materials”), unless such materials are properly classed, described, packaged, marked, labeled and in condition for shipment as required or authorized by applicable provisions of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Subtitle B, Chapter I, Subchapter C (“Hazardous Materials Regulations”). Landlord authorizes Tenant to bring or permit to remain on the Premises, as an integral part of Tenant’s business, “hazardous materials” which comply with the applicable requirements or authorizations of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations. Tenant’s violation of the foregoing prohibition shall constitute a material breach and default hereunder and Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from and against any claims, damages, penalties, liabilities, and costs (including reasonable attorney fees and court costs) caused by or arising out of (i) a violation of the foregoing prohibition or (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, or about the Premises or the Building during the term of the Lease in conformance with the requirements of applicable law, Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any suspected breach of this paragraph; upon learning of the presence of any release of any Hazardous Materials, and upon receiving any notices from governmental agencies pertaining to Hazardous Materials which may affect the Premises or the Building. The obligations of Tenant hereunder shall survive the expiration of earlier termination, for any reason, of this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from and against any claims, damages, penalties, liabilities, and costs (including reasonable attorney fees and court costs) caused by or arising out of the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, or about the Premises or the Building during the term of the Lease, except to the extent caused by Tenant.
 
14.7   SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this

12


 

    Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
 
14.8   LANDLORD’S LIABILITY. If Landlord shall be in default under this Lease and, if as a consequence of such default, Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building as the same may then be encumbered and neither Landlord nor any person or entity comprising Landlord shall be liable for any deficiency. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord nor any person or entity comprising Landlord other than its interest in the Building as herein expressly provided.
 
14.9   BROKERAGE. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that there is no obligation to pay any brokerage fee, commission, finder’s fee or other similar charge in connection with this Lease, other than fees due to Steve Chirhart/Griffin Companies which are the responsibility of Landlord. Each party covenants that it will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any loss or liability by reason of brokerage or similar services alleged to have been rendered to, at the instance of, or agreed upon by said indemnifying party.
 
14.10   BROKER AS OWNER/MANAGEMENT AGENT. Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that the person authorized to execute this Lease and manage the Premises is John N. Allen, who is a licensed Real Estate Broker in the State of Minnesota and Tenant hereby acknowledges and consents to this Landlord/Broker relationship.
 
14.11   SUBMISSION OF LEASE. Submission of this Lease to Tenant for signature does not constitute a reservation of space or an option to lease. This Lease is not effective until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.
 
14.12   OPTION TO RENEW. By written notice given to Landlord at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant may elect to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years. The renewal shall be upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except the base rent shall be at the then prevailing market rate with annual increases for similar spaces in the market area and provided further that Tenant shall have no further renewal options. If the parties cannot agree on the amount of the prevailing market rate, the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitrators Association. The arbitrator shall be a Real Estate professional with at least (10) years experience in evaluating properties similar to this building. The arbitrators determined market rate and annual increases shall take effect as of the renewal date of the Lease. This Right of Renewal is not assignable to a sublessee or third party.
 
14.13   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Tenant shall have the Right of First Refusal on any contiguous space within the building for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord of its availability, provided Tenant is not in default under the terms and conditions of this Lease and provided further that at least five (5) years remain on the Lease term or Tenant agrees to modify the Lease to provide for not less than five (5) years on the total Leased premises. Tenant shall exercise this Right of First Refusal by written notice to Landlord. In the event Tenant so notifies Landlord, then Tenant shall commence rental payments on the date first indicated in Landlords notice and Tenant shall accept such space in its current condition without obligation of Landlord to make Leasehold improvements. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within ten (10) days thereafter, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Right of First Refusal and Landlord shall proceed to Lease the space. The Right of First Refusal is not assignable. The base rental rate shall be at the then prevailing market rate and annual increases for similar space in the market area. If the parties cannot then agree on the amount of the prevailing market rate, then the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease effective the day and year first above written.

13


 

                 
LANDLORD:   TENANT:    
INDUSTRIAL EQUITIES GROUP LLC   CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
               
By:
  /s/ JOHN N. ALLEN   By:   /s/ MICHAEL J. KALLOK    
 
               
 
  John N. Allen            
 
Its:
  Managing Agent   Its:   President & CEO    
 
               
 
Date:
      Date:   26 September 2005    

14


 

EXHIBIT A
(MAP)

15


 

EXHIBIT B
(MAP)

16


 

(MAP)

17


 

EXHIBIT C
TENANT IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS
1   INTERIOR FINISHES
 
1.1   Ceilings
 
    Ceilings throughout the office shall be 2’ x 4’ “Second Look II” acoustical ceiling tile or equivalent installed in the building standard exposed grid system at a height of 9’0” above finished concrete floor. The ceiling grid will be installed continuous throughout the suite. The warehouse ceiling shall be exposed prime painted structural steel and metal deck.
 
1.2   Floors
 
    The typical floor finish in office area shall be carpet. A 28-ounce direct glue down installation is the building standard. Toilet rooms hall receive a 4 foot high wainscoat USPCU071 4 1/4 ” x 4 1/4 ” tile or comparable on plumbing wall and wall adjacent to toilet only. Floor area shall be Lonestar 2” x 2” 1050 Gray or comparable. The floor in the entry vestibule shall receive Floorgress 12” x 12” tile or comparable. The warehouse floor shall be existing sealed concrete floor.
 
1.3   Walls
 
    Typically, interior partition walls throughout the suite will be constructed of 3-5/8” metal studs at 24” on center with one layer each side of 5/8” drywall and shall extend to the underside of the acoustical ceiling grid. Exterior walls in finished areas shall be furred out, insulated, and receive one layer 5/8” drywall. Partition walls in demising location and warehouse separation walls, as shown on the plan, shall be built to the underside of the structural deck above. All walls to deck will include insulation in the stud cavity if required by code. Toilet room walls shall be built to 9 foot A.F.F. with a sheetrock and stud ceiling cap and will include insulation in the stud cavity. All walls in the office will be taped and sanded smooth and shall receive two finish coats of Sherwin Williams flat latex paint. 4” vinyl cove base is included throughout the office. The warehouse walls shall remain unfinished.
 
2.   DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE, INTERIOR WINDOWS AND COUNTER TOPS
 
2.1   Doors
 
    All swing doors shall be 3’0” x 7’0” solid core plain sliced red oak veneer doors. Doors shall be stained and sealed.
 
2.2   Finish Hardware
 
    All interior door hardware shall be Schlage “AL Saturn 605 Polished Brass” series and exterior door shall be Schlage “AL Saturn 626 Bell Chrome” series or equal. Locksets are included at suite access doors only.
 
2.3   Frames
 
    All wood swing doors shall be set in painted 18 gauge hollow metal frames. Exterior door frame to be 16 gauge hollow metal frame.
 
2.4   Main Entry Doors
 
    The main entry door shall be a 3’0” x 7’0” building standard aluminum and glass door.
 
2.5   Toilet Room Signage
 
    One restroom sign indicating handicap accessibility shall be included for each restroom as required by code.
 
2.6   Counter Tops, Window Sills and Cabinets.
 
    All window sills and counter tops shall be light gray Formica laminate S612T NEV-A-MAR.
 
3.   MECHANICAL
 
3.1   HVAC
 
    The HVAC in the office and the warehouse will be accomplished with gas heating/cooling roof top units. In areas with finished ceilings all equipment and duct runs, shall be overhead within the ceiling plenum. Diffusers will be building standard, ceiling mounted. Return air grilles are included as required. Positive Room Ventilation is included for the toilet rooms as required. The warehouse shall be heated only by means of gas fired unit heaters to maintain 65°F.

18


 

3.2   Fire Protection
 
    The office sprinkler system will be modified as necessary to accommodate the suite layout. Sprinkler heads in the office area shall be building standard. Fire extinguishers will be provided as required by code and the Fire Marshall.
 
3.3   Plumbing
 
    Water closets shall be building standard tank type units. Lavatories shall be wall-mounted type. Toilet accessories include handicap grab bars as required by applicable code and toilet paper holders.
 
4.   ELECTRICAL
 
4.1   Lighting
 
    Lighting throughout the office area will be accomplished by use of building standard 2’ x 4’ parabolic fixtures. The lights will be spaced to provide approximately one fixture (average) for every 100 square feet of office space.
 
4.2   Light Switches
 
    One single pole switch at suite entry and one switch per private office is included. Three-way switching is included in the warehouse. All other warehouse lights will be switched at the panel.
 
4.3   Electrical Outlets
 
    Two wall mounted, duplex outlets have been included in each private office.
 
4.4   Telephone Outlets
 
    One wall-mounted telephone opening has been included in each private office.
 
4.5   Warehouse Lighting
 
    Metal Halide lights mounted at roof joints are included to provide approximately one fixture per 600 square feet of warehouse.
 
4.6   Electrical Service
 
    Service to the space shall be 200 ampere 277/480 service.
 
4.7   Exit Lights
 
    Exit and emergency lighting shall be provided as required by code.
 
5.   TENANT ENTRANCE
 
    A concrete walkway shall be installed from the parking lot to the main entry door.
 
6.   ITEMS NOT INCLUDED
 
6.1   Muzak or telephone communications.
 
6.2   Security systems, smoke/fire detection systems, access control systems or any related monitoring systems.
 
6.3   Appliances, vending machines, kitchen equipment.
 
6.4   Office furniture, moveable partitions, etc.
 
6.5   Extra cooling capacity for tenant finished equipment.
 
6.6   Window treatments, i.e., curtains, blinds, etc.
 
6.7   Millwork: counters, cabinets, shelving, closets, etc., other than those listed within this specification.
 
6.8   Computer terminal outlets, wiring or systems.
 
6.9   Electrical items other than those listed within this specification.
 
6.10   Exhausting of tenant areas; i.e., conference rooms, break rooms, etc.
 
6.11   Provisions for high pile storage.

19


 

6.12   Provisions for smoke ventilation, and combustible, flammable or hazardous chemical and/or material storage.
 
6.13   Provisions for fire sprinklers requirements beyond that of a Group III, ordinary hazard classification.
 
6.14   Tenant signage.
 
6.15   Air make-up for inside vehicle storage.

20

 

EXHIBIT 10.19
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This First Amendment to Lease is made this 20 th day of February, 2007, by and between Industrial Equities Group LLC (“Landlord”) and Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease dated September 26, 2005 (the “Lease”) for certain premises containing approximately 25,576 total square feet located at Lakeview Business Campus III, 651 Campus Drive, New Brighton, Minnesota (“Leased Premises”); and
WHEREAS, Tenant is desirous of expanding the Leased Premises by leasing approximately 8,980 square feet of additional space ( 8,937 sq. ft. of office space and 43 sq. ft. of common area) located adjacent to the Leased Premises as shown on the attached Exhibit A (“Expansion Space”); and
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are desirous of extending the lease term to expire on May 31, 2012.
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:
1.   The Lease for the Expansion Space shall commence on May 1, 2007. Landlord will make its best efforts to complete the space by April 1, 2007 and that any occupancy prior to the May 1 st commencement date will be at no additional cost other than utilities which Tenant may use which shall be separately metered.
 
2.   The Lease term shall terminate May 31, 2012.
 
3.   For purposes of this Amendment, effective May 1, 2007, the Leased Premises shall contain approximately 34,513 total square feet.
 
4.   Base Rent for the Leased Premises shall be amended and paid according to the following schedule:
                         
    Base   Expansion Base   Total Monthly
Period
  Rent/Month   Rent/Month   Base Rent
May.1, 2007–Jul. 31, 2007
  $ 19,560.54     $ 0.00     $ 19,560.54  
Aug.1, 2007–Jan. 31, 2008
  $ 19,560.54     $ 7,169.03     $ 26,729.57  
Feb. 1, 2008–Jan. 31, 2009
  $ 19,951.75     $ 7,312.41     $ 27,264.16  
Feb. 1, 2009–Jan. 31, 2010
  $ 20,350.79     $ 7,458.66     $ 27,809.45  
Feb. 1, 2010–Jan. 31, 2011
  $ 20,757.80     $ 7,607.84     $ 28,365.65  
Feb. 1, 2011–May 31, 2012
  $ 21,172.96     $ 7,759.99     $ 28,932.95  
5.   Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as defined in the Lease, shall be 73.48% .

 


 

6.   PARKING. An additional thirty-two (32) non-exclusive parking stalls shall be provided for a total of one-hundred twenty-two (122) non-exclusive parking stalls.
 
7.   Landlord shall provide the following Tenant Improvements to the Expansion Space:
    Replace carpet in front half of bay to match existing office.
 
    Replace existing VCT with new VCT tile entirely in back half for lab area.
 
    Replace ceiling tiles as needed throughout the entire area.
 
    Ensure all lighting is in good working order, evenly and adequately spaced.
 
    Demo existing cabinetry and sink in front half of office.
 
    Add 3 new private offices/conference rooms in a location to be determined.
 
    Replace cabinetry and sink in break area adjacent to restrooms.
 
    Repaint all walls to match current office and lab areas.
 
    Electrical service shall be ample to serve the office and lab consistent with Tenant’s current use in its existing Premises.
 
    Open existing demising wall five (5) feet in an area to be determined to join lab area to existing premises’ lab area.
 
    Restrooms cleaned and all plumbing certified in good working order. Repair and replace all damaged tile as necessary and repaint all walls.
 
    Complete new demising wall and paint to match premises.
 
    Service and certify that HVAC units serving the premises are in good working order and replace the compressor units if required within one year following the commencement date.
 
    Tenant space plan shall be provided at Landlord’s expense.
    Other than the improvements outlined above, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its “AS-IS” condition. Any additional improvements shall be completed at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense and must receive the Landlord’s prior written approval.
8.   OPTION TO RENEW. By written notice given to Landlord at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant may elect to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years. The renewal shall be upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except the base rent shall be at the then prevailing market rate with annual increases for similar spaces in the market area and provided further that Tenant shall have no further renewal options. If the parties cannot agree on the amount of the prevailing market rate, the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitrators Association. The arbitrator shall be a Real Estate professional with at least (10) years experience in evaluating properties similar to this building. The arbitrators determined market rate and annual increases shall take effect as of the renewal date of the Lease. This Right of Renewal is not assignable to a sublessee or third party.
 
9.   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Tenant shall have the Right of First Refusal on any contiguous space within the building for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord of its availability, provided Tenant is not in default under the terms and conditions of this Lease and provided further that at least five (5) years remain on the Lease term or Tenant agrees to modify the Lease to provide for not less than five (5) years on the total Leased premises. Tenant shall exercise this Right of First

 


 

    Refusal by written notice to Landlord. In the event Tenant so notifies Landlord, then Tenant shall commence rental payments on the date first indicated in Landlords notice and Tenant shall accept such space in its current condition without obligation of Landlord to make Leasehold improvements. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within ten (10) days thereafter, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Right of First Refusal and Landlord shall proceed to Lease the space. The Right of First Refusal is not assignable. The base rental rate shall be at the then prevailing market rate and annual increases for similar space in the market area. If the parties cannot then agree on the amount of the prevailing market rate, then the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association.
 
10.   BROKERAGE. Landlord shall pay TaTonka Real Estate Advisors a commission on the expansion premises in the amount of 5% of the base rent paid over the term. No commission shall be due on the initial premises extended term from 1/31/12 to 5/31/12.
Except as modified herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and reconfirm each provision of the existing Lease. The provisions of the Amendment shall supersede any inconsistent or conflicting provisions of the original Lease.
                     
LANDLORD   TENANT
INDUSTRIAL EQUITIES GROUP LLC   CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   
By:
      By:   /s/ JAMES E. FLAHERTY        
 
                   
 
  John N. Allen                
 
Its:
  Managing Agent   Its:   CFO        
 
                   
 
Date:
      Date:   2/26/07        

 


 

EXHIBIT A
8,980 sq. ft. Total (8,937sf office, 43sf common)
(MAP)

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.20
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This Second Amendment to Lease is made this 9 th day of March, 2007 , by and between Industrial Equities Group LLC (“Landlord”) and Cardiovascular Systems, Inc . (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease dated September 26, 2005 and as amended and extended on February 20, 2007 (collectively the “Lease”) for certain premises containing approximately 34,513 total square feet located at Lakeview Business Campus III, 651 Campus Drive, New Brighton, Minnesota (“Leased Premises”); and
WHEREAS, Tenant is desirous of expanding the Leased Premises by leasing approximately 3,343 square feet of additional office/warehouse space located adjacent to the Leased Premises as shown on the attached Exhibit A (“Expansion Space”).
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:
1.   The Lease for the Expansion Space shall commence on May 1, 2007 . Landlord will make its best efforts to complete the space by
April 1, 2007 and that any occupancy prior to the May 1 st commencement date will be at no additional cost other than utilities which Tenant may use which shall be separately metered.
 
2.   The Lease term shall terminate May 31, 2012 .
 
3.   For purposes of this Amendment, effective May 1, 2007 , the Leased Premises shall contain approximately 37,856 total square feet.
 
4.   Base Rent for the Leased Premises shall be amended and paid according to the following schedule:
             
        Expansion Base   Total Monthly
Period   Base Rent/Month   Rent/Month   Base Rent
May. 1, 2007 – Jul. 31, 2007
  $19,560.54   $       0.00   $19,560.54
Aug. 1, 2007 – Jan. 31, 2008
  $26,729.57   $2,668.83   $29,398.40
Feb. 1, 2008 – Jan. 31, 2009
  $27,264.16   $2,722.21   $29,986.37
Feb. 1, 2009 – Jan. 31, 2010
  $27,809.45   $2,776.65   $30,586.10
Feb. 1, 2010 – Jan. 31, 2011
  $28,365.65   $2,832.19   $31,197.84
Feb. 1, 2011 – May 31, 2012
  $28,932.95   $2,888.83   $31,821.78
5.   Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as defined in the Lease, shall be 80.60% .
 
6.   PARKING . An additional twelve (10) non-exclusive parking stalls shall be provided for a total of one-hundred thirty-four (132) non-exclusive parking stalls.

 


 

7.   Landlord shall provide the following Tenant Improvements to the Expansion Space:
    Replace carpet in front half of bay (conference room and existing carpeted areas) to match existing office.
 
    Replace existing VCT with new VCT tile entirely in back half for lab area.
 
    Replace ceiling tiles as needed throughout the entire area.
 
    Ensure all lighting is in good working order, evenly and adequately spaced.
 
    Repaint all walls to match current office and lab areas.
 
    Electrical service shall be ample to serve the office and lab consistent with Tenant’s current use in its existing Premises.
 
    Restrooms cleaned and all plumbing certified in good working order. Repair and repaint all drywall walls.
 
    Complete new demising wall and paint to match premises.
 
    Service and certify that HVAC units serving the premises are in good working order and replace the compressor units if required within one year following the commencement date.
 
    Tenant space plan shall be provided at Landlord’s expense.
    Other than the improvements outlined above, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its “AS-IS” condition. Any additional improvements shall be completed at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense and must receive the Landlord’s prior written approval.
8.   OPTION TO RENEW . By written notice given to Landlord at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant may elect to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years. The renewal shall be upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except the base tent shall be at the then prevailing market rate with annual increases for similar spaces in the market area and provided further that Tenant shall have no further renewal options. If the parties cannot agree on the amount of the prevailing market rate, the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitrators Association. The arbitrator shall be a Real Estate professional with at least (10) years experience in evaluating properties similar to this building. The arbitrators determined market rate and annual increases shall take effect as of the renewal date of the Lease. This Right of Renewal is not assignable to a sublessee or third party.
 
9.   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Tenant shall have the Right of First Refusal on any contiguous space within the building for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord of its availability, provided Tenant is not in default under the terms and conditions of this Lease and provided further that at least five (5) years remain on the Lease term or Tenant agrees to modify the Lease to provide for not less than five (5) years on the total Leased premises. Tenant shall exercise this Right of First Refusal by written notice to Landlord. In the event Tenant so notifies Landlord, then Tenant shall commence rental payments on the date first indicated in Landlords notice and Tenant shall accept such space in its current condition without obligation of Landlord to make Leasehold improvements. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within ten (10) days thereafter, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Right of First Refusal and Landlord shall proceed to Lease the space. The Right of First Refusal is not assignable. The base rental rate shall be at the then prevailing market rate and annual increases for similar space in the market area. If the parties cannot then agree on the amount of the prevailing market rate, then the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association.

 


 

10.   BROKERAGE. Landlord shall pay TaTonka Real Estate Advisors a commission on the expansion premises in the amount of 5% of the base rent paid over the term.
Except as modified herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and reconfirm each provision of the existing Lease. The provisions of the Amendment shall supersede any inconsistent or conflicting provisions of the original Lease.
                     
LANDLORD       TENANT    
INDUSTRIAL EQUITIES GROUP LLC       CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
                   
By:
 
 
  John N. Allen
      By:   /s/ JAMES E. FLAHERTY
 
   
 
                   
Its:
    Managing Agent       Its:   CFO    
 
Date:
          Date:   3/16/07    
 
                   
 
                   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
(MAP)

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.21
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This Third Amendment to Lease is made this 26 th day of September, 2007, by and between Industrial Equities Group LLC (“Landlord”) and Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. (“Tenant”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease dated September 26, 2005 and as amended and extended on February 20, 2007 and on March 9, 2007 (collectively the “Lease”) for certain premises containing approximately 37,856 total square feet located at Lakeview Business Campus III, 651 Campus Drive, New Brighton, Minnesota (“Leased Premises”); and
WHEREAS, Tenant is desirous of expanding the Leased Premises by leasing approximately 9,177 square feet of additional office/warehouse space located adjacent to the Leased Premises as shown on the attached Exhibit A (“Expansion Space”).
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the Lease as follows:
1.   The Lease for the Expansion Space shall commence on January 1, 2008 .
 
2.   The Lease term shall terminate November 30, 2012 .
 
3.   For purposes of this Amendment, effective January 1, 2008 , the Leased Premises shall contain approximately 47,033 total square feet.
 
4.   Base Rent for the Leased Premises shall be amended and paid according to the following schedule:
                         
    Base   Expansion Base   Total Monthly
                   Period   Rent/Month   Rent/Month   Base Rent
Jan. 1, 2008 – Jan. 31, 2008
  $ 29,398.40     $ 0.00     $ 29,398.40  
Feb. 1, 2008 – Feb. 29, 2008
  $ 29,986.37     $ 0.00     $ 29,986.37  
Mar. 1, 2008 – Jan. 31, 2009
  $ 29,986.37     $ 7,326.31     $ 37,222.68  
Feb. 1, 2009 – Feb. 28, 2009
  $ 30,586.10     $ 7,326.31     $ 37,912.41  
Mar. 1, 2009 – Jan. 31, 2010
  $ 30,586.10     $ 7,472.84     $ 38,058.94  
Feb. 1, 2010 – Feb. 28, 2010
  $ 31,197.84     $ 7,472.84     $ 38,670.68  
Mar. 1, 2010 – Jan. 31, 2011
  $ 31,197.84     $ 7,622.30     $ 38,820.14  
Feb. 1, 2011 – Feb. 28, 2011
  $ 31,821.78     $ 7,622.30     $ 39,444.08  
Mar. 1, 2011 – Feb. 29, 2012
  $ 31,821.78     $ 7,774.75     $ 39,596.53  
Mar. 1, 2012 – May 31, 2012
  $ 31,821.78     $ 7,930.25     $ 39,752.03  
Jun. 1, 2012 – Nov. 30, 2012
  $ 32,458.22     $ 7,930.25     $ 40,388.47  
5.   Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as defined in the Lease, shall be 100.00% .

 


 

6.   LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS . Landlord agrees to the following expansion space improvements:
    Re-paint all drywall walls. Tenant to choose colors.
 
    Add or demo one (1) office.
 
    Re-carpet existing carpeted areas.
 
    Reinstall all missing doors.
 
    Make any necessary drywall repairs.
 
    Replace any missing or damaged ceiling tiles.
 
    Create up to two openings into the existing space.
 
    Service and certify HVAC system servicing the Premises is in good working order as of the commencement date.
 
    Ensure all lighting is in working order and candles are consistent with current space.
    Other than the above listed improvements, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its “AS-IS” condition. Any additional improvements shall be completed at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense and must receive the Landlord’s prior written approval.
 
7.   OPTION TO RENEW . By written notice given to Landlord at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant may elect to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years. The renewal shall be upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except the base rent shall be at the then prevailing market rate with annual increases for similar spaces in the market area and provided further that Tenant shall have no further renewal options. If the parties cannot agree on the amount of the prevailing market rate, the matter shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitrators Association. The arbitrator shall be a Real Estate professional with at least (10) years experience in evaluating properties similar to this building. The arbitrators determined market rate and annual increases shall take effect as of the renewal date of the Lease. This Right of Renewal is not assignable to a sublessee or third party.
 
8.   BROKERAGE . Landlord shall pay TaTonka Real Estate Advisors a commission on the expansion premises in the amount of 5% of the base rent paid over the term.
 
9.   EARLY ACCESS . Landlord shall allow Tenant to access the expansion space effective November 1, 2007, as long as all utilities servicing the expansion space are paid by Tenant.
Except as modified herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and reconfirm each provision of the existing Lease. The provisions of the Amendment shall supersede any inconsistent or conflicting provisions of the original Lease.
                     
LANDLORD       TENANT    
INDUSTRIAL EQUITIES GROUP LLC       CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
                   
By:
 
 
John N. Allen
      By:   /s/ JAMES E. FLAHERTY
 
   
 
Its:
  Managing Agent
 
      Its:   CFO
 
   
 
                   
Date:
          Date:   9/26/07    
 
 
 
         
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
(MAP)

 

 

Exhibit 23.1          
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 22, 2008, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 22, 2008